UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of Report: October 1, 2018

Commission File Number 001-35345

 

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.

 

 

8-10, Avenue de la Gare

L-1610 Luxembourg

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  ☒            Form 40-F  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

Yes  ☐            No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

Yes  ☐            No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form, is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ☐            No  ☒

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b):  n/a

 

 

 


INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM 6-K REPORT

Background

As previously disclosed, on November 12, 2017, Pacific Drilling S.A. (the “Company”) and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively with the Company, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”), which are being jointly administered under the caption In re Pacific Drilling S.A., et al. , Case No. 17-13193 (MEW) (the “Chapter 11 Case”).

On July 31, 2018, the Debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court the Debtors’ Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization and the Disclosure Statement related thereto (as amended, the “Plan”).

As a result of additional Bankruptcy Court ordered mediation, on August 15, 2018, the Company’s majority shareholder, Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited (“QPGL”), and the ad hoc group of holders of the Company’s Term Loan B, 2017 Notes and 2020 Notes (the “Ad Hoc Group”) reached an agreement (the “Global Settlement Agreement”).

On August 31, 2018, the Debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court the First Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization and First Amended Disclosure Statement to reflect the Global Settlement Agreement.

Recent Developments Relating to the Bankruptcy Proceedings

During September 2018, the Debtors made additional changes to the Plan, including changes related to the Equity Commitment Agreement described below, and to reflect certain revised key dates under the Plan described below. In addition, the Debtors amended the Plan to remove the Company’s two subsidiaries involved in the previously disclosed Pacific Zonda arbitration, Pacific Drilling VIII Limited (“PDVIII”) and Pacific Drilling Services, Inc. (“PDSI” and together with PDVIII, the “Zonda Debtors”), as Debtors under the Plan, as such subsidiaries intend to file a separate plan of reorganization; accordingly, the Zonda Debtors are no longer Debtors under the Plan. The Zonda Debtors would become guarantors of the Company’s senior notes issued September 26, 2018 if and when the Company and Zonda Debtors emerge from bankruptcy. If the Company is unsuccessful in the Pacific Zonda arbitration, the Company may determine to liquidate the Zonda Debtors.

On September 25, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders approving the $85 million debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) financing described below and approving the Equity Commitment Agreement described below.

On September 26, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders approving the Company’s Disclosure Statement described below, authorizing the Debtors to commence the Rights Offering and QP Private Placement described below, and approving key dates in the Plan confirmation schedule, including the commencement of the solicitation of votes under the Plan on September 27, 2018 and a Plan confirmation hearing date of October 31, 2018.

On September 27, 2018 the Debtors filed a Modified Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization and related Modified Third Amended Disclosure Statement, which are attached to this Report on Form 6-K as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2, respectively, commenced the solicitation of votes to approve the Plan and commenced the Rights Offering.

 

2


Modified Third Amended Plan and Disclosure Statement

The Plan provides for the comprehensive restructuring and recapitalization of the Debtors through the following principal transactions:

 

   

the issuance of $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% First Lien Notes due 2023, secured by first-priority liens in substantially all assets of the Debtors, which was completed on September 26, 2018 (the “First Lien Notes”);

 

   

the issuance of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.000% / 12.000% Second Lien PIK Notes due 2024, secured by second-priority liens in substantially all assets of the Debtors, which was completed on September 26, 2018 (the “Second Lien PIK Notes”);

 

   

a $460.0 million equity rights offering that will provide Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, Allowed 2017 Notes Claims and Allowed 2020 Notes Claims (each as defined in the Plan, and collectively, the “Undersecured Claims”) with subscription rights to purchase up to 58.9% of the common shares of the reorganized Company (the “Rights Offering”);

 

   

a $40.0 million private placement to QPGL that will obligate QPGL to purchase 5.1% of the common shares of the reorganized Company (the “QP Private Placement”); and

 

   

the issuance of 32.6% of the common shares of the reorganized Company to Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, Allowed 2017 Notes Claims and Allowed 2020 Notes Claims.

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company’s pre-petition senior secured credit facility and revolving credit facility would be paid in full. Holders of the Company’s Term Loan B, 2017 Notes and 2020 Notes would be fully equitized in exchange for their claims and receive most of the common shares issued under the Plan. Under the Plan, existing holders of the Company’s common shares would receive no recovery. Due to the issuance of new common shares under the Plan, existing holders of the Company’s common shares would be diluted such that they would hold in the aggregate less than 0.003% of the Company’s common shares expected to be outstanding upon emergence from bankruptcy. Additionally, upon consummation of the Plan, the Company expects to pay all unsecured trade creditors of the Debtors in full.

After consummation of the restructuring transactions described above, the Debtors expect to have substantial cash available that will allow the Debtors to emerge from bankruptcy with a balance sheet and capital structure that is sufficient to enable their cash flows from operations to support their businesses, even through a potentially prolonged period of recovery in the offshore drilling market.

Consummation of the Plan is subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, completion of the restructuring transactions and other customary conditions.

Commitment Agreement (Equity)

On September 27, 2018, the Debtors, certain members of the Ad Hoc Group (the “Commitment Parties”), QPGL and certain holders of Undersecured Claims that are not members of the Ad Hoc Group (the “Reserve Parties”) entered into a Commitment Agreement (Equity) (the “Equity Commitment Agreement”), which is attached to this Report on Form 6-K as Exhibit 99.3. Pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, (i) the Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties agreed, severally and not jointly, to fully exercise all subscription rights owned by them in the Rights Offering, (ii) QPGL agreed to purchase $40.0 million in new common shares pursuant to the QP Private Placement, and (iii) the Equity Commitment Parties agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase their pro rata share of any unsubscribed new common shares not purchased in the Rights Offering and/or the QP Private Placement. In exchange for such commitment, each Equity Commitment Party will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of a commitment fee, which is payable in new common shares. If fully earned, the aggregate number of new common shares to be issued to pay the commitment fee is expected to equal approximately 3.4% of the number of common shares of the reorganized Company outstanding upon emergence. The equity commitment fee would be payable by the Debtors in cash in an amount equal to $26.3 million if the Equity Commitment Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances.

 

3


The Equity Commitment Agreement is terminable by the parties thereto under several circumstances, including the failure of the commitments described therein to be consummated by 11:59 p.m. on November 30, 2018.

Debtor-in-Possession Financing

On September 25, 2018, the Debtors entered into a superpriority, secured Debtor-in-Possession Term Loan Agreement (the “DIP Agreement”) between the Company, as the borrower, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, various lenders consisting of Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC and members of the Ad Hoc Group and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, which is attached to this report on Form 6-K as Exhibit 99.4.

Pursuant to the DIP Agreement, the lenders thereunder made available to the Company a senior secured superpriority term loan facility of up to $85.0 million to allow the Company to (i) continue to operate their business and manage their properties as debtors and debtors-in-possession pursuant to the Debtors’ filing of the bankruptcy petitions and (ii) pay certain fees, costs, expenses, and escrowed interest with respect to the First Lien Notes and Second Lien PIK Notes. Subject to priorities granted by the Bankruptcy Court with respect to cash, shared collateral and the collateral securing the Company’s prepetition revolving credit agreement, the DIP Agreement is secured by (a) first priority priming liens on (I) the 2017 Notes Prepetition Collateral (as defined in the order of the Bankruptcy Court dated December 15, 2017 granting adequate protection (the “Adequate Protection Order”)) and (II) all prepetition shared collateral (as defined in the Adequate Protection Order), and (b) first priority liens and security interests on all of the Debtors’ unencumbered assets, including, but not limited to, any proceeds received from arbitration related to the Pacific Zonda . The DIP Agreement matures on November 30, 2018.

The Company plans to use the net proceeds of the issuance of the First Lien Notes and Second Lien PIK Notes to repay the outstanding indebtedness under the DIP Agreement contemporaneously with the Company’s emergence from bankruptcy.

The foregoing description of each of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Equity Commitment Agreement and the DIP Agreement is only a summary, does not purport to be complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Equity Commitment Agreement and the DIP Agreement, each of which is attached as an Exhibit to this Report on Form 6-K and incorporated herein by reference.

The information contained in this Form 6-K shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any of the Company’s filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and regardless of any general incorporation language in such filings, except to the extent expressly set forth by specific reference in such a filing. The filing of this Report on Form 6-K shall not be deemed an admission as to the materiality of any information herein.

Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements and information contained herein constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “our ability to,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “projected,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or other similar words, which are generally not historical in nature. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

4


Our forward-looking statements express our current expectations or forecasts of possible future results or events, including our future financial and operational performance and cash balances; revenue efficiency levels; market outlook; forecasts of trends; future client contract opportunities; contract dayrates; business strategies and plans and objectives of management; estimated duration of client contracts; backlog; expected capital expenditures; projected costs and savings; the potential impact of our Chapter 11 proceedings on our future operations and ability to finance our business; our ability to complete the restructuring transactions contemplated by our Plan; projected costs and expenses in connection with our Plan; and our ability to emerge from our Chapter 11 proceedings and continue as a going concern.

Although we believe that the assumptions and expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable and made in good faith, these statements are not guarantees, and actual future results may differ materially due to a variety of factors. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and are based on a number of judgments and assumptions as of the date such statements are made about future events, many of which are beyond our control. Actual events and results may differ materially from those anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in such statements due to a variety of factors, including if one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove incorrect.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include: the global oil and gas market and its impact on demand for our services; the offshore drilling market, including reduced capital expenditures by our clients; changes in worldwide oil and gas supply and demand; rig availability and supply and demand for high specification drillships and other drilling rigs competing with our fleet; costs related to stacking of rigs; our ability to enter into and negotiate favorable terms for new drilling contracts or extensions; our ability to successfully negotiate and consummate definitive contracts and satisfy other customary conditions with respect to letters of intent and letters of award that we receive for our drillships; our substantial level of indebtedness; possible cancellation, renegotiation, termination or suspension of drilling contracts as a result of mechanical difficulties, performance, market changes or other reasons; our ability to execute our business plan and continue as a going concern in the long term; our ability to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions or other requests made to the Bankruptcy Court in our Chapter 11 proceedings, including maintaining strategic control as debtor in-possession; our ability to confirm and consummate our plan of reorganization in accordance with the terms of the Plan; risks attendant to the bankruptcy process including the effects of our Chapter 11 proceedings on our operations and agreements, including our relationships with employees, regulatory authorities, clients, suppliers, banks and other financing sources, insurance companies and other third parties; the effects of our Chapter 11 proceedings on our Company and on the interests of various constituents, including holders of our common shares and debt instruments; the potential adverse effects of our Chapter 11 proceedings on our liquidity, results of operations, or business prospects; the outcome of Bankruptcy Court rulings in our Chapter 11 proceedings as well as all other pending litigation and arbitration matters; the length of time that we will operate under Chapter 11 protection and the continued availability of operating capital during the pendency of the proceedings; risks associated with third-party motions in our Chapter 11 proceedings, which may interfere with our ability to timely confirm and consummate our Plan and restructuring generally; increased advisory costs including administrative and legal costs to complete our Plan and other litigation; the risk that our Plan may not be accepted or confirmed, in which case there can be no assurance that our Chapter 11 proceedings will continue rather than be converted to Chapter 7 liquidation cases or that any alternative plan of reorganization would be on terms as favorable to holders of claims and interests as the terms of our Plan; the cost, availability and access to capital and financial markets, including the ability to secure new financing after emerging from our Chapter 11 proceedings; and the other risk factors described in our 2017 Annual Report on Form 20-F and our Reports on Form 6-K. These documents are available through our website at www.pacificdrilling.com or through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

5


The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 6-K, each of which is incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit

  

Description

99.1    Modified Third Amended Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, filed September 27, 2018
99.2    Modified Third Amended Disclosure Statement, filed September 27, 2018
99.3    Commitment Agreement (Equity), dated September 27, 2018
99.4    Superpriority Secured Debtor-in-Possession Term Loan Agreement, dated September 25, 2018

 

6


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    Pacific Drilling S.A.
    (Registrant)
Dated: October 1, 2018     By  

/s/ Lisa Manget Buchanan

      Lisa Manget Buchanan
      SVP, General Counsel & Secretary

 

7

Exhibit 99.1

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

 

     
   :   
In re:    :    Chapter 11
   :   
PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., et al .,    :    Case No. 17-13193 (MEW)
   :   
   :    (Jointly Administered)

Debtors 1

   :   
   :   

 

   :   

MODIFIED THIRD AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF

REORGANIZATION FOR PACIFIC DRILLING S.A. AND CERTAIN OF ITS

AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

Albert Togut
Frank A. Oswald
Kyle J. Ortiz
Amy M. Oden
TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP
One Penn Plaza
New York, New York 10119
(212) 594-5000
Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated:     September 27, 2018

 New York, New York

 

 

1  

The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases and, if applicable, the last four digits of their U.S. taxpayer identification numbers are: Pacific Drilling S.A., Pacific Drilling (Gibraltar) Limited, Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited, Pacific Drilling, Inc. (1524), Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l., Pacific Drilling Limited, Pacific Drillship S.à r.l., Pacific Sharav S.à r.l. (2431), Pacific Drilling VII Limited, Pacific Drilling V Limited, Pacific Drilling VIII Limited, Pacific Scirocco Ltd. (0073), Pacific Bora Ltd. (9815), Pacific Mistral Ltd., Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited, Pacific Drilling Operations Limited (9103), Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc. (4446), Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l. (6417), Pacific Drilling, LLC (7655), Pacific Drilling Services, Inc. (5302), Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited (0281) and Pacific Sharav Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I

 

DEFINED TERMS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION

 

ARTICLE II

 

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE, DIP FACILITY, AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

 

2.1

  Administrative Claims      24  

2.2

  DIP Facility Claims      24  

2.3

  Priority Tax Claims      24  

2.4

  Professional Fee Claims      25  
ARTICLE III

 

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

 

3.1

  Classification in General      25  

3.2

  Summary of Classification      25  

3.3

  Treatment of Classes      27  

3.4

  Alternative Treatment      33  

3.5

  Special Provision Regarding Unimpaired Claims      33  
ARTICLE IV

 

ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THIS PLAN

 

4.1

  Acceptance by Class Entitled to Vote      34  

4.2

  Presumed Acceptance of this Plan      34  

4.3

  Presumed Rejection of this Plan      34  

4.4

  Elimination of Classes      34  

4.5

  Cramdown      34  
ARTICLE V

 

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN

 

5.1

  Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets      34  

5.2

  Sources of Cash for Distributions and Operations      35  

5.3

  Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements      35  

5.4

  Cancellation of Certain Existing Security Interests      37  

 

i


5.5

  RCF Payment      37  

5.6

  SSCF Payment      37  

5.7

  New First Lien Notes      37  

5.8

  New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes      39  

5.9

  New Intercreditor Agreement      41  

5.10

  Rights Offering & QP Private Placement      41  

5.11

  Restructuring Transactions      42  

5.12

  Intercompany Interests      43  

5.13

  Intercompany Claims      43  

5.14

  Issuance of New Common Shares      43  

5.15

  Exemption from Registration      44  

5.16

  Officers and Boards of Directors      45  

5.17

  Management Incentive Plan      45  

5.18

  New Shareholders Agreement      45  

5.19

  Corporate Action      45  

5.20

  Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions      46  

5.21

  Preservation of Retained Actions      46  

5.22

  Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees      46  

5.23

  Debtors’ Waiver of Certain Claims Related to 2017 Notes      47  

5.24

  Further Authorization      47  

5.25

  Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses      47  
ARTICLE VI

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1

  Distributions Generally      48  

6.2

  No Postpetition or Default Interest on Claims      48  

6.3

  Date of Distributions      48  

6.4

  Distribution Record Date      48  

6.5

  Disbursing Agent      49  

6.6

  Delivery of Distributions      49  

6.7

  Unclaimed Property      51  

6.8

  Satisfaction of Claims      51  

6.9

  Manner of Payment Under Plan      51  

6.10

  Fractional Shares and Notes and De Minimis Cash Distributions      51  

6.11

  No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim      52  

6.12

  Allocation of Distributions Between Principal and Interest      52  

6.13

  Setoffs and Recoupments      52  

6.14

  Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent      52  

6.15

  Withholding and Reporting Requirements      53  

6.16

  Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties      54  

 

ii


ARTICLE VII

 

PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

7.1

  Allowance of Claims      55  

7.2

  Objections to Claims      55  

7.3

  Estimation of Claims      55  

7.4

  No Distributions Pending Allowance      55  

7.5

  Resolution of Claims      56  

7.6

  Disallowed Claims      56  
ARTICLE VIII

 

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS

 

AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

8.1

  Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases      56  

8.2

  D&O Liability Insurance Policies      57  

8.3

  Indemnification      57  

8.4

  Employee Benefit Plans and Agreements      57  

8.5

  Cure of Defaults Under Assumed Contracts      58  

8.6

  Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases      58  

8.7

  Reservation of Rights      59  
ARTICLE IX

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION

 

AND CONSUMMATION OF THIS PLAN

 

9.1

  Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of this Plan      59  

9.2

  Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date      59  

9.3

  Waiver of Conditions Precedent      60  

9.4

  Effect of Failure of Conditions      61  
ARTICLE X

 

EFFECT OF PLAN CONFIRMATION

 

10.1

  Binding Effect      61  

10.2

  Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies      61  

10.3

  Releases and Related Matters      62  

10.4

  Discharge of the Debtors      65  

10.5

  Injunction      65  

10.6

  Exculpation and Limitation of Liability      66  

10.7

  Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays      66  

 

iii


10.8

  Post-Confirmation Date Retention of Professionals      67  
ARTICLE XI

 

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

 

11.1

  Retention of Jurisdiction      67  

11.2

  Jurisdiction for Certain Other Agreements      69  

11.3

  No Limitation on Enforcement by SEC on Non-Debtors      69  
ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

12.1

  Payment of Statutory Fees      69  

12.2

  Amendment or Modification of this Plan      69  

12.3

  Substantial Consummation      69  

12.4

  Severability of Plan Provisions      69  

12.5

  Successors and Assigns      70  

12.6

  Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation      70  

12.7

  Governing Law      70  

12.8

  Time      70  

12.9

  Immediate Binding Effect      70  

12.10

  Entire Agreement      71  

12.11

  Notice      71  

12.12

  Exhibits      72  

12.13

  Filing of Additional Documents      72  

12.14

  Conflicts      72  

 

iv


INTRODUCTION

The Debtors propose the following joint plan of reorganization for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of (i) the Debtors’ history, business, and operations, (ii) a summary and analysis of this Plan, and (iii) certain related matters, including risk factors relating to the consummation of this Plan. Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, revoke, or withdraw this Plan, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements, prior to its substantial consummation.

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION

Defined Terms . As used herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Any term that is not otherwise defined herein, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, shall have the meaning given to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable.

1.1 2017 Noteholders means, collectively, the record holder of and owners of beneficial interests in the 2017 Notes.

1.2 2017 Notes Claim means a Claim arising out of or related to the 2017 Notes and the 2017 Notes Indenture.

1.3 2017 Notes Claims Allocation means (a) the Market Value of the 2017 Notes Claims, divided by (b) the Equitizing Securities’ Aggregate Market Value.

1.4 2017 Notes Indenture means that certain Indenture dated November 28, 2012 among PDV as issuer, PDSA as guarantor, and the 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time).

1.5 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as indenture trustee, collateral agent, and in each other capacity for which it serves under or in connection with the 2017 Notes; provided that if the context requires only certain of the foregoing capacities, then only in such capacity(ies).

1.6 2017 Notes means those certain 7.250% senior secured notes due 2017 issued by PDV pursuant to the 2017 Notes Indenture.

1.7 2020 Noteholders means, collectively, the record holder of and owners of beneficial interests in the 2020 Notes.


1.8 2020 Notes Claim means a Claim arising out of or related to the 2020 Notes and the 2020 Notes Indenture.

1.9 2020 Notes Claims Allocation means the (x) Market Value of the 2020 Notes Claims, divided by (y) the Equitizing Securities’ Aggregate Market Value.

1.10 2020 Notes Indenture means that certain Indenture dated June 3, 2013 among PDSA, the Pool A Guarantors, and the 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time).

1.11 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in its capacity as indenture trustee and in each other capacity for which it serves under or in connection with the 2020 Notes; provided that if the context requires only certain of the foregoing capacities, then only in such capacity(ies).

1.12 2020 Notes means those certain 5.375% senior secured notes due 2020 issued by PDSA on June 3, 2013 pursuant to the 2020 Notes Indenture.

1.13 Accrued Professional Compensation means, at any date, and regardless of whether such amounts are billed or unbilled, all of a Professional’s accrued and unpaid fees (including success fees) and reimbursable expenses for services rendered in the Chapter 11 Cases through and including such date, whether or not such Professional has filed a fee application for payment of such fees and expenses, (a) all to the extent that any such fees and expenses have not been previously paid (regardless of whether a fee application has been filed for any such amount) and (b) after applying any retainer that has been provided by the Debtors to such Professional and not previously applied. No amount of a Professional’s fees and expenses denied under a Final Order shall constitute Accrued Professional Compensation.

1.14 Ad Hoc Group means those certain 2017 Noteholders, 2020 Noteholders, and Term Loan B Lenders identified in the Fifth Amended Verified Statement of the Ad Hoc Group of Debtholders Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 dated September 17, 2018 [Docket No. 596].

1.15 Administrative Claim means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases under sections 328, 330, 363, 364(c)(1), 365, 503(b), or 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, but not limited to: (a) any actual and necessary costs and expenses, incurred on or after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date, of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors; (b) Professional Fee Claims; (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code; (d) the QP Group Expense Reimbursement; and (e) all other Claims entitled to administrative Claim status pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

2


1.16 Administrative Claims Bar Date means the first Business Day that is thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Plan.

1.17 Administrative Claims Objection Bar Date means the first Business Day that is 120 days following the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Plan; provided , that the Administrative Claims Objection Bar Date may be extended pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court upon a motion filed by the Reorganized Debtors after notice and a hearing.

1.18 Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, “affiliate” as defined in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, as if such Person were a Debtor.

1.19 Affiliate Transferee has the meaning set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

1.20 Agents means, collectively, the 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee, the 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee, the DIP Agent, the Pari Passu Collateral Agent, the RCF Administrative Agent, the SSCF Administrative Agent, and the Term Loan B Administrative Agent.

1.21 Allowed means, with respect to a Claim against any Debtor, except as otherwise provided herein, (a) a Claim that is (i) listed in the Schedules as of the Effective Date as neither disputed, contingent, nor unliquidated, and for which no Proof of Claim has been timely filed, or (ii) evidenced by a valid Proof of Claim or request for payment of Administrative Claim, as applicable, filed by the applicable Bar Date, and as to which the Debtors or other parties in interest have not filed an objection to the allowance thereof by the Claims Objection Deadline, or (b) a Claim that is Allowed under this Plan or any stipulation or settlement approved by, or Final Order of, the Bankruptcy Court; provided , however , that any Claims allowed solely for the purpose of voting to accept or reject this Plan pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court will not be considered “Allowed Claims” under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Claim shall not be Allowed and shall not be entitled to a distribution under this Plan to the extent it has been satisfied prior to the Effective Date. If a Claim is Allowed only in part, references to Allowed Claims include and are limited to the Allowed portion of such Claim. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim that is disallowed in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 3003 or section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code is Allowed and each such Claim shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

1.22 Amended By-Laws means, with respect to a Reorganized Debtor, where applicable, such Reorganized Debtor’s amended or amended and restated by-laws or operating agreement, a substantially final form of which will be contained in the Plan Supplement to the extent they contain material changes to the existing documents.

 

3


1.23 Amended Certificate of Incorporation means, with respect to each Reorganized Debtor, where applicable, such Reorganized Debtor’s amended or amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or certificate of formation, a substantially final form of which will be contained in the Plan Supplement.

1.24 Assumed Contracts means those Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtors pursuant to this Plan.

1.25 Avoidance Action means any claim or Cause of Action of an Estate arising out of or maintainable pursuant to sections 510, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, 551, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other similar applicable law, regardless of whether or not such action has been commenced prior to the Effective Date.

1.26 Ballot means each of the ballot forms distributed to each Holder of a Claim that is entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan and on which the Holder is to indicate, among other things, acceptance or rejection of this Plan.

1.27 Bankruptcy Code means title 11 of the United States Code, as now in effect or hereafter amended, to the extent such amendments apply to the Chapter 11 Cases.

1.28 Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.

1.29 Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the local rules of the Bankruptcy Court, as now in effect or hereafter amended.

1.30 Bar Date means, as applicable: (a) the General Bar Date; (b) the later of (i) the General Bar Date and (ii) 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) on the date that is thirty (30) days after entry of a Bankruptcy Court order pursuant to which Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases are rejected for Claims arising from such rejected agreements; (c) the later of (i) the General Bar Date and (ii) 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) on the date that is thirty (30) days after the date that notice of any applicable amendment or supplement to the Schedules is served on a claimant for those Claims affected by any such amendment or supplement to the Schedules; and (d) May 11, 2018 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) for Governmental Units.

1.31 Bar Date Order means the Order Establishing Bar Dates for Filing Proofs of Claim and Approving Form and Manner of Notice Thereof [Docket No. 253].

1.32 Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).

 

4


1.33 Cash means legal tender of the United States of America and equivalents thereof.

1.34 Cause of Action means any action, proceeding, agreement, Claim, cause of action, controversy, demand, debt, right, action, Avoidance Action, Lien, indemnity, guaranty, suit, obligation, liability, damage, judgment, account, defense, offset, power, privilege, recoupment, cross-claim, counterclaim, third-party claim, indemnity claim, contribution claim, or any other claim, known or unknown, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, secured or unsecured, assertable directly or derivatively, whether pending in litigation or otherwise, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity or pursuant to any other theory of law, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission or other event occurring prior to the Effective Date.

1.35 Chapter 11 Case(s) means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code commenced by such Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, the cases under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code commenced by the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.

1.36 Charging Lien means any Lien or other priority in payment to which an Indenture Trustee is entitled pursuant to the terms of an indenture or any related or ancillary document, instrument, agreement, or statutory or common law against the distributions to be made to the applicable Noteholders for payment of any fees, costs, or expenses (including those of its counsel) due to such Indenture Trustee.

1.37 Claim means a “claim” as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.38 Claims Objection Deadline means for all Claims, the later of: (a) 180 days after the Effective Date, subject to extension by order of the Bankruptcy Court; (b) 90 days after the filing of a Proof of Claim or request for payment of Administrative Expense Claims for such Claim; and (c) such other objection deadline as may be specifically fixed by this Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Rules, or a Final Order.

1.39 Class  means a category of Claims or Interests, as described in Article III.

1.40 Commitment Letter Order means the Order (I)  Authorizing the Debtors to (A)  Enter into Exit Financing Commitment Letter and Related Agreements and (B)  Incur and Pay Certain Related Fees and/or Premiums, Indemnities, Costs and Expenses; and (II)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 518].

1.41 Confirmation Date means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

5


1.42 Confirmation Hearing means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code to consider confirmation of this Plan, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

1.43 Confirmation means the confirmation of this Plan by the Bankruptcy Court under section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.44 Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming this Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements.

1.45 Consenting Creditors means the members of the Ad Hoc Group.

1.46 Cure Amount means all costs required of the Debtors to cure any and all monetary defaults, including pecuniary losses, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, arising under any Assumed Contract.

1.47 D&O Liability Insurance Policies means all insurance policies and contracts for directors’ and officers’ liability maintained by the Debtors, including any directors’ and officers’ “tail policy.”

1.48 Debtor Release means the releases contained in Section 10.3(a) herein.

1.49 Debtor s means PDSA; PDGL; Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited; Pacific Drilling, Inc.; Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling Limited; Pacific Drillship S.à r.l.; Pacific Sharav S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling VII Limited; PDV; Pacific Scirocco Ltd.; Pacific Bora Ltd.; Pacific Mistral Ltd.; Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited; Pacific Drilling Operations Limited; Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc.; Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling, LLC; Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited; and Pacific Sharav Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Debtors” as used in this Plan does not include PDSI or PDVIII, which entities will be subject to a separate chapter 11 plan.

1.50 DIP Agent means Wilmington Trust, National Association, and its successors or assigns, in each case, solely in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the DIP Facility.

1.51 DIP Facility Claim means a Claim arising out of or related to the DIP Facility.

1.52 DIP Facility means the Debtors’ senior secured postpetition financing in the form of a non-amortizing multi-draw term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $85 million.

1.53 DIP Lenders means, collectively, the lenders under the DIP Facility.

 

6


1.54 Disallowed means all or such part of a Claim (a) that is disallowed by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction or (b) proof of which was required to be filed but as to which a Proof of Claim was not timely or properly filed; unless Allowed by the Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction.

1.55 Disbursing Agent means any entity in its capacity as a disbursing agent under Section 6.5, including any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, that acts in such a capacity.

1.56 Disclosure Statement means the disclosure statement (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) relating to this Plan, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, and distributed contemporaneously herewith, which is in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements.

1.57 Disputed Claim means (a) any Claim as to which the Debtors have interposed an objection or request for estimation in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, or any Claim otherwise disputed by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or other party in interest in accordance with applicable law, which objection has not been withdrawn or determined by a Final Order; (b) any Claim scheduled by the Debtors as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed; (c) any Claim which amends a claim scheduled by the Debtors as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed; or (d) any Claim prior to it having become an Allowed Claim.

1.58 Distribution Date means a date or dates, including the Initial Distribution Date as determined by the Disbursing Agent in accordance with the terms of this Plan, on which the Disbursing Agent makes a distribution to Holders of Allowed Claims.

1.59 Distribution Process is defined in Section 6.6(c).

1.60 Distribution Record Date means September 20, 2018.

1.61 Drillships means all seven high-specification drillships delivered between 2010 and 2014: (1) the Pacific Bora ; (2) the Pacific Scirocco ; (3) the Pacific Sharav ; (4) the Pacific Santa Ana ; (5) the Pacific Mistral ; (6) the Pacific Khamsin ; and (7) the Pacific Meltem .

1.62 ECA Document Requirements means that the Transaction Agreements shall be subject to the respective consent rights of the parties to the Equity Commitment Agreement as set forth therein.

1.63 Effective Date means the Business Day this Plan becomes effective as provided in Article IX.

1.64 Entity means “entity” as defined in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

7


1.65 Equitizing Securities’ Aggregate Market Value means the sum of the Market Values of the Term Loan B Claims, the 2020 Notes Claims, and the 2017 Notes Claims.

1.66 Equity Commitment Agreement means that certain Commitment Agreement (Equity) to be entered into by PDSA before the Effective Date, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Equity Commitment Parties and provided in advance of the Voting Deadline.

1.67 Equity Commitment means the commitment by the Equity Commitment Parties pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement to purchase (a) any unexercised Rights Offering Subscription Rights and (b) any New Common Shares not purchased pursuant to the QP Private Placement.

1.68 Equity Commitment Parties means the members of the Ad Hoc Group providing the Equity Commitment pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement.

1.69 Equity Commitment Premium means the “Commitment Premium” as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement, payable to the Equity Commitment Parties in accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement.

1.70 Equity Issuance means, collectively, the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement.

1.71 Escrow End Date has the meaning set forth in the Offering Circular.

1.72 Escrow Release Conditions has the meaning set forth in the Offering Circular.

1.73 Estate(s) means, individually, the estate of any of the Debtors and, collectively, the estates of all of the Debtors created under section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.74 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or hereafter amended.

1.75 Exculpated Parties means, collectively, the Released Parties.

1.76 Executory Contract means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8


1.77 Exhibit means an exhibit annexed to either this Plan or as an appendix to the Disclosure Statement, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

1.78 Exit Financing Transactions means, collectively, the New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, and the Equity Issuance.

1.79 Federal Judgment Rate means the federal judgment rate, 28 U.S.C. § 1961, in effect as of the Petition Date, compounded annually.

1.80 Final Order means an order or judgment, the operation or effect of which has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which order or judgment (or any reversal, stay, modification, or amendment thereof) (a) the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or request re-argument or further review or rehearing has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari, or request for re-argument or further review or rehearing has been timely filed, or (b) any appeal that has been or may be taken or any petition for certiorari or request for re-argument, further review, or rehearing that has been or may be filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed, from which certiorari was sought, or to which the request was made, and no further appeal, petition for certiorari, or request for re-argument, further review, or rehearing has been or can be taken or granted.

1.81 General Bar Date means May 1, 2018 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time), the date by which each Holder of a Claim against any of the Debtors must file a Proof of Claim unless such Claim falls within one of the exceptions set forth in the Bar Date Order.

1.82 General Unsecured Claim means any Claim against any Debtor other than an Administrative Claim, a Priority Tax Claim, an Other Priority Claim, an RCF Claim, an SSCF Claim, a 2017 Notes Claim, a 2020 Notes Claim, a Term Loan B Claim, a Section 510(b) Claim, or an Intercompany Claim.

1.83 Global Settlement means the settlements and compromises contained in the Global Settlement Term Sheet, dated as of August 15, 2018, among the Debtors, the Ad Hoc Group, and QPGL, a copy of which is attached as Appendix L to the Disclosure Statement.

1.84 Governmental Unit has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.85 Holder means a holder (including Noteholders) of a Claim or Interest, as applicable.

1.86 Impaired means, when used in reference to a Claim or Interest, a Claim or Interest that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

9


1.87 Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses is defined in Section 5.25.

1.88 Indenture Trustee means each of the 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee and the 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee, as context requires.

1.89 Initial Distribution means the first distribution that either the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, make to Holders of Allowed Claims pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

1.90 Intercompany 2018 PDOL TLB means the loan agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, between PDSA as lender and Pacific Drilling Operations Limited as borrower.

1.91 Intercompany 2018 PML TLB means the loan agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, between PDSA as lender and Pacific Mistral Limited as borrower.

1.92 Intercompany 2018 PSAS TLB means the loan agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, between PDSA as lender and Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l. as borrower.

1.93 Intercompany 2020 Notes means the loan agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, between PDSA as lender and Pacific Drilling Operations Limited as borrower.

1.94 Intercompany Claim means any and all Claims of a Debtor against another Debtor or non-Debtor affiliate; provided , that Claims of the Debtors against PDVIII or PDSI or of PDVIII or PDSI against the Debtors shall not constitute “Intercompany Claims.”

1.95 Intercompany Interest means an Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor.

1.96 Intercreditor Agreement means that certain Intercreditor Agreement , dated as of June 3, 2013, by and among the Pari Passu Collateral Agent, the Revolving Credit Agreement Agent, the Term Loan Agent, the Trustee, the Company, and each other Grantor (in each case as defined therein).

1.97 Interest means any equity security, including a limited liability company membership interest, in a Debtor as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code, including all issued, unissued, authorized, or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Debtors, together with any warrants, options, or contractual rights to purchase or acquire such equity securities at any time and all rights arising with respect thereto.

1.98 IRS means the Internal Revenue Service.

1.99 Lien has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

10


1.100 Management Incentive Plan means a management incentive plan adopted by the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date, which shall provide equity-based compensation in an amount not to exceed 10.0% of the aggregate amount of New Common Shares.

1.101 Market Value means, with respect to any of the (a) Term Loan B Claims, (b) 2020 Notes Claims, or (c) 2017 Notes Claims, as the case may be, (i) the volume-weighted average price, expressed as a percentage (the “ VWAP ”), of such Claims for a period of twenty (20) Business Days commencing on the date the Disclosure Statement is filed on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases, multiplied by (ii) the aggregate pre-petition balance of such Claims; provided , that the VWAP of the Term Loan B Claims shall be deemed to be the deemed VWAP of the 2020 Notes Claims; provided , further , that the VWAP of the 2017 Notes Claims shall be deemed to be adjusted by an amount necessary to be not more than 14 cents greater than the VWAP of the 2020 Notes Claims (without giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this definition), and the VWAP of the 2020 Notes Claims shall be deemed to be adjusted by an amount necessary to be not less than 9 cents less than the deemed VWAP of the 2017 Notes Claims.

1.102 New Boards means, collectively, the initial board of directors, members, or managers, as applicable, of each Reorganized Debtor.

1.103 New Common Shares means common shares in Reorganized PDSA issued and outstanding on the Effective Date after giving effect to all the Restructuring Transactions.

1.104 New First Lien Noteholders means, collectively, the holders of the New First Lien Notes on the Effective Date.

1.105 New First Lien Notes means those certain new first lien notes that mature five years following their issuance pursuant to the New First Lien Notes Indenture in the initial aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million (a portion of which proceeds will be used to pay the New First Lien Note Fees), which shall be secured by a first-priority security interest in and Lien on certain of the Reorganized Debtors’ assets, all as substantially set forth in the commitment letter, term sheet, and fee letter for such arrangement attached as Appendix F to the Disclosure Statement.

1.106 New First Lien Notes Commitment Party means the party or parties, if any, providing a commitment to purchase the New First Lien Notes.

1.107 New First Lien Notes Documentation means, collectively, the New First Lien Notes Indenture and each other agreement, security agreement, pledge agreement, collateral assignment, mortgage, control agreement, guarantee, certificate, document, or instrument executed and/or delivered in connection with the foregoing, whether or not specifically mentioned herein or therein, as the same may be modified, supplemented, or replaced from time to time, and which shall be satisfactory to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, the New First Lien Notes Commitment Party, and the New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee.

 

11


1.108 New First Lien Notes Fees means any fees payable to New First Lien Notes Commitment Party, the New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee, and the New First Lien Noteholders pursuant to the New First Lien Notes Documentation.

1.109 New First Lien Notes Indenture means that certain Indenture, to be dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Reorganized PDSA and the New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee, the form of which shall be contained in the Plan Supplement and the terms of which shall include substantially those set forth in the commitment letter, term sheet, and fee letter of such agreement attached as Appendix F to the Disclosure Statement.

1.110 New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee means Wilmington Trust, National Association or its successors or assigns, solely in their capacity as indenture trustee under the New First Lien Notes Indenture.

1.111 New Intercreditor Agreement means that certain Intercreditor Agreement to be dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Reorganized PDSA, the New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee, and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture Trustee, the form of which shall be provided in the Plan Supplement.

1.112 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Noteholders means, collectively, the holders of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes on the Effective Date.

1.113 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes means the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes that mature in 2024, issued pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture in the initial aggregate amount of $274.0 million (inclusive of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes issued pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement), which shall be secured by a second-priority security interest in and lien on certain of the Reorganized Debtors’ assets, all as substantially set forth in the term sheet for such agreement attached as Appendix G to the Disclosure Statement.

1.114 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement means that certain Amended and Restated Commitment Agreement (Second Lien) among PDSA and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties, dated August 29, 2018 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time).

1.115 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment means the commitment by the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement to purchase any uncommitted New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes in the event that PDSA or Reorganized PDSA, as applicable, has not received commitments prior to the Effective Date to purchase the full $250.0 million of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes.

 

12


1.116 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Order means the Order Pursuant to Sections 105(a), 362, 363, 503, and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code Authorizing the Debtors to Enter into the Second Lien Commitment Agreement and Pay Related Fees and Expenses [Docket No. 561] dated September 5, 2018.

1.117 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties means the members of the Ad Hoc Group providing the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

1.118 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium means a fee equal to 8.0% of the maximum aggregate principal committed amount of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes of $300.0 million, which shall be paid in full in New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement on the Effective Date.

1.119 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation means, collectively, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture and each other agreement, security agreement, pledge agreement, collateral assignment, mortgage, control agreement, guarantee, certificate, document, or instrument executed and/or delivered in connection with the foregoing, whether or not specifically mentioned herein or therein, as the same may be modified, supplemented, or replaced from time to time, and which shall be satisfactory to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture Trustee.

1.120 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture means that certain Indenture, to be dated as of the Effective Date, by and among Reorganized PDSA, as issuer, and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture Trustee, the form of which shall be contained in the Plan Supplement and the terms of which shall include substantially those set forth in the term sheet for such agreement attached as Appendix G to the Disclosure Statement.

1.121 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture Trustee means Wilmington Trust, National Association or its successors and assigns, solely in their capacity as indenture trustee under the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture.

1.122 New Secured Debt Agreement s means collectively, the New First Lien Notes Indenture and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture.

1.123 New Secured Debt Document s means collectively, the New First Lien Notes Documentation and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation.

1.124 New Shareholders Agreement means that certain shareholders’ agreement that will govern matters related to the governance of the Reorganized Debtors, a draft of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement and which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Creditors and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements, in consultation with the Debtors.

 

13


1.125 Noteholders means either or both of the 2017 Noteholders and the 2020 Noteholders, as context requires.

1.126 Notice of Non-Voting Status means a notice of non-voting status, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C to the Debtors’ Motion for an Order Approving (I)  The Disclosure Statement; (II)  The Form and Manner of the Disclosure Statement Hearing Notice; (III)  Certain Key Dates Relating to Confirmation of the Plan; (IV)  Procedures for Solicitation; (V)  Forms of Ballots and Notices; (VI)  Procedures for Tabulation of Votes; and (VII)  Procedures for Notice of the Confirmation Hearing and Objections to Confirmation of the Plan [Docket No. 484].

1.127 Offering Circular means, as applicable: (a) that certain Offering Circular dated September 12, 2018 for the New First Lien Notes; and (b) that certain Offering Circular dated September 12, 2018 for the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes.

1.128 Other Priority Claim means any Claim accorded priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than an Administrative Claim or Priority Tax Claim.

1.129 Other Secured Claim means any Secured Claim against any Debtor other than a DIP Facility Claim, Secured Tax Claim, RCF Claim, Term Loan B Claim, 2017 Notes Claim, 2020 Notes Claim, or SSCF Claim.

1.130 Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited means a private company limited by shares incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of PDSA and the issuer of the New First Lien Notes.

1.131 Pacific Drilling Second Escrow Issuer Limited means a private company limited by shares incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of PDSA and the issuer of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes.

1.132 Pari Passu Collateral Agent means Citibank, N.A., or its replacements, successors, and assigns, in each case solely in their capacity as the collateral agent under the Intercreditor Agreement.

1.133 PDGL means Debtor Pacific Drilling (Gibraltar) Limited, a privately-held company limited by shares organized under the laws of Gibraltar.

1.134 PDSA means Debtor Pacific Drilling S.A., a publicly-traded limited liability company (soci é t é anonyme) organized under the laws of Luxembourg.

1.135 PDSI means Pacific Drilling Services Inc., a privately-held Delaware corporation.

 

14


1.136 PDV means Debtor Pacific Drilling V Limited, a privately-held British Virgin Islands company limited by shares.

1.137 PDVIII means Pacific Drilling VIII Limited, a privately-held British Virgin Islands company limited by shares.

1.138 Person means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

1.139 Petition Date means November 12, 2017, the date on which the Debtors filed their voluntary chapter 11 petitions commencing these Chapter 11 Cases.

1.140 PIDWAL means non-Debtor Affiliate Pacific International Drilling West Africa Limited, a privately-held Nigerian registered limited liability company.

1.141 Plan Document means any of the documents, other than this Plan, to be executed, delivered, assumed, or performed in connection with the occurrence of the Effective Date, including the documents to be included in the Plan Supplement, including, but not limited to, the New Secured Debt Agreements, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Amended Certificates of Incorporation of the applicable Reorganized Debtors, and the Amended By-Laws of the applicable Reorganized Debtors, subject to the ECA Document Requirements and as may be modified consistent with the ECA Document Requirements.

1.142 Plan means this chapter 11 plan of reorganization, including the Exhibits and all supplements, appendices, and schedules hereto, either in its current form or as the same may be altered, amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements.

1.143 Plan Supplement Filing Date means the date not later than seven (7) days before the Voting Deadline, which date may be modified by agreement between the Debtors and the Required Consenting Creditors.

1.144 Plan Supplement means any supplement to this Plan, and the compilation of documents, forms of documents, and Exhibits to this Plan, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, initial drafts of which shall be filed by the Debtors as permitted herein on or before the Plan Supplement Filing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the applicable parties as provided in this Plan.

1.145 Pool A Debtors means Pacific Drilling, Inc.; Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling Limited; Pacific Drillship S.à r.l.; Pacific Scirocco Ltd.; Pacific Bora Ltd.; Pacific Mistral Ltd.; Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited; Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l.; and Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited.

 

15


1.146 Pool A Guarantors means the Pool A Debtors and PIDWAL.

1.147 Pool B Debtors means Pacific Sharav S.à r.l., Pacific Drilling VII Limited, and Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc.

1.148 Pool C Debtors means Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited and PDV.

1.149 Priority Tax Claim means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.150 Pro Rata means the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims and Disputed Claims within such Class.

1.151 Professional means any professional employed in these Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 327, 328, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the professionals of QPGL and the other members of the QP Group shall not be included within the definition of “Professional.”

1.152 Professional Fee Claim means an Administrative Claim of a Professional for compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of costs, expenses, or other charges incurred on or after the Petition Date and prior to and including the Effective Date.

1.153 Professional Fee Escrow means an escrow account to be funded with the Professional Fee Escrow Amount by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date solely for the purpose of paying all Allowed Professional Fee Claims.

1.154 Professional Fee Escrow Amount means the aggregate Accrued Professional Compensation through the Effective Date as estimated by the Professionals in accordance with Section 2.3.

1.155 Proof of Claim means a written proof of Claim filed against any Debtor in the Chapter 11 Cases.

1.156 QP Group Expense Reimbursement means the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of QPGL and the other members of the QP Group for the period of the Chapter 11 Cases, subject to an aggregate cap of $13.0 million, to the extent Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court.

1.157 QP Group has the meaning set forth in the Application of Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 503(b)(3)(D) and 503(b)(4) for Allowance and Reimbursement of Reasonable Professional Fees and Actual, Necessary Expenses in Making a Substantial Contribution in These Chapter 11 Cases , filed on August 2, 2018 [Docket No. 458].

 

16


1.158 QP Private Placement means a $40.0 million private placement to QPGL that will obligate QPGL or an Affiliate Transferee to purchase 5.1% of the aggregate number of New Common Shares outstanding on the Effective Date, subject to dilution by the new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.

1.159 QPGL means Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited.

1.160 RCF means the credit facility made available pursuant to the RCF Credit Agreement, under which $475.0 million in principal amount remains outstanding.

1.161 RCF Administrative Agent means Citibank, N.A. or its successors or assigns, in each case solely in their capacity as administrative agent under the RCF.

1.162 RCF Claim means any Claim arising out of or related to the RCF, the RCF Credit Documents, any RCF Secured Cash Management Agreement, and any RCF Hedging Agreement, including any Claims for principal amounts outstanding, interest, fees, expenses, costs, and other charges thereunder, and any other Claims in respect of the RCF Secured Obligations. The RCF Claims shall be Allowed pursuant to Section 3.3(d)(ii).

1.163 RCF Contingent Obligations means the indemnification and expense reimbursement obligations of the Debtors under the RCF Credit Documents that are contingent as of the Effective Date.

1.164 RCF Credit Agreement means that certain Credit Agreement among PDSA as borrower, the RCF Lenders, and the RCF Administrative Agent, dated June 3, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time).

1.165 RCF Credit Documents means all “Credit Documents” as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement.

1.166 RCF Hedging Agreement means a “Hedging Agreement” as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement.

1.167 RCF Lenders means, collectively, those banks and financial institutions party to the RCF Credit Agreement as lenders.

1.168 RCF Payment means Cash in an amount sufficient to render the RCF Claims Unimpaired.

1.169 RCF Postpetition Interest means any accrued and unpaid interest accrued postpetition computed using the “Default Interest” rate, as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement, for any amounts accruing on or after the Petition Date.

1.170 RCF Secured Cash Management Agreement means a “Secured Cash Management Agreement” as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement.

 

17


1.171 RCF Secured Obligations means all “Secured Obligations” as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement.

1.172 RCF Secured Parties means, collectively, the “Secured Creditors” as such term is defined in the RCF Credit Agreement.

1.173 Released Party means each of: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) PIDWAL; (d) the Agents; (e) the DIP Lenders; (f) the RCF Lenders; (g) the SSCF Lenders; (h) the Equity Commitment Parties; (i) the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties; (j) the Reserve Parties; (k) QPGL; ( l ) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (k), each of such Entity’s or Person’s respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, investment managers, managed accounts, or funds; and (m) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities or Persons in clauses (a) through ( l ), such Entities’ or Persons’ Representatives; provided that any Holder of a Claim or Interest that (i) objects to the Plan, (ii) votes to reject the Plan, or (iii) is entitled to vote on the Plan but does not vote to accept the Plan and does not check the box on the applicable Ballot indicating that they opt to grant the release provided in the Plan shall not be a “Released Party”; provided , further , that PDSI and PDVIII shall not be “Released Parties.”

1.174 Releasing Parties means, collectively and in each case in their capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) PIDWAL; (d) the Agents; (e) the DIP Lenders; (f) the RCF Lenders; (g) the SSCF Lenders; (h) the Equity Commitment Parties; (i) the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties; (j) the Reserve Parties; (k) QPGL; ( l ) each Holder of a Claim who was entitled to vote on this Plan and voted to accept this Plan; (m) each Holder of a Claim or Interest who did not vote to accept this Plan but checked the box on the applicable Ballot or Notice of Non-Voting Status indicating that they opt to grant the releases provided in this Plan; and (n) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (m), such Entities’ or Persons’ successors and assigns. For the avoidance of doubt, PDSI and PDVIII shall not be “Releasing Parties.”

1.175 Reorganized Debtors means, collectively, the Debtors from and after the Effective Date.

1.176 Reorganized PDSA means PDSA from and after the Effective Date.

1.177 Representative means any Person’s or Entity’s current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), principals, members, employees, agents, independent contractors, management companies, investment advisors, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such; provided , that non-QPGL Holders of Interests in PDSA shall not be “Representatives.”

 

18


1.178 Required Consenting Creditors means Consenting Creditors holding at least 60% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of (a) Term Loan B Claims, (b) 2017 Notes Claims, and (c) 2020 Notes Claims held by all Consenting Creditors at such time; provided , however , that if any Consenting Creditor fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any of the terms of this Plan within ten (10) Business Days of that request being made, the outstanding principal amount of such Consenting Creditor’s Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and/or 2020 Notes Claims, as the case may be, at such time, shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and/or 2020 Notes Claims held by all Consenting Creditors at such time when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, 100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and/or 2020 Notes Claims held by all Consenting Creditors has been obtained to approve that request.

1.179 Reserve Parties has the meaning set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

1.180 Restructuring Transactions means one or more transactions pursuant to section 1123(a)(5)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, to occur on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, that may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate this Plan, including (a) the consummation of the transactions provided for under or contemplated by the Plan Documents; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents containing terms that are consistent with or reasonably necessary to implement the Plan Documents, which agreement or other documents shall contain terms that are consistent with or reasonably necessary to implement the terms of this Plan and the Plan Documents and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law; (c) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any property, right, liability, duty, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of this Plan and the Plan Documents; and (d) all other actions that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, determine are necessary or appropriate.

1.181 Retained Actions means all claims, Causes of Action, rights of action, suits, and proceedings, whether in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which any Debtor or any Debtor’s Estate may hold against any Person, including: (a) claims and Causes of Action brought prior to the Effective Date; (b) claims and Causes of Action against any Persons for failure to pay for products or services provided or rendered by any of the Debtors; (c) claims and Causes of Action seeking the recovery of any of the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ accounts receivable or other receivables or rights to payment created or arising in the ordinary course of any of the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ businesses, including claim overpayments and tax refunds; (d) all Avoidance Actions; and (e) any such claims, Causes of Action, rights of action, suits, or proceedings listed in the Disclosure Statement or any schedules filed by the Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases; provided , however , that Retained Actions shall not include those claims, Causes of Action, rights of action, suits, and proceedings, whether in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, released under Article X herein.

 

19


1.182 Rights Offering means that certain $460.0 million rights offering pursuant to which each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim, 2020 Notes Claim, or 2017 Notes Claim is entitled to receive its share of Rights Offering Subscription Rights to acquire New Common Shares in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

1.183 Rights Offering Procedures means the procedures for the implementation of the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement, as applicable, approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Order (I)  Approving Rights Offering Procedures and Related Forms, (II)  Authorizing Debtors to Conduct Rights Offering in Connection with Debtors Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, and (III)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 619] dated September 26, 2018.

1.184 Rights Offering Subscription Rights means the subscription rights to purchase New Common Shares offered to Holders of Allowed 2017 Notes Claims, Allowed 2020 Notes Claims, and Allowed Term Loan B Claims pursuant to the Rights Offering in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

1.185 Santa Ana IPL means the subordinated income participating loan agreement, dated as of August 28, 2015, among Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l., as lender and Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l., as borrower.

1.186 Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases means any schedule (including any amendments or modifications thereto) of certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors, pursuant to this Plan, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, as may be amended by the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors, from time to time prior to the Confirmation Date.

1.187 Schedules means the Debtors’ schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs, filed under section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, as amended, supplemented, or modified.

1.188 SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.189 Section  510(b) Claim means any Claim against any Debtor arising from rescission of a purchase or sale of a security of any Debtor or an Affiliate of any Debtor, for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such security, or for reimbursement or contribution Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim.

 

20


1.190 Secured Claim means a Claim that is secured by a Lien on property in which a Debtor’s Estate has an interest or that is subject to setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the Claim Holder’s interest in the applicable Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or, in the case of setoff, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.191 Secured Tax Claim means any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of any time limitation therein and including any related Secured Claim for penalties).

1.192 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a-77aa, as now in effect or hereafter amended.

1.193 Sharav IPL means the subordinated income participating loan agreement, dated as of August 28, 2015, among Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l. as lender and Pacific Sharav S.à r.l. as borrower.

1.194 SSCF means that certain $1.0 billion Senior Secured Credit Facility (as amended) among the Pool B Debtors as borrowers, PDSA as guarantor, the SSCF Lenders, and the SSCF Administrative Agent, under which $661.5 million in principal amount remains outstanding.

1.195 SSCF Administrative Agent means Wilmington Trust, N.A. its successors or assigns, in each case, solely in its capacity as administrative agent, GIEK facility agent, security agent, account bank, collateral agent, and trustee mortgagee under the SSCF Credit Agreement.

1.196 SSCF Claim means any Claim arising out of or related to the SSCF and the SSCF Credit Agreement, any SSCF Contingent Obligations, any SSCF Hedging Agreement, including any Claims for principal amounts outstanding, interest, fees, expenses, costs, and other charges thereunder, and any other Claims in respect of the SSCF Obligations, which shall be Allowed pursuant to Section 3.3(e).

1.197 SSCF Contingent Obligations means the indemnification and reimbursement obligations of the Debtors under the SSCF Credit Agreement.

1.198 SSCF Credit Agreement means that certain Up to US $1,000,000,000 Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement , dated as of September 13, 2013 (as amended), among the Pool B Debtors as borrowers, PDSA as guarantor, the SSCF Lenders, and the SSCF Administrative Agent (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time).

1.199 SSCF Hedging Agreement means a “Hedging Agreement” as defined in the SSCF Credit Agreement.

 

21


1.200 SSCF Lenders means, collectively, those lenders party to the SSCF Credit Agreement.

1.201 SSCF Mediation Parties means Canyon Capital Advisors LLC, Garantiinstituttet for eksportkreditt, ING Capital LLC, KSAC Europe Investments S.à. r.l., and the SSCF Agent.

1.202 SSCF Obligations means all “Obligations” as defined in the SSCF Credit Agreement.

1.203 SSCF Payment means Cash in an amount sufficient to render the SSCF Claims Unimpaired.

1.204 SSCF Postpetition Interest means any accrued and unpaid interest accrued postpetition computed using the “Default Interest” rate, as provided in the SSCF Credit Agreement, for any amounts accruing on or after the Petition Date.

1.205 Term Loan B Administrative Agent means Cortland Capital Market Services LLC or its successors or assigns, in each case solely in their capacity as administrative agent under the Term Loan B Credit Facility.

1.206 Term Loan B Claim means a Claim arising out of or related to the Term Loan B Credit Facility and the Term Loan B Credit Agreement.

1.207 Term Loan B Claims Allocation means (a) the Market Value of the Term Loan B Claims, divided by (b) the Equitizing Securities’ Aggregate Market Value.

1.208 Term Loan B Credit Agreement means that certain Term Loan Agreement , dated as of June 3, 2013 (as amended), among PDSA as borrower, the Term Loan B Lenders, and the Term Loan B Administrative Agent.

1.209 Term Loan B Credit Facility means that certain $750.0 million term loan facility among PDSA as borrower, the Term Loan B Lenders, and the Term Loan B Administrative Agent.

1.210 Term Loan B Lenders means, collectively, those lenders party to the Term Loan B Credit Agreement.

1.211 Third-Party Release means the releases set forth in Section 10.3(b) of this Plan.

1.212 Transaction Agreements has the meaning set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, and which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be subject to the ECA Document Requirements.

 

22


1.213 Unexpired Lease means a lease to which one of more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.214 Unimpaired means a Claim or Interest that is not impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.215 Voting Deadline means the date by which a Holder of a Claim entitled to vote on this Plan must deliver a Ballot to accept or reject this Plan as set forth in the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the instructions and procedures relating to the solicitation of votes with respect to this Plan.

1.216 VWAP shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1.100 above.

Rules of Interpretation and Computation of Time . For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise provided herein: (a) whenever from the context it is appropriate, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural; (b) unless otherwise provided in this Plan, any reference in this Plan to a contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions; (c) any reference in this Plan to an existing document or schedule filed or to be filed means such document or schedule, as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented pursuant to this Plan; (d) any reference to an entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that entity’s successors and assigns; (e) all references in this Plan to Sections and Articles are references to Sections and Articles of or to this Plan; (f) the words “herein,” “hereunder,” and “hereto” refer to this Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of this Plan; (g) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of this Plan; (h) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificates of incorporation, by-laws, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with this Plan, the rights and obligations arising under this Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules; (i) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (j) in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by this Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply; (k) “including” means “including without limitation”; and ( l ) with reference to any distribution under this Plan, “on” a date means on or as soon as reasonably practicable after that date.

Exhibits . All Exhibits are incorporated into and are a part of this Plan as if set forth in full herein, and, to the extent not annexed hereto, such Exhibits shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than seven (7) days prior to the Voting Deadline. Holders of Claims and Interests may obtain a copy of the Exhibits upon written request to the Debtors. Upon their filing, the Exhibits may be inspected (a) in the office of the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court or its designee during normal business hours; (b) on the Bankruptcy Court’s website at http://nysb.uscourts.gov (registration required); or (c) at our noticing agent’s website at https://cases.primeclerk.com/pacificdrilling/ . The documents contained in the Exhibits shall be approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order.

 

23


Controlling Document . In the event of an inconsistency between this Plan and the Transaction Agreements (other than this Plan), the terms of the relevant Transaction Agreement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Transaction Agreement). The provisions of this Plan and of the Confirmation Order shall be construed in a manner consistent with each other so as to effect the purposes of each; provided, that, if there is determined to be any inconsistency between any Plan provision and any provision of the Confirmation Order that cannot be so reconciled, then, solely to the extent of such inconsistency, the provisions of the Confirmation Order shall govern and any such provision of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed a modification of this Plan and shall control and take precedence.

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE, DIP FACILITY, AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Professional Fee Claims are not classified and are not entitled to vote on this Plan.

2.1 Administrative Claims . Unless the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (a) the Effective Date, (b) the date on which an Administrative Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Claim, or (c) the date on which an Allowed Administrative Claim becomes payable under any agreement relating thereto, each Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Administrative Claim.

2.2 DIP Facility Claims . Each Holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, shall receive, in full satisfaction, release, settlement, and discharge of such Allowed DIP Facility Claim, payment in full in Cash from the proceeds of the Exit Financing Transactions.

2.3 Priority Tax Claims . The legal and equitable rights of the Holders of Priority Tax Claims are Unimpaired by this Plan. Unless the Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall have such Claim Reinstated.

 

24


2.4 Professional Fee Claims .

(a) Professionals shall submit final fee applications seeking approval of all Professional Fee Claims no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date. These applications remain subject to Bankruptcy Court approval under the standards established by the Bankruptcy Code, including the requirements of sections 327, 328, 330, 331, 363, 503(b), and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable. Payments to Professionals shall be made upon entry of an order approving such Professional Fee Claims.

(b) The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Effective Date in the ordinary course without the need for Bankruptcy Court Approval.

(c) On the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

ARTICLE III

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

3.1 Classification in General . Pursuant to section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code, set forth below is a designation of Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest falls within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest falls within the description of such other Classes. A Claim is also placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to this Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and such Claim has not been paid, released, or otherwise settled prior to the Effective Date. Subject to the payment of Professional Fees and any other joint and several obligations of the Debtors, each Debtor shall be responsible for satisfying the Claims and Administrative Claims against and Interests in such Debtor from such Debtor’s assets.

3.2 Summary of Classification . For administrative convenience, this Plan organizes the Debtors into five (5) groups (each, a “ Debtor Group ”) and assigns a letter to each Debtor and a number to each Class of Claims against or Interests in each Debtor in each Debtor Group. Notwithstanding this organizing principle, this Plan is a separate plan of reorganization for each Debtor. Claims against or Interests in a Debtor belonging to a Debtor Group consisting of more than one Debtor shall be deemed to be classified in a single Class for all purposes under the Bankruptcy Code, including voting. To the extent that a Holder has a Claim that may be asserted against more than one Debtor in a Debtor Group, the vote of such Holder in connection with such Claims shall be counted as a vote of such Claim against each Debtor in such Debtor Group. For consistency, similarly designated Classes of Claims and Interests are assigned the same number across each of the Debtor Groups. Any non-sequential enumeration of the Classes is intentional to maintain consistency.

 

25


Letter

  

Debtor Group

A    Pacific Drilling, Inc.; Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling Limited; Pacific Drillship S.à r.l.; Pacific Scirocco Ltd.; Pacific Bora Ltd.; Pacific Mistral Ltd.; Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited; Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l.; and Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited
B    Pacific Sharav S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling VII Limited; and Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc.
C    Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited and PDV
D    PDSA
E    Pacific Drilling Operations Ltd.; Pacific Drilling LLC; Pacific Sharav Kft; and PDGL

The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are (a) Impaired or Unimpaired by this Plan, (b) entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code and (c) deemed to accept or reject this Plan. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in this Section 3.2. All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth herein. Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Classes shall be treated as set forth in Section 4.4.

 

Class(es)

  

Designation

  

Impairment

  

Entitled to Vote

Classes 1A – 1E    Secured Tax Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Classes 2A – 2E    Other Secured Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Classes 3A – 3E    Other Priority Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Class 4A    RCF Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Class 5B    SSCF Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Class 6A(i)    Term Loan B Claims    Impaired    Yes

 

26


Class(es)

  

Designation

  

Impairment

  

Entitled to Vote

Class 6A(ii)    2020 Notes Claims    Impaired    Yes
Class 6C    2017 Notes Claims    Impaired    Yes
Classes 7A – 7E    General Unsecured Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Classes 8A – 8E    Section 510(b) Claims    Impaired    No (deemed to reject)
Classes 9A – 9E    Intercompany Claims    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Class 10D    PDSA Interests    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)
Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, 11E    Intercompany Interests    Unimpaired    No (deemed to accept)

3.3 Treatment of Classes .

(a) Classes 1A through 1E – Secured Tax Claims

(i) Claims in Class : Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, and 1E consist of all Secured Tax Claims.

(ii) Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall receive, on account of and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Secured Tax Claim and any Lien securing such Claim, Cash in the amount of such Allowed Secured Tax Claim: (x) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (1) the Effective Date and (2) the date on which such Secured Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Tax Claim; or (y) in regular payments in equal installments over a period of time not to exceed five (5) years after the Petition Date with interest at a rate determined in accordance with section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that the first such regular payment shall represent a percentage recovery at least equal to that expected to be received by the most favored Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims; provided , further , that the Reorganized Debtors may prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Secured Tax Claim at any time in their sole discretion. All Allowed Secured Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors when such Claims become due and payable in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.

(iii) Voting : Claims in Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, and 1E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed Secured Tax Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Secured Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

27


(b) Classes 2A through 2E – Other Secured Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, and 2E consist of all Other Secured Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after (a) the Effective Date if such Other Secured Claim is an Allowed Other Secured Claim on the Effective Date or (b) the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive from its respective Debtor, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Secured Claim and any Lien securing such Claim, at the option of the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors: (x) payment in full in Cash, plus postpetition interest, if applicable; (y) Reinstatement or such other treatment sufficient to render the Holder of such Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (z) the return of the applicable collateral in satisfaction of the Allowed amount of such Other Secured Claim.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, and 2E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(c) Classes 3A through 3E – Other Priority Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D, and 3E consist of all Other Priority Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after (a) the Effective Date if such Other Priority Claim is an Allowed Other Priority Claim on the Effective Date or (b) the date on which such Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Priority Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Other Priority Claim.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D, and 3E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Priority Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

 

28


(d) Class  4A – RCF Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 4A consists of all RCF Claims.

(ii) Treatment: RCF Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $475.0 million plus (x) the RCF Postpetition Interest and (y) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, charges, and other amounts (including professional fees and expenses) payable to the RCF Secured Parties by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of the RCF Credit Documents, the RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements, and the RCF Hedging Agreements. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed RCF Claim, its Pro Rata share of the RCF Payment; provided that the RCF Contingent Obligations shall survive the Effective Date on an unsecured basis and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors as and when due under the RCF Credit Documents, and shall not be discharged pursuant to this Plan or the Confirmation Order.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 4A are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed RCF Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of RCF Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(e) Class  5B – SSCF Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 5B consists of all SSCF Claims.

(ii) Treatment: SSCF Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $661.5 million plus (A) the SSCF Postpetition Interest and (B) (x) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, and other charges (including professional fees and expenses) payable by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of the SSCF Credit Agreement and the SSCF Hedging Agreements, and (y) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, and other charges (including professional fees and expenses) of the SSCF Agent and the SSCF Mediation Parties. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed SSCF Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed SSCF Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed SSCF Claim, its Pro Rata share of the SSCF Payment; provided that the SSCF Contingent Obligations shall survive the Effective Date on an unsecured basis and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors as and when due under the SSCF Credit Agreement, and shall not be discharged pursuant to this Plan or the Confirmation Order.

 

29


(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 5B are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed SSCF Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Allowed SSCF Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(f) Class  6A(i) – Term Loan B Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 6A(i) consists of all Term Loan B Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Term Loan B Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $724.9 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim shall receive:

(A) its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation of 11.4% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

(B) up to its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 6A(i) are Impaired. Pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(g) Class  6A(ii) –2020 Notes Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 6A(ii) consists of all 2020 Notes Claims.

(ii) Treatment: 2020 Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $768.1 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim shall receive:

(A) its Pro Rata share of the 2020 Notes Claims Allocation of 12.1% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

 

30


(B) up to its Pro Rata share of the 2020 Notes Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 6A(ii) are Impaired. Pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(h) Class  6C – 2017 Notes Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 6C consists of all 2017 Notes Claims.

(ii) Treatment: 2017 Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $453.6 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim shall receive:

(A) its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of 9.0% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

(B) up to its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 6C are Impaired. Pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(i) Classes 7A through 7E – General Unsecured Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7E consist of all General Unsecured Claims not otherwise classified under this Plan.

(ii) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed General Unsecured Claim, (a) payment in Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the later of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction or agreement giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (b) such other treatment as may be required so as to render such Allowed General Unsecured Claim Unimpaired.

 

31


(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(j) Classes 8A through 8E – Section  510(b) Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, and 8E consist of all Section 510(b) Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distributions under this Plan on account of such Claims.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, and 8E are Impaired, and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims are conclusively deemed to have rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(k) Classes 9A through 9E – Intercompany Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, and 9E consist of all Intercompany Claims.

(ii) Treatment: On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, all Allowed Intercompany Claims shall be paid, adjusted, continued, settled, Reinstated, discharged, or eliminated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors.

(iii) Voting: Classes 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, and 9E are Unimpaired, and each Holder of an Allowed Intercompany Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Allowed Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(l) Class  10D – Interests in PDSA

(i) Claims in Class: Class 10D consists of all Interests in PDSA.

(ii) Treatment: No distributions shall be made under this Plan in respect of Interests in PDSA. On the Effective Date, Holders of Interests in PDSA shall retain their Interests in PDSA, subject to dilution by the Equity Issuance and the Management Incentive Plan, and shall receive no distribution on account of such Interests.

 

32


(iii) Voting: Class 10D is Unimpaired, and the Holders of Interests in PDSA are conclusively deemed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Interests in PDSA are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

(m) Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E – Intercompany Interests

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E consist of all Intercompany Interests.

(ii) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be cancelled or Reinstated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors.

(iii) Voting: Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E are Unimpaired, and such Holders of Allowed Intercompany Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Allowed Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

3.4 Alternative Treatment . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Holder of an Allowed Claim may receive, instead of the distribution or treatment to which it is entitled hereunder, any other distribution or treatment to which it and the Debtors may agree in writing, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors; provided , however , that under no circumstances may the Debtors agree to provide any other distribution or treatment to any Holder of an Allowed Claim that would adversely impair the distribution or treatment provided to any other Holder of an Allowed Claim.

3.5 Special Provision Regarding Unimpaired Claims . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, nothing shall affect the Debtors’ rights and defenses, both legal and equitable, with respect to any Unimpaired Claims, including but not limited to all rights with respect to legal and equitable defenses to setoffs against or recoupments of Unimpaired Claims.

 

33


ARTICLE IV

ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THIS PLAN

4.1 Acceptance by Class  Entitled to Vote . Classes 6A(i), 6A(ii), and 6C are the Classes of Claims of the Debtors that are entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. Classes 6A(i), 6A(ii), and 6C shall have accepted this Plan if (a) the Holders of at least two-thirds in amount of the Allowed Claims actually voting in each Class have voted to accept this Plan and (b) the Holders of more than one-half in number of the Allowed Claims actually voting in each Class have voted to accept this Plan, not counting the vote of any Holder designated under section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code. If there are no votes cast in a particular Class that is entitled to vote on this Plan, then this Plan shall be deemed accepted by such Class.

4.2 Presumed Acceptance of this Plan . Classes 1A–1E, 2A–2E, 3A–3E, 4A, 5B, 7A–7E, 9A–9E, 10D, 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E are Unimpaired. Therefore, such Classes are deemed to have accepted this Plan by operation of law and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

4.3 Presumed Rejection of this Plan . Classes 8A–8E will receive no recovery under this Plan. Therefore, such Classes are deemed to have rejected this Plan by operation of law and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan.

4.4 Elimination of Classes . To the extent applicable, any Class that does not contain any Allowed Claims or any Claims temporarily allowed for voting purposes under Bankruptcy Rule 3018, as of the date of the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, shall be deemed to have been deleted from this Plan for purposes of (a) voting to accept or reject this Plan and (b) determining whether it has accepted or rejected this Plan under section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

4.5 Cramdown . The Debtors request Confirmation of this Plan, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors reserve the right to modify this Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification.

ARTICLE V

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN

5.1 Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate Entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to

 

34


the respective certificate of incorporation, where applicable, and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) are amended by this Plan, the Plan Supplement, or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be pursuant to this Plan and require no further action or approval, as permitted by applicable law. On or after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may, in its sole discretion, take such action as permitted by applicable law, and such Reorganized Debtor’s organizational documents, as such Reorganized Debtor may determine is reasonable and appropriate, including causing: (a) a Reorganized Debtor to be merged into another Reorganized Debtor, or its Affiliate; (b) a Reorganized Debtor to be dissolved; (c) the legal name of a Reorganized Debtor to be changed; (d) a Reorganized Debtor to reorganize under the laws of another jurisdiction; or (e) the closure of a Reorganized Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case on the Effective Date or any time thereafter.

Except as otherwise provided herein, on the Effective Date, all property of each Debtor’s Estate, including any property held or acquired by each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor under this Plan or otherwise, will vest in such Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all Claims, Liens, charges, other encumbrances, Interests, and other interests, except for the Liens and Claims established under this Plan.

On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, PDSA may transfer its Interest in several of its direct wholly-owned subsidiaries, including PDGL and Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited, to Pacific Drilling Holding (Gibraltar) Limited, a non-Debtor wholly owned subsidiary of PDSA.

On and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, and dispose of property and maintain, prosecute, abandon, compromise, or settle any Claims or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, subject only to those restrictions expressly imposed by this Plan or the Confirmation Order, as well as the documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, including the documents, exhibits, instruments, and other materials comprising the Plan Supplement.

5.2 Sources of Cash for Distributions and Operations . All Cash necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to make payments required by this Plan and for post-Confirmation operations shall be obtained from (a) existing Cash held by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Professional Fee Escrow, (b) proceeds from the New First Lien Notes, (c) proceeds from the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, (d) proceeds from the Equity Issuance, and (e) the operations of the Reorganized Debtors.

5.3 Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements . Except as provided in this Plan or in the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, all notes, stock (where permitted by applicable law), instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents evidencing or giving rise to Claims against and Interests in the Debtors shall be cancelled, and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be fully released, terminated, extinguished, and discharged, in each case without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, or any requirement of further action, vote, or other approval or authorization by any Person. The Holders of or parties to such notes, stock, instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents shall retain their rights vis-à-vis each other but shall have no

 

35


rights against any Debtor arising from or relating to such notes, stock, instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to this Plan and the Confirmation Order. In addition, the obligations of the Agents under or in connection with the RCF Credit Documents, the SSCF Credit Agreement, the Term Loan B Credit Agreement, the 2017 Notes Indenture, and the 2020 Notes Indenture and any related notes, stock, instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents shall be discharged and deemed satisfied on the Effective Date except to the extent necessary to comply with their obligations under this Plan including to facilitate the distributions provided for in this Plan to the applicable Holders of Claims and cancelling existing security interests pursuant to Section 5.4. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall in any way limit or affect the standing of any of the Agents to appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases on and after the Effective Date.

For the further avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the immediately foregoing paragraph, the RCF Credit Documents, the SSCF Credit Agreement, the Term Loan B Credit Agreement, the 2017 Notes Indenture, and the 2020 Notes Indenture and related documentation shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of (a) allowing the applicable Holders of Claims to receive their respective distributions under this Plan and, in the case of the RCF Secured Parties, to assert any RCF Contingent Obligations, and, in the case of the SSCF Lenders, to assert any SSCF Contingent Obligations, in each case as provided herein, (b) allowing the relevant Agent, to facilitate the distributions under this Plan to the applicable Holders of Claims as provided herein and otherwise comply with any obligations they may have under this Plan, including the cancellation of existing security interests pursuant to Section 5.4, (c) to the extent an Agent has any unpaid fees and expenses, or reasonably expects to incur additional fees and expenses (including those of its counsel) in the future, to, in the case of an Indenture Trustee, assert any Charging Lien it may have under the relevant credit agreement, indenture, or related documentation against such distributions or, in the case of any other Agent, preserve its rights to payment of fees, expenses, and indemnification obligations as against any money or property distributable to the relevant Holder under this Plan, and to deduct such fees and expenses from such distributions, and (d) allowing the applicable Agent to assert any other right, privilege, benefit, or protection granted to it under the relevant credit agreement, indenture, or related documentation; provided , that the foregoing shall not affect the discharge of the Debtors with respect to the RCF Claims, SSCF Claims, Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and the 2020 Notes Claims as provided for herein, or result in any expenses or liability to the Reorganized Debtors, except to the extent set forth in or provided for under this Plan.

 

36


5.4 Cancellation of Certain Existing Security Interests . Upon the full payment or other satisfaction of an Allowed Secured Claim, or reasonably promptly thereafter, the Holder of such Allowed Secured Claim or Agent, as applicable, shall deliver to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and at their sole cost and expense, any collateral or other property of a Debtor held by such Holder, together with any termination statements, instruments of satisfaction, or releases of all security interests with respect to its Allowed Secured Claim that may be reasonably required to terminate any related financing statements, mortgages, mechanics’ or other statutory liens, or lis pendens, or similar interests or documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, each applicable Indenture Trustee and the Pari Passu Collateral Agent with respect to the 2017 Notes and the 2020 Notes, as applicable, is authorized and directed to, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, execute (and take any reasonable additional steps at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors necessary to give effect to) termination statements, instruments of satisfaction, or releases of security interests (except for the Charging Liens) as the Reorganized Debtors may request.

5.5 RCF Payment . On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall make the RCF Payment.

5.6 SSCF Payment . On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall make the SSCF Payment.

5.7 New First Lien Notes . On September 26, 2018, Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited issued $750.0 million of New First Lien Notes. The net proceeds of the offering (after deducting the fees payable in cash to the initial purchaser) plus an amount in cash determined so that the total escrowed funds will be sufficient to pay the estimated fees and expenses of the trustee, the collateral agent, and the escrow agent and 100.0% of the offering price of the New First Lien Notes plus interest to be accrued on the New First Lien Notes to, but not including, the third business day following the Escrow End Date of December 22, 2018 (the latest date on which the New First Lien Notes Special Mandatory Redemption (defined below) can occur) were deposited into an escrow account, in accordance with the terms of the Commitment Letter Order. If the Bankruptcy Court confirms this Plan and the other Escrow Release Conditions are satisfied on or prior to the Escrow End Date, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the proceeds from the escrow account will be released to Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will consummate a series of transactions whereby Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New First Lien Notes. Specifically, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited will merge with and into Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New First Lien Notes. The Reorganized Debtors may use the proceeds of the New First Lien Notes for any purpose permitted by the New First Lien Notes Indenture, including the funding of obligations under this Plan and general corporate purposes. If the satisfaction of the Escrow Release Conditions does not occur on or before the Escrow End Date, the New First Lien Notes Indenture will require that the issuer redeem all and not less than all of the notes then outstanding (the “ New First Lien Notes Special Mandatory Redemption ”), upon not less than three business days’ notice (or otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC), at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the offering price of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.

 

37


Except as previously approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Commitment Letter Order, confirmation of this Plan shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New First Lien Notes, including all transactions contemplated thereby, such as any supplementation or syndication of the New First Lien Notes, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees, indemnities, and expenses provided for therein, and the granting of security interests thereunder, and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform under the New First Lien Notes Documentation and such other documents as may be required or appropriate.

The New First Lien Notes Documentation shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the New First Lien Notes Documentation are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable nonbankruptcy law. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New First Lien Notes Documentation (a) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable first-priority Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New First Lien Notes Documentation; (b) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New First Lien Notes Documentation; and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons or Entities granting such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect, or to evidence the perfection of, such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of this Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties. To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to this Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Reorganized Debtors that are necessary to cancel and/or extinguish such Liens and/or security interests.

 

38


The New First Lien Notes have been issued with negative and affirmative covenants customary for similar types of issuances. The customary negative covenants include, but are not limited to, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on investments and other restricted payments (including redemptions, repayments, repurchases, and dividends), limitations on liens, mergers, consolidations, and affiliate transactions, and limitations on changes to the business. The customary affirmative covenants include, but are not limited to, reporting and investor calls, maintenance of existence, office and agency, properties, and insurance, the preparation and delivery of compliance certificates, the payment of taxes and additional amounts, as well as further assurances. The New First Lien Notes are subject to customary events of default for similar types of issuances, but there are no financial maintenance covenants. The New First Lien Notes Indenture will allow Reorganized PDSA and its subsidiaries to incur up to $50.0 million of superpriority first lien debt in the future.

5.8 New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes . On September 26, 2018, Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited issued $250.0 million of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. The net proceeds of the offering (after deducting the fees payable in cash to the initial purchaser) plus an amount in cash determined so that the total escrowed funds will be sufficient to pay the estimated fees and expenses of the trustee, the collateral agent, and the escrow agent and 100.0% of the offering price of the notes plus interest to be accrued on the notes to, but not including, the third business day following the Escrow End Date of December 22, 2018 (the latest date on which the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Special Mandatory Redemption (defined below) can occur) were deposited into an escrow account, in accordance with the terms of the Commitment Letter Order. If the Bankruptcy Court confirms this Plan and the other Escrow Release Conditions are satisfied on or prior to the Escrow End Date, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the proceeds from the escrow account will be released to Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will consummate a series of transactions whereby Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. Specifically, on or as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited will merge with and into Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New Second Lien Notes. The Reorganized Debtors may use the proceeds of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes for any purpose permitted by the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture, including the funding of obligations under this Plan and general corporate purposes. If the satisfaction of the Escrow Release Conditions does not occur on or before the Escrow End Date, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture will require that the issuer redeem all and not less than all of the notes then outstanding (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Special Mandatory Redemption ”), upon not less than three business days’ notice (or otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC), at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the offering price of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.

 

39


In accordance with the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, in exchange for providing the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment, each of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties will receive its pro rata share of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium was deemed fully earned upon the Debtors’ entry into the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement. Contemporaneously with and subject to the occurrence of the Escrow Release Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium in New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties.

Except as previously approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Commitment Letter Order and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Order, confirmation of this Plan shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, including all transactions contemplated thereby, such as any supplementation or syndication of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, and all actions to be taken, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees, indemnities, and expenses provided for therein, and the granting of security interests thereunder, and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform under the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation and such other documents as may be required or appropriate.

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable nonbankruptcy law. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation (a) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable second-priority Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation; (b) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes

 

40


Documentation; and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons or Entities granting such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect, or to evidence the perfection of, such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of this Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties. To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to this Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Reorganized Debtors that are necessary to cancel and/or extinguish such Liens and/or security interests.

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes were issued with negative and affirmative covenants customary for similar types of issuances. The customary negative covenants include, but are not limited to, reporting and investor calls, maintenance of existence, office and agency, properties, and taxes and additional amounts, as well as further assurances. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes are subject to customary events of default for similar types of issuances, but there will not be any financial maintenance covenants.

5.9 New Intercreditor Agreement . On the Effective Date, the New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture Trustee shall enter into the New Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form to be contained in the Plan Supplement. Each other party to one or more of the New Secured Debt Agreements shall be deemed to have directed the applicable indenture trustee to execute the New Intercreditor Agreement and shall be bound to the terms of the New Intercreditor Agreement from and after the Effective Date as if it were a signatory thereto.

5.10 Rights Offering  & QP Private Placement .

(a) Terms . On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the Debtors will consummate the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures. The Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement will be fully committed and backstopped by the Equity Commitment Parties in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

41


(b) Purpose . The proceeds of the Rights Offering shall be used: (i) to provide the Reorganized Debtors with additional liquidity for working capital and general corporate purposes; and (ii) to fund Plan distributions.

(c) Equity Commitment . In accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, each of the Equity Commitment Parties has agreed, severally but not jointly, to purchase, on or prior to the Effective Date, its respective Commitment Percentage (as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement) of the New Common Shares offered and not duly subscribed for and/or purchased in the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(d) QP Private Placement. In accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and the Equity Commitment Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee designated by QPGL in accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement) has agreed to purchase in, the aggregate, $40.0 million of New Common Shares issued on the Effective Date pursuant to the QP Private Placement.

(e) Equity Commitment Premium . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, each of the Equity Commitment Parties will receive its pro rata share of the Equity Commitment Premium. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Premium will be immediately and automatically deemed fully earned upon entry into the Equity Commitment Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay the Equity Commitment Premium to the Equity Commitment Parties in New Common Shares.

5.11 Restructuring Transactions . On or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, to take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions under and in connection with this Plan, the New First Lien Notes Documentation, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation, and the Equity Issuance, including: (a) the execution and delivery of all appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of this Plan and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of this Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (c) rejection or assumption, as

 

42


applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) the filing and/or execution of appropriate limited liability company agreements, certificates, or articles of incorporation or organization, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (e) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the New First Lien Notes Documentation, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation, and the Equity Issuance and the execution thereof; (f) the issuance of New Common Shares; and (g) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.

5.12 Intercompany Interests . Subject to the transactions contemplated in this Plan, the Intercompany Interests may, as determined by the Debtors with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors, be retained or Reinstated as of the Effective Date and may continue in place, solely for the purpose of maintaining the existing corporate structure of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors.

5.13 Intercompany Claims . On the Effective Date, certain Intercompany Claims will be cancelled in exchange for an equity interests in the obligor entities. The Intercompany Claims to be cancelled are (a) the Intercompany 2020 Notes, (b) the Intercompany 2018 PDOL TLB, (c) the Intercompany 2018 PML TLB, (d) the 2018 PSAS TLB, (e) the Sharav IPL, and (f) the Santa Ana IPL.

5.14 Issuance of New Common Shares . On the Effective Date, Reorganized PDSA is authorized to issue or cause to be issued the New Common Shares in accordance with the terms of this Plan. On the Effective Date, applicable Holders of Claims shall receive the New Common Shares in exchange for their respective Claims as set forth in Article III, and the Equity Commitment Parties and QPGL shall receive the New Common Shares on account of the Equity Commitment Premium and the QP Private Placement, respectively, as set forth in Article V and the Equity Commitment Agreement. All of the New Common Shares issuable under this Plan, when so issued, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.

On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, PDSA will issue 3.4% of the New Common Shares to the Equity Commitment Parties as the Equity Commitment Premium, subject to dilution by the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.

Upon issuance, the New Common Shares shall not be registered under the Securities Act, and shall not be listed for public trading on any securities exchange. The distribution of New Common Shares pursuant to this Plan may be made by delivery of one or more certificates representing such New Common Shares as described herein, by means of book-entry registration on the books of the transfer agent for the New Common Shares, or by means of book-entry exchange through the facilities of a transfer agent reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors, the Pari Passu Collateral Agent, the Equity Commitment Parties, the 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee, the Term Loan B Administrative Agent, and the 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee in accordance with the customary practices of such agents, as and to the extent practicable.

 

43


5.15 Exemption from Registration .

(a) The offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Shares on account of the Term Loan B Claims, 2020 Notes Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and the Equity Issuance shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. state or other law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of securities in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent permitted or under the Securities Act by virtue of section 4(a)(2) thereof, Regulation D, and/or Regulation S. Such New Common Shares issued pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code will not be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act and will be freely tradable and transferable by the initial recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and compliance with applicable securities laws, including Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and any rules and regulations of the SEC, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments. To the extent the issuance and distribution of any New Common Shares is being made in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D, and/or Regulation S, and similar registration exemptions applicable outside of the United States, such securities will be considered “restricted securities” subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred only pursuant to a registration statement or available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and other applicable law. The issuance of the New Common Shares pursuant to the QP Private Placement and the payment of the Equity Commitment Premium is being made in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D, and/or Regulation S, and similar registration exemptions applicable outside of the United States, such securities will be considered “restricted securities” subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred only pursuant to a registration statement or available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and other applicable law.

(b) Any securities issued under the Management Incentive Plan will be issued pursuant to a registration statement or available exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

(c) To the extent securities were offered prior to the filing of this Plan, such securities were offered in reliance on the exemption provided by section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or the safe harbor provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

44


5.16 Officers and Boards of Directors .

(a) The New Boards shall be selected by the Required Consenting Creditors and the identities of directors on the New Boards shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known at the time of filing, in accordance with 11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(5).

(b) Except to the extent that a member of the board of directors of a Debtor continues to serve as a director of such Debtor on the Effective Date, the members of the board of directors of each Debtor prior to the Effective Date, in their capacities as such, shall have no continuing obligations to the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date and each such member will be deemed to have resigned or shall otherwise cease to be a director of the applicable Debtor on the Effective Date. Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors of the Reorganized Debtors shall serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable organizational documents of such Reorganized Debtor and may be replaced or removed in accordance with such organizational documents.

5.17 Management Incentive Plan . After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish the Management Incentive Plan. The Management Incentive Plan shall provide equity-based compensation to the management of the Reorganized Debtors in an amount not to exceed 10.0% of the aggregate amount of New Common Shares. The new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan shall dilute all of the other New Common Shares contemplated to be issued pursuant to this Plan.

5.18 New Shareholders Agreement . On the Effective Date, Reorganized PDSA and all of the holders of New Common Shares then outstanding shall be deemed to be parties to the New Shareholders Agreement without the need for execution by any such holder other than Reorganized PDSA. On the Effective Date, Reorganized PDSA shall enter into and deliver the New Shareholders Agreement to each Person or Entity that is intended to be a party thereto, and such New Shareholders Agreement shall be binding on Reorganized PDSA and all parties receiving, and all holders of, New Common Shares of Reorganized PDSA; provided , that regardless of whether such parties execute the New Shareholders Agreement, such parties will be deemed to have signed the New Shareholders Agreement, which shall be as binding on such parties as if they had actually signed it.

5.19 Corporate Action . Each of the matters provided for under this Plan involving the corporate structure of any Debtor or any corporate action to be taken by or required of any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed to have occurred and be effective as provided herein, and shall be authorized, approved, and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified in all respects without any requirement of further action by shareholders, members, creditors, directors, or managers of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Section 5.19 shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under nonbankruptcy law.

 

45


5.20 Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions . The chairman of the board of directors, president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, manager, or any other appropriate officer of the Debtors or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, shall be authorized to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents, and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan. The secretary of the Debtors, or, after the Effective Date, of the Reorganized Debtors, shall be authorized to certify or attest to any of the foregoing actions.

5.21 Preservation of Retained Actions . In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors will retain and may (but are not required to) enforce all Retained Actions. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right to bring, settle, release, compromise, or enforce such Retained Actions (or decline to do any of the foregoing), without further approval of the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors or any successors, in the exercise of their sole discretion, may pursue such Retained Actions so long as it is in the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors or any successors holding such rights of action. The failure of the Debtors to specifically list any claim, right of action, suit, proceeding, or other Retained Action in this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or otherwise does not, and will not be deemed to, constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of such claim, right of action, suit, proceeding, or other Retained Action, and the Reorganized Debtors will retain the right to pursue such claims, rights of action, suits, proceedings, and other Retained Actions in their sole discretion and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches will apply to such claim, right of action, suit, proceeding, or other Retained Action upon or after the Confirmation or consummation of this Plan.

5.22 Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees . To the maximum extent provided by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any post-Confirmation sale by any Debtor or any transfer from any Entity pursuant to, in contemplation of, or in connection with this Plan or pursuant to: (a) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors; or (b) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, this Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instruments of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to this Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable bankruptcy law, and the appropriate state or local government officials or agents shall forego collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

 

46


5.23 Debtors Waiver of Certain Claims Related to 2017 Notes . The Debtors waive any recovery on account of their holdings of the 2017 Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, the consideration that would otherwise be distributed to the Debtors on account of their holdings of the 2017 Notes shall not be reallocated to Holders of 2017 Notes Claims.

5.24 Further Authorization . The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to seek such orders, judgments, injunctions, and rulings as they deem necessary to carry out the intentions and purposes, and to give full effect to the provisions, of this Plan.

5.25 Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses . On and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall pay to each Indenture Trustee in full in Cash, to the extent still outstanding and not previously paid (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pre- and post-Confirmation Date amounts incurred and outstanding), the documented fees, expenses, and disbursements of such Indenture Trustee (including any contractual fees and the reasonable fees, disbursements, and other charges of their counsel) incurred in connection with, as applicable, the 2017 Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2017 Notes Indenture, the 2020 Notes Indenture, the Chapter 11 Cases, or this Plan (the “ Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses ”). The procedures governing payment of the fees and expenses of each Indenture Trustee set forth in Section 3.d of the Order (A)  Granting Adequate Protection, (B)  Modifying the Automatic Stay and (C)  Granting Relief [Docket No. 83] previously entered in these Chapter 11 Cases shall be the procedures governing payment of the Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses under this Section 5.25; provided , that invoices submitted for payment pursuant to such procedures shall not be subject to review by the Office of the United States Trustee unless the Office of the United States Trustee notifies each Indenture Trustee in writing within thirty (30) days after the Confirmation Date that such invoices are subject to its review as set forth in such procedures. Nothing contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall affect the right of an Indenture Trustee to assert its respective Charging Lien against any distribution relating to the 2017 Notes or 2020 Notes, as applicable, and deducting from such distribution an amount of New Common Shares deemed sufficient by the applicable Indenture Trustee to satisfy all unpaid Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses owed to it; provided , that upon the full and indefeasible payment of all Indenture Trustees Fees and Expenses, their respective Charging Liens shall be deemed released and discharged.

 

47


ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Distributions Generally . The Disbursing Agent shall make all Plan distributions on behalf of the Debtors in accordance with this Article VI and other governing terms of this Plan.

6.2 No Postpetition or Default Interest on Claims . Unless required by the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan (including with respect to Class 4A RCF Claims and Class 5B SSCF Claims), the Confirmation Order, or another order of the Bankruptcy Court, and notwithstanding any documents that govern the Debtors’ prepetition funded indebtedness to the contrary, postpetition and/or default interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims, and no Holder of a Claim shall be entitled to (a) interest accruing on such Claim on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim or (b) interest at the contract default rate, as applicable.

6.3 Date of Distributions . Unless otherwise provided in this Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made under this Plan shall be made on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided , that the Reorganized Debtors may implement periodic distribution dates to the extent they determine them to be appropriate.

6.4 Distribution Record Date . As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the various lists of Holders of Claims in each Class, as maintained by the Debtors or their agents, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record Holders of any Claims after the Distribution Record Date. Neither the Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to recognize any transfer of a Claim occurring after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Amounts or disputes over any Cure Amounts, neither the Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, even if such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for a Cure Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4 is not applicable to distributions to the Noteholders under the terms of this Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to the Debtors’ publicly-traded securities, the holders of which shall receive a Distribution in accordance with this Plan and the customary procedures of DTC on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date. For the further avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4 is not applicable to distributions to RCF Lenders or SSCF Lenders, which shall receive Distributions in accordance with the RCF Credit Agreement or the SSCF Credit Agreement, as applicable, based on the RCF Administrative Agent’s and the SSCF Administrative Agent’s books and records, as applicable, as of the Effective Date.

 

48


6.5 Disbursing Agent . All distributions under this Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent or, if applicable, its agent on and after the Effective Date as provided herein. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties. The Reorganized Debtors shall use all commercially reasonably efforts to provide the Disbursing Agent (if other than the Reorganized Debtors) with the amounts of Claims and the identities and addresses of Holders of Claims, in each case, as set forth in the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ books and records. The Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate in good faith with the applicable Disbursing Agent (if other than the Reorganized Debtors) to comply with the reporting and withholding requirements outlined in Section 6.15.

6.6 Delivery of Distributions . Subject to subsections (a) through (d) of this Section 6.6, the Disbursing Agent will issue or cause to be issued the applicable consideration under this Plan and, subject to Bankruptcy Rule 9010, will make all distributions as and when required by this Plan: (i), in the case of Allowed RCF Claims (other than Claims on account of RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements and RCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly to the Holders thereof), Allowed SSCF Claims (other than Claims on account of SSCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly to the Holders thereof), Allowed Term Loan B Claims, Allowed 2017 Notes Claims and, Allowed 2020 Notes Claims, to the appropriate RCF Administrative Agent, SSCF Administrative Agent, Term Loan B Administrative Agent, or Indenture Trustee and (ii) in the case of all other Allowed Claims, to the address of the Holder of such claim on the books and records of the Debtors or their agents or the address in any written notice of address change delivered to the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, including any addresses included on any transfers of Claim filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001. In the event that any distribution is returned as undeliverable, no distribution or payment shall be made to such recipient unless and until the Disbursing Agent has been notified of the then-current address of recipient, at which time or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable such distribution shall be made without interest.

(a) The RCF Administrative Agent and its agents, successors, and assigns, or such Entity appointed by the RCF Administrative Agent, shall facilitate the making of distributions to Holders of Allowed RCF Claims (other than Claims on account of RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements and RCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly by the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent to the Holders thereof) in accordance with the terms of the RCF Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Plan distributions on account of Allowed RCF Claims shall be made by the RCF Administrative Agent. The RCF Administrative Agent and the Pari Passu Collateral Agent shall not have any liability to any person with respect to Distributions made or directed to be made by the RCF Administrative Agent. All Cash Distributions to be made hereunder to the RCF Administrative Agent on account of the RCF Claims shall be made by wire transfer.

 

49


(b) The Term Loan B Administrative Agent, its agents, successors, and assigns, or such Entity appointed by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent shall facilitate the making of distributions to Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims in accordance with the Term Loan B Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Plan distributions on account of Allowed Term Loan B Claims shall be made to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent. The Term Loan B Administrative Agent and the Pari Passu Collateral Agent shall not have any liability to any person with respect to Distributions made or directed to be made by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent.

(c) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, and subject to the Charging Liens of each Indenture Trustee, the Disbursing Agent shall make all distributions with respect to the 2017 Notes Claims and the 2020 Notes Claims (and in the case of distributions with respect to the 2020 Notes Claims, notwithstanding the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) to the applicable Indenture Trustee (or directly to DTC upon the written consent of the applicable Indenture Trustee) for onward distribution (less any applicable Charging Liens) to the appropriate Noteholders (i) through DTC in exchange for the 2017 Notes and the 2020 Notes, as applicable, including the related book-entry positions relating to such notes, or (ii) in the event the New Common Shares are not eligible for distribution through the facilities of DTC, pursuant to a written process developed and implemented by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent, in consultation with the applicable Indenture Trustee, to facilitate such distributions to the appropriate Noteholders and the elimination of the 2017 Notes or 2020 Notes, as applicable, including all book-entry positions relating to such notes, from DTC’s books and records (in either case, the “ Distribution Process ”). Each Indenture Trustee shall be held fully harmless for its utilization of and reliance on the Distribution Process to effectuate distributions relating to the 2017 Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2017 Notes Claims, and the 2020 Notes Claims, to the appropriate Noteholders. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to impair, waive, or discharge the Indenture Trustees’ Charging Liens.

As a condition precedent to the distributions provided for in this subsection, the Noteholders shall be deemed to have surrendered their 2017 Notes, 2020 Notes, book-entry positions related to such notes, and other documentation underlying such notes, as applicable, all of which shall be deemed to be cancelled in accordance with Section 5.3 of this Plan. With respect to each of the distributions to be made to the Noteholders, the obligations of the applicable Indenture Trustee relating to such distribution shall be discharged and deemed satisfied upon (A) DTC’s receipt of such distribution, or (B) in accordance with the Distribution Process.

(d) The SSCF Administrative Agent and its agents, successors, and assigns, or such Entity appointed by the SSCF Administrative Agent, shall facilitate the making of distributions to Holders of Allowed SSCF Claims (other than Claims on account of SSCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly by the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent to the Holders thereof) in accordance with the SSCF Credit Agreement. Plan distributions on account of Allowed SSCF Claims shall be made by the SSCF Administrative Agent. The SSCF Administrative Agent shall not have any liability to any person with respect to Distributions made or directed to be made by the SSCF Administrative Agent.

 

50


(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary and subject to Article VI, in connection with any distribution under this Plan to be effected through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, free delivery, or otherwise), the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under this Plan with Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC used in connection with such distributions. With respect to the New Common Shares to be distributed under this Plan through the facilities of DTC, all of such New Common Shares shall be issued in the names of such Holders or their nominees in accordance with DTC’s book-entry exchange procedures; provided, that such New Common Shares are permitted to be held through DTC’s book-entry system; provided, further, that to the extent that New Common Shares are not eligible for distribution in accordance with DTC’s customary practices, the Reorganized Debtors will take all such reasonable actions as may be required to cause distributions of the New Common Shares under this Plan.

6.7 Unclaimed Property . One year from the later of: (a) the Effective Date and (b) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date a Claim is first Allowed, all distributions payable on account of such Claim shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 374(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors or their successors or assigns, and all claims of any other Person (including the Holder of a Claim in the same Class) to such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred. The Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall have no obligation to attempt to locate any Holder of an Allowed Claim other than by reviewing the Debtors’ books and records and the Bankruptcy Court’s filings.

6.8 Satisfaction of Claims . Unless otherwise provided herein, any distributions and deliveries to be made on account of Allowed Claims under this Plan shall be in complete and final satisfaction, settlement, and discharge of and exchange for such Allowed Claims.

6.9 Manner of Payment Under Plan . Except as specifically provided herein, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, any Cash payment to be made under this Plan may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements or customary practices of the Debtors.

6.10 Fractional Shares and Notes and De Minimis Cash Distributions . No fractional New Common Shares shall be distributed. When any distribution would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of New Common Shares that is not a whole number, the New Common Shares subject to such distribution shall be rounded to the next higher or lower whole number as follows: (a) fractions equal to or greater than  1 2 shall be rounded to the next higher whole number, and (b) fractions less than  1 2 shall be

 

51


rounded to the next lower whole number. For the avoidance of doubt, DTC is considered a single holder for rounding and distribution purposes. The total number of New Common Shares to be distributed on account of Allowed Claims will be adjusted as necessary to account for the rounding provided for herein. No consideration will be provided in lieu of fractional shares that are rounded down. Neither the Reorganized Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to make a distribution that is less than one (1) New Common Share or $50.00 in Cash. Fractional New Common Shares that are not distributed in accordance with this Section 6.10 shall be returned to, and ownership thereof shall vest in, Reorganized PDSA. The New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes shall be issued in denominations of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiples thereof and any other amounts shall be rounded down.

6.11 No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive, on account of such Allowed Claim, Plan distributions in excess of the Allowed amount of such Claim (plus any postpetition interest on such Claim solely to the extent permitted by Section 6.2).

6.12 Allocation of Distributions Between Principal and Interest . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan and subject to Section 3.3 of this Plan, to the extent that any Allowed Claim entitled to a distribution under this Plan is comprised of indebtedness and accrued but unpaid interest thereon, such distribution shall be allocated first to the principal amount (as determined for federal income tax purposes) of the Claim and then to accrued but unpaid interest.

6.13 Setoffs and Recoupments . Each Reorganized Debtor or its designee as instructed by such Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, offset or recoup against any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to this Plan on account of such Allowed Claim any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that a Reorganized Debtor or its successors may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim after the Effective Date to the extent that such setoff or recoupment is either (a) agreed in amount among the relevant Reorganized Debtor(s) and the Holder of the Allowed Claim or (b) otherwise adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided , that neither the failure to effect a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder will constitute a waiver or release by a Reorganized Debtor or its successor of any claims, rights, or Causes of Action that a Reorganized Debtor or its successor or assign may possess against such Holder.

6.14 Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent .

(a) Powers of the Disbursing Agent . The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under this Plan; (ii) make all applicable distributions or payments provided for under this Plan; (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (iv) exercise such other powers (A) as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any order issued after the Effective Date) or pursuant to this Plan or (B) as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions of this Plan.

 

52


(b) Expenses Incurred on or After the Effective Date . Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court and subject to the written agreement of the Reorganized Debtors, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement Claims (including for reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

6.15 Withholding and Reporting Requirements . In connection with this Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith and distributed thereon, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, or local taxing authority, and all distributions under this Plan shall be subject to any such withholding and reporting requirements. In the case of a non-Cash distribution that is subject to withholding, the distributing party may withhold an appropriate portion of such distributed property and sell such withheld property to generate the Cash necessary to pay over the withholding tax. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to have been distributed to and received by the applicable recipient for all purposes of this Plan.

Notwithstanding the above, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest that is to receive a distribution under this Plan shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed on such Holder by any governmental unit, including income, withholding, and other tax obligations, on account of such distribution. The Reorganized Debtors have the right, but not the obligation, to not make a distribution until such Holder has made arrangements satisfactory to any issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.

The Reorganized Debtors may require, as a condition to receipt of a distribution, that the Holder of an Allowed Claim complete and return a Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable to each such Holder. If the Reorganized Debtors make such a request and the Holder fails to comply before the date that is 180 days after the request is made, the amount of such distribution shall irrevocably revert to the applicable Reorganized Debtor and any Claim in respect of such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred from assertion against such Reorganized Debtor or its respective property.

 

53


6.16 Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties .

(a) Claims Paid by Third Parties. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce a Claim, and such Claim shall be Disallowed without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under this Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under this Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the 14-day period specified above until the amount is repaid.

(b) Claims Payable by Third Parties . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, (i) no distributions under this Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy, and (ii) to the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

(c) Applicability of Insurance Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein (i) constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any rights or defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers, or (ii) establish, determine, or otherwise imply any liability or obligation, including any coverage obligation, of any insurer.

 

54


ARTICLE VII

PROCEDURES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS

7.1 Allowance of Claims . After the Effective Date, each of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in this Plan or in any order entered in these Chapter 11 Cases prior to the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under this Plan or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in these Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.

7.2 Objections to Claims .

(a) Authority . The Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have authority to file objections to any Claim, and to withdraw any objections to any Claim that they may file. The Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have authority to settle, compromise, or litigate to judgment any objections to any Claim. Except as set forth above, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors also shall have the right to resolve any Disputed Claim outside the Bankruptcy Court under applicable governing law.

(b) Objection Deadline . As soon as practicable, but no later than the Claim Objection Deadline, the Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may file objections with the Bankruptcy Court and serve such objections on the Holders of the Claims to which such objections are made. Nothing contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the Reorganized Debtors to object to Claims, if any, filed or amended after the Claim Objection Deadline. The Claim Objection Deadline may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court upon motion by the Reorganized Debtors.

7.3 Estimation of Claims . The Reorganized Debtors may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim. All of the aforementioned objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

7.4 No Distributions Pending Allowance . If an objection to a Claim is filed as set forth in Section 7.2, no payment or distribution provided under this Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

 

55


7.5 Resolution of Claims . Except as otherwise provided herein, or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with this Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce, sue on, settle, or compromise (or decline to do any of the foregoing) all Claims, Disputed Claims, rights, Causes of Action, suits, and proceedings, whether in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, that the Debtors or their Estates may hold against any Person, without the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, the Confirmation Order, and any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement entered into in connection herewith. The Reorganized Debtors or their successors may pursue such retained Claims, rights, Causes of Action, suits, or proceedings, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Debtors.

7.6 Disallowed Claims . All Claims held by persons or entities against whom or which any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors has commenced a proceeding asserting a Cause of Action under sections 542, 543, 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, and/or 550 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Disallowed Claims pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code and Holders of such Claims shall not be entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. Claims that are deemed Disallowed pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall continue to be Disallowed for all purposes until such Claim has been settled or resolved by Final Order and any sums due to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors from such party have been paid.

ARTICLE VIII

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS

AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

8.1 Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, on the Effective Date, all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases of the Debtors shall be deemed assumed in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (a) has previously been rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court in effect as of the Effective Date (which order may be the Confirmation Order); (b) is the subject of a motion to reject filed on or before the Effective Date; (c) is identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be filed with the Plan Supplement; or (d) has expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms. The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court under sections 365 and 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code approving the assumptions or assumption and assignments or rejections described herein as of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise indicated, all assumptions, assumptions and assignments, and rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in this Plan will be effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to this Plan, or by Bankruptcy Court order, will vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor or assignee in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph or anything to the contrary herein, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases prior to the Effective Date.

 

56


8.2 D&O Liability Insurance Policies . As of the Effective Date, the D&O Liability Insurance Policies shall be treated as if they were Executory Contracts that are assumed under this Plan. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Debtors’ foregoing assumption of each of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, Confirmation of this Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation shall be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Debtors under this Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be filed.

8.3 Indemnification . Except as otherwise specifically limited in this Plan, any obligations or rights of the Debtors to defend, indemnify, reimburse, or limit the liability of the Debtors’ present and former directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, restructuring advisors, investment bankers, and consultants (the “ Covered Persons ”) pursuant to the Debtors’ certificates of incorporation, by-laws, indemnification agreements, policy of providing employee indemnification, applicable law, or specific agreement in respect of any claims, demands, suits, Causes of Action, or proceedings against such Covered Persons based upon any act or omission related to such Covered Persons’ service with, for, or on behalf of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date, shall be treated as if they were Executory Contracts that are assumed under this Plan and shall survive the Effective Date and remain unaffected thereby, and shall not be discharged, irrespective of whether such defense, indemnification, reimbursement, or limitation of liability is owed in connection with an occurrence before or after the Petition Date.

8.4 Employee Benefit Plans and Agreements . As, and subject to the occurrence, of the Effective Date, all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies, and programs of the Debtors applicable generally to their employees, including agreements and programs subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, as in effect on the Effective Date, including all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive plans, and life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, and workers’ compensation programs, shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as though they are, Executory Contracts that are assumed under this Plan by the Reorganized Debtors, and the Debtors’ obligations under such agreements and programs shall survive the Effective Date of this Plan, without prejudice to the Reorganized Debtors’ rights under applicable nonbankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the foregoing arrangements, except for (a) such Executory Contracts or plans specifically rejected pursuant to this Plan (to the extent such rejection does not violate section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) and (b) such Executory Contracts or plans that have previously been terminated or rejected, pursuant to a Final Order, or specifically waived by the beneficiaries of such plans, contracts, or programs.

 

57


8.5 Cure of Defaults Under Assumed Contracts . The Reorganized Debtors shall cure any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to this Plan by paying to the non-Debtor counterparty the full amount of any monetary default in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, no party to an Assumed Contract need file any cure Claim, and the Debtors need not file any lists of any proposed cure claims, with the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtors and counterparties to Assumed Contracts reserve all their rights in the event of a dispute over the amount of a cure claim. If there is any such dispute that cannot be resolved consensually, then either party must file with the Bankruptcy Court a request for allowance and payment of such cure Claim within seventy-five (75) days after the Effective Date. Moreover, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to reject any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the extent the Reorganized Debtors, in the exercise of their sound business judgment, conclude that the amount of the cure Claim as determined by the Bankruptcy Court, renders assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease unfavorable to the Reorganized Debtors.

8.6 Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases . Unless otherwise provided by a Bankruptcy Court order, any Proofs of Claim asserting Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to this Plan or otherwise must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Any Proofs of Claim arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that are not timely filed shall be Disallowed automatically, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors without the need for any objection by any Person or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with the particular provisions of this Plan for such Claims; provided , however , that if the Holder of an Allowed Claim for rejection damages has an unavoidable security interest in any collateral to secure obligations under such rejected Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, the Allowed Claim for rejection damages shall be treated as an Other Secured Claim to the extent of the value of such Holder’s interest in such collateral, with the deficiency, if any, treated as a General Unsecured Claim.

 

58


8.7 Reservation of Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any particular contract is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that the Debtors have any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five (45) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter and to provide appropriate treatment of such contract or lease.

ARTICLE IX

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION

AND CONSUMMATION OF THIS PLAN

9.1 Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of this Plan . The following are conditions precedent to the confirmation of this Plan:

(a) an order, in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements, finding that the Disclosure Statement contains adequate information pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Court shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

(b) this Plan and the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been filed and shall be consistent in all material respects with the ECA Document Requirements.

9.2 Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date . The Debtors shall request that the Confirmation Order include a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that, notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), the Confirmation Order shall take effect immediately upon its entry. The following are conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date, each of which must be satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of this Plan:

(a) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have become a Final Order and shall, among other things, provide that the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to enter into, implement, and consummate the agreements and documents created in connection with this Plan;

(b) the Transaction Agreements shall have satisfied the ECA Document Requirements;

(c) all documents related to, provided for therein, or contemplated by the New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, and the New Intercreditor Agreement shall be consistent in all material respects with this Plan and the ECA Document Requirements and shall have been executed and delivered, and all conditions precedent thereto shall have been satisfied (other than the occurrence of the Effective Date), which shall occur simultaneously with the satisfaction of all conditions precedent under such documents;

 

59


(d) all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the New First Lien Notes Indenture, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture, the Rights Offering, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, and the New Intercreditor Agreement have occurred or been waived;

(e) the New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes and the Equity Issuance shall have been fully funded;

(f) the Professional Fee Escrow shall have been funded;

(g) all governmental and third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy Court approval, necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Plan shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions;

(h) all documents and agreements necessary to implement this Plan shall have (i) been tendered for delivery and (ii) been effected or executed by all Entities party thereto, and all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of such documents and agreements shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of such documents or agreements; and

(i) the Debtors have supported (and not objected to, delayed, impeded, or taken any other action to interfere with) the relief requested in the Application of Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 503(b)(3)(D) and 503(b)(4) for Allowance and Reimbursement of Reasonable Professional Fees and Actual, Necessary Expenses in Making a Substantial Contribution in These Chapter 11 Cases , filed on August 2, 2018 [Docket No. 458] to the extent consistent with the terms of the Global Settlement.

9.3 Waiver of Conditions Precedent . Each of the conditions precedent in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 may be waived only if waived in writing by the Debtors, the Requisite Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, solely as it relates to the ECA Document Requirements, without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate this Plan.

 

60


9.4 Effect of Failure of Conditions . If the conditions listed in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Plan are not satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.3 of this Plan on or before the first Business Day that is more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Confirmation Order is entered or by such later date as may be agreed between the Debtors and the Required Consenting Creditors and set forth by the Debtors in a notice filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the expiration of such period, this Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in this Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against or any Interests in the Debtors, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity.

ARTICLE X

EFFECT OF PLAN CONFIRMATION

10.1 Binding Effect . Following the Effective Date, this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, their Estates, all present and former Holders of Claims and Interests, whether or not such Holders voted in favor of this Plan, and their respective successors and assigns.

10.2 Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies . Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, this Plan incorporates the Global Settlement which reflects an integrated compromise and settlement designed to achieve a beneficial and efficient resolution of these Chapter 11 Cases for all parties in interest. Accordingly, in consideration of the distributions and other benefits provided under this Plan, the provisions of this Plan, including the releases and Third-Party Release set forth in Section 10.3, shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Causes of Action, disputes, or controversies relating to the rights that a Holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Claim or any distribution to be made pursuant to this Plan on account of any such Claim (except as provided in this Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Retained Causes of Action), the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement entered into or delivered in connection with this Plan). The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Causes of Action, disputes, or controversies provided for herein, and the Bankruptcy Court’s determination that such compromises and settlements are in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates, the Reorganized Debtors, creditors, and all other parties in interest, and are fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. The compromises and settlement described herein shall be deemed non-severable from each other and from all other terms of this Plan.

 

61


The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw this Plan as to any Debtor or all of the Debtors prior to the Confirmation Date or at the Confirmation Hearing. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw this Plan as to any or all of the Debtors, or if the Confirmation Date or the Effective Date does not occur as to any or all of the Debtors, then as to such Debtor(s): (a) this Plan will be null and void in all respects; (b) any settlement or compromise embodied in this Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by this Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to this Plan) will be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in this Plan, nor any action taken or not taken by the Debtors with respect to this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, nor any action taken or not taken by the Debtors with respect to this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, shall be or shall be deemed to be: (i) a waiver or release of any Claims by or against such Debtor(s); (ii) an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor(s) or any other party in interest; or (iii) prejudicial in any manner to the rights of such Debtor(s) or any other party in interest. The revocation or withdrawal of this Plan with respect to one or more Debtors shall not require re-solicitation of this Plan with respect to the remaining Debtors.

10.3 Releases and Related Matters .

(a) Releases by the Debtors . Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, this Plan, as of the Effective Date, the Debtors and their Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, and any other person seeking to exercise the rights of the Estates, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released, waived, and discharged any and all liabilities, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise that such Person or Entity has, had, or may have against any Released Party (which release shall be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided herein and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code), in each case, relating to a Debtor, the Estates, the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, consideration, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation, or consummation of this Plan, the Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, the Plan Supplement, the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, the New Shareholders Agreement, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the Restructuring Transactions, or any other transactions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection therewith or in connection with any other obligations arising under this Plan or the obligations assumed hereunder; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall have no effect on: (i)  the liability of any Person or Entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under this Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (A)  previously assumed, (B)  entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases, or (C)  to be entered into, assumed, or delivered in connection with this Plan; or (ii)  the liability of

 

62


any Released Party that would otherwise result from any act or omission of such Released Party to the extent that such act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct (including fraud). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.3(a) shall relieve any Released Party from any obligation or liability under this Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of this Plan; (2) an exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment; (3) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (4) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (5) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Interests; (6) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (7) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (8) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates and each of their current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, principals, members, employees, agents, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.

(b) Releases by the Releasing Parties . Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, this Plan, as of the Effective Date, in consideration for the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors under this Plan, and the consideration and other contracts, instruments, releases, agreements, or documents to be entered into or delivered in connection with this Plan, each Releasing Party shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released, waived, and discharged any and all liabilities whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that such Releasing Party has, had, or may have against any Released Party (which release shall be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided herein and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code), in each case, relating to a Debtor, the Estates, the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, consideration, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation, or consummation of this Plan, the Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, the Plan Supplement, the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor

 

63


Agreement, the New Shareholders Agreement, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the Restructuring Transactions or any other transactions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection therewith or in connection with any other obligations arising under this Plan or the obligations assumed hereunder; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.3(b) shall have no effect on: (i) the liability of any Person or Entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under this Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (A) previously assumed, (B) entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases, or (C) to be entered into, assumed, or delivered in connection with this Plan; (ii) the liability of any Released Party that would otherwise result from any act or omission of such Released Party to the extent that such act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct (including fraud); or (iii) any non-Released Party. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this provision shall relieve any Released Party from any obligation or liability under this Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and, further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third-Party Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of this Plan; (2) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (3) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (4) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (5) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (6) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (7) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release.

(c) Waiver of Statutory Limitation on Releases . Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, this Plan, each Releasing Party in each of the releases contained in this Plan (including under this Section  10.3) expressly acknowledges that although ordinarily a general release may not extend to claims which the releasing party does not know or suspect to exist in his favor, which if known by it may have materially affected its settlement with the party released, it has carefully considered and taken into account in determining to enter into the above releases the possible existence of such unknown losses or claims. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Releasing Party expressly waives any and all rights conferred upon it by any statute or rule of law which provides that a release does not extend to claims which the claimant does not know or suspect to exist in its favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by it may have materially affected its settlement with the Released Party, including the provisions of California Civil Code Section  1542. The releases contained in Article X of this Plan are effective regardless of whether those released matters are presently known, unknown, suspected or unsuspected, foreseen or unforeseen.

 

64


10.4 Discharge of the Debtors .

(a) Upon the Effective Date, except as provided in this Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Debtors, and each of them, shall be deemed discharged and released under section 1141(d)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code from any and all Claims, including, but not limited to, demands and liabilities that arose before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not (i) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt is filed or deemed filed under section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) a Claim based upon such debt is Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, (iii) a Claim based upon such debt is or has been Disallowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (iv) the Holder of a Claim based upon such debt accepted this Plan.

(b) As of the Effective Date, except as provided in this Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Persons shall be precluded from asserting against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors any other or further Claims, debts, rights, Causes of Action, claims for relief, liabilities, or Interests relating to the Debtors based upon any act, omission, transaction, occurrence, or other activity of any nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date. In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in this Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of discharge of all such Claims and other debts and liabilities against the Debtors, pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge shall void any judgment obtained against the Debtors at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.4 shall not apply to any Claims, debts, rights, Causes of Action, claims for relief, liabilities, or Interests arising under the New Secured Debt Documents, whether executed prior to, on, or after the Effective Date.

10.5 Injunction . Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or the Confirmation Order, from and after the Effective Date, (a) to the extent a party’s Claim is discharged pursuant to this Plan or the Confirmation Order, such party shall be permanently enjoined from pursuing such Claim against the parties that have been discharged pursuant to this Plan or the Confirmation Order, and (b) to the extent a party’s Claim has been released pursuant to this Plan or the Confirmation Order, such Releasing Party shall be permanently enjoined from pursuing such Claim against the applicable Released Party, including (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind, including on account of any Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, or liabilities that have been Released; (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien, Claim, or encumbrance of any kind; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any debt, liability, or obligation due to the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or Released Parties; and (v) commencing or continuing any act,

 

65


in any manner, or in any place to assert any Claim, or send any notice or invoice in respect of any Claim that has been discharged or released under this Plan or that does not otherwise comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Plan shall (A) preclude an Entity from obtaining benefits directly and expressly provided to such Entity pursuant to the terms of this Plan; (B) be construed to prevent any Entity from defending against Claims objections or collection action, whether by asserting a right of setoff, recoupment, or otherwise, to the extent permitted by law; or (C) enjoining or precluding any Entity that is not a Releasing Party from taking any of the foregoing enforcement actions against QPGL or any member of the Ad Hoc Group or its assets or property on account of any Claims, Interests, Obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, Causes of Action, or liabilities that such Entity has not waived, discharged, compromised, or released pursuant to this Plan or that have not been exculpated pursuant to Section 10.6.

10.6 Exculpation and Limitation of Liability . From and after the Effective Date, the Exculpated Parties shall neither have nor incur any liability to any Person or Entity, and no Holder of a Claim or Interest, no other party in interest, and none of their respective Representatives, each in their capacity as such, shall have any right of action against any Exculpated Party for any act taken or omitted to be taken before the Effective Date based on the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, consideration, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation, or consummation of this Plan, the Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, the Plan Supplement, the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, the New Shareholders Agreement, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the Restructuring Transactions or any other transactions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection therewith or in connection with any other obligations arising under this Plan or the obligations assumed hereunder; provided , however , that the foregoing provisions of this Section  10.6 shall have no effect on: (a)  the liability of any Person or Entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under this Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (i)  previously assumed, (ii)  entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases, or (iii)  to be entered into or delivered in connection with this Plan; or (b)  the liability of any Exculpated Party from any obligation or liability under this Plan.

10.7 Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays . Except as provided otherwise in this Plan, from and after the entry of an order closing these Chapter 11 Cases, the automatic stay of section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall terminate.

 

66


10.8 Post-Confirmation Date Retention of Professionals . Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date will terminate and the Reorganized Debtors will employ and pay professionals in the ordinary course of business.

ARTICLE XI

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

11.1 Retention of Jurisdiction . Pursuant to sections 105(c) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and notwithstanding entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction (unless otherwise indicated) over all matters arising in, arising out of, and/or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and this Plan to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, among other things, jurisdiction to:

(a) resolve any matters related to the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which any Debtor is a party or with respect to which any Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate any Claims arising therefrom;

(b) decide or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested, or litigated matters, and any other matters and grant or deny any applications involving the Debtors that may be pending on the Effective Date (which jurisdiction shall be non-exclusive as to any such non-core matters);

(c) enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of this Plan, and all contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents created in connection with this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order (including New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, the Rights Offering, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, and the New Intercreditor Agreement);

(d) resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with the consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of this Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document that is executed or created pursuant to this Plan, or any entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with this Plan or such documents;

(e) modify this Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code or modify the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created in connection with this Plan or the Confirmation Order, or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created in connection with this Plan or the Confirmation Order, in such manner as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate this Plan;

 

67


(f) hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses of Professionals under this Plan or under sections 330, 331, 503(b), and 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Date the payment of fees and expenses by the Reorganized Debtors, including professional fees, shall be made in the ordinary course of business and shall not be subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court;

(g) issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with consummation, implementation, or enforcement of this Plan or the Confirmation Order;

(h) adjudicate controversies arising out of the administration of the Estates or the implementation of this Plan;

(i) resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with Claims, including the Bar Date, related notice, claim objections, allowance, disallowance, estimation, and distribution;

(j) hear and determine Retained Actions by or on behalf of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors;

(k) enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated, or distributions pursuant to this Plan are enjoined or stayed;

(l) determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created in connection with this Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order;

(m) enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications, and rulings entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases;

(n) hear and determine such other matters as may be provided in the Confirmation Order or as may be authorized under the Bankruptcy Code; and

(o) enter an order closing the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

68


11.2 Jurisdiction for Certain Other Agreements . This Plan shall not modify the jurisdictional provisions of the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, or the New Shareholders Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court’s retention of jurisdiction pursuant to this Plan shall not govern the enforcement or adjudication of any rights or remedies with respect to or as provided in the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, or the New Shareholders Agreement, and the jurisdictional provisions of such documents shall control.

11.3 No Limitation on Enforcement by SEC on Non -Debtors . Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained herein, in the Disclosure Statement, or in the Confirmation Order, no provision of this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall (a) preclude the SEC from enforcing its police or regulatory powers; or (b) enjoin, limit, impair, or delay the SEC from commencing or continuing any claims, causes of action, proceedings, or investigations against any non-Debtor person or non-Debtor entity in any forum.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1 Payment of Statutory Fees . All fees payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code shall be paid on the earlier of when due or the Effective Date.

12.2 Amendment or Modification of this Plan . Subject to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, or modify this Plan at any time prior to or after the Confirmation Date but prior to the substantial consummation of this Plan, subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements. A Holder of a Claim that has accepted this Plan shall be deemed to have accepted this Plan, as altered, amended, or modified, if the proposed alteration, amendment, or modification does not materially and adversely change the treatment of the Claim of such Holder.

12.3 Substantial Consummation . On the Effective Date, this Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

12.4 Severability of Plan Provisions . If, prior to the Confirmation Date, any term or provision of this Plan is determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation,

 

69


the remainder of the terms and provisions of this Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of this Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

12.5 Successors and Assigns . This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, and their respective successors and assigns, including the Reorganized Debtors. The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in this Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor, or assign of such Entity.

12.6 Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation . The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw this Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date and to file other plans of reorganization, subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw this Plan, or if Confirmation or consummation of this Plan does not occur, then (a) this Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (b) any settlement or compromise embodied in this Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount any Claim or Class of Claims), assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by this Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to this Plan shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in this Plan, and no acts taken in preparation for consummation of this Plan, shall (i) constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Interests in, the Debtors or any other Person, (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors, or (iii) constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtors or any other Person.

12.7 Governing Law . Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an Exhibit hereto or a schedule in the Plan Supplement provides otherwise, the rights, duties, and obligations arising under this Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of law thereof.

12.8 Time . In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by this Plan, unless otherwise set forth herein or determined by the Bankruptcy Court, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006 shall apply.

12.9 Immediate Binding Effect . Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of this Plan and Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the New First Lien Noteholders, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Noteholders, the Equity Commitment Parties, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties, the Holders of Claims and Interests, the Released Parties, the Exculpated Parties, and each of their respective successors and assigns, including the Reorganized Debtors.

 

70


12.10 Entire Agreement . On the Effective Date, this Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into this Plan.

12.11 Notice . All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Reorganized Debtors to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.

11700 Katy Freeway

Houston, TX 77079

(713) 334-6662

Attention: Paul Reese and Lisa Buchanan

E-mail: p.reese@pacificdrilling.com,

l.buchanan@pacific drilling.com

and

TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP

One Penn Plaza, Suite 3335

New York, New York 10119

(212) 594-5000

Attention: Albert Togut, Frank A. Oswald, Kyle J. Ortiz, and Amy M. Oden

E-mail: altogut@teamtogut.com, frankoswald@teamtogut.com, kortiz@teamtogut.com, aoden@teamtogut.com

Counsel for Debtors and Debtors in Possession

-and-

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Attention: Andrew N. Rosenberg and Elizabeth R. McColm

E-mail: arosenberg@paulweiss.com, emccolm@paulweiss.com

Counsel for the Ad Hoc Group

 

71


-and-

SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036-6522

Attention: Jay M. Goffman and George R. Howard

E-mail: jay.goffman@skadden.com, george.howard@skadden.com

Counsel for QPGL

12.12 Exhibits . All Exhibits to this Plan are incorporated and are a part of this Plan as if set forth in full herein.

12.13 Filing of Additional Documents . On or before substantial consummation of this Plan, the Debtors shall file such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan, including the Plan Supplement.

12.14 Conflicts . In the event that provisions of the Disclosure Statement and provisions of this Plan conflict, the terms of this Plan shall govern.

Dated: September 27, 2018

  New York, New York

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.
  (for itself and on behalf of each of the other Debtors)
By:  

/s/ Lisa Manget Buchanan

  Name:   Lisa Manget Buchanan
  Title:   Senior Vice President, General
    Counsel, and Secretary

 

72

Exhibit 99.2

 

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK

 

     
   :   
In re:    :    Chapter 11
   :   
PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., et al .,    :    Case No. 17-13193 (MEW)
   :   
   :    (Jointly Administered)

Debtors 1

   :   
   :   

 

   :   

MODIFIED THIRD AMENDED

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR THE MODIFIED THIRD AMENDED JOINT

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION FOR PACIFIC DRILLING S.A. AND CERTAIN

OF ITS AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP

One Penn Plaza, Suite 3335

New York, New York 10119

(212) 594-5000

Albert Togut

Frank A. Oswald

Kyle J. Ortiz

Amy M. Oden

Counsel for Debtors and Debtors in Possession

Dated:    September 27, 2018

     New York, New York

 

 

1  

The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases and, if applicable, the last four digits of their U.S. taxpayer identification numbers are: Pacific Drilling S.A., Pacific Drilling (Gibraltar) Limited, Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited, Pacific Drilling, Inc. (1524), Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l., Pacific Drillship S.à r.l., Pacific Drilling Limited, Pacific Sharav S.à r.l. (2431), Pacific Drilling VII Limited, Pacific Drilling V Limited, Pacific Drilling VIII Limited, Pacific Scirocco Ltd. (0073), Pacific Bora Ltd. (9815), Pacific Mistral Ltd., Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited, Pacific Drilling Operations Limited (9103), Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc. (4446), Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l. (6417), Pacific Drilling, LLC (7655), Pacific Drilling Services, Inc. (5302), Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited (0281) and Pacific Sharav Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság.


INTRODUCTION AND DISCLAIMER

Pacific Drilling S.A. (“ PDSA ”) and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Debtors ”) 2 submit this modified third amended disclosure statement (the “ Disclosure Statement ”) to Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Modified Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization for Pacific Drilling S.A. and Certain of Its Affiliates , a copy of which is annexed hereto as Appendix A (together with all exhibits thereto or referenced therein, and as amended, supplemented, and/or modified from time to time, the “ Plan ”). 3 This Disclosure Statement is to be used by each such person solely in connection with its evaluation of the Plan. Use of this Disclosure Statement for any other purpose is not authorized.

The Debtors are providing you with the information in this Disclosure Statement because you may be a creditor entitled to vote on the Plan. The Debtors believe that the Plan is in the best interests of creditors and other stakeholders. All creditors entitled to vote on the Plan are urged to vote in favor of it. A summary of the voting instructions is set forth beginning on page 1 of this Disclosure Statement and in the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court approving this Disclosure Statement (together with all exhibits thereto and referenced therein, and as amended, supplemented, and/or modified from time to time, the “ Disclosure Statement Order ”). To be counted, your Ballot must be duly completed, executed, and actually received by the Debtors’ claims, noticing, and balloting agent, Prime Clerk LLC (“ Prime Clerk ” or the “ Voting Agent ”) by 4:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time, on October  24, 2018 (the  ” Voting Deadline ”), unless this deadline is extended by the Debtors.

ALL HOLDERS OF IMPAIRED CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND ITS APPENDICES CAREFULLY AND IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE DECIDING TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE PLAN AND IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS PERTINENT TO ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN.

This Disclosure Statement and any accompanying letters are the only documents to be used in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Plan. No person is authorized by the Debtors to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this Disclosure Statement and the appendices attached hereto or incorporated by reference or referred to herein. If given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Debtors. Although the Debtors will make available to creditors entitled to vote on the Plan such additional information as may be required by applicable law prior to the Voting Deadline, the delivery of this Disclosure Statement will not under any circumstances imply that the information herein is correct as of any time after the date hereof.

 

2  

For the avoidance of doubt, Pacific Drilling VIII Limited (“ PDVIII ”) and Pacific Drilling Services, Inc. (“ PDSI ”) are not Debtors for purposes of the Plan and this Disclosure Statement.

3  

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

i


This Disclosure Statement contains summaries of certain provisions of the Plan, certain documents related to the Plan, certain events in the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases, and certain financial information. Such summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of such documents. Factual information contained in this Disclosure Statement has been provided by the Debtors’ management, except where otherwise specifically noted. Unless specifically noted, the financial information contained herein has not been audited by a certified public accounting firm. The Debtors do not warrant or represent that the information contained herein, including financial information, is without any inaccuracy or omission.

THE DEBTORS HAVE PREPARED THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO BANKRUPTCY CODE SECTION 1125 FOR USE IN THE SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE PLAN. FOR A COMPLETE UNDERSTANDING OF THE PLAN, YOU SHOULD READ THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING SECTION V—”RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED,” THE PLAN, AND THE APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS HERETO AND THERETO IN THEIR ENTIRETY. IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE PLAN AND THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE PLAN ARE CONTROLLING.

THE CONFIRMATION AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN ARE SUBJECT TO THE SATISFACTION OR WAIVER OF MATERIAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. SEE ARTICLE IX OF THE PLAN. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THOSE CONDITIONS PRECEDENT WILL BE SATISFIED. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE, THEREFORE, AS TO WHEN AND WHETHER CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN AND THE EFFECTIVE DATE ACTUALLY WILL OCCUR. PROCEDURES FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN, INCLUDING MATTERS THAT ARE EXPECTED TO AFFECT (A) THE TIMING OF THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS BY HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS IN CERTAIN CLASSES AND (B) THE AMOUNT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ULTIMATELY RECEIVED BY SUCH HOLDERS ARE DESCRIBED IN SECTION IV—”SUMMARY OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION.” IF THE PLAN IS NOT CONFIRMED AND/OR EFFECTUATED, THEN THE DEBTORS WILL HAVE TO CONSIDER ALL OF THEIR OPTIONS AS DEBTORS IN BANKRUPTCY.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL, BUSINESS, FINANCIAL, OR TAX ADVICE. ANY CREDITOR OR INTEREST HOLDER DESIRING ANY SUCH ADVICE OR ANY OTHER ADVICE SHOULD CONSULT WITH ITS OWN ADVISORS. FURTHER, THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S APPROVAL OF THE ADEQUACY OF DISCLOSURES CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S APPROVAL OF THE MERITS OF THE PLAN OR A GUARANTEE BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT OF THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

ii


THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING THE INFORMATION REGARDING THE DEBTORS’ HISTORY, BUSINESS, AND OPERATIONS, IS INCLUDED FOR PURPOSES OF SOLICITING ACCEPTANCES OF THE PLAN. AS TO CONTESTED MATTERS AND ADVERSARY PROCEEDINGS THAT MAY BE PENDING AS OF THE FILING OF THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES OR COMMENCED AFTER THE FILING OF THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT TO BE CONSTRUED AS AN ADMISSION OR A STIPULATION BUT RATHER AS A STATEMENT MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN TO DETERMINE WHETHER TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, AND NOTHING STATED HEREIN (A) CONSTITUTES AN ADMISSION OF ANY FACT OR LIABILITY BY ANY PARTY, (B) SHALL BE ADMISSIBLE IN ANY PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE DEBTORS OR ANY OTHER PARTY, OR (C) SHALL BE DEEMED A REPRESENTATION OF THE TAX OR OTHER LEGAL EFFECTS OF THE PLAN ON THE DEBTORS OR HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS.

CERTAIN OF THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, BY THEIR NATURE, ARE FORWARD-LOOKING AND CONTAIN ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS. SUCH STATEMENTS CONSIST OF ANY STATEMENT OTHER THAN A RECITATION OF HISTORICAL FACT AND CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY SUCH AS “MAY,” “EXPECT,” “ANTICIPATE,” “ESTIMATE,” OR “CONTINUE,” OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF, OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON, OR COMPARABLE TERMINOLOGY AND INCLUDE THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS, FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, AND VALUATION OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH STATEMENTS WILL BE REFLECTIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE PROVIDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE SAFE HARBOR ESTABLISHED UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 AND SHOULD BE EVALUATED IN THE CONTEXT OF THE ESTIMATES, ASSUMPTIONS, UNCERTAINTIES, AND RISKS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

FURTHER, THE READER IS CAUTIONED THAT ALL FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NECESSARILY SPECULATIVE AND THAT THERE ARE CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL EVENTS OR RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE PRESENTED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. DUE TO THESE UNCERTAINTIES, READERS CANNOT BE ASSURED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WILL PROVE TO BE CORRECT. THE LIQUIDATION ANALYSIS, FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN AND ATTACHED HERETO ARE ESTIMATES ONLY, AND THE VALUE OF THE PROPERTY DISTRIBUTED TO HOLDERS OF ALLOWED CLAIMS OR EQUITY

 

iii


INTERESTS MAY BE AFFECTED BY MANY FACTORS THAT CANNOT BE PREDICTED. THEREFORE, ANY ANALYSES, ESTIMATES, OR RECOVERY PROJECTIONS MAY OR MAY NOT TURN OUT TO BE ACCURATE. THE DEBTORS ARE UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO (AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY OBLIGATION TO) UPDATE OR ALTER ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW. ALL HOLDERS OF IMPAIRED CLAIMS SHOULD CAREFULLY READ AND CONSIDER THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN IN THEIR ENTIRETY, INCLUDING SECTION V—”RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED” AND ITEM “3D—RISK FACTORS” OF THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 FILED WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “ SEC ”) ON APRIL 2, 2018 AND INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

NO REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE DEBTORS OR THE VALUE OF THEIR PROPERTY HAVE BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE DEBTORS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. ANY INFORMATION, REPRESENTATIONS, OR INDUCEMENTS MADE TO OBTAIN AN ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN WHICH ARE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH HEREIN, OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, AND THE PLAN SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON BY ANY HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST.

THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN WILL BE ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SIMILAR FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAW, GENERALLY IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND SECTION 4(A)(2) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS AMENDED, THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) OR REGULATION D OR REGULATION S PROMULGATED THEREUNDER, AS APPLICABLE.

TO THE EXTENT THAT THE DEBTORS RELY ON A PRIVATE PLACEMENT EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT FOR THE OFFER AND ISSUANCE OF ANY SECURITIES, THOSE SECURITIES WILL BE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND MAY ONLY BE RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR (B) AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

iv


THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR SIMILAR PUBLIC, GOVERNMENTAL, OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN FILED FOR APPROVAL WITH THE SEC OR ANY STATE AUTHORITY AND NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE AUTHORITY HAS PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR UPON THE MERITS OF THE PLAN. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE IN THE UNITED STATES.

NEITHER THE SOLICITATION NOR THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONSTITUTES AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS, AMONG OTHER THINGS, A SUMMARY OF THE PLAN, CERTAIN EVENTS IN THE DEBTORS’ CHAPTER 11 CASES, AND CERTAIN DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE PLAN THAT ARE ATTACHED HERETO AND INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE OR THAT MAY BE FILED LATER WITH THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT. ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THESE SUMMARIES ARE FAIR AND ACCURATE, THESE SUMMARIES ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SUMMARIES DO NOT SET FORTH THE ENTIRE TEXT OF SUCH DOCUMENTS OR STATUTORY PROVISIONS OR EVERY DETAIL OF SUCH EVENTS, BY REFERENCE TO SUCH DOCUMENT OR STATUTORY PROVISIONS. IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT, INCONSISTENCY, OR DISCREPANCY BETWEEN A DESCRIPTION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS, THE PLAN OR SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS WILL GOVERN AND CONTROL FOR ALL PURPOSES.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT REFLECT ANY EVENTS THAT MAY OCCUR SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF AND THAT MAY HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. ACCORDINGLY, THE DELIVERY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WILL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE, IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT OR COMPLETE AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

IN PREPARING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE DEBTORS RELIED ON FINANCIAL DATA DERIVED FROM THE DEBTORS’ BOOKS AND RECORDS AND ON VARIOUS ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS. THE DEBTORS’ MANAGEMENT HAS REVIEWED THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS HAVE USED THEIR REASONABLE BUSINESS JUDGMENT TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THIS FINANCIAL INFORMATION, THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN, OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN AUDITED (UNLESS

 

v


OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN) AND NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE MADE AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS AND ITS FUTURE RESULTS AND OPERATIONS. THE DEBTORS EXPRESSLY CAUTION READERS NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.

NEITHER THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN, THE CONFIRMATION ORDER, NOR THE PLAN SUPPLEMENT WAIVE ANY RIGHTS OF THE DEBTORS WITH RESPECT TO THE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE. RATHER, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL CONSTITUTE A STATEMENT MADE IN SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS RELATED TO POTENTIAL CONTESTED MATTERS, POTENTIAL ADVERSARY PROCEEDINGS, AND OTHER PENDING OR THREATENED LITIGATION OR ACTIONS.

NO RELIANCE SHOULD BE PLACED ON THE FACT THAT A PARTICULAR LITIGATION CLAIM OR PROJECTED OBJECTION TO A PARTICULAR CLAIM IS OR IS NOT IDENTIFIED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED UNDER THE PLAN, THE DEBTORS OR THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS MAY SEEK TO INVESTIGATE, FILE, AND PROSECUTE CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION AND MAY OBJECT TO CLAIMS AFTER CONFIRMATION OR THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IDENTIFIES ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR OBJECTIONS TO CLAIMS ON THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PLAN.

THE DEBTORS ARE GENERALLY MAKING THE STATEMENTS AND PROVIDING THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS OF THE DATE HEREOF WHERE FEASIBLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED. ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS MAY SUBSEQUENTLY UPDATE THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE DEBTORS HAVE NO AFFIRMATIVE DUTY TO DO SO. HOLDERS OF CLAIMS REVIEWING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHOULD NOT INFER THAT, AT THE TIME OF THEIR REVIEW, THE FACTS SET FORTH HEREIN HAVE NOT CHANGED SINCE THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WAS SENT. INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, MODIFICATION, OR AMENDMENT. THE DEBTORS RESERVE THE RIGHT TO FILE AN AMENDED OR MODIFIED PLAN AND RELATED DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FROM TIME TO TIME, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE EQUITY COMMITMENT AGREEMENT.

THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY ENTITY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION ABOUT OR CONCERNING THE PLAN OTHER THAN THAT WHICH IS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE DEBTORS OR THE VALUE OF THEIR PROPERTY OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

 

vi


HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EVALUATION OF THE COMPANY AND THEIR OWN ANALYSES OF THE TERMS OF THE PLAN IN DECIDING WHETHER TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN. IMPORTANTLY, PRIOR TO DECIDING WHETHER AND HOW TO VOTE ON THE PLAN, EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM IN A VOTING CLASS SHOULD REVIEW THE PLAN IN ITS ENTIRETY AND CONSIDER CAREFULLY ALL OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND ANY APPENDICES HERETO.

IF THE PLAN IS CONFIRMED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND THE EFFECTIVE DATE OCCURS, ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS (INCLUDING THOSE HOLDERS WHO DO NOT SUBMIT BALLOTS TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, WHO VOTE TO REJECT THE PLAN, OR WHO ARE NOT ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN) WILL BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THE PLAN AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY RIGHTS OF APPROVAL PURSUANT TO THE ECA DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS OR OTHERWISE AS TO THE FORM OR SUBSTANCE OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN, OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREUNDER, NONE OF THE CREDITORS OR INTEREST HOLDERS PARTY TO THE EQUITY COMMITMENT AGREEMENT OR THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES, MEMBERS, FINANCIAL OR LEGAL ADVISORS, OR AGENTS HAS INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR TAKES ANY RESPONSIBILITY THEREFOR AND NONE OF THE FOREGOING ENTITIES OR PERSONS MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER CONCERNING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN.

Rules of Interpretation

For purposes of this Disclosure Statement, unless otherwise provided herein, (a) whenever from the context it is appropriate, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural; (b) each pronoun stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter gender; (c) any reference in this Disclosure Statement to an existing document or schedule filed or to be filed means such document or schedule, as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented; (d) any reference to an entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that entity’s successors and assigns; (e) all references in this Disclosure Statement to Sections, Articles, and Appendices are references to Sections, Articles, and Appendices of or to this Disclosure Statement; (f) the words “herein,” “hereunder,” and “hereto” refer to this Disclosure Statement in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of this Disclosure Statement; (g) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a

 

vii


part of or to affect the interpretation of this Disclosure Statement; (h) any term used in capitalized form in this Disclosure Statement that is not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement or the Plan, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable; (i) all references to docket numbers of documents filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (j) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, unless otherwise stated; (k) in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply, and if the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to this Disclosure Statement shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day; ( l ) unless otherwise specified, all references in this Disclosure Statement to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America; (m) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (n) to the extent this Disclosure Statement is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the Plan shall control; (o) to the extent this Disclosure Statement is inconsistent with the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall control; (p) to the extent this Disclosure Statement is inconsistent with the terms of the New First Lien Notes Term Sheet, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Term Sheet, the Rights Offering Procedures, or the Form of Intercreditor Agreement, such term sheets and documents shall control; (q) to the extent any such term sheet is inconsistent with the applicable definitive document included in the Plan Supplement (as defined below), such definitive document shall control; and (r) any immaterial effectuating provision may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtors in a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of this Disclosure Statement and the Plan without further Bankruptcy Court order.

 

viii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION AND DISCLAIMER

     i  

I.  PLAN SUMMARY; VOTING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES

     1  

A.  Introduction

     1  

B.  Executive Summary of the Plan

     1  

1.  Restructuring Transactions

     1  

2.  Plan Support Parties

     5  

3.  Releases of Claims

     6  

C.  Summary of the Exit Financing Transactions

     6  

1.  New First Lien Notes

     6  

2.  New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes

     7  

3.  New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement

     8  

4.  Equity Commitment Agreement

     9  

D.  Summary of Classification and Recoveries

     10  

E.  Solicitation Procedures and Solicitation Package

     16  

F.  Voting Procedures and Voting Deadline

     18  

G.  Revocation; Waivers of Defects; Irregularities

     19  

H.  Confirmation Hearing and Deadline for Objections to Confirmation

     19  

I.  Additional Information

     20  

II.  OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS

     20  

A.  Debtors’ Corporate Structure, Business Operations, and History

     20  

1.  Corporate Structure

     20  

2.  Business Operations

     21  

3.  Company History

     23  

B.  Directors and Officers

     25  

C.  Employees

     25  

D.  Regulation of the Debtors’ Business

     25  

E.  Capital Structure

     26  

1.  Ship Group A Debt

     26  

2.  Ship Group B Debt

     28  

3.  Ship Group C Debt

     29  

 

ix


4.   Equity Interests

     29  

5.   Cash Pool

     30  

6.   Intercompany Loans

     30  

F.   Events Leading to the Debtors’ Need to Restructure

     32  

1.   Collapse in Oil Prices

     32  

2.   Prepetition Cost-Saving Measures

     32  

3.   Prepetition Negotiations with Stakeholders

     32  

III.   THE CHAPTER 11 CASES

     34  

A.   First Day Motions

     34  

B.   Pacific Zonda Arbitration and Automatic Stay Motion

     35  

C.   Use of Cash Collateral

     35  

D.   Retention of Restructuring and Other Professionals

     36  

E.   Other Postpetition Operational Matters

     37  

1.   Customer Programs

     37  

2.   Employee Incentive Programs

     37  

3.   Nonresidential Real Property Lease

     38  

F.   Claims Process and Bar Date

     39  

1.   Schedules and Statements; Rule 2015.3 Reports

     39  

2.   Bar Date

     39  

3.   Overview of Claims and Potential Objections

     39  

G.   Rule 2004 Discovery

     43  

H.   Plan Exclusivity, Postpetition Plan Negotiations, and Mediation

     43  

I.   Debtors File the Ad Hoc Group Plan and Disclosure Statement

     46  

J.   The QP Group Substantial Contribution Application

     46  

K.   Global Settlement Reached

     47  

L.   Exit Financing Commitment Agreements and Marketing of Exit Financing

     48  

1.   Notes Offering Commitment Documents

     48  

2.   New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement

     49  

3.   Marketing of the New Notes

     50  

M.   Equity Commitment Agreement and Procedures

     50  

 

x


1.   Equity Commitment Agreement

     50  

2.   Rights Offering Procedures

     52  

N.   Debtor-in-Possession Financing

     53  

O.   Appointment of Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors

     55  

IV.   SUMMARY OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

     55  

A.   Overview of Chapter 11

     55  

B.   Plan Supplement

     56  

C.   Classification of Claims and Interests

     56  

1.   Treatment of Unclassified Claims

     58  

2.   Classification in General

     59  

3.   Summary of Classification

     59  

4.   Treatment of Classes

     61  

D.   Alternative Treatment

     67  

E.   Special Provision Regarding Unimpaired Claims

     67  

F.   Acceptance or Rejection of the Plan

     68  

1.   Acceptance by Class Entitled to Vote

     68  

2.   Presumed Acceptance of the Plan

     68  

3.   Presumed Rejection of the Plan

     68  

4.   Elimination of Classes

     68  

5.   Cramdown

     68  

G.   Means for Implementation of the Plan

     69  

1.   Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets

     69  

2.   Sources of Cash for Distributions and Operations

     70  

3.   Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

     70  

4.   Cancellation of Certain Existing Security Interests

     71  

5.   RCF Payment

     71  

6.   SSCF Payment

     71  

7.   New First Lien Notes

     72  

8.   New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes

     75  

9.   New Intercreditor Agreement

     78  

10. Rights Offering and QP Private Placement

     79  

11. Restructuring Transactions

     80  

 

xi


12.  Intercompany Interests

     80  

13.  Intercompany Claims

     80  

14.  Issuance of New Common Shares

     80  

15.  Exemption from Registration

     81  

16.  Officers and Boards of Directors

     82  

17.  Management Incentive Plan

     82  

18.  New Shareholders Agreement

     83  

19.  Corporate Action

     83  

20.  Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

     83  

21.  Preservation of Retained Actions

     83  

22.  Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees

     84  

23.  Debtors’ Waiver of Certain Claims Related to 2017 Notes

     84  

24.  Further Authorization

     84  

25.  Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses

     84  

H.  Provisions Governing Distributions

     85  

1.  Distributions Generally

     85  

2.  No Postpetition or Default Interest on Claims

     85  

3.  Date of Distributions

     85  

4.  Distribution Record Date

     86  

5.  Disbursing Agent

     86  

6.  Delivery of Distributions

     86  

7.  Unclaimed Property

     89  

8.  Satisfaction of Claims

     89  

9.  Manner of Payment Under Plan

     89  

10. Fractional Shares and Notes and De Minimis Cash Distributions

     89  

11. No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim

     90  

12. Allocation of Distributions Between Principal and Interest

     90  

13. Setoffs and Recoupments

     90  

14. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

     90  

15. Withholding and Reporting Requirements

     91  

 

xii


16.  Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

     91  

I.  Procedures For Disputed Claims

     92  

1.  Allowance of Claims

     92  

2.  Objections to Claims

     92  

3.  Estimation of Claims

     93  

4.  No Distributions Pending Allowance

     93  

5.  Resolution of Claims

     93  

6.  Disallowed Claims

     94  

J.  Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     94  

1.  Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     94  

2.  D&O Liability Insurance Policies

     95  

3.  Indemnification

     95  

4.  Employee Benefit Plans and Agreements

     95  

5.  Cure of Defaults Under Assumed Contracts

     96  

6.  Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

     96  

7.  Reservation of Rights

     96  

K.  Conditions Precedent To Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan

     97  

1.  Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of the Plan

     97  

2.  Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

     97  

3.  Waiver of Conditions Precedent

     98  

4.  Effect of Failure of Conditions

     98  

L.Effect of Confirmation

     99  

1.  Binding Effect

     99  

2.  Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

     99  

3.  Releases and Related Matters

     100  

4.  Discharge of the Debtors

     104  

5.  Injunction

     104  

6.  Exculpation and Limitation of Liability

     105  

7.  Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays

     106  

 

xiii


8.   Post-Confirmation Date Retention of Professionals

     106  

M.   Retention of Jurisdiction

     106  

N.   Jurisdiction for Certain Other Agreements

     108  

O.   No Limitation on Enforcement by SEC on Non-Debtors

     108  

P.   Miscellaneous Provisions

     108  

1.   Payment of Statutory Fees

     108  

2.   Amendment or Modification of the Plan

     108  

3.   Substantial Consummation

     108  

4.   Severability of Plan Provisions

     109  

5.   Successors and Assigns

     109  

6.   Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation

     109  

7.   Governing Law

     109  

8.   Time

     110  

9.   Immediate Binding Effect

     110  

10.  Entire Agreement

     110  

11.  Notice

     110  

12.  Exhibits

     111  

13.  Filing of Additional Documents

     111  

14.  Conflicts

     111  

V.   RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

     112  

A.   Certain Bankruptcy Considerations

     112  

1.   Failure to Confirm the Plan

     112  

2.   Uncertainty of Extraterritorial Recognition of Plan Confirmation

     113  

3.   Potential Adverse Effects of Chapter 11

     113  

4.   No Assurance of Ultimate Recoveries

     113  

5.   Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests

     114  

6.   Nonconsensual Confirmation

     114  

7.   Risk of Delayed Effective Date

     114  

8.   Risks of Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent

     114  

B.   Risks Relating to the Reorganized Debtors’ Business and Operations

     115  

 

xiv


1.   Failure to Identify Litigation Claims or Projected Objections

     115  

2.   No Assurance of Ultimate Recoveries; Uncertainty of Financial Projections

     115  

3.   Uncertainty of Post-Confirmation Value

     116  

4.   Risks Associated with the Debtors’ Business and Industry

     116  

5.   Volatility of Offshore Drilling Market

     117  

6.   Post-Effective Date Indebtedness

     118  

C.   Risks Relating to Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan

     118  

VI.   CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW MATTERS

     123  

A. Issuance of the New Common Shares Under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and Private Placement Exemptions

     123  

B. Resale of New Common Shares; Definition of Underwriter

     123  

C. Issuance and Resale of the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes

     127  

VII. U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

     127  

A. Introduction

     127  

B. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors

     130  

1.   Cancellation of Debt Income

     130  

2.   Limitation of NOL Carryforard and Other Tax Attributes

     131  

C. Certain Luxembourg Tax Consequences to the Debtors

     132  

D. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of Certain Claims

     134  

E. Exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights

     137  

F. Market Discount

     137  

G. Accrued Interest and OID

     138  

H. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders Owning and Disposing of New Common Shares

     139  

I. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Certain Non-U.S. Holders of Claims

     141  

J. Certain Luxembourg Tax Consequences to Holders of New Common Shares

     141  

K. U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     145  

 

xv


L.   FATCA Withholding

     146  

M.   Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance

     146  

VIII.   CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

     147  

A.   Confirmation Hearing

     147  

B.   Objections

     147  

C.   Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan

     148  

1.   Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

     148  

2.   Requirements of Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     150  

3.   Alternative to Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan

     152  

4.   Nonconsensual Confirmation

     153  

 

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A     Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization

APPENDIX B     Corporate Organization Chart

APPENDIX C     Liquidation Analysis

APPENDIX D     Financial Projections

APPENDIX E     Valuation of Reorganized Debtors

APPENDIX F     New First Lien Notes Term Sheet

APPENDIX G     New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Term Sheet

APPENDIX H     New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement

APPENDIX I      Rights Offering Procedures

APPENDIX J      Equity Commitment Agreement

APPENDIX K     Global Settlement

 

xvi


I. PLAN SUMMARY; VOTING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES

 

A.

Introduction

On November 12, 2017 (the “ Petition Date ”), the Debtors commenced with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) voluntary cases pursuant to chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”). The Debtors’ chapter 11 cases (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) are being jointly administered under the caption In re Pacific Drilling S.A. , et al., Case No. 17-13193 (MEW).

Pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors submit this Disclosure Statement to all Holders of Claims against the Debtors entitled to vote on the Plan to provide information in connection with the solicitation of votes to accept or reject the Plan. The purpose of this Disclosure Statement is to provide Holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan with adequate information about (1) the Debtors’ businesses and certain historical events, (2) the Chapter 11 Cases, (3) the Plan, (4) the rights of Holders of Claims and Interests under the Plan, and (5) other information necessary to enable each Holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan to make an informed judgment as to whether to vote to accept or reject the Plan. As described in greater detail below, the Debtors believe that the Plan is the best means to efficiently and effectively conclude these Chapter 11 Cases and urge Holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept the Plan.

 

B.

Executive Summary of the Plan

1. Restructuring Transactions

Prior to and during the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors have worked with all of their major creditor constituencies and the majority equity holder of PDSA to negotiate the terms of their restructuring. The Plan on file is the result of the extensive discussions and hard-fought negotiations by all of the parties, including as part of the court-ordered Mediation (as defined below). The centerpiece of the Plan is the Global Settlement (as defined below) among the Debtors, the Ad Hoc Group, and Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited (“ QPGL ”) reached on August 15, 2018. 4 The Global Settlement will eliminate what was likely to be time-consuming and expensive litigation in the Chapter 11 Cases and instead results in a clearer path to exit chapter 11 with substantial new capital commitments on the best terms from the Ad Hoc Group and QPGL.

 

4  

A copy of the Global Settlement is attached hereto as Appendix K .


The Ad Hoc Group—which consists of holders of approximately (a) 79.2% in amount of the Term Loan B Claims, (b) 87.4% 5 of the 2017 Notes Claims, and (c) 74.9% of the 2020 Notes Claims—and QPGL (collectively, the “ Plan Support Parties ”) have agreed, among other things, to support the Plan and the proposed restructuring of the Debtors (the “ Restructuring ,” and the transactions required to effectuate the Restructuring, the “ Restructuring Transactions ”) subject to certain conditions.

The Restructuring pursuant to the Plan and the related documents provide for the comprehensive recapitalization of the Debtors through the following principal financing transactions (collectively, the “ Exit Financing Transactions ”):

 

  (a)

the issuance of $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% notes maturing October 1, 2023, secured by a first-priority security interest in and lien on the New Notes Collateral (as defined below) (the “ New First Lien Notes ”), the offering and sale of which was completed on September 26, 2018;

 

  (b)

the issuance of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.0%/12.0% notes maturing April 1, 2024, with interest payable in kind or in cash at the option of the issuer, subject to certain limitations, secured by a second-priority security interest and lien on the New Notes Collateral (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes ,” and together with the New First Lien Notes, the “ New Notes ”), the offering and sale of which was completed on September 26, 2018;

 

  (c)

a $460.0 million equity rights offering (the “ Rights Offering ”) 6 that will provide Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and 2020 Notes Claims (collectively, the “ Undersecured Claims ”) with subscription rights to purchase up to 58.9% of the common shares of Reorganized PDSA (the “ New Common Shares ”) outstanding on the Effective Date (the “ Rights Offering Subscription Rights ”), at a price that represents an implied 46.9% discount to a stipulated plan equity value of $1,472 million (based on a total enterprise value of $2,075 million 7 ) (the “ Equity Purchase Price ”), subject to dilution by the new equity issued pursuant to the management incentive plan to be implemented by Reorganized PDSA, as approved by the New Board of Reorganized PDSA on or after the Effective Date (the “ Management Incentive Plan ”); and

 

5  

Calculated excluding 2017 Notes Claims held by the Debtors. Pursuant to the Plan, the Debtors will waive any recovery on account of their holdings of the 2017 Notes.

6  

Additional details regarding the Rights Offering, including the allocation of Rights Offering Subscription Rights among the Undersecured Claims, is described in the Rights Offering Procedures attached hereto as Appendix I .

7  

Value assumes no proceeds associated with SHI and the Pacific Zonda . Value may vary if these proceeds are different. The Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2018 included a receivable and purchased and owned equipment associated with SHI and the Pacific Zonda totaling $277 million.

 

2


  (d)

a $40.0 million private placement (the “ QP Private Placement ,” and together with the Rights Offering, the “ Equity Issuance ”) to QPGL that will obligate QPGL to purchase 5.1% of the aggregate number of New Common Shares outstanding on the Effective Date (the “ QP Private Placement Shares ”), subject to conditions, and subject to dilution by the new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.

The offerings of the New Notes closed on September 26, 2018, and the net proceeds of the offerings were funded into separate escrow accounts (the “ Escrow Accounts ”) pending Pacific Drilling’s emergence from bankruptcy.

Each series of New Notes was offered and sold by a separate special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary (together, the “ Escrow Vehicles ”) of Pacific Drilling in connection with the restructuring of Pacific Drilling as part of the Plan. If the Plan is confirmed and certain other conditions are satisfied on or before December 22, 2018 (the date on which such conditions are satisfied, the “ Escrow Release Date ”), the Escrow Vehicles will merge with and into Pacific Drilling, and Pacific Drilling will become the obligor under the New Notes. On the Escrow Release Date, the New Notes will be jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Pacific Drilling’s restricted subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions, including that PDVIII and PDSI will not become guarantors until their emergence from bankruptcy) and the New First Lien Notes and guarantees thereof will be secured on a first-priority basis, and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes and guarantees thereof on a second-priority basis, by substantially all of Pacific Drilling’s assets (subject to certain exceptions). Prior to the Escrow Release Date, each series of New Notes will be general obligations of the applicable Escrow Vehicle, secured only by a lien on the applicable escrowed property. On the Escrow Release Date, the net proceeds from the offerings of the New Notes will be released to the Company to fund a portion of the payments to creditors provided for under the Plan.

The New Notes and related guarantees were offered and sold in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and were offered and sold only to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and to non-U.S. persons in transactions outside the United States under Regulation S of the Securities Act. The New Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws.

Pursuant to an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on August 23, 2018, the Company entered into a commitment letter (the “ Commitment Letter ”) and related fee letter (the “ Fee Letter ,” and together with the Commitment Letter, the “ Commitment Documents ”) with a financial institution (the “ Initial Purchaser ”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions therein, the Initial Purchaser agreed to execute and deliver a purchase agreement relating to the New First Lien Notes and to market the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes on a best-efforts basis. Concurrently with the closing of the offerings and sales of the New Notes on September 26, 2018, the Company paid the Initial Purchaser the commitment fee and placement fees pursuant to the Commitment Documents.

 

3


Pursuant to an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on September 5, 2018 [Docket No. 520] (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Order ”), on September 6, 2018, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Commitment Agreement (Second Lien) , attached hereto as Appendix H (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement ”), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such agreement, certain members of the Ad Hoc Group agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase their pro rata share of second lien notes with substantially the terms set forth on the term sheet attached to such agreement. In exchange for such backstop commitment, each member of the Ad Hoc Group party thereto will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium. Concurrently with the closing of the offering and sale of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes on September 26, 2018, the Ad Hoc Group and the Company agreed that contemporaneously with and subject to the occurrence of the Escrow Release Date, the Company will deliver the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium in the form of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes to the members of the Ad Hoc Group party to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

The Rights Offering (except for payment of the Equity Commitment Premium) will be conducted in reliance on section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The QP Private Placement will be conducted, and the Equity Commitment Premium will be issued, pursuant to Regulation S or the private placement exemption under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

In addition to the Exit Financing Transactions, the Plan also provides for the issuance of 32.6% in the aggregate of the New Common Shares to be issued on the Effective Date to the Holders of the Allowed Term Loan B Claims, the Holders of the 2020 Notes Claims, and the Holders of the 2017 Notes Claims, in partial exchange for the Claims of such Holders, in each case based on such Holders’ Pro Rata shares, subject to dilution by the new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan. The Plan renders all Holders of RCF Claims, SSCF Claims, and General Unsecured Claims Unimpaired by providing for the repayment of such Claims in full in Cash.

After the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions described above, the Debtors expect to have approximately $400 million of cash that will allow them to emerge from chapter 11 as reorganized enterprises and that will provide them with a strong balance sheet and capital structure to support the Reorganized Debtors’ businesses, even if the period of recovery in the offshore drilling market is prolonged. For all of the above reasons, the Debtors believe the Plan is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and creditors as a whole.

 

4


If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors may be forced to liquidate under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. In that event, creditors would realize substantially lower recoveries on account of their Allowed Claims. See generally Appendix C , Liquidation Analysis. The Debtors believe that, absent the Global Settlement to be implemented through the Plan, they would face protracted litigation and a significantly delayed emergence date, which could jeopardize their ability to complete the Exit Financing Transactions and emerge from chapter 11. The Debtors believe the fully consensual Plan represents the most favorable and certain path available to a successful and expeditious exit from these Chapter 11 Cases and will thereby maximize the value of the Debtors’ Estates for the benefit of creditors.

2. Plan Support Parties

(a) The Ad Hoc Group

The Ad Hoc Group holds, in aggregate, approximately (i) 79.2% in amount of the Term Loan B Claims, (ii) 87.4% 8 of the 2017 Notes Claims, and (iii) 74.9% of the 2020 Notes Claims. The members of the Ad Hoc Group have agreed on a methodology to allocate the distribution of New Common Shares (other than New Common Shares issued in the QP Private Placement) and Rights Offering Subscription Rights among the Holders of the Term Loan B Claims, the 2017 Notes Claims, and the 2020 Notes Claims to reflect their relative collateral values. The Holders of the Term Loan B Claims, the 2017 Notes Claims, and the 2020 Notes Claims are the only Impaired Classes under the Plan.

(b) QPGL

As of the Petition Date, QPGL owned approximately 70.3% of PDSA’s total outstanding common shares. QPGL is not currently the holder of any of the Company’s Prepetition Debt.

Pursuant to the Global Settlement, QPGL agreed, among other things, that: (i) QPGL and/or one or more of its designees would place orders with the Initial Purchaser to purchase at least $100.0 million of each of the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, (ii) QPGL would invest $50.0 million 9 through a private placement, and (iii) QPGL would cooperate with the Debtors regarding any cancellation or dilution of the existing equity interests in PDSA that requires a vote by the holders of such equity interests under Luxembourg law. As discussed in greater detail in Section III.K below, the Debtors believe that the Global Settlement and QPGL’s obligations thereunder greatly enhance the value of the Debtors and their estates, have facilitated the Debtors in raising the New Notes on the best available terms, and are in the best interests of all of their stakeholders.

 

8  

Calculated excluding 2017 Notes Claims held by the Debtors. Pursuant to the Plan, the Debtors will waive any recovery on account of their holdings of the 2017 Notes.

9  

The QP Private Placement was reduced to $40.0 million in connection with modifications to the Equity Commitment Agreement made at the direction of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

5


3. Releases of Claims

The Plan provides for the release of claims against, among other parties, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties, the Equity Commitment Parties, QPGL, and the DIP Parties in exchange for certain consideration described in the Plan. The releases, injunctions, and exculpations are described in their entirety in Section IV.L of this Disclosure Statement.

 

C.

Summary of the Exit Financing Transactions

The following is a brief summary of the material terms of the documents relating to the Exit Financing Transactions and implementation of the Plan.

1. New First Lien Notes 10

The New First Lien Notes consist of $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.375% notes due 2023, guaranteed on a first lien secured basis by direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries of PDSA (such guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), subject to exceptions for PIDWAL and immaterial subsidiaries and provided that PDVIII and PDSI will not become Guarantors until their emergence from bankruptcy. The New First Lien Notes bear an 8.375% fixed rate of interest, payable semi-annually in cash. The New First Lien Notes will be secured by (a) perfected pledges of all capital stock held by PDSA or any Guarantor (other than equity interests in unrestricted subsidiaries and immaterial subsidiaries) and (b) perfected security interests in, and mortgages on, substantially all other existing and newly acquired assets of PDSA and the Guarantors (including, but not limited to, vessels, insurance claims, earnings assignments, cash, and collateral accounts), subject to certain exceptions (collectively, the “ New Notes Collateral ”). The New First Lien Notes mature on October 1, 2023.

On September 12, 2018, a newly-created, non-Debtor, bankruptcy-remote special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited (the “ New First Lien Notes Escrow Vehicle ”), along with the Company and subsidiaries of the Company who will become Guarantors, entered into a purchase agreement with the Initial Purchaser for the purchase and sale of $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.375% First Lien Notes due 2023. The purchase and sale of the New First Lien Notes pursuant to the purchase agreement closed on September 26, 2018.

 

10  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the New First Lien Notes Term Sheet, attached hereto as Appendix F , the terms of the New First Lien Notes Term Sheet are controlling. Further details regarding the New First Lien Notes may be found in Section IV.G.7 of this Disclosure Statement and Appendix F .

 

6


Using the proceeds of the DIP Facility, concurrently with the closing of the offering and sale of the New First Lien Notes, the Company contributed to the New First Lien Notes Escrow Vehicle an aggregate amount sufficient to pay (i) accrued interest on the New First Lien Notes during the escrow period and (ii) all fees and expenses of the escrow agent, trustee, and collateral agent.

2. New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes 11

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes consist of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.0%/12.0% notes due 2024 issued to investors and an aggregate amount of approximately $24.0 million of such New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes to be delivered in payment of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium concurrently with the Escrow Release Date. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes shall be guaranteed by the Guarantors and will be secured on a second-priority basis by the New Notes Collateral. Subject to the provisions of the indenture governing the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, interest thereon is payable in kind or in cash, or a combination, at the option of the issuer. If Pacific Drilling elects to pay interest for an interest period entirely in PIK interest, interest will accrue at a rate of 12.0% per annum, and if Pacific Drilling elects to pay interest for an interest period entirely in the form of cash, interest will accrue at a rate of 11.0% per annum. If Pacific Drilling elects to pay 50.0% in cash interest and 50.0% in PIK interest, (a) interest in respect of the cash interest portion will accrue at 11.0% and (b) interest in respect of the PIK interest portion will accrue at 12.0%. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes have substantially similar covenants to the New First Lien Notes, but no more restrictive. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes mature on April 1, 2024.

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes were backstopped by the members of the Ad Hoc Group pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

On September 12, 2018, a newly-created, non-Debtor, bankruptcy-remote special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Escrow Vehicle ”), along with the Company and subsidiaries of the Company who will become Guarantors, entered into a purchase agreement with the Initial Purchaser for the purchase and sale of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.0%/12.0% New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes due 2024. The purchase and sale of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes pursuant to the purchase agreement closed on September 26, 2018.

 

11  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Term Sheet, attached hereto as Appendix G , the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Term Sheet are controlling. Further details regarding the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes may be found in Section IV.G.8 of this Disclosure Statement and Appendix G .

 

7


Using the proceeds of the DIP Facility, concurrently with the closing of the offering and sale of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes on September 26, 2018, the Company contributed to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Escrow Vehicle an aggregate amount sufficient to pay (i) accrued interest on the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes during the escrow period, and (ii) all fees and expenses of the escrow agent, trustee, and collateral agent.

3. New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement 12

Pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the issuance of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes was fully backstopped by the members of the Ad Hoc Group (in such capacity, the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties ,” and such commitment, the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment ”). This commitment, along with the Commitment Documents, provided certainty and downside protection to the Debtors’ estates to ensure that the full $1.0 billion of New Notes would be raised on terms consistent with or better than the terms in those agreements. In exchange for the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment, each New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Party will receive its pro rata share of a $24.0 million commitment premium, which shall be paid in full in New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes (the ” New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium ”), subject to the terms described below. After giving effect to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium, the total outstanding principal amount of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes shall equal $274.0 million.

Concurrently with the closing of the offering and sale of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes on September 26, 2018, the Ad Hoc Group and the Company agreed that contemporaneously with and subject to the occurrence of the Escrow Release Date, the Company will deliver the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium in the form of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium was deemed fully earned upon the Debtors’ entry into the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium will be an Allowed Administrative Claim against PDSA that will be paid either in the form of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, if the Plan is consummated as contemplated, or in the form of Cash in the amount of $24.0 million, if the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment is terminated for certain reasons specified in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

Issuance of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium was conducted pursuant to the private placement exemption under section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties will not be entitled to transfer all or any portion of their New Second Lien PIK Toggle Commitments except as expressly provided in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

 

12  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement are controlling.

 

8


4. Equity Commitment Agreement

Pursuant to that certain Commitment Agreement (Equity) , attached hereto as Appendix J (the “ Equity Commitment Agreement ”), approved by the Bankruptcy Court on September 25, 2018 [Docket No. 616] and dated as of September 27, 2018, 13 the members of the Ad Hoc Group (in such capacity, the “ Equity Commitment Parties ”), certain other Holders of Undersecured Claims (in such capacity, the “ Reserve Parties ”), and QPGL have committed to purchase a total of up to $500.0 million of New Common Shares on the Effective Date. In each case subject to the terms and conditions in the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties have committed to fully exercise all Rights Offering Subscription Rights they receive in the $460.0 million Rights Offering on account of their Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and 2020 Notes Claims (the “ Pro Rata Claim Shares ”). Similarly, subject to the terms and conditions in the Equity Commitment Agreement, QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee (as defined below)) has agreed to purchase $40.0 million of New Common Shares on the Effective Date pursuant to the QP Private Placement. In addition, the Equity Commitment Parties have agreed to fully backstop the $460.0 million Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement (such commitment, the “ Equity Commitment ”). In exchange for their commitment, each Equity Commitment Party will receive its Commitment Percentage of a number of New Common Shares equal to the sum of (a) 5.0% of the sum of the aggregate number of the (i) Pro Rata Claim Shares plus (ii) the QP Private Placement Shares, plus (b) 8.0% of (i) the New Common Shares offered pursuant to the Equity Issuance less (ii) the sum of the aggregate number of (x) Pro Rata Claim Shares plus (y) QP Private Placement Shares (the “ Equity Commitment Premium ”), subject to dilution by the new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan, and subject to the terms described below.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Premium will be deemed fully earned upon the Debtors’ entry into the Equity Commitment Agreement. The Equity Commitment Premium will be an Allowed Administrative Claim against PDSA that will be paid either in the form of New Common Shares at the Equity Purchase Price, if the Plan is consummated as contemplated, or in Cash if the Equity Commitment Agreement is terminated by the Equity Commitment Parties for certain reasons specified in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

13  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement, the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement are controlling. Capitalized terms in this section not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

9


The offer and sale of the New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium, any Unsubscribed Shares purchased by the Commitment Parties pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the QP Private Placement will be made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Equity Commitment Parties will not be entitled to transfer all or any portion of their commitments except as expressly provided in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

D.

Summary of Classification and Recoveries

For administrative convenience, the Plan organizes the Debtors into five (5) groups (each, a “ Debtor Group ”) and assigns a letter to each Debtor and a number to each Class of Claims against or Interests in each Debtor in each Debtor Group. Notwithstanding this organizing principle, the Plan is a separate plan of reorganization for each Debtor.

 

Letter

  

Debtor Group

A    Pacific Drilling, Inc.; Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling Limited; Pacific Drillship S.à r.l.; Pacific Scirocco Ltd.; Pacific Bora Ltd.; Pacific Mistral Ltd.; Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited; Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l.; and Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited
B    Pacific Sharav S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling VII Limited; and Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc.
C    Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited and PDV
D    PDSA
E    Pacific Drilling Operations Ltd.; Pacific Drilling LLC; Pacific Sharav Kft; and PDGL

The only Classes that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are:

 

Class

  

Designation

6A(i)    Term Loan B Claims
6A(ii)    2020 Notes Claims
6C    2017 Notes Claims

All other Classes are either Unimpaired under the Plan, in which case the Holders of Claims and Interests in such Classes are deemed to have accepted the Plan, or are receiving no distribution under the Plan, in which case the Holders of Claims and Interests in such Classes are deemed to have rejected the Plan. Further information regarding the proposed treatment and classification of such Claims and Interests can be found in Section IV.C of this Disclosure Statement.

 

10


The table set forth below summarizes the classification and treatment of all Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. For a complete understanding of the Plan, you should read this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and the Appendices and Exhibits hereto and thereto in their entirety.

 

Description and Amount

of Claims or Interests

  

Summary of Treatment

  

Estimated
Recovery 14

  

Entitled to
Vote

Administrative Claims

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   An Administrative Claim is a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, including Professional Fee Claims. Unless the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (a) the Effective Date, (b) the date on which an Administrative Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Claim, or (c) the date on which an Allowed Administrative Claim becomes payable under any agreement relating thereto, each Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Administrative Claim.    100.0%    N/A

Priority Tax Claims

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   A Priority Tax Claim is a Claim of a Governmental Unit for taxes accorded priority in right of payment under sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code. The legal and equitable rights of the Holders of Priority Tax Claims are Unimpaired by the Plan. Unless the Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall have such Claim Reinstated.    100.0%    N/A

 

14  

Recovery assumes no proceeds associated with SHI and the Pacific Zonda . Recoveries may vary if these proceeds are different. The Company’s balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 included a receivable and purchased and owned equipment associated with SHI and the Pacific Zonda totaling $277 million.

 

11


Classes 1A – 1E

Secured Tax Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $0.00)

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   A Secured Tax Claim is any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall receive, on account of and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Secured Tax Claim and any Lien securing such Claim, Cash in the amount of such Allowed Secured Tax Claim: (a) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date on which such Secured Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Tax Claim; or (b) in regular payments in equal installments over a period of time not to exceed five (5) years after the Petition Date with interest at a rate determined in accordance with section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that the first such regular payment shall represent a percentage recovery at least equal to that expected to be received by the most favored Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims; provided , further , that the Reorganized Debtors may prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Secured Tax Claim at any time in their sole discretion. All Allowed Secured Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors when such Claims become due and payable in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

Classes 2A – 2E

Other Secured Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $0.00)

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   An Other Secured Claim is any Secured Claim against the Debtors other than a DIP Facility Claim, Secured Tax Claim, RCF Claim, Term Loan B Claim, 2017 Notes Claim, 2020 Notes Claim, or SSCF Claim. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after (a) the Effective Date if such Other Secured Claim is an Allowed Other Secured Claim on the Effective Date or (b) the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive from its respective Debtor, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Secured Claim and any Lien securing such Claim, at the option of the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors: (i) payment in full in Cash, plus postpetition interest, if applicable; (ii) Reinstatement or such other treatment sufficient to render the Holder of such Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (iii) the return of the applicable collateral in satisfaction of the Allowed amount of such Other Secured Claim.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

 

12


Classes 3A – 3E

Other Priority Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $0.00 $1.0 million)

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   An Other Priority Claim is any Claim accorded priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than an Administrative Claim or Priority Tax Claim. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after (a) the Effective Date if such Other Priority Claim is an Allowed Other Priority Claim on the Effective Date or (b) the date on which such Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Priority Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Other Priority Claim.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

Class 4A

RCF Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $475.0 million plus applicable interest, fees, and expenses)

 

(Debtor Group A)

   RCF Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $475.0 million plus (a) the RCF Postpetition Interest and (b) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, charges, and other amounts (including professional fees and expenses) payable to the RCF Secured Parties by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of the RCF Credit Documents, the RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements, and the RCF Hedging Agreements. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed RCF Claim, its Pro Rata share of the RCF Payment; provided that the RCF Contingent Obligations shall survive the Effective Date on an unsecured basis and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors as and when due under the RCF Credit Documents, and shall not be discharged pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

Class 5B

SSCF Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $661.5 million plus applicable interest, fees, and expenses)

 

(Debtor Group B)

   SSCF Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $661.5 million plus (a) the SSCF Postpetition Interest and (b) (i) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, and other charges (including professional fees and expenses) payable by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of the SSCF Credit Agreement and the SSCF Hedging Agreements, and (ii) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, and other charges (including professional fees and expenses) of the SSCF Agent and the SSCF Mediation Parties. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed SSCF Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed SSCF Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed SSCF Claim, its Pro Rata share of the SSCF Payment; provided that the SSCF Contingent Obligations shall survive the Effective Date on an unsecured basis and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors as and when due under the SSCF Credit Agreement, and shall not be discharged pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

 

13


Class 6A(i)

Term Loan B Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $724.9 million)

 

(Debtor Group A)

  

Term Loan B Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $724.9 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim shall receive:

 

(a) its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation of 11.4% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

 

(b) up to its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

   42.9%    Impaired; entitled to vote

Class 6A(ii)

2020 Notes Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $768.1 million)

 

(Debtor Group A)

  

2020 Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $768.1 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim shall receive:

 

(a) its Pro Rata share of the 2020 Notes Claims Allocation of 12.1% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

 

(b) up to its Pro Rata share of the 2020 Notes Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

   42.9%    Impaired; entitled to vote

 

14


Class 6C

2017 Notes Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $453.6 million) 15

 

(Debtor Group C)

  

2017 Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $453.6 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim shall receive:

 

(a) its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of 9.0% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

 

(b) up to its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

   54.2%    Impaired; entitled to vote

Classes 7A – 7E

General Unsecured Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $1.0 $2.0 million)

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed General Unsecured Claim, (a) payment in Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the later of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction or agreement giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (b) such other treatment as may be required so as to render such Allowed General Unsecured Claim Unimpaired.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

Classes 8A – 8E

Section 510(b) Claims

 

(Estimated Allowed Amount: $0.00)

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distributions under the Plan on account of such Claims.    0.0%    Impaired; deemed to reject

 

 

15

Recovery assumes that the Debtors shall waive any recovery on account of their 2017 Notes Claims.

 

15


Class 9A – 9E

Intercompany Claims

 

(Debtor Groups A – E)

   On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, all Allowed Intercompany Claims shall be paid, adjusted, continued, settled, Reinstated, discharged, or eliminated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

Class 10D

PDSA Interests

 

(Debtor Group D)

 

  

No distributions shall be made under the Plan in respect of Interests in PDSA. On the Effective Date, Holders of Interests in PDSA shall retain their Interests in PDSA, subject to dilution by the Equity Issuance and the Management Incentive Plan, and shall receive no distribution on account of such Interests.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, although Holders of Interests in PDSA will retain such Interests, after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions and a reverse stock split, the number of outstanding shares in PDSA held by third parties will equal 2,137 out of 75.0 million, such that Interests in PDSA will comprise approximately 0.0028% of the pro forma equity of Reorganized PDSA. Accordingly, Holders of Interests in PDSA will receive effectively no distribution on account of such Interests.

   100.0% (subject to dilution)    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E

 

Intercompany Interests

 

(Debtor Groups A, B, C, and E)

   On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be cancelled or Reinstated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors.    100.0%    Unimpaired; deemed to accept

 

E.

Solicitation Procedures and Solicitation Package

The Debtors are causing “ Solicitation Packages ” to be distributed to Holders of Claims and Interests. With respect to Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan, each Solicitation Package shall include:

(1) the Disclosure Statement Order;

(2) a notice of the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan (the “ Confirmation Hearing Notice ”);

(3) this Disclosure Statement with the Plan annexed thereto;

 

16


(4) an appropriate form of Ballot(s);

(5) a letter from the Debtors setting forth the Debtors’ recommendation that you vote in favor of the Plan; and

(6) any supplemental solicitation materials the Debtors may file with the Bankruptcy Court.

In lieu of mailing paper copies of the Solicitation Packages, the Debtors may give notice of the Debtors’ restructuring website at https://cases.primeclerk.com/pacificdrilling/ (the “ Restructuring Website ”), where all Holders of Claims and Interests can access copies of the Disclosure Statement Order, the Confirmation Hearing Notice, this Disclosure Statement with the Plan annexed thereto, and forms of Ballot(s); provided that any Holder of a Claim or Interest may request a paper copy of their Solicitation Package by contacting the Voting Agent using the contact information provided in Section I.F below.

With respect to Holders of Claims and Interests not entitled to vote on the Plan, each Solicitation Package shall include:

(i) the Confirmation Hearing Notice;

(ii) a notice of such Holder’s non-voting status (the “ Notice of Non-Voting Status ”); and

(iii) such other materials as may be ordered or permitted by the Bankruptcy Court.

The Notice of Non-Voting Status will provide that a copy of the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Hearing Notice, and any other materials ordered or permitted to be included by the Bankruptcy Court may be viewed on the Restructuring Website; provided that any such Holder may request a paper copy of such documents by contacting the Voting Agent using the contact information provided in the Confirmation Hearing Notice and in Section I.F below.

The Disclosure Statement Order sets forth, among other things: (a) solicitation procedures with respect to Holders of Claims in voting classes; (b) the deadline for submitting Ballots to accept or reject the Plan; (c) the date, time, and place of the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan and the time for filing objections to the Plan; (d) the Voting Record Date; and (e) procedures for tabulation of the Ballots cast on the Plan, including assumptions and procedures for tabulating Ballots that are not completed fully or correctly. Holders of Claims and Interests should read the Disclosure Statement Order and, if applicable, the instructions attached to your Ballot received in the Solicitation Package in connection with this section of this Disclosure Statement.

 

17


F.

Voting Procedures and Voting Deadline

After carefully reviewing the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, and the detailed instructions accompanying your Ballot, please indicate your acceptance or rejection of the Plan by voting in favor of or against the Plan on the Ballot. The Voting Agent may collect votes to accept or reject the Plan from Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan via paper Ballot or the Voting Agent’s online “E-Balloting” portal. Solely in the case of master ballots submitted by Nominees (as defined in the Disclosure Statement Order), the Voting Agent may also collect votes on those master ballots by e-mail. Any Holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan may request a paper copy of their Ballot by contacting the Voting Agent using the contact information provided below and in the Confirmation Hearing Notice. Please complete and sign your Ballot and return your Ballot to the Voting Agent either (1) online via the “E-Balloting” portal on the Restructuring Website, (2) by U.S. mail, overnight mail, or hand delivery during customary business hours to the address set forth below and in the Confirmation Hearing Notice, or (3) by any other method provided by the Voting Agent, so that it is received by the Voting Deadline.

THE VOTING DEADLINE IS 4:00 P.M. (PREVAILING EASTERN TIME) ON OCTOBER  24, 2018, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE DEBTORS (THE “ VOTING DEADLINE ”). THE VOTING RECORD DATE FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A HOLDER OF A CLAIM IS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN WAS SEPTEMBER 20, 2018 (THE “ VOTING RECORD DATE ”). FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT MUST BE PROPERLY COMPLETED AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS ON THE BALLOT AND RECEIVED NO LATER THAN THE VOTING DEADLINE BY THE VOTING AGENT.

If by First-Class Mail, Hand Delivery, or Overnight Mail:

Pacific Drilling S.A. Ballot Processing

c/o Prime Clerk LLC

830 3rd Avenue, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10022

If you have any questions about the procedure for voting your Claim, the Solicitation Package that you have received, or the amount of your Claim or Interest, or if you wish to obtain an additional copy of the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, or any appendices or exhibits to such documents, please contact the Voting Agent as follows:

By Email: pacificdrillingballots@primeclerk.com

By Phone: 866-396-3566 or 646-795-6175 if outside the United States

Case website: https://cases.primeclerk.com/pacificdrilling/

Except as provided herein, unless your Ballots are timely submitted to the Voting Agent before the Voting Deadline or the Bankruptcy Court orders otherwise, the Debtors may, in their sole discretion, reject such Ballots as invalid, and therefore decline to utilize them in connection with seeking confirmation of the Plan (“ Confirmation ”). In the event that any Claim is the subject of an objection or contested matter, any vote to accept or reject the Plan cast with respect to such Claim will not be counted for purposes of determining whether the Plan has been accepted or rejected, unless the Bankruptcy Court orders otherwise.

 

18


G.

Revocation; Waivers of Defects; Irregularities

Subject to contrary order of the Bankruptcy Court, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, revocation, or withdrawal of Ballots will be determined by the Voting Agent and the Debtors; provided , that the Debtors shall notify any Holder submitting a defective or invalid Ballot of their intent to reject such Ballot if the alleged defects are not remedied; provided , further , that any disputes regarding the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, revocation, or withdrawal of Ballots shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court. Once a party delivers a valid Ballot for the acceptance or rejection of the Plan, such party may not withdraw or revoke such acceptance or rejection without the Debtors’ written consent or an order of the Bankruptcy Court. Subject to contrary order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors also reserve the right to reject any and all Ballots not in proper form; provided , that the Debtors shall notify any Holder submitting a Ballot not in proper form and their intent to reject such Ballot if the alleged defects are not remedied. Any disputes regarding the form of any Ballot shall be determined by the Bankruptcy Court.

Subject to contrary order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors further reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of delivery as to any particular Ballot. The interpretation (including the Ballot and the respective instructions therein) by the Debtors, unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with deliveries of Ballots must be cured by the Voting Deadline. Unless otherwise directed by the Bankruptcy Court, delivery of such Ballots will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Ballot previously furnished (and as to which any irregularities have not theretofore been cured or waived) will be invalidated; provided , that the Debtors have provided notice of such irregularities to the Holder submitting such Ballot.

 

H.

Confirmation Hearing and Deadline for Objections to Confirmation

THE BANKRUPTCY COURT HAS SCHEDULED A HEARING TO CONSIDER CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN ON OCTOBER 31, 2018 PURSUANT TO THE CONFIRMATION HEARING NOTICE. OBJECTIONS TO CONFIRMATION MUST BE FILED WITH THE BANKRUPTCY COURT BY OCTOBER 24, 2018 AT 4:00 P.M. (PREVAILING EASTERN TIME). UNLESS AN OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION IS TIMELY SERVED AND FILED, SUCH OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION MAY NOT BE CONSIDERED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AT THE CONFIRMATION HEARING.

 

19


I.

Additional Information

PDSA currently files annual reports with, and furnishes other information to, the SEC. Copies of any document filed with the SEC may be obtained by visiting the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov and performing a search under the “Company Filings” link. Each of the following filings and submissions is incorporated as if fully set forth herein and is a part of this Disclosure Statement. Later information filed with the SEC that updates information in the filings incorporated by reference will update and supersede that information:

 

   

Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed with the SEC on April 2, 2018 (the “ 2017 Form 20-F ”).

 

   

Form 6-Ks filed with the SEC on May 2, 2018; May 23, 2018; June 5, 2018; June 18, 2018; June 25, 2018; July 17, 2018; August 1, 2018; August 14, 2018; August 15, 2018; August 20, 2018; September 4, 2018; September 6, 2018; September 12, 2018; and September 13, 2018.

In addition, the motions, orders, and other chapter 11 filings referenced herein can be viewed free of charge on the Restructuring Website.

II. OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS

 

A.

Debtors’ Corporate Structure, Business Operations, and History

1. Corporate Structure

PDSA (together with its Debtor and non-Debtor affiliates, “ Pacific Drilling ” or the “ Company ”) is a public limited liability company (société anonyme) incorporated under Luxembourg law with its registered office at 8-10, Avenue de la Gare, L-1610, Luxembourg. Pacific Drilling’s operational headquarters are located in Houston, Texas, and Pacific Drilling provides additional technical, operational, and administrative support from its offices in Nigeria and Brazil. PDSA owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the equity of its Debtor and non-Debtor subsidiaries, excluding non-Debtor Pacific International Drilling West Africa Limited (“ PIDWAL ”) and Debtor Pacific Drillship Nigeria Ltd., which does not own a drillship.

The Debtors are party to a Nigerian joint venture, PIDWAL, with Derotech Offshore Services Limited (“ Derotech ”), a privately-held Nigerian registered limited liability company. Derotech owns 51.0% of PIDWAL, and PIDWAL has an indirect 50.1% ownership interest in Debtors Pacific Bora Ltd. (“ PBL ”) and Pacific Scirocco Ltd. (“ PSL ”). PIDWAL’s interest in PBL and PSL is held through a holding company, Debtor Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited (“ PDNL ”). Derotech will not accrue the economic benefits of its interest in PIDWAL unless and until it satisfies certain outstanding obligations to the Debtors and a certain pledge is cancelled by the Debtors. Likewise, PIDWAL will not accrue the economic benefits of its interest in PDNL unless and until it satisfies certain outstanding obligations to the Debtors and a certain pledge is cancelled by the Debtors.

 

20


A corporate organization chart is attached as Appendix B hereto.

2. Business Operations

Pacific Drilling operates an international offshore drilling business specializing in high-specification deepwater and complex well construction services. Its primary business is to contract its fleet of seven high-specification rigs to drill wells for clients in the global offshore exploration and production industry. Although the term “high-specification” is used in the floating rig drilling industry to denote a particular segment of the market, the meaning of such term can vary and continues to evolve with technological improvements. However, Pacific Drilling generally considers high-specification requirements to include floating rigs capable of drilling in water depths of more than 7,500 feet or projects requiring advanced operating capabilities, such as high hook-loads (>1,000 tons), large accommodations (200+ beds), increased mud storage and pumping capacity, and high deck-load and space capabilities.

Pacific Drilling provides drilling services on a “dayrate” contract basis. Under dayrate contracts, the drilling contractor provides a drilling rig and rig crews and charges the client a fixed amount per day regardless of the number of days needed to drill the well. The client bears substantially all of the ancillary costs of constructing the well and supporting drilling operations, as well as the economic risk and reward relative to the success of the well. Pacific Drilling’s clients are large national, major, or independent oil and gas companies, and have included Chevron U.S.A., Inc. (“ Chevron ”), Total S.A. Group, PC Mauritania 1 Pty Ltd (“ Petronas ”), and Petroleo Brasiliero S.A.

Pacific Drilling’s offshore fleet consists of seven high-specification drillships (collectively, the “ Drillships ”) delivered between 2010 and 2014: (1) the Pacific Bora, owned by Pool A Debtor PBL; (2) the Pacific Scirocco, owned by Pool A Debtor PSL; (3) the Pacific Sharav, owned by Pool B Debtor Pacific Sharav S.à r.l. (“ PSS ”); (4) the Pacific Santa Ana , owned by Pool A Debtor Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l. (“ PSAS ”); (5) the Pacific Mistral , owned by Pool A Debtor Pacific Mistral Ltd. (“ PML ”); (6) the Pacific Khamsin , owned by Pool C Debtor Pacific Drilling V Limited (“ PDV ”); and (7) the Pacific Meltem , owned by Pool B Debtor Pacific Drilling VII Limited (“ PDVII ,” and together with the other Debtor subsidiaries that own or charter drillships, the ” Drillship Subsidiaries ”). Pacific Drilling’s drillships have an average useful life exceeding 25 years and are some of the newest and most technologically advanced in the world. Each drillship is self-propelled, dynamically positioned, suitable for drilling in remote locations, and designed to achieve faster drilling and shorter transportation times relative to older units in the market.

 

21


The Pacific Sharav is currently under long-term contract with Chevron in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico through August 2019 at a dayrate of $550,000. The Pacific Bora is currently on standby in the Ivory Coast awaiting commencement of work with a subsidiary of Eni S.p.A. in Nigeria. The Debtors recently received letters of award for the Pacific Khamsin and the Pacific Meltem for two years of work in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico commencing early 2019 at a dayrate of $160,000. On August 2, 2018, Petronas exercised its option to contract the Pacific Santa Ana for Phase II of a plug and abandonment project in Mauritania at a dayrate of $280,000 expected to commence in mid-2019 with an estimated 360 days of work.

When the Debtors’ Drillships are not under contract, the Debtors use their internally developed, sophisticated process designed to maintain inactive drillships at the lowest possible cost while preserving the ability to redeploy the vessels in a timely and cost-effective manner (“ Smart Stacking ”). By contrast, Pacific Drilling’s competitors often “cold stack” their idle drillships, which entails shutting down the drillship and all of its systems in full, as well as reducing the manning of the drillship to the minimum level needed to safeguard the drillship against theft or vandalism (“ Cold Stacking ”). While Cold Stacking could eventually achieve lower monthly costs than Smart Stacking, it requires substantial upfront cash costs and significantly higher reactivation costs.

The Debtors recently instituted a “modified Smart Stacking” process (“ Modified Smart Stacking ”) on some of their Drillships to save liquidity in the short term. Modified Smart Stacking involves maintaining idle rigs as a group, with one rig—the “anchor rig”—providing the power source for the other rigs. Modified Smart Stacking costs approximately $50,000–$80,000 per day for the anchor rig and approximately $7,000–$8,000 per day for each additional rig, compared to $30,000 per day per rig for Smart Stacked drillships. Currently, the Pacific Scirocco , the Pacific Mistral , the Pacific Khamsin , and the Pacific Meltem (the anchor rig) are Modified Smart Stacked in Las Palmas, Spain.

Pacific Drilling provides its own fleet management and corporate services through wholly-owned subsidiaries, primarily PDSI. 16 PDSI is reimbursed for expenses and earns a markup of 5% to 10% for certain of these services. Debtor Pacific Drilling Operations Limited (“ PDOL ”), which indirectly owns a stake in the Pacific Bora and the Pacific Scirocco ships, provides certain services with respect to those vessels. Derotech performs marketing services for PIDWAL, and an affiliate of Derotech acts as one of PIDWAL’s logistics agents.

The deepwater drilling oilfield services market is highly cyclical and is affected by fluctuations in oil price, as well as supply and demand for offshore drilling rigs. These cycles have typically lasted five to ten years, with drillship utilization fluctuating from below 60% up to 99% and dayrates fluctuating from breakeven costs of approximately $130,000–$180,000 up to $700,000 per day. When demand and rates are high, Pacific Drilling seeks long-term contracts for its drillships with large exploration and production companies, and when demand and rates are low, Pacific Drilling keeps its drillships active on short-term contracts or, if needed, utilizes its Smart Stacking or Modified Smart Stacking procedures.

 

 

16  

PDSI intends to file a motion to assume and assign the contracts relating to PDSI’s fleet management and corporate services role to the Debtors or an Affiliate.

 

22


The significant and sustained decline in oil prices since mid-2014 has led many of Pacific Drilling’s existing and potential clients to delay or cancel various exploration and development programs, which has resulted in a reduction of drilling contracts awarded and dayrates achieved across the sector. However, the demand for oil is projected to increase over the medium-term, and Pacific Drilling expects a corresponding increase in demand for high-specification deepwater drilling services. Further, as of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the spot price for Brent Crude had risen by approximately 20% since the Petition Date.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the audited, consolidated financial statements of Pacific Drilling reflected total revenues of approximately $319,716,000 and a net loss of approximately $525,166,000. As of December 31, 2017, Pacific Drilling’s audited, consolidated balance sheet reflected assets with a book value totaling approximately $5,362,961,000 and liabilities totaling approximately $3,211,160,000.

3. Company History

Pacific Drilling’s predecessor company, Pacific Drilling Limited (“ PDL ”), was formed in Liberia in 2006 as an independent operating subsidiary of a predecessor to a group of companies generally referred to as the “ Quantum Pacific Group .” The principals of the Quantum Pacific Group have significant holdings in various global industries such as energy, oil, refining, transportation, and commodities.

PDL’s initial investment in the high-specification offshore drilling contractor industry was through the purchase in 2006 of a drillship under construction by Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“ SHI ”) and the later exercise of an option for a second drillship.

In 2007, PDL formed a joint venture, Transocean Pacific Drilling, Inc. (“ TPDI ”) with Transocean Ltd., and the two drillships then under construction were transferred into TPDI. PDL formed a construction management team to oversee activities in the SHI shipyard that was then seconded to Transocean Ltd., who assumed responsibility for management of construction and operation of the two TPDI drillships through a contract with TPDI.

In 2007, PDL entered into additional construction contracts with SHI to construct two sixth-generation high-specification drillships, the Pacific Bora and the Pacific Mistral , which were not included in TDPI. In 2008, PDL decided to expand activities in the high-specification offshore floating rig segment to include operation and marketing of drilling services for the two drillships. As part of this strategy, PDL entered into additional contracts with SHI to construct two more sixth-generation high-specification drillships, the Pacific Scirocco and Pacific Santa Ana .

 

23


In 2011, PDSA was incorporated in Luxembourg, and Pacific Drilling completed a restructuring pursuant to which PDL was contributed to a wholly-owned subsidiary of PDSA. At this point, Pacific Drilling determined that it was in its best interest to focus on the operation and marketing of its wholly-owned fleet. Consequently, on March 30, 2011, Pacific Drilling completed a transfer of its equity interests in TPDI to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Quantum Pacific Group. As a result, neither PDSA nor any of its subsidiaries own any interest in TPDI.

In November 2012, the Ship Group C Debtors (as defined herein) completed a $500.0 million private placement of Secured Notes due 2017 (the “ 2017 Notes ”) 17 to fund the final construction costs related to a new seventh-generation drillship, the Pacific Khamsin .

In February 2013, the Ship Group B Debtors (as defined herein) entered into a $1.0 billion Senior Secured Credit Facility (the “ SSCF ,” and the lenders thereunder, the “ SSCF Lenders ”) 18 to finance the construction, operation, and expenses associated with two additional seventh-generation drillships, the Pacific Sharav and the Pacific Meltem .

In June 2013, the Ship Group A Debtors (as defined herein) completed three financing transactions totaling $2.0 billion, consisting of (a) a $750.0 million private placement of Secured Notes due 2020 (the ” 2020 Notes ”), (b) a $750.0 million secured Term Loan B Credit Facility (the “ Term Loan B ,” and the lenders thereunder, the “ Term Loan B Lenders ”), and (c) a $500.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the “ RCF ,” and the lenders thereunder, the “ RCF Lenders ”). 19 A portion of the net proceeds from the 2020 Notes and the Term Loan B was used to fully repay the outstanding borrowings under a credit facility used to finance construction of the Pacific Bora , the Pacific Mistral , the Pacific Scirocco , and the Pacific Santa Ana .

In January 2013, PDVIII and PDSI (the “ Zonda Plan Debtors ”) entered into a construction contract with SHI for an eighth drillship, the Pacific Zonda . In October 2014, the Zonda Plan Debtors entered into a $500.0 million revolving credit facility (the “ 2014 Revolving Credit Facility ”) for pre-delivery, delivery, and post-delivery financing of the Pacific Zonda , and for other general corporate purposes. On October 29, 2015, the Zonda Plan Debtors exercised their right to rescind the construction contract due to SHI’s failure to timely deliver the Pacific Zonda within the contractual specifications. In connection with the rescission, on October 26, 2015, the Zonda Plan Debtors repaid all outstanding amounts under the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility, and the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility was terminated as of October 30, 2015. As described in Section III.F.3 below, the Zonda Plan Debtors are currently engaged in an arbitration proceeding commenced by SHI with respect to this contract.

 

 

17  

For a detailed description of the 2017 Notes, see Section II.E.3 below.

18  

For a detailed description of the SSCF, see Section II.E.2 below.

19  

For a detailed description of the 2020 Notes, the Term Loan B, and the RCF, see Section II.E.1 below.

 

24


B.

Directors and Officers

PDSA’s current board of directors (the “ Board ”) is composed of Cyril Ducau, N. Scott Fine, Jeremy Asher, Antoine Bonnier, Laurence N. Charney, Sami Iskander, Matthew Samuels, and Robert Schwed. The Board’s independent directors (collectively, the “ Independent Directors ”) are responsible for making decisions regarding the Plan and other matters related to these Chapter 11 Cases and are N. Scott Fine, Jeremy Asher, Sami Iskander, Laurence N. Charney, and Robert Schwed.

PDSA’s current senior management team is composed of: Paul T. Reese, Chief Executive Officer; Cees van Diemen, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Johannes P. Boots, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Michael D. Acuff, Senior Vice President Commercial; Lisa Manget Buchanan, Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary; and Richard E. Tatum, Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer.

The composition of the board of directors of each of the Reorganized Debtors will be disclosed in a supplement to the plan (the “ Plan Supplement ”) to be filed prior to the order confirming the Plan in accordance with 11 U.S.C. § 1129(a)(5).

 

C.

Employees

As of July 31, 2018, Pacific Drilling employed approximately 626 employees and one subcontractor. As of July 31, 2018, approximately 331 of Pacific Drilling’s employees were located in the United States, 19 were located in Nigeria, and the remainder were located in various other locations around the world. Certain of Pacific Drilling’s employees in Nigeria (less than 1% of Pacific Drilling’s total workforce) are currently represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements.

 

D.

Regulation of the Debtors’ Business

The Debtors’ operations are conducted in the United States as well as in foreign jurisdictions and are subject to governmental laws, regulations, and treaties in the countries in which they operate. The laws, regulations, and treaties that impact the Debtors’ operations include those relating to the operation of drilling units, environmental protection, health and safety, various restrictions on oil and natural gas exploration and development, taxation of the Debtors’ earnings and the earnings of the Debtors’ expatriated personnel, minimum requirements for the use of local employees and suppliers, immigration restrictions for expatriated personnel, duties and restrictions on the importation and exportation of drilling units and other equipment, and local currency requirements.

 

25


Additional discussion of the regulatory environment of Pacific Drilling’s business can be found in the 2017 Form 20-F filed with the SEC.

 

E.

Capital Structure

As of the Petition Date, the Debtors’ principal non-contingent liabilities consist of outstanding funded debt in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $3.044 billion under: (1) the RCF, (2) the 2020 Notes, (3) the Term Loan B, (4) the SSCF, and (5) the 2017 Notes (collectively, the ” Prepetition Debt ”). The Prepetition Debt effectively gives rise to secured claims against three groups of Drillship Subsidiaries (each, a “ Ship Group ”), each of which is described in further detail below. The holders of the Prepetition Debt are collectively referred to herein as the ” Prepetition Secured Parties .”

1. Ship Group A Debt

(a) RCF

PDSA is the borrower under that certain Credit Agreement , dated as of June 3, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified, the “ RCF Credit Agreement ”), by and among PDSA, the RCF Lenders, and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent (the “ RCF Administrative Agent ”). PDSA’s obligations under the RCF are guaranteed by the following entities: Debtors Pacific Drilling, Inc.; Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l.; Pacific Drillship S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling, Ltd.; PML; Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar), Ltd.; PSAS; PBL; PSL; PDNL; and non-Debtor PIDWAL, a joint venture of which the Debtors own a 49.9% interest (collectively, “ Guarantor Group A ”), and secured by: (i) the Pacific Bora , the Pacific Mistral , the Pacific Scirocco , and the Pacific Santa Ana (collectively, “ Ship Group A ”); (ii) the equity of entities holding ships in Ship Group A (the “ Ship Group A Debtors ”); (iii) an assignment of earnings and insurance proceeds with respect to Ship Group A (the ” Ship Group A Assignments ”); and (iv) other “Collateral” as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement.

The RCF has a term of five years and bears interest, at PDSA’s option, at either (A) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) plus 3.25% to 3.75% per annum, based on PDSA’s leverage ratio, or (B) an annual rate of interest equal to (I) the prime rate for such day, (II) the sum of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or (III) 1% above the one-month LIBOR, whichever is the highest rate in each case, plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.75% based on PDSA’s leverage ratio. Undrawn commitments accrue a fee ranging from 1.3% to 1.5% based on PDSA’s leverage ratio. Interest and Commitment Fees (as defined in the RCF Credit Agreement) under the RCF are payable quarterly. Pursuant to paragraph 3(e)(i) of the Order (A)  Granting Adequate Protection, (B)  Modifying the Automatic Stay and (C)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 83] (the “ Adequate Protection Order ”), described in further detail in Section III.C below, the Debtors have paid interest at the non-default rate under the RCF as it becomes due during the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

26


The original availability under the RCF was $500.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Debtors drew $50.0 million under the RCF, and during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Debtors drew down the remaining $450.0 million. In January 2017, in exchange for certain amendments to the RCF Credit Agreement, the Debtors made a voluntary prepayment of $25.0 million, permanently reducing the total commitments under the RCF to $475.0 million. As of the Petition Date, the RCF was fully drawn, with an unpaid principal balance of $475.0 million, plus other obligations related thereto, including any accrued and unpaid interest, fees, costs, and expenses. The RCF matured postpetition on June 3, 2018.

Pursuant to that certain Intercreditor Agreement , dated as of June 3, 2013 (the ” Intercreditor Agreement ”), the obligations under the RCF (the “ RCF Obligations ”) were granted “first out” payment priority and other intercreditor rights over the obligations under the 2020 Notes and the Term Loan B (such obligations, together with the RCF Obligations, the “ Ship Group A Debt ,” and the documents evidencing the Ship Group A Debt, collectively, the “ Ship Group A Debt Documents ”), though holders of the Ship Group A Debt shared pari passu .

(b) 2020 Notes

PDSA is the issuer under that certain Indenture , dated as of June 3, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified, the “ 2020 Notes Indenture ”), by and among PDSA, Guarantor Group A as guarantors, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as indenture trustee (the “ 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee ”). The 2020 Notes are secured by Ship Group A, the equity of the Ship Group A Debtors, the Ship Group A Assignments, and other “Collateral” as defined in the 2020 Notes Indenture. The 2020 Notes bear interest at 5.375%, payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1, and have a final maturity date of June 1, 2020. As of the Petition Date, the outstanding indebtedness under the 2020 Notes was $750.0 million in principal amount plus other obligations related thereto, including any accrued and unpaid interest, costs, and fees.

(c) Term Loan B

PDSA is the borrower under that certain Credit Agreement , dated as of June 3, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified, the “ Term Loan B Credit Agreement ”), by and among PDSA, the Term Loan B Lenders, and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent (succeeded by Cortland Capital Market Services LLC (in its capacity as successor administrative agent, the “ Term Loan B Administrative Agent ”)). PDSA’s obligations under the Term Loan B are guaranteed by Guarantor Group A and secured by Ship Group A, the equity of the Ship Group A Debtors, the Ship Group A Assignments, and other “Collateral” as defined in the Term Loan B Credit Agreement. The Term Loan B has a term of five years and bears interest, at PDSA’s option, at either (a) LIBOR, which will not be less than a floor of 1%, plus a margin of 3.5% per annum, or (b) an annual rate of interest equal to (I) the prime rate for such day, (II) the sum of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, or (III) 1% above the one-month LIBOR, whichever is the highest rate in each case, plus a margin of 2.5%. Interest and a $1.9 million amortization payment are due quarterly. As of the Petition Date, the outstanding indebtedness under the Term Loan B was approximately $718,125,000 in principal amount plus other obligations related thereto, including any accrued and unpaid interest, costs, and fees.

 

27


2. Ship Group B Debt

PSS and PDVII (together, the “ SSCF Borrowers ”) are borrowers under that certain Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement , dated as of February 19, 2013 (the “ SSCF Credit Agreement ”), by and among PSS, PDVII, PDSA as guarantor, the SSCF Lenders, Garanti-Instituttet for eksportkreditt as facility agent, security agent, account bank, collateral agent, and trustee mortgagee (in such capacity, “ GIEK 20 ), and DNB Bank ASA as administrative agent, succeeded by Wilmington Trust, N.A. (in its capacity as successor agent, together with GIEK, the ” SSCF Administrative Agent ”). The obligations under the SSCF (the ” Ship Group B Debt ”) are secured by: (a) the Pacific Sharav and the Pacific Meltem (together, “ Ship Group B ”), (b) the equity of the SSCF Borrowers, (c) an assignment of earnings, accounts, internal charters, and insurance proceeds with respect to Ship Group B, and (d) other “Collateral” as defined in the SSCF Credit Agreement.

The SSCF has two primary tranches: a commercial tranche (the “ Commercial Tranche ”) in an initial amount of $492.5 million and a GIEK tranche (the “ GIEK Tranche ”) in an initial amount of $492.5 million. The GIEK Tranche is comprised of two subtranches: an Eksportkreditt Norge AS subtranche (the “ GIEK CIRR Subtranche ”) in an initial amount of $246.3 million and a bank subtranche (the “ GIEK Non-CIRR Subtranche ”) in an initial amount of $246.3 million. Borrowings under the Commercial Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.75%. The GIEK CIRR Subtranche bears interest, at the SSCF Borrowers’ option, at (i) LIBOR plus 1.5% (which margin may be reset on May 31, 2019) or (ii) at a Commercial Interest Reference Rate (as defined in the SSCF Credit Agreement, the ” CIRR ”). The GIEK Non-CIRR Subtranche bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.5%. Pursuant to paragraph 3(e)(ii) of the Adequate Protection Order, the Debtors have paid interest at the non-default rate under the SSCF as it becomes due during the Chapter 11 Cases. Borrowings under the GIEK Tranche are subject to a guarantee fee of 2.0% per annum, payable quarterly. The SSCF also requires semiannual amortization payments of $39.9 million. The maturity dates under each tranche of the SSCF are as follows: (a) the Commercial Tranche matures on May 31, 2019; (b) loans made with respect to the Pacific Sharav under the GIEK Tranche mature on May 13, 2026; and (c) loans made with respect to the Pacific Meltem under the GIEK Tranche mature on November 24, 2026.

Between 2013 and the Petition Date, as required under the SSCF Credit Agreement, the Debtors made amortization payments totaling approximately $249.5 million. In 2017, the Debtors made a $76.0 million prepayment under the SSCF in accordance with their obligation to maintain the loan to rig value covenant at the required level. As of the Petition Date, the SSCF had an unpaid principal balance of $661,478,000 ($330,739,000 under the Commercial Tranche, $213,700,600 under the GIEK Non-CIRR Subtranche, and

 

 

20  

GIEK is a public-sector enterprise that issues export guarantees on behalf of the Norwegian government.

 

28


$117,038,400 under the GIEK CIRR Subtranche), plus other obligations related thereto, including any accrued and unpaid interest, costs, and fees. The GIEK Tranche is subject to a put option exercisable if the Commercial Tranche is not refinanced or renewed on or before February 28, 2019, which, if exercised, would require the SSCF Borrowers to prepay in full the portion of all outstanding loans that relate to the GIEK Tranche on or before May 31, 2019 without any premium, penalty, or fees of any kind.

3. Ship Group C Debt

PDV is the issuer under that certain Indenture , dated as of November 28, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time through the Petition Date, the “ 2017 Notes Indenture ,” and collectively with the RCF Credit Agreement, the 2020 Notes Indenture, the Term Loan B Credit Agreement, the SSCF Credit Agreement, and any other agreements or documents delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, the “ Prepetition Debt Documents ”) by and among PDV, PDSA as parent guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as indenture trustee and collateral agent (the “ 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee ”). In November 2012, pursuant to the 2017 Notes Indenture, PDV issued $500.0 million in principal amount of 7.25% senior secured notes due December 1, 2017 (together with the other obligations under the 2017 Notes, the “ Ship Group C Debt ”). Interest on the Ship Group C Debt is payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1. The Ship Group C Debt is secured by (i) substantially all of PDV’s assets, including the Pacific Khamsin (“ Ship Group C ”), (ii) the equity of PDV, (iii) an assignment of earnings and insurance proceeds with respect to the Pacific Khamsin , and (iv) other “Collateral” as defined in the 2017 Notes Indenture. The 2017 Notes were listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange until their delisting on May 26, 2017.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, PDSA and PDV repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $60.6 million in 2017 Notes for a purchase price of $23.6 million plus accrued interest. Prior to the Petition Date, $2.0 million in principal amount of the 2017 Notes was cancelled. As of the Petition Date, $21.7 million and $36.9 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2017 Notes was held by PDSA and PDV, respectively. As of the Petition Date, the outstanding indebtedness under the 2017 Notes held by third parties was approximately $439.4 million, plus other obligations related thereto, including accrued and unpaid interest, costs, and fees.

4. Equity Interests

PDSA was listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) in connection with its initial public offering in 2011. Trading in PDSA’s common shares was suspended by the NYSE on September 12, 2017, due to its failure to meet the NYSE’s market capitalization requirement. Beginning September 13, 2017, PDSA’s common shares commenced trading in the over-the-counter market on the “Pink Market” of the OTC Markets Group, Inc. (“ OTC Pink ”), where they currently trade under the ticker “PACDQ.” PDSA’s common shares were also listed on the Norwegian OTC from April 2011 to October 2016.

 

29


Since 2006, the Quantum Pacific Group has invested over $1.6 billion of equity capital in Pacific Drilling. As of the Petition Date, the Quantum Pacific Group owned approximately 70.3% of PDSA’s total outstanding common shares. The common shares owned by the Quantum Pacific Group are held by QPGL, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quantum Pacific International Limited. Quantum Pacific Group controls a portfolio of businesses worldwide, particularly in the energy and natural resources industries.

5. Cash Pool

To allow for consolidated cash management and to mitigate intercompany credit risk, certain Debtors and non-Debtor affiliates entered into that certain Cash Pooling Agreement , dated as of June 10, 2015 (the “ Cash Pooling Agreement ”), pursuant to which Debtor Pacific Drilling (Gibraltar) Limited (“ PDGL ” or the “ Pool Leader ”) acts as a central intercompany “bank” for all participants in the cash-pooling system (the ” Cash Pool ,” and such participants, the “ Cash Pool Participants ”). The Cash Pooling Agreement also grants the Pool Leader netting and set-off rights with respect to the other Cash Pool Participants. Collectively, the Pool Leader was owed approximately $233.1 million by other Cash Pool Participants as of the Petition Date.

On the Petition Date, the Debtors held approximately $256.6 million in unencumbered Cash, which they have used, together with revenue from operations, to fund their ongoing business operations, corporate needs, and restructuring-related expenses during the Chapter 11 Cases. Because the Pool Leader is not a guarantor of any of the Prepetition Debt, the Cash held by the Pool Leader is not subject to any liens. As of the Petition Date, most of the Debtors’ unencumbered Cash was held by the Pool Leader, and a majority of the Debtors’ remaining Cash on hand—approximately $50.0 million—was held by PDVII in a pledged account in accordance with the minimum liquidity requirement under the SSCF. PDSA also holds approximately $8.5 million in Cash in restricted accounts with Citibank, N.A. to support letters of credit and banking products.

6. Intercompany Loans

Separate from the Cash Pool, certain of the Debtors are party to intercompany loan agreements (collectively, the “ Intercompany Loan Agreements ,” and the obligations thereunder, the “ Intercompany Loans ”). The chart below shows which Debtors are lenders and borrowers under the Intercompany Loan Agreements, as well as the balances of each Intercompany Loan as of June 30, 2018.

 

30


Lender

  

Borrower

   Balance as of
June 30, 2018 21
 

PDL

   PDGL    $ 316,326,742  

PDL

   PBL    $ 550,268,473  

PDL

   PSL    $ 753,783,942  

PDL

   PDNL    $ 234,420,503  

PDOL

   PBL    $ 386,812,500  

PDOL

   PSL    $ 386,812,500  

PDSA

   PDOL    $ 1,264,513,590  

PDSA

   PML    $ 364,686,217  

PDSA

   PSAS    $ 364,686,217  

PDGL

   PIDWAL    $ 27,718,929  

PDGL

   Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited (“PDSGL”)    $ 347,587,279  

PDSGL

   PDVL    $ 347,587,279  

Pacific Drilling Finance S.á r.l. (“PDFS”)

   PSS    $ 529,441,546  

PDFS

   PSAS    $ 558,704,093  

PDFS

   PDGL    $ 140,437  

Pursuant to that certain Intercompany Subordination Agreement , dated as of June 3, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified, the “ ISA ”), borrowings between (a) PDSA, any entity in Guarantor Group A, or any person defined as an “Internal Charterer” pursuant to the Ship Group A Debt Documents and (b) any ”Restricted Subsidiary” (as defined in each applicable Ship Group A Debt Document) not included in clause (a) (such borrowings, the “ Subordinated Intercompany Loans ”) are subordinated in right of payment in full, in cash, of all Ship Group A Debt. The ISA further provides that no payment or distribution may be made on Subordinated Intercompany Loans, and any payment that is received must be delivered to the holders of the Ship Group A Debt.

 

21  

Rounded to nearest whole dollar.

 

31


F.

Events Leading to the Debtors’ Need to Restructure

1. Collapse in Oil Prices

The offshore contract drilling industry in which the Debtors operate is cyclical and significantly declined following the substantial drop in oil prices beginning in mid-2014. Demand for the Debtors’ drillships is a function of the worldwide levels of offshore exploration and development capital expenditures by oil and gas companies. Most of these potential customers decreased or delayed significantly their offshore exploration and production budgets as a result of the sustained weakness in oil prices, resulting in decreased drillship utilization and dayrates across the sector. Although dayrates and utilization for modern drillships have in the past been less sensitive to short-term oil price movements than those of older or less capable drilling rigs, the sustained depressed oil prices rendered many deepwater projects less attractive to the Debtors’ potential customers in the near term and significantly impacted the number of projects available for all drillships. Additionally, multiple drilling rigs have completed contracts without signing new ones, leading to an oversupply of drilling rigs.

2. Prepetition Cost-Saving Measures

In response to deteriorating market conditions, Pacific Drilling implemented various initiatives to reduce costs and increase efficiency prepetition. Pacific Drilling’s total headcount decreased more than 50% from 1,606 employees and contractors as of December 31, 2014 to 773 employees and contractors as of December 31, 2017. Pacific Drilling also commenced reviews of rig maintenance costs, human resources and training costs, procurement and supply chain practices, and information technology contracts, among other expenditures. As a result, since the fourth quarter of 2014, total operating expenses have decreased by more than 52%, from $123.8 million to $58.9 million in the third quarter of 2017. This has been achieved by both reducing daily rig operating costs for active rigs by more than 40% and generating significant savings for idle rigs by Smart Stacking them at less than $30,000 per day per rig. In addition, corporate overhead support has been reduced by more than 25% over the same timeframe.

3. Prepetition Negotiations with Stakeholders

For over a year prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors explored various restructuring alternatives with the Prepetition Secured Parties and other stakeholders, including QPGL. Effective January 18, 2016, the Debtors retained Evercore International LLP (“ Evercore ”) to explore, together with their management team and outside legal counsel (“ Debtors’ Outside Counsel ”), out-of-court restructuring alternatives. These alternatives included the possibility of a variety of amend and extend (“ A&E ”) and liability management transactions. Evercore and Debtors’ Outside Counsel also assisted the Debtors in the development of an A&E and liability management proposal, which together with a financial forecast scenario prepared by the Debtors, was presented to a group of RCF Lenders (the “ RCF Group ”) and SSCF Lenders (the “ SSCF Group ,” and together with the RCF Group, the “ Bank Groups ”) between May 13 and May 23, 2016. The Bank Groups ultimately rejected the Debtors’ A&E and liability management proposal. Consequently the Debtors, Evercore, and Debtors’ Outside Counsel explored alternative strategies and transactions.

 

32


On October 5, 2016, the Debtors successfully obtained consents to amend the debt incurrence covenant in the 2017 Notes Indenture in order to enable the Debtors to fully utilize the availability under the RCF. Subsequently, the Debtors presented an oil and offshore rig market outlook, two financial forecast scenarios for the Debtors’ business, and a revised A&E proposal to the Bank Groups on October 17, 2016 and to an ad hoc group of holders of 2017 Notes, holders of 2020 Notes, and Term Loan B Lenders (the “ Ad Hoc Group ,” 22  and together with the Bank Groups, the RCF Administrative Agent, the SSCF Administrative Agent, and the 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee, the ” Secured Creditor Groups ”) on November 15, 2016. In response to the A&E proposal, the Bank Groups presented their counterproposal to the Debtors on November 9, 2016, and the Ad Hoc Group presented its counterproposal to the Debtors on December 1, 2016. Subsequently, on January 2, 2017, the Debtors disclosed to the public market certain material nonpublic information provided to the Ad Hoc Group to render their members “unrestricted.”

In the first quarter of 2017, with the assistance of Evercore and Debtors’ Outside Counsel, the Debtors and the Bank Groups negotiated additional maintenance covenant headroom under the RCF Credit Agreement and the SSCF Credit Agreement through mid-December 2017. During this time, the Debtors also continued to explore potential out-of-court transaction alternatives. On February 14, 2017, the Debtors provided the Ad Hoc Group with a preliminary preview of the Debtors’ performance for the fourth quarter of 2016, and presented the Ad Hoc Group with two alternative transaction proposals—a modified A&E proposal and an equitization proposal. To assist with the negotiation of the terms of the debt-for-equity exchange in a manner fair to stockholders, Pacific Drilling agreed to reimburse professional fees and expenses of its largest shareholder, QPGL. The Debtors hoped that a consensus would form between the Ad Hoc Group and QPGL, and that this consensus could form the basis for the path towards a fully consensual restructuring.

Thereafter, the Ad Hoc Group rejected the Debtors’ A&E proposal and presented a counter-equitization proposal to the Debtors on March 3, 2017. Subsequently, on March 16, 2017, the Debtors again disclosed to the public market certain material nonpublic information provided to the Ad Hoc Group. Details regarding these proposals were filed with the SEC on March 16, 2017 in PDSA’s Form 6-K.

 

22  

As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the most recent composition of the Ad Hoc Group was set forth in the Fifth Amended Verified Statement of the Ad Hoc Group of Debtholders Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 dated September 17, 2018 [Docket No. 596].

 

33


In July 2017, prior to the impending December 1, 2017 maturity of the 2017 Notes, the Debtors announced the launch by PDV of a private consent solicitation to extend the maturity date of the 2017 Notes to June 1, 2018. The Debtors did not receive sufficient consents to approve the maturity extension, and the solicitation expired on August 2, 2017.

On September 6, 2017, the Debtors presented two revised financial forecast scenarios and a revised equitization proposal to the Ad Hoc Group. The Ad Hoc Group submitted a counter-equitization proposal to the Debtors on September 26, 2017, and the Debtors presented a further revised equitization proposal to the Ad Hoc Group on October 13, 2017. Subsequently, on October 16, 2017, the Debtors again disclosed to the public market certain material non-public information provided to the Ad Hoc Group.

Facing the maturity on the 2017 Notes and the inability to reach consensus among its primary stakeholders, the Debtors filed these Chapter 11 Cases on November 12, 2017.

III. THE CHAPTER 11 CASES

 

A.

First Day Motions

To ease their transition into chapter 11 and to expedite their emergence from chapter 11, on the Petition Date, the Debtors filed various customary “first day” motions. In particular, the Debtors filed motions requesting permission for administrative relief, including motions directing joint administration [Docket No. 3], authorizing the filing of a consolidated creditor list, establishing certain notice procedures, and authorizing an extension of time to file schedules and statements [Docket No. 4]. The Bankruptcy Court entered final orders approving these motions on November 13 and 15, 2017 [Docket Nos. 24 and 33].

Additionally, the Debtors filed motions to continue operating their business, including motions to: (1) honor prepetition employee obligations and continue employee programs (the “ Employee Motion ”), (2) pay prepetition taxes (the “ Tax Motion ”), (3) pay certain foreign vendor obligations (the “ Foreign Vendor Motion ”), (4) continue their insurance programs (the ” Insurance Motion ”), (5) pay certain obligations of safety and critical vendors (the “ Critical Vendor Motion ”), and (6) continue their existing cash management system, including the Cash Pool (the “ Cash Management Motion ”). A description of the first day motions is set forth in the Declaration of Paul T. Reese Pursuant to Rule 1007-2 of the Local Bankruptcy Rules for the Southern District of New York in Support of Chapter 11 Petitions and First Day Motions and Applications [Docket No. 28].

On November 15, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders granting the Employee Motion, the Tax Motion, the Foreign Vendor Motion, and the Critical Vendor Motion on an interim basis [Docket Nos. 34, 35, 38, and 39, respectively], and on December 15, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders granting such motions on a final basis [Docket Nos. 86, 94, 88, and 89, respectively]. On December 15, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the Insurance Motion on a final basis

 

34


[Docket No. 90]. On November 16, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the Cash Management Motion on an interim basis [Docket No. 44], and then entered five subsequent interim orders authorizing the Debtors to continue using their existing cash management system through May 17, 2018 [Docket Nos. 85, 153, 228, 285, and 327]. On May 23, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order [Docket No. 369] granting the Cash Management Motion on a final basis except with respect to a waiver of section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Debtors’ foreign bank accounts. On June 19, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order [Docket No. 392] waiving the requirements of section 345(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the such foreign bank accounts on a final basis (together with Docket No. 369, the “ Cash Management Order ,” and together with the orders approving the Employee Motion, the Tax Motion, the Foreign Vendor Motion, the Insurance Motion, and the Critical Vendor Motion, the “ First Day Orders ”).

 

B.

Pacific Zonda Arbitration and Automatic Stay Motion

On the Petition Date, the Debtors also filed a motion [Docket No. 6] (the “ Automatic Stay Motion ”) for (1) entry of an order enforcing and restating the automatic stay, ipso facto, and non-discrimination provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and (2) modification of the automatic stay in order to proceed with an arbitration proceeding against SHI. The arbitration proceeding (the “ Zonda Arbitration ”) was commenced by SHI against Zonda Plan Debtor PDVIII in London on November 18, 2015 in response to PDVIII’s rescission of that certain Contract for Construction and Sale of a Drillship (Hull No.  2075) (the “ Zonda Construction Contract ”) with SHI due to SHI’s failure to timely deliver a new drillship in accordance with contractual specifications. On November 15, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court entered orders granting the Automatic Stay Motion [Docket Nos. 41 and 42]. SHI denies that it failed to timely deliver the Pacific Zonda and has contended in the Zonda Arbitration that PDVIII and PDSI, as guarantor, are obligated in damages for PDVIII’s wrongful rescission, which SHI contends now total approximately $482 million in the aggregate and which amount may increase based on interest continuing to accrue on amounts owing. Additional details regarding the Zonda Arbitration are set forth in Section III.F.3 below.

 

C.

Use of Cash Collateral

On November 13, 2017, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 15] (the “ Cash Collateral Motion ”) seeking, among other things, authority to (1) use cash collateral acquired postpetition, solely to the extent constituting collateral securing the Prepetition Debt (the “ Cash Collateral ”) and (2) grant adequate protection to the Prepetition Secured Parties. Following discussions with the Secured Creditor Groups, the Debtors withdrew their request to use the Cash Collateral because the Debtors held sufficient unencumbered Cash to fund their operations and restructuring-related expenses. See Docket No. 69. The Bankruptcy Court granted the other relief requested in the Cash Collateral Motion on December 15, 2017 pursuant to the Adequate Protection Order. Pursuant to the Adequate Protection Order, the Debtors agreed, among other things, to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Secured Creditor Groups’ professionals in order to facilitate productive negotiations on a consensual plan of reorganization supported by all stakeholders. See Docket No. 83 ¶ 3.b.

 

35


As additional adequate protection for the Prepetition Secured Parties’ collateral, including the Debtors’ use of Cash Collateral, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, no Ship Group is permitted to hold a net positive position in excess of $25.0 million against the Pool Leader. See Cash Management Order ¶ 22(e). Debtors Pacific Drilling Operations Inc. (“ PDOI ”) and PSS, which hold the Cash generated by the Pacific Sharav (which is Cash Collateral under the SSCF), have accumulated approximately $105,546,740 in postpetition Cash as of July 20, 2018 (the ” Ship Group B Restricted Cash ”), net of interest payments and the $25.0 million maximum that may be transferred to the Pool Leader under the Cash Management Order. Due to the restriction regarding the net positive position in the Cash Management Order and the fact that the Debtors have not received authority to use Cash Collateral, the Debtors are unable to access the Ship Group B Restricted Cash for their general use.

 

D.

Retention of Restructuring and Other Professionals

To assist the Debtors in carrying out their duties as debtors in possession and to represent their interests in the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors obtained Bankruptcy Court approval to retain (1) Togut, Segal & Segal LLP as their primary legal counsel (the ” Togut Firm ”) 23 [Docket Nos. 95 and 298] and (2) Prime Clerk as Claims and Noticing Agent and as Administrative Agent for the Debtors [Docket Nos. 40 and 92, respectively].

On November 27, 2017, the Debtors filed applications to retain and employ (i) AlixPartners LLP (“ Alix ”) as restructuring advisor to the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to the Petition Date [Docket No. 52]; (ii) Evercore and Evercore Group L.L.C. as investment bankers to the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to the Petition Date, [Docket No. 54]; and (iii) KPMG LLP (“ KPMG ”) as auditor to the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to the Petition Date [Docket No. 55]. Subsequently, on December 26, 2017, the Debtors filed an application to retain and employ Ince & Co LLP (“ Ince ”) as special arbitration counsel to the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to the Petition Date [Docket No. 99]. On February 2, 2018, the Debtors filed an application to retain and employ Alvarez & Marsal Taxand, LLC (“ A&M ”) as executive compensation and benefits consultant to the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to February 1, 2018 [Docket No. 193]. On March 1, 2018, the Debtors filed an application to retain and employ Jones Walker LLP (“ Jones Walker ”) as special counsel to the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to the Petition Date [Docket No. 240]. On March 23, 2018, the Debtors filed an application to retain and employ KPMG Luxembourg, Société Cooperative (“ KPMG Luxembourg ”) as auditor to certain of the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to the Petition Date [Docket No. 290]. On August 20, 2018, the Debtors filed an application to retain and employ KPMG Professional Services (“ KPMG Services ”) as auditor to certain of the Debtors, nunc pro tunc to May 31, 2018 [Docket No. 500].

 

23  

The Debtors originally retained Sullivan & Cromwell LLP (“ Sullivan ”) as their primary legal counsel and the Togut Firm as conflicts counsel. Following Sullivan’s withdrawal as counsel, the Togut Firm was retained as primary legal counsel to the Debtors effective January 24, 2018. See Docket Nos. 181 and 298.

 

36


The Bankruptcy Court entered orders approving the retention of Alix on December 15, 2017 [Docket No. 84], KPMG on January 22, 2018 [Docket No. 158], Evercore and Evercore Group L.L.C. on January 26, 2018 [Docket No. 177], A&M on February 26, 2018 [Docket No. 232], Jones Walker on March 27, 2018 [Docket No. 293], KPMG Luxembourg on April 10, 2018 [Docket No. 308], and KPMG Services on September 7, 2018 [Docket No. 573]. In addition, the Bankruptcy Court granted the Debtors the authority to utilize the services of various additional professionals as “ordinary course professionals” [Docket No. 82].

The Togut Firm also retained three experts on behalf of the Debtors to provide the necessary data inputs that assisted the Debtors’ primary professionals with the completion of the Debtors’ business plan and development of a plan proposal. Analysis Group, Inc. (“ AGI ”) was retained to inform an oil commodity price forecast for reorganization and plan purposes. Rystad Energy, AS (“ Rystad ”) was retained to, among other things, utilize its proprietary database of global upstream projects and associated demand for deepwater drilling services to inform a long-term utilization rate and dayrate forecast for reorganization plan purposes. Fearnley Securities AS (“ Fearnley ”) was retained to, among other things, complement the utilization rate and dayrate forecasts prepared by Rystad with its own market-based intelligence on utilization and dayrates and to estimate drillship asset values.

 

E.

Other Postpetition Operational Matters

1. Customer Programs

On December 29, 2017, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 107] (the “ Customer Programs Motion ”) seeking authority to honor obligations under their existing and future customer contracts (the “ Customer Obligations ”). The Customer Obligations include, among other things, requirements to provide bank guarantees, indemnification, bid bonds, letters of credit, or other forms of security to the Debtors’ customers. The Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the Customer Programs Motion on January 19, 2018 [Docket No. 154].

2. Employee Incentive Programs

On December 28, 2017, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 103] to continue their employee long-term incentive program (the “ LTIP ”), performance bonus program, and non-insider retention awards (together, the “ Compensation Programs ”). In response to the U.S. Trustee’s request for additional information regarding the Compensation Programs, the Debtors provided documents, information, and access to the Debtors’ senior management, key employees, and the Debtors’ professionals. The Debtors’ cooperation allowed the Debtors to reach a consensual resolution with the U.S. Trustee with regard to a majority of the Compensation Programs and ultimately pay ordinary-course incentive-based bonuses to an overwhelming majority of the Debtors’ rank-and-file employees. See Docket Nos. 230, 257.

 

37


On April 30, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 341] to continue their long-term employee incentive program, as modified postpetition for certain non-insider employees (the “ 2018 LTIP Motion ”). The Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the 2018 LTIP Motion on May 17, 2018 [Docket No. 362].

On April 30, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 340] to approve their 2018 key employee incentive plan (the “ KEIP Motion ”). In response to requests by the U.S. Trustee and the Secured Creditor Groups, the Debtors adjourned the hearing on the KEIP Motion to allow the U.S. Trustee and the Secured Creditor Groups time to review additional documents and information provided by the Debtors regarding the incentive plan. Based on discussions between the Debtors (and their advisors) and other parties in interest, the terms of the program contemplated by the KEIP Motion were modified as set forth in the Notice of Filing of Further Amended Term Sheet in Relation to the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order Approving the Implementation of the 2018 Key Employee Incentive Plan [Docket No. 429].

The Debtors sought approval of the relief requested in the uncontested KEIP Motion at a hearing held on August 30, 2018. The Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the KEIP Motion as modified by the further amended KEIP term sheet [Docket No. 529] on August 30, 2018 [Docket No. 548].

3. Nonresidential Real Property Lease

Section 365(d)(4)(b)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code permits the Debtors the right to extend the initial 120-day period (the “ Initial Period ”) to assume or reject their unexpired lease of nonresidential real property (the “ Houston Lease ”) by an additional 90 days from March 12, 2018, up to and including June 11, 2018 (the “ Extension ”) without prejudice to the Debtors’ rights to obtain further extensions of such periods in accordance with section 365(d)(4)(B)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code. On June 2, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court granted the Extension [Docket No. 280].

On May 4, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 349] to assume the Houston Lease as amended (the “ Lease Assumption Motion ”). The Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the Lease Assumption Motion on May 29, 2018 [Docket No. 379]. Under the amendment to the Houston Lease, the Debtors reduced the square footage from 77,296 to 53,288, and reduced the rent by over $1.0 million per year, for a total savings of $6.9 million. See Docket No. 349.

 

38


F.

Claims Process and Bar Date

1. Schedules and Statements ; Rule 2015.3 Reports

On December 27, 2017, the Debtors timely filed their schedules of assets and liabilities, statements of financial affairs, and schedules of executory contracts and unexpired leases (the “ Schedules ”). On February 28, 2018, the Debtors timely filed their reports of financial information on entities in which a chapter 11 estate holds a controlling or substantial interest pursuant to Rule 2015.3 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure (the “ Bankruptcy Rules ”).

2. Bar Date

On March 12, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order establishing the following deadlines for filing Proofs of Claim against the Debtors and prescribing the form and manner thereof: (a) May 1, 2018 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) (the ” General Bar Date ”) for all creditors unless they fall within one of the exceptions; (b) the later of (i) the General Bar Date and (ii) 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) on the date that is 30 days after entry of a court order pursuant to which executory contracts or unexpired leases are rejected for Claims arising from such rejected agreements; (c) the later of (i) the General Bar Date and (ii) 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) on the date that is 30 days after the date that notice of any applicable amendment or supplement to the Schedules is served on a claimant for those Claims affected by any such amendment or supplement to the Schedules; and (d) May 11, 2018 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) for Governmental Units [Docket No. 253] (collectively, the ” Bar Date ”).

3. Overview of Claims and Potential Objections

As of the General Bar Date, approximately 176 Proofs of Claim were filed against the Debtors. After adjustment for duplicative Claims, amounts paid subject to the authority granted under the First Day Orders, and other adjustments, the Debtors estimate the Secured Claims of the Prepetition Secured Parties to be approximately $3.0 billion.

The Debtors are reviewing potential objections to any of the filed Claims as already having been satisfied or duplicative, as well as to the extent to which the Claims may otherwise be subject to reduction or disallowance on the basis of the Debtors’ defenses, offsets, and counterclaims.

The remaining Claims against the Debtors are estimated at approximately $4.0 million. These Claims include personal injury Claims, a preference Claim, trade and other Claims, and unliquidated Claims. No prepetition amounts are believed to be owed to taxing authorities. The General Unsecured Claims are described below.

 

39


SHI asserted secured Claims (Proofs of Claim numbers 164, 168, 169, 170, and 176) (collectively, the “ Pacific Zonda Claims ”), secured by Drillship Hull No. 2075, against both PDVIII and PDSI for approximately $387.0 million. The chapter 11 debtors against which SHI has asserted claims, the Zonda Plan Debtors, are not Debtors under the Plan, and thus are not part of Class 7 (General Unsecured Claims) or any other Class under the Plan. The Zonda Plan Debtors intend to file a separate chapter 11 plan (the “ Zonda Plan ”). If the Zonda Plan Debtors are successful in the Zonda Arbitration, there could be a delay between receipt of cash proceeds from a settlement or award and the commencement of the Debtors’ mandatory offer to repurchase the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. In the event the outcome of the Zonda Arbitration is adverse to the Zonda Plan Debtors, the Zonda Plan Debtors have no material assets other than certain equipment currently on the Pacific Zonda . If the Zonda Plan Debtors are unsuccessful in the Zonda Arbitration, the Zonda Plan Debtors may determine to liquidate, in which case the Zonda Plan Debtors will not become Guarantors of the New Notes and their assets will not be pledged as security for the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. The proposed treatment of claims against the Zonda Plan Debtors in the event of an unsuccessful Zonda Arbitration will be set forth in the Zonda Plan.

In a letter from counsel to SHI to counsel for the Debtors dated September 24, 2018 (the “ SHI Letter ”), SHI contends that (a) the Pacific Zonda Claims have increased during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases to approximately $482 million in the aggregate (plus interest that has and will continue to accrue); (b) that the Debtors acted as a single, integrated enterprise with the Zonda Plan Debtors; and (c) that the Debtors are responsible for the payment of the Pacific Zonda Claims. The Debtors reserve their rights with respect to the amount of the Pacific Zonda Claims; deny that the Debtors acted as a single, integrated enterprise with the Zonda Plan Debtors; and deny that the Debtors in the Plan are responsible for the payment of the Pacific Zonda Claims.

In the SHI Letter, SHI further contends that the Zonda Plan Debtors are obligated to investigate potential claims against, among others, the Debtors, any transferees of assets from the Debtors, and the Debtors’ officers and directors and to pursue such claims in order to maximize the value of the Zonda Plan Debtors’ estates for the benefit of creditors. In order to investigate and pursue any such viable claims, SHI has demanded that the Zonda Plan Debtors evaluate the need to object to the Plan and take all appropriate steps to ensure that the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases do not prejudice the Zonda Plan Debtors or any rights of their creditors, including SHI. In response to the SHI Letter, the Debtors amended the Plan to clarify that the Zonda Plan Debtors are not “Released Parties” or “Releasing Parties,” as described in Section IV.L.3 hereof, and that the rights of the Zonda Plan Debtors and all of their respective creditors are reserved. The Debtors reserve all rights with respect to any claims or causes of action they may have against the Zonda Plan Debtors.

 

40


SHI also contends that the Debtors have created a conflict with the Zonda Plan Debtors that justifies either the conversion of the Zonda Plan Debtors’ chapter 11 cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code; appointment of a chapter 11 trustee for the Zonda Plan Debtors’ estates; or another remedy the Bankruptcy Court may deem appropriate. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, the Zonda Plan Debtors have not proposed a plan of reorganization for their estates; have not proposed to convert their chapter 11 cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code; and have not sought or consented to the appointment of a chapter 11 trustee for their estates.

As discussed above, on November 15, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court granted the Zonda Plan Debtors a modification of the automatic stay to allow them to proceed with the Zonda Arbitration. From February 5, 2018 through March 2, 2018, an evidentiary hearing was held in London before the Tribunal. Written closing submissions were filed with the Tribunal in late April 2018, and replies to such submissions were filed in mid-May 2018. The Tribunal heard oral closing submissions in early August 2018. The Zonda Plan Debtors expect the Tribunal to render its award several months thereafter, likely after the date of the Effective Date of the Plan.

(a) Personal Injury Claims

Three personal injury claimants have filed Claims against the Debtors for a total of approximately $2.0 million as described below. The Debtors assert that the personal injury Claims are covered by the Debtors’ insurance policies. Accordingly, the Debtors have not included any exposure or Debtor liability as part of their estimation of the pool of General Unsecured Claims.

Michael Slezak asserts $700,000 in Claims against PDOI, 24 Pacific Drilling, Inc. (“ PDI ”), PSAS, and PDSI for an incident that allegedly occurred aboard the Pacific Santa Ana on or about May 8, 2014. Mr. Slezak reached Maximum Medical Improvement (“ MMI ”) on March 12, 2015 and was released to return to work. All known maintenance and cure obligations had been met by Pacific Drilling regarding the incident at the time Mr. Slezak filed the lawsuit underlying these Claims. Mr. Slezak was terminated by Pacific Drilling on July 9, 2017 for unrelated cause. For the period covering the Claims, the Pacific Santa Ana  was covered for crew personal injury claims under the Gard P&I Club Certificate of Entry 308.118. The limit on this policy is $500.0 million with a $250,000 per-incident deductible for U.S. claims. Maintenance, cure, and defense payments to date total $131,000, leaving $119,000 remaining under the deductible. The Reorganized Debtors will satisfy any amounts remaining under the deductible, as they become due, from either (i) existing Cash held by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Professional Fee Escrow, (ii) proceeds from the New First Lien Notes, (iii) proceeds from the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, (iv) proceeds from the Equity Issuance, or (v) the operations of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

24  

The Debtors believe Mr. Slezak’s Claim against PDOI is asserted against an improper party.

 

41


Raymond Sly asserts $250,000 in Claims against PDI, PDOI, and PDSI 25 for alleged multiple injuries suffered on two different dates. The first alleged incident occurred on May 12, 2014, 26 and the second occurred on October 8, 2015. Both incidents are alleged to have occurred on the  Pacific Sharav . Mr. Sly reached MMI for both incidents and was released to return to work. All known maintenance and cure obligations had been met by Pacific Drilling regarding the incident at the time Mr. Sly filed the lawsuit underlying these Claims. Mr. Sly was terminated by Pacific Drilling on June 22, 2016 for unrelated cause. The insurer under the applicable insurance policies is the Gard P&I Club (Claim Ref. 02410/14/STIANE). The insurance limit under both policies is $500.0 million. Pacific Drilling has a deductible of $100,000 regarding the first incident and a deductible of $250,000 regarding the second incident. Currently, there are $120,000 in outstanding claims under the first incident policy and $49,000 in outstanding claims under the second incident policy. The deductible under the first incident policy has been met, leaving $201,000 remaining under the second incident deductible. The Reorganized Debtors will satisfy any amounts remaining under the deductible, as they become due, from either (A) existing Cash held by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Professional Fee Escrow, (B) proceeds from the New First Lien Notes, (C) proceeds from the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, (D) proceeds from the Equity Issuance, or (E) the operations of the Reorganized Debtors.

Morgan Fielding asserts $350,000 in Claims against PDI, PBL, and PDSI. The alleged incident underlying these Claims occurred aboard the  Pacific Bora  while it was in Nigeria on or about May 10, 2017. These Claims are covered under the Skuld P&I Club Policy number 20764376. Pacific Drilling has a deductible of $10,000 under the applicable policy. The insurance limit under the policy is $500.0 million. Maintenance, cure, and legal payments to date total $9,146, leaving $854 remaining under the deductible, none of which has been paid by Pacific Drilling to date. The Reorganized Debtors will satisfy any amounts remaining under the deductible, as they become due, from either (v) existing Cash held by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Professional Fee Escrow, (w) proceeds from the New First Lien Notes, (x) proceeds from the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, (y) proceeds from the Equity Issuance, or (y) the operations of the Reorganized Debtors. U.S. and Australian counsel advise that this incident is not under U.S. or Australian jurisdiction. Mr. Fielding has not filed a lawsuit with respect to these Claims.

(b) Preference Claim

In April 2017, PSL and SCS Corporation (“ SCS ”), a subsidiary of Hyperdynamics Corporation (“ Hyperdynamics ”) entered into an amendment to a drilling contract for the Pacific Scirocco in the Republic of Guinea (the “ SCS Drilling Contract ”).

 

25  

The Debtors believe that of these parties, only PDOI, which was the bareboat charterer of the  Pacific Sharav , is a proper party to respond to any of Mr. Sly’s claims.

26  

The statute of limitations has expired as to Mr. Sly’s claim arising out of the May 12, 2014 incident.

 

42


On December 22, 2017, SCS and Hyperdynamics filed for relief under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. The chapter 7 trustee has asserted a preference claim against PSL for a $750,000 payment made under the SCS Drilling Contract (the “ Preference Claim ”). The Preference Claim is classified as a General Unsecured Claim under Class 7A.

(c) Trade and Other Claims

Approximately $700,000 of Claims were asserted as trade and other Claims, all of which are expected to be classified as General Unsecured Claims under the Plan in Classes 7A–7E.

(d) Unliquidated Claims

In addition to the Claims described above, General Unsecured Claims could include indemnification Claims, contract rejection Claims, and other unliquidated Claims.

 

G.

Rule 2004 Discovery

On December 29, 2017, the Ad Hoc Group, the RCF Administrative Agent, and the SSCF Administrative Agent filed a joint motion [Docket No. 106] (the “ Discovery Motion ”) pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2004 seeking discovery of the Debtors for 75 categories of documents over a seven-year period. The Discovery Motion was joined by the RCF Group and the Tor Asia Credit Master Fund LP, a holder of 2020 Notes. At a hearing on January 18, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court denied the Discovery Motion as overbroad, but suggested that the Debtors make members of the Board available to answer the Secured Creditor Groups’ questions regarding corporate governance and the independence of the Debtors’ Board.

Despite the Bankruptcy Court’s denial of the Discovery Motion, to facilitate informed, meaningful plan negotiations, the Debtors voluntarily produced over 12,000 pages of documents between January 19, 2018 and March 8, 2018 (the ” Document Production ”). The Document Production spanned 25 categories and included, among other things: (1) board materials from two years prior to the Petition Date; (2) budgets, summaries of cost saving measures, appraisals, customer and intercompany contracts, and Modified Smart Stacking summaries and analysis; (3) materials exchanged with QPGL, including investor relations reports and treasury summaries; (4) proposals exchanged with the Secured Creditor Groups; (5)  Zonda Arbitration materials; and (6) schedules of intercompany transfers from 2015–2017, share repurchases, and debt repurchases. The Document Production provided the Secured Creditor Groups with a high degree of visibility into the Debtors’ business, the Secured Creditor Groups’ collateral, and the deliberations of the Board leading to the chapter 11 filing.

 

H.

Plan Exclusivity, Postpetition Plan Negotiations, and Mediation

Upon commencement of these Chapter 11 Cases, section 1121(d) of the Bankruptcy Code provided the Debtors with the exclusive right to file a chapter 11 of reorganization and solicit votes thereon through and including March 12, 2018 and May 11, 2018, respectively.

 

43


On January 30 and 31, 2018, the SSCF Administrative Agent, the Ad Hoc Group, and the RCF Administrative Agent filed separate motions to direct the Debtors, QPGL, and the Secured Creditor Groups to participate in a mediation process regarding the terms of a chapter 11 plan (collectively, the “ Mediation Motions ”). Although the Debtors wanted to reach a consensual resolution of these Chapter 11 Cases, they objected to the Mediation Motions because, at the time they were made, there was no contested matter requiring mediation.

At the hearing on the Mediation Motions on March 22, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court declined to grant the Mediation Motions and agreed with the Debtors that the Mediation Motions were premature. Nevertheless, the Debtors were concerned about the potential for costly and time-consuming litigation relating to the ultimate resolution of these Chapter 11 Cases. Accordingly, following the hearing, the Debtors determined that if they could reach an agreement with the Ad Hoc Group, the SSCF Administrative Agent, and the RCF Administrative Agent regarding a potential mediation, they would consent to a mediation if (1) their Exclusive Periods were extended during the duration of the mediation and (2) the Honorable James M. Peck (ret.) was selected as mediator. An added benefit of this proposal was that QPGL was supportive of having Judge Peck conduct the mediation, and thus, would consent to participate, something the Bankruptcy Court could not order pursuant to the Mediation Motions.

The Debtors’ mediation proposal was initially rejected by the Secured Creditor Parties. To give the Debtors sufficient time to, among other things, reach accord with the Secured Creditor Groups and QPGL regarding the terms of a consensual chapter 11 plan, on March 6, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 247] (the “ Exclusivity Motion ”) seeking to extend the time in which to file a chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “ Exclusive Filing Period ”) and solicit acceptances thereof (the “ Exclusive Solicitation Period ” and, together with the Exclusive Filing Period, the “ Exclusive Periods ”) through July 10, 2018 and September 10, 2018, respectively. Although the Debtors believed cause existed for an appropriate extension of the Exclusive Periods, they proposed to engage in a fair mediation process with the Secured Creditor Groups to facilitate a consensual resolution of these Chapter 11 Cases. Nonetheless, the Secured Creditor Groups opposed the Debtors’ extension of the Exclusive Periods.

On March 22, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court granted the Exclusivity Motion upon the condition that the Debtors, QPGL, the Ad Hoc Group, the SSCF Administrative Agent, and the RCF Administrative Agent (collectively, the “ Mediation Parties ”) participate in mediation (the “ Mediation ”) under the supervision of Judge Peck (the “ Mediator ”) pursuant to terms to be established by the Mediation Parties and the Mediator. The order [Docket No. 297] granted an extension of the Exclusive Filing Period through the earlier of (a) two weeks after termination of the Mediation or (b) May 21, 2018, and an extension of the Exclusive Solicitation Period through and including 60 days from the end of the Exclusive Filing Period.

 

44


On April 20, 2018, certain of the Secured Creditor Groups signed nondisclosure agreements with the Debtors in order to facilitate meaningful plan negotiations during the Mediation.

On May 1–2 and 9–10, 2018, the Mediation Parties participated in initial Mediation sessions.

On May 16, 2018, the Mediation Parties consensually extended the Exclusive Filing Period through June 4, 2018 and the Exclusive Solicitation Period through August 3, 2018 in order to continue Mediation. See Docket No. 360.

On May 25, 2018, following subsequent Mediation sessions on May 22–23, 2018, the Mediation Parties again consensually extended the Exclusive Filing Period through June 15, 2018 and the Exclusive Solicitation Period through August 14, 2018. See Docket No. 375.

Additional Mediation sessions took place on June 5 and 8, 2018. On June 14, 2018, the Mediation Parties consensually extended the Exclusive Filing Period through June 22, 2018 and the Exclusive Solicitation Period through August 21, 2018. See Docket No. 387. 27

Additional Mediation sessions took place on June 20 and 21, 2018. Following these Mediation sessions, the Mediation Parties consensually extended the Exclusive Filing Period through July 13, 2018 and the Exclusive Solicitation Period through September 11, 2018. See Docket No. 401.

An additional Mediation session took place on July 10, 2018. After plan proposals were made to the Independent Directors by the Ad Hoc Group and a group headed by QPGL (the “ QP Group ”) on the afternoon of July 12, 2018, the Independent Directors found themselves without sufficient time to fully evaluate the plan proposals. Rather than file either proposed plan, the Debtors elected to file a motion seeking further extension of the Exclusive Filing Period through July 31, 2018 and the Exclusive Solicitation Period through October 1, 2018 (the “ July Exclusivity Extension Motion ”). See Docket No. 445. 28

Over the course of the Mediation, in addition to providing the Mediation Parties with the Debtors’ business plan, the Debtors supplied all of the Mediation Parties with a significant amount of information in response to diligence requests related to the business

 

27  

The Debtors cleansed material nonpublic information provided to the Mediation Parties on June 18, 2018 in a Form 6-K filed with the SEC.

28  

The Debtors cleansed material nonpublic information provided to the Mediation Parties on July 17, 2018.

 

45


plan and plan negotiations. The Debtors also negotiated and entered into nondisclosure agreements with several potential financing providers, and provided those financing providers with extensive diligence materials. During an approximately three-month period, the Debtors and the Mediation Parties held all-hands sessions on eleven (11) separate days. Though the substantive details of the robust negotiations and extensive discussions with the various parties engaged over the course of the Mediation are privileged and subject to nondisclosure requirements, the Mediation resulted in progressively more favorable plan proposals being put forth by both the QP Group, on the one hand, and the Ad Hoc Group, on the other. The competitive tension created by the participation of these groups resulted in improved recoveries for all creditors and a significantly improved post-reorganization balance sheet and capital structure for the Reorganized Debtors.

On July 31, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion seeking a further extension of (a) the Exclusive Filing Period through and including October 29, 2018 and (b) the Exclusive Solicitation Period through and including December 28, 2018 so that they may continue to work in good faith with the Ad Hoc Group and its advisors in prosecuting and seeking to consummate the Plan and each of the Restructuring Transactions contemplated in connection therewith. See Docket No. 449.

 

I.

Debtors File the Ad Hoc Group Plan and Disclosure Statement

In connection with their filing of the July Exclusivity Extension Motion, the Debtors proposed a schedule pursuant to which the Debtors would ultimately select a plan sponsored by either the Ad Hoc Group or the QP Group. Pursuant to that schedule, the Ad Hoc Group and the QP Group were invited to submit final proposals for a plan of reorganization to the Independent Directors by July 20, 2018, and make live presentations to the Independent Directors and the Debtors’ advisors on July 23, 2018.

Following those presentations, the Independent Directors met from July 25–26, 2018, as they sought to determine which of the competing plan proposals to support. Ultimately, based on their determination that it provided a comprehensive restructuring of the Debtors’ balance sheet and a clear path toward a quick exit from chapter 11, the Independent Directors authorized the filing of the plan proposed by the Ad Hoc Group.

On July 31, 2018, the Debtors filed the plan proposed by the Ad Hoc Group (the “ Ad Hoc Group Plan ”) [Docket No. 450] and the disclosure statement in support of the Ad Hoc Group Plan [Docket No. 451].

 

J.

The QP Group Substantial Contribution Application

After the end of the initial mediation period expired, QPGL filed an application pursuant to sections 503(b)(3)(D) and 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code seeking payment of the reasonable professional fees and actual, necessary expenses incurred by the QP Group [Docket No. 458] (the “ QP Group Substantial Contribution Application ”). A hearing on the QP Group Substantial Contribution Application was originally scheduled for September 18, 2018, but has since been adjourned sine die . QPGL intends to re-notice the QP Group Substantial Contribution Application for a hearing on October 31, 2018 at 10:00 a.m. (prevailing Eastern Time).

 

46


As set forth in greater detail in the QP Group Substantial Contribution Application, QPGL sought reimbursement of its and the other members of the QP Group’s fees and expenses because of their substantial contribution in these Chapter 11 Cases. QPGL argued that the Debtors and all parties in interest are in a substantially better position as a direct result of the QP Group’s involvement in these Chapter 11 Cases, and the direct pecuniary benefits to the estates vastly exceed the amount of fees and expenses for which QPGL sought pursuant to the QP Group Substantial Contribution Application.

Under the Global Settlement and subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, the Debtors have agreed to pay the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of QPGL and the other members of the QP Group for the period of the Chapter 11 Cases, subject to a total cap of $13.0 million in the aggregate. The Debtors recognize the substantial benefits provided by QPGL and believe that agreeing to pay the fees and expenses as part of the Global Settlement is reasonable, avoids litigation, and is appropriate. In connection with the Global Settlement, the Ad Hoc Group has agreed not to object to, delay, impede, or take any other action to interfere with the relief sought in the QP Group Substantial Contribution Application; provided that the relief requested therein is consistent with the terms of the Global Settlement.

 

K.

Global Settlement Reached

After a hearing on August 9, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court ordered the Ad Hoc Group, the QP Group, and the Debtors to returned to Mediation pursuant to the Order (I)  Establishing Terms for Further Plan Mediation and (II)  Establishing Certain Hearing Dates [Docket No. 482] entered on August 10, 2018. Additional mediation sessions were scheduled for August 14–16, 2018, during which the parties continued to negotiate the terms of a consensual chapter 11 plan.

After robust negotiations, the Debtors, the Ad Hoc Group, and the QP Group achieved that consensus on August 15, 2018. The result was the parties’ execution of the Global Settlement Term Sheet, dated as of August 15, 2018 (the “ Global Settlement ”) sets forth the terms of a global settlement of disputes among the parties relating to the Restructuring. The consensual restructuring, which is embodied in the Plan, provides for a substantially similar framework as the Ad Hoc Group Plan, but permits QPGL and its designees to participate in certain aspects of the Restructuring Transactions through new-money investments, including the QP Private Placement. The Independent Directors approved the Debtors’ entry into the Global Settlement on August 16, 2018.

 

47


The Plan and other transaction documents incorporate and implement the Global Settlement pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019. Bankruptcy Rule 9019 provides that, “[o]n motion by the trustee, after notice and a hearing, the court may approve a compromise or settlement.” Fed. R. Bankr. P. 9019. When considering whether to approve a settlement, courts in this jurisdiction generally “canvass the issues and see whether the settlement falls below the lowest point in the range of reasonableness.” In re Adelphia Commc’ns Corp. , 368 B.R. 140, 239 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. 2007). As the Debtors intend to demonstrate at the Confirmation Hearing, the Plan and settlement and compromises incorporated therein, including the Global Settlement, satisfy this standard. The Global Settlement avoids potential time-consuming and expensive litigation over numerous issues, and the Mediation already resulted in substantially improved terms for the recapitalization of the Debtors’ business. The Debtors believe that further competition between the Ad Hoc Group and QPGL would have become value-destructive.

 

L.

Exit Financing Commitment Agreements and Marketing of Exit Financing

As described above, the proceeds the Debtors receive from the issuance of the New Notes are necessary for the Debtors to consummate the Restructuring Transactions described in the Plan and assure adequate working capital post-emergence. The entry by the Debtors into certain agreements during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases ensured that $1.0 billion of financing was committed and would be available to fund the Restructuring Transactions under the Plan.

1. Notes Offering Commitment Documents

To induce the Initial Purchaser into the commitment to purchase and market the New First Lien Notes, the Debtors entered into the Commitment Letter by and between PDSA and the Initial Purchaser to, among other things, (a) arrange the New First Lien Notes in the aggregate principal amount of not less than $700.0 million, and (b) execute and deliver a notes purchase agreement to purchase $700.0 million in aggregate principal amount of New First Lien Notes, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions specified therein. The Debtors also entered into the Fee Letter by and between the Initial Purchaser and PDSA relating to the payment of certain premiums, fees, costs, and expenses relating to the Commitment Letter.

Pursuant to the Motion of the Debtors and Debtors in Possession for Entry of an Order (I)  Authorizing the Debtors to (A)  Enter Into Exit Financing Commitment Letter and Related Agreements and (B)  Incur and Pay Certain Related Fees and/or Premiums, Indemnities, Costs, and Expenses; and (II)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 481] (the “ Commitment Documents Approval Motion ”), on August 10, 2018, the Debtors sought authorization to enter into the Commitment Documents. The Court entered an order approving the relief requested in the Commitment Documents Approval Motion on August 23, 2018 [Docket No. 518] (the “ Commitment Letter Order ”). As part of the Commitment Letter Order, the Initial Purchaser agreed to reduce the fees associated with its marketing and commitment of the New First Lien Notes with respect to the $100.0 million of such notes to be ordered by QPGL or its designees.

 

48


Pursuant to the Commitment Documents, the Initial Purchaser agreed to act as exclusive bookrunning managing initial purchaser with respect to the New Notes, committed to purchase $700.0 million of New First Lien Notes, and agreed to market both the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. The Debtors believe the exit financings provided by the Initial Purchaser are the most attractive option relative to the proposals the Debtors received that permitted the Debtors to obtain committed first lien financing and to approach the market for second lien financing on an uncommitted basis in connection with the funding of the Plan.

Among the relief requested in the Commitment Documents Motion, the Debtors sought authority to (i) pay Commitment Premiums and arranging fees and (ii) fund additional amounts into escrow for (A) accrued interest on the applicable series of New Notes during the escrow period, and (B) all fees and expenses (if required) of the applicable escrow agent, trustee, and collateral agent (collectively, the “ Exit Facility Costs ”), as further described in the Commitment Documents. The payment of the Exit Facility Costs was necessary to ensure the Debtors would receive $700.0 million of fully committed first lien exit financing—proceeds that are necessary to consummate the Plan.

2. New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties and PDSA entered into the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement on September 6, 2018, pursuant to which the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties, severally and not jointly, agreed to purchase New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes if not otherwise sold, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein. Under the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties, severally and not jointly, agreed to purchase their respective commitment percentage of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, in exchange for providing the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment, each of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties or their designees will receive their respective pro rata share of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium equal to $24.0 million aggregate principal amount of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium was fully earned upon entry of the order approving the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium will be an Allowed Administrative Claim against PDSA that will be paid either in the form of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, if the Plan is consummated as contemplated, or in the form of Cash in the amount of $24.0 million, if the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment is terminated for certain reasons specified in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

 

49


The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties will not be entitled to transfer all or any portion of their commitments except as expressly provided in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement.

3. Marketing and Sale of the New Notes

Following the decision to file the Ad Hoc Group Plan, the Debtors moved quickly to enter into the Commitment Documents in order to take advantage of the current conditions in the financial markets and market the New Notes to third parties. Further, in connection with the Global Settlement, QPGL agreed that QPGL and/or one or more of its designees would place orders with the Initial Purchaser to purchase at least $100.0 million of each of the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. As discussed above, on September 12, 2018, the Escrow Vehicles, the Company, and the subsidiaries that will be Guarantors of the New Notes entered into purchase agreements with the Initial Purchaser for the purchase and sale of the New Notes, which closed on September 26, 2018.

Following entry of the DIP Order (as defined below) (which allowed the Debtors to fund the Exit Facility Costs), on September 26, 2018, the Debtors funded the Escrow Vehicles with the proceeds of the New Notes and some of the proceeds of the DIP Facility. The funds associated with the issuance of the New Notes will remain in the Escrow Vehicles, subject to the terms of certain Escrow Vehicle Arrangements (as defined in the Commitment Documents Approval Motion) until the Effective Date, when such funds will be used to consummate the Restructuring Transactions.

 

M.

Equity Commitment Agreement and Procedures 29

1. Equity Commitment Agreement

Under the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement, (a) the Equity Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties have agreed to purchase their respective Pro Rata Claim Shares pursuant to the Rights Offering, (b) the Equity Commitment Parties, severally and not jointly, have agreed to purchase their respective Commitment Percentages (as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement) of any New Common Shares pursuant to the Rights Offering that are not duly subscribed for in the Rights Offering, and (c) QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee) has committed to purchase $40.0 million of New Common Shares pursuant to the QP Private Placement. The $500.0 million commitments by the foregoing parties are a vital component of the Exit Financing Transactions that ensures the Debtors will have the necessary liquidity to consummate the Restructuring Transactions and emerge from chapter 11 with sufficient liquidity and a well-capitalized balance sheet.

 

29  

References in this Section III.M to QPGL shall also include an “Affiliate Transferee” (as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement).

 

50


Pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Equity Commitment Agreement, QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee) has agreed to purchase 5.1% of New Common Shares on the Effective Date for $40.0 million pursuant to the QP Private Placement. All New Common Shares issued to QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee) pursuant to the QP Private Placement will be issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by section 4(a)(2) thereof and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder. The New Common Shares offered through the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement will be offered at identical discounts to plan value.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, in exchange for their commitment, each Equity Commitment Party will receive its Commitment Percentage of the Equity Commitment Premium. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Premium will be payable in New Common Shares or, if the Equity Commitment Agreement is terminated in certain circumstances, in Cash. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Premium will be deemed fully earned upon the Debtors’ entry into the Equity Commitment Agreement. The Equity Commitment Premium will be a number of shares equal to the sum of a) 5.0% of the sum of the aggregate number of the (i) Pro Rata Claim Shares plus (ii) the QP Private Placement Shares, plus (b) 8.0% of (i) the New Common Shares offered pursuant to the Equity Issuance less (ii) the sum of the aggregate number of (x) Pro Rata Claim Shares plus (y) QP Private Placement Shares (equaling 3.4% of the New Common Shares that will be outstanding as of the Effective Date), will be subject to dilution by the new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan, and will be an Allowed Administrative Claim against PDSA that will be paid either in the form of New Common Shares at the Equity Purchase Price, if the Plan is consummated as contemplated, or in Cash in the amount of $26,284,205 if the Equity Commitment Agreement is terminated by the Equity Commitment Parties for certain reasons specified in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

The offer and sale of the New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium, any Unsubscribed Shares purchased by the Commitment Parties pursuant to the Equity Commitment Agreement, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the QP Private Placement will be made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Equity Commitment Parties will not be entitled to transfer all or any portion of their commitments except as expressly provided in the Equity Commitment Agreement.

 

51


2. Rights Offering Procedures 30

On September 1, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 554] (the “ Rights Offering Procedures Motion ”) seeking approval of procedures for conducting the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement. On September 26, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the Rights Offering Procedures Motion [Docket No. 619]. The $460.0 million Rights Offering will be conducted in reliance upon the exemptions from registration under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. All Eligible Holders 31 of Term Loan B Claims, 2020 Notes Claims, and 2017 Claims (each, an ” Applicable Claim ”) are eligible to receive Rights Offering Subscription Rights.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the Rights Offering Procedures, the form to be used for exercising the Rights Offering Subscription Rights (the ” Subscription Form ”), and the agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of subscription (the “ Subscription Agreement ”), each Eligible Holder of an Applicable Claim is entitled to subscribe for up to its Pro Rata Portion (as defined in the Rights Offering Procedures) of the New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering at a purchase price of $10.41 32 per New Common Share (the “ Purchase Price ”). There will be no oversubscription rights in the Rights Offering. Any New Common Shares that are unsubscribed by Eligible Holders pursuant to the Rights Offering will not be offered to other Eligible Holders but will be purchased by the applicable Equity Commitment Parties in accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Commitment Agreement, each Equity Commitment Party and Reserve Party is obligated to exercise all applicable Subscription Rights that are held by it as of the Subscription Expiration Deadline and to purchase its Pro Rata Portion of the applicable New Common Shares pursuant to the Rights Offering.

Pursuant to the Rights Offering Procedures, an Applicable Claim and related Rights Offering Subscription Rights will transfer together as a unit with the underlying Applicable Claim in respect of which such Rights Offering Subscription Rights were issued, subject to any limitations that would be applicable to the transferability of the Applicable Claims. The Rights Offering Subscription Rights will not be detachable from the underlying Applicable Claims and may not be Transferred (as defined in the Rights Offering Procedures) separately from the underlying Applicable Claims.

 

 

30  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the terms of the Rights Offering Procedures, the terms of the Rights Offering Procedures are controlling.

31

An “ Eligible Holder ” means a holder of an Applicable Claim during the period beginning on September 26, 2018 (the “ Subscription Commencement Date ”) and ending at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on October 24, 2018 (the “ Subscription Expiration Deadline ”) that is (a) in the United States or (b) outside the United States and is both a Qualified Investor and a Relevant Person (each as defined in the Rights Offering Procedures).

32  

Rounded to the nearest whole cent.

 

52


To exercise the Rights Offering Subscription Rights, an Eligible Holder must complete and return to the Rights Offering Subscription Agent (as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement) a Subscription Form (with accompanying IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable) and a Subscription Agreement by the Subscription Expiration Deadline, and pay the Purchase Price for the New Common Shares for which it subscribes (a) in the case of an Eligible Holder that is not an Equity Commitment Party, by the Subscription Expiration Deadline, and (b) in the case of an Eligible Holder that is an Equity Commitment Party, no later than the deadline specified in a written notice delivered by the Debtors to the Equity Commitment Parties in according with the Equity Commitment Agreement. In the case of the 2020 Notes Claims and the 2017 Notes Claims (collectively, the “ Notes Claims ”), Eligible Holders must also electronically deliver for cancellation the respective notes underlying the Notes Claims to the Subscription Agent in accordance with the procedures of DTC or other applicable depository prior to the Subscription Expiration Deadline.

 

N.

Debtor-in-Possession Financing 33

Pursuant to the terms of the Commitment Documents, the Debtors expect to fund amounts to cover certain Exit Facility Costs in the Escrow Vehicles and to pay certain amounts to the Initial Purchaser in connection with the issuance of the New Notes. In addition, the Debtors also expect to enter into a new drilling contract in Nigeria for the Pacific Bora prior to their emergence from chapter 11 that requires the Debtors to obtain a temporary importation bond (the “ Import Bond ”) in favor of the Nigerian Customs Service (the “ NCS ”) from a bank approved by NCS. In order to issue the Import Bond, and based on the Chapter 11 Cases, all of the NCS-approved banks contacted by the Debtors requested cash collateral in the full amount of the Import Bond held in an account at such bank ( i.e. , in Nigeria) or a letter of credit issued by an international bank. Accordingly, the Debtors expect to post approximately $28 million in cash collateral to secure the Import Bond or a letter of credit upon their entry into the new contract.

Without access to the Ship Group B Restricted Cash, the Debtors project that they will not have sufficient liquidity to make the payments associated with the issuance of the New Notes or to cash collateralize the Import Bond while maintaining targeted working capital to fund their operations through the Effective Date. As such, on August 28, 2018, the Debtors filed a motion [Docket No. 534] (the “ DIP Motion ”) seeking approval of an $85 million debtor-in-possession financing facility (the “ DIP Facility ”) pursuant to that certain Superpriority Secured Debtor-in-Possession Term Loan Agreement (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ DIP  Credit Agreement ”) with Wilmington Trust, National Association as administrative agent and collateral agent, and with certain members of the Ad Hoc Group acting as lenders thereunder (collectively, the “ DIP Lenders ”). Pursuant to the DIP Motion, on August 28, 2018, the Debtors sought authorization to enter into the DIP Credit Agreement. The Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the DIP Motion on September 25, 2018 [Docket No. 612] (the “ DIP Order ”).

 

33  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement or the DIP Order, the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement or the DIP Order, as applicable, are controlling.

 

53


As described in the DIP Motion, the DIP Facility is favorably priced and was negotiated in good faith and at arm’s length. As collateral, the Debtors agreed to permit valid, binding, continuing, enforceable, fully-perfected, non-avoidable, automatically and properly perfected first-priority senior priming liens on, and security interest in (such liens and security interests, the “ DIP Liens ”), (a) any and all unencumbered assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or existing and wherever located, of each Debtor and each Debtor’s “estate” (as created pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 541(a)); (b) the 2017 Notes Prepetition Collateral; and (c) the Prepetition Shared Collateral ((a) through (c), collectively, the “ DIP Collateral ”), in each case subject to the Priority Waterfall attached to the DIP Order. The DIP Facility matures on the earliest to occur of (i) the Termination Date (as defined in the DIP Order) and (ii) the Maturity Date (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement).

Pursuant to the DIP Credit Agreement, the Debtors must provide the DIP Lenders with a 13-week budget, a weekly variance report, and a weekly update of the cash balance at the Pool Leader, though no termination events are linked to the Debtors’ performance in these reports. The events of default under the DIP Facility are consistent with other debtor-in-possession financings of this type, and include failure to meet the Milestones. In addition, the entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving any inquiry, proposal, offer, bid process, or term sheet with respect to an alternative restructuring, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, acquisition, consolidation, dissolution, debt or equity investment, liquidation, tender offer, recapitalization, plan of reorganization, share exchange, business combination, or similar transaction involving one or more Debtors (other than the Zonda Plan Debtors) that is an alternative to the Plan is an event of default under the DIP Order.

The DIP Credit Agreement contemplates that the Debtors will achieve certain milestones (the “ Milestones ”) over the remainder of these Chapter 11 Cases. Failure to achieve these Milestones are termination events under the DIP Facility. Specifically, the Milestones permitting the termination of the DIP Credit Agreement by the DIP Agent include:

 

   

the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order approving the Equity Commitment Agreement on or before September 28, 2018;

 

   

the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order approving the Rights Offering Procedures on or before September 28, 2018;

 

   

the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order approving the Disclosure Statement and solicitation materials on or before September 28, 2018;

 

54


   

the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order confirming the Plan on or before November 7, 2018; and

 

   

the Effective Date of the Plan shall not have occurred on or before November 30, 2018.

As described herein, the Debtors intend to repay the DIP Facility in full, in cash, on the Effective Date from the proceeds of the Exit Financing Transactions.

 

O.

Appointment of Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors

On August 23, 2018, the U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of unsecured creditors (the “ Committee ”). The members of the Committee are National Oilwell Varco L.P., AWC, Inc., and Mr. Michael Slezak. See Notice of Appointment of Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors [Docket No. 519]. The Committee has retained Brinkman Portillo Ronk, APC as their counsel. See Docket No. 574.

IV. SUMMARY OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement include summaries of the provisions contained in the Plan, a copy of which is annexed hereto as Appendix A , and in the documents referred to therein. The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement do not purport to be precise or complete statements of all the terms and provisions of the Plan or the documents referred to therein, and reference is made to the Plan and to such documents for the full and complete statements of such terms and provisions. The Plan itself and the documents referred to therein control the actual treatment of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors under the Plan and will, upon the Effective Date, be binding upon all Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and their estates, the Reorganized Debtors, and other parties in interest. In the event of any conflict between this Disclosure Statement, on the one hand, and the Plan or any other operative document, on the other hand, the terms of the Plan or such other operative document, as applicable, are controlling.

 

A.

Overview of Chapter 11

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. Under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, a debtor is authorized to reorganize or liquidate its business for the benefit of itself, its creditors, and its interest holders. Another goal of chapter 11 is to promote equality of treatment for similarly situated creditors and similarly situated interest holders with respect to the distribution of a debtor’s assets. The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate that is comprised of all of the legal and equitable interests of the debtor as of the filing date. The Bankruptcy Code provides that the debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

 

55


The consummation of a plan is the principal objective of a chapter 11 case. The plan sets forth the means for satisfying claims against and interests in a debtor. Confirmation of a plan by the Bankruptcy Court makes that plan binding upon the debtor and any creditor of or equity security holder in the debtor, whether or not such creditor or equity security holder (1) holds a claim or interest that is impaired under the plan, (2) has voted to accept or reject the plan, or (3) receives or retains any property under the plan.

In general, a chapter 11 plan divides claims and equity interests into separate classes, specifies the property that each class is to receive under the plan, and contains other provisions necessary to implement the plan. Under the Bankruptcy Code, “claims” and “equity interests,” rather than “creditors” and “equity holders,” are classified because creditors and equity holders may hold claims and equity interests in more than one class. Statements as to the rationale underlying the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan are not intended to, and will not, waive, compromise, or limit any rights, claims, or causes of action in the event the Plan is not confirmed.

 

B.

Plan Supplement

The Debtors will file the Plan Supplement no later than seven (7) days prior to the Voting Deadline, which date may be modified by agreement between the Debtors and the Required Consenting Creditors. The Plan Supplement consists of the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan. The Plan Supplement may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

C.

Classification of Claims and Interests

One of the key concepts under the Bankruptcy Code is that only claims that are “allowed” may receive distributions under a chapter 11 plan. This term is used throughout the Plan and the descriptions below. In general, an “allowed” claim or an “allowed” equity interest simply means that the debtor agrees, or in the event of a dispute, that the bankruptcy court determines, that the claim or equity interest, and the amount thereof, is in fact a valid obligation of the debtor. Section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a timely-filed claim or equity interest is automatically “allowed” unless the debtor or other party in interest objects. However, section 502(b) of the Bankruptcy Code specifies that certain claims may not be “allowed” in bankruptcy even if a proof of claim is filed. These include, but are not limited to, claims that are unenforceable under the governing agreement between a debtor and the claimant or under applicable nonbankruptcy law, claims for unmatured interest, property tax claims in excess of the debtor’s equity in the property, claims for services that exceed their reasonable value, real property lease and employment contract rejection damages in excess of specified amounts, late-filed claims, and contingent claims for contribution and reimbursement. In addition, Bankruptcy Rule 3003(c)(2) prohibits the allowance of any claim or equity interest that either is not listed on the debtor’s schedules or is listed as disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, if the holder has not filed a proof of claim or equity interest before the established deadline.

 

56


The Bankruptcy Code requires, for purposes of treatment and voting, that a chapter 11 plan divide the different claims against, and equity interests in, the debtor into separate classes based upon their legal nature. Claims of a substantially similar legal nature are not necessarily classified together, nor are equity interests of a substantially similar legal nature necessarily classified together. Because an entity may hold multiple claims and/or equity interests which give rise to different legal rights, the “claims” and “equity interests” themselves, rather than their holders, are classified.

Under a chapter 11 plan, the separate classes of claims and equity interests must be designated either as “impaired” (affected by the plan) or “unimpaired” (unaffected by the plan). If a class of claims is “impaired,” the Bankruptcy Code affords certain rights to the holders of such claims, such as the right to vote on the Plan, and the right to receive, under the chapter 11 plan, no less value than the holder would receive if the debtor were liquidated in a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is “impaired” unless the Plan (1) does not alter the legal, equitable, and contractual rights of the holders, or (2) irrespective of the holders’ acceleration rights, cures all defaults (other than those arising from the debtor’s insolvency, the commencement of the case, or nonperformance of a nonmonetary obligation), reinstates the maturity of the claims or interests in the class, compensates the holders for actual damages incurred as a result of their reasonable reliance upon any acceleration rights, and does not otherwise alter their legal, equitable, and contractual rights.

Pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, holders of unimpaired claims or interests are “conclusively presumed” to have accepted a plan. Accordingly, their votes are not solicited. Under the Plan, the following classes are Unimpaired, and therefore, the Holders of such Claims are “conclusively presumed” to have voted to accept the Plan: Classes 1A–1E (Secured Tax Claims); Classes 2A–2E (Other Secured Claims); Classes 3A–3E (Other Priority Claims); Class 4A (RCF Claims); Class 5B (SSCF Claims); Classes 7A–7E (General Unsecured Claims); Classes 9A–9E (Intercompany Claims); Class 10D (PDSA Interests); and Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E (Intercompany Interests). Under certain circumstances, a class of claims or equity interests may be deemed to reject a plan. For example, a class is deemed to reject a plan under section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code if the holders of claims or equity interests in such class do not receive or retain property under the plan on account of their claims or equity interests. Under the Plan, Classes 8A–8E (Section 510(b) Claims) will not receive any recovery on account of their Claims or Interests, and therefore, the Holders of such Claims or Interests are “conclusively presumed” to have voted to reject the Plan.

 

57


Conversely, Class 6A(i) (Term Loan B Claims), Class 6A(ii) (2020 Notes Claims), and Class 6C (2017 Notes Claims), are Impaired under the Plan and not deemed to reject pursuant to 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders with respect thereto are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

1. Treatment of Unclassified Claims

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, DIP Facility Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Professional Fee Claims are not classified and are not entitled to vote on the Plan.

(a) Administrative Claims

Administrative Claims are the actual and necessary costs and expenses of administration during the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 328, 330, 363, 364(c)(1), 365, 503(b), or 507(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless the Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) the date on which an Administrative Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Claim, or (iii) the date on which an Allowed Administrative Claim becomes payable under any agreement relating thereto, each Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Administrative Claim.

(b) DIP Facility Claims

Each Holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, shall receive, in full satisfaction, release, settlement, and discharge of such Allowed DIP Facility Claim, payment in full in Cash from the proceeds of the Exit Financing Transactions.

(c) Priority Tax Claims

The legal and equitable rights of the Holders of Priority Tax Claims are Unimpaired by the Plan. Unless the Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall have such Claim Reinstated.

(d) Professional Fee Claims

Professionals shall submit final fee applications seeking approval of all Professional Fee Claims no later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date. These applications remain subject to Bankruptcy Court approval under the standards established by the Bankruptcy Code, including the requirements of sections 327, 328, 330, 331, 363, 503(b), and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code, as applicable. Payments to Professionals shall be made upon entry of an order approving such Professional Fee Claims.

 

58


The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Effective Date in the ordinary course without the need for Bankruptcy Court Approval.

On the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Escrow Amount.

2. Classification in General

A Claim or Interest is placed in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest falls within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest falls within the description of such other Classes. A Claim is also placed in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan only to the extent that such Claim is an Allowed Claim in that Class and such Claim has not been paid, released, or otherwise settled prior to the Effective Date. Subject to the payment of Professional Fees and any other joint and several obligations of the Debtors, each Debtor shall be responsible for satisfying the Claims and Administrative Claims against and Interests in such Debtor from such Debtor’s assets.

3. Summary of Classification

For administrative convenience, the Plan organizes the Debtors into five (5) Debtor Groups and assigns a letter to each Debtor and a number to each Class of Claims against or Interests in each Debtor in each Debtor Group. Notwithstanding this organizing principle, the Plan is a separate plan of reorganization for each Debtor. Claims against or Interests in a Debtor belonging to a Debtor Group consisting of more than one Debtor shall be deemed to be classified in a single Class for all purposes under the Bankruptcy Code, including voting. To the extent that a Holder has a Claim that may be asserted against more than one Debtor in a Debtor Group, the vote of such Holder in connection with such Claims shall be counted as a vote of such Claim against each Debtor in such Debtor Group. For consistency, similarly designated Classes of Claims and Interests are assigned the same number across each of the Debtor Groups. Any non-sequential enumeration of the Classes is intentional to maintain consistency.

Debtor Groups A through C correspond to Ship Groups A through C, which as discussed in Section II.E, each have different collateral. Debtor Group D consists of PDSA, an obligor under or guarantor of all of the Prepetition Debt. Debtor Group E consists of the remaining Debtor entities.

 

59


Letter

  

Debtor Group

A    Pacific Drilling, Inc.; Pacific Drilling Finance S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling Limited; Pacific Drillship S.à r.l.; Pacific Scirocco Ltd.; Pacific Bora Ltd.; Pacific Mistral Ltd.; Pacific Santa Ana (Gibraltar) Limited; Pacific Santa Ana S.à r.l.; and Pacific Drillship Nigeria Limited
B    Pacific Sharav S.à r.l.; Pacific Drilling VII Limited; and Pacific Drilling Operations, Inc.
C    Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited and PDV
D    PDSA
E    Pacific Drilling Operations Ltd.; Pacific Drilling LLC; Pacific Sharav Kft; and PDGL

The following table designates the Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors and specifies which of those Classes are (a) Impaired or Unimpaired by the Plan, (b) entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code and (c) deemed to accept or reject the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Section 3.2 of the Plan. All of the potential Classes for the Debtors are set forth in the Plan. Certain of the Debtors may not have Holders of Claims or Interests in a particular Class or Classes, and such Classes shall be treated as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Plan.

 

Class(es)

 

Designation

 

Impairment

 

Entitled to Vote

Classes 1A – 1E   Secured Tax Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Classes 2A – 2E   Other Secured Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Classes 3A – 3E   Other Priority Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Class 4A   RCF Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Class 5B   SSCF Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Class 6A(i)   Term Loan B Claims   Impaired   Yes
Class 6A(ii)   2020 Notes Claims   Impaired   Yes
Class 6C   2017 Notes Claims   Impaired   Yes

 

60


Class(es)

 

Designation

 

Impairment

 

Entitled to Vote

Classes 7A – 7E   General Unsecured Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Classes 8A – 8E   Section 510 (b) Claims   Impaired   No (deemed to reject)
Classes 9A – 9E   Intercompany Claims   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Class 10D   PDSA Interests   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)
Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, 11E   Intercompany Interests   Unimpaired   No (deemed to accept)

4. Treatment of Classes

(a) Classes 1A through 1E – Secured Tax Claims

(i) Claims in Class : Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, and 1E consist of all Secured Tax Claims.

(ii) Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall receive, on account of and in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Secured Tax Claim and any Lien securing such Claim, Cash in the amount of such Allowed Secured Tax Claim: (A) on or as soon as reasonably practicable after, the later of (x) the Effective Date and (y) the date on which such Secured Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Secured Tax Claim; or (B) in regular payments in equal installments over a period of time not to exceed five (5) years after the Petition Date with interest at a rate determined in accordance with section 511 of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , that the first such regular payment shall represent a percentage recovery at least equal to that expected to be received by the most favored Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims; provided , further , that the Reorganized Debtors may prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Secured Tax Claim at any time in their sole discretion. All Allowed Secured Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors when such Claims become due and payable in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms thereof.

(iii) Voting : Claims in Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, and 1E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed Secured Tax Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Secured Tax Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

61


(b) Classes 2A through 2E – Other Secured Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, and 2E consist of all Other Secured Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after (A) the Effective Date if such Other Secured Claim is an Allowed Other Secured Claim on the Effective Date or (B) the date on which such Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive from its respective Debtor, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Secured Claim and any Lien securing such Claim, at the option of the Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors: (x) payment in full in Cash, plus postpetition interest, if applicable; (y) Reinstatement or such other treatment sufficient to render the Holder of such Claim Unimpaired pursuant to section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (z) the return of the applicable collateral in satisfaction of the Allowed amount of such Other Secured Claim.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, and 2E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Secured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(c) Classes 3A through 3E – Other Priority Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D, and 3E consist of all Other Priority Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after (A) the Effective Date if such Other Priority Claim is an Allowed Other Priority Claim on the Effective Date or (B) the date on which such Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Other Priority Claim, Cash equal to the unpaid portion of such Allowed Other Priority Claim.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D, and 3E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Other Priority Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(d) Class 4A – RCF Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 4A consists of all RCF Claims.

 

62


(ii) Treatment : RCF Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $475.0 million plus (A) the RCF Postpetition Interest and (B) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, charges, and other amounts (including professional fees and expenses) payable to the RCF Secured Parties by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of the RCF Credit Documents, the RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements, and the RCF Hedging Agreements. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed RCF Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed RCF Claim, its Pro Rata share of the RCF Payment; provided that the RCF Contingent Obligations shall survive the Effective Date on an unsecured basis and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors as and when due under the RCF Credit Documents, and shall not be discharged pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 4A are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed RCF Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of RCF Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(e) Class 5B – SSCF Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 5B consists of all SSCF Claims.

(ii) Treatment : SSCF Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of $661.5 million plus (A) the SSCF Postpetition Interest and (B) (x) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, and other charges (including professional fees and expenses) payable by the Debtors in accordance with the terms of the SSCF Credit Agreement and the SSCF Hedging Agreements, and (y) any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition fees, expenses, and other charges (including professional fees and expenses) of the SSCF Agent and the SSCF Mediation Parties. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed SSCF Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed SSCF Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed SSCF Claim, its Pro Rata share of the SSCF Payment; provided that the SSCF Contingent Obligations shall survive the Effective Date on an unsecured basis and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors as and when due under the SSCF Credit Agreement, and shall not be discharged pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Class 5B are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed SSCF Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Allowed SSCF Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

63


(f) Class 6A(i) – Term Loan B Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 6A(i) consists of all Term Loan B Claims.

(ii) Treatment : Term Loan B Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $724.9 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim shall receive:

(A) its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation of 11.4% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

(B) up to its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(iii) Voting : Claims in Class 6A(i) are Impaired. Pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Holder of an Allowed Term Loan B Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(g) Class 6A(ii) – 2020 Notes Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 6A(ii) consists of all 2020 Notes Claims.

(ii) Treatment : 2020 Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $768.1 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim shall receive:

(A) its Pro Rata share of the 2020 Notes Claims Allocation of 12.1% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

(B) up to its Pro Rata share of the 2020 Notes Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

 

64


(iii) Voting : Claims in Class 6A(ii) are Impaired. Pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Holder of an Allowed 2020 Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(h) Class 6C – 2017 Notes Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Class 6C consists of all 2017 Notes Claims.

(ii) Treatment : 2017 Notes Claims shall be Allowed in the amount of approximately $453.6 million. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim shall receive:

(A) its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of 9.0% of the New Common Shares, subject to dilution by the Management Incentive Plan; and

(B) up to its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to purchase New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering to the extent such Holder elects to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights thereunder in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(iii) Voting : Claims in Class 6C are Impaired. Pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, each Holder of an Allowed 2017 Notes Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(i) Classes 7A through 7E – General Unsecured Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7E consist of General Unsecured Claims not otherwise classified under the Plan.

(ii) Treatment : Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed General Unsecured Claim, (A) payment in Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the later of (x) the Effective Date or (y) the date due in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction or agreement giving rise to such Allowed General Unsecured Claim; or (B) such other treatment as may be required so as to render such Allowed General Unsecured Claim Unimpaired.

 

65


(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7E are Unimpaired, and the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(j) Classes 8A through 8E – Section  510(b) Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, and 8E consist of all Section 510(b) Claims.

(ii) Treatment: Holders of Section 510(b) Claims will receive no distributions under the Plan on account of such Claims.

(iii) Voting: Claims in Classes 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, and 8E are Impaired, and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims are conclusively deemed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(k) Classes 9A through 9E – Intercompany Claims

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, and 9E consist of all Intercompany Claims.

(ii) Treatment: On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, all Allowed Intercompany Claims shall be paid, adjusted, continued, settled, Reinstated, discharged, or eliminated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors.

(iii) Voting: Classes 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, and 9E are Unimpaired, and each Holder of an Allowed Intercompany Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Allowed Intercompany Claims are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(l) Class 10D – Interests in PDSA

(i) Claims in Class: Class 10D consists of all Interests in PDSA.

(ii) Treatment: No distributions shall be made under the Plan in respect of Interests in PDSA. On the Effective Date, Holders of Interests in PDSA shall retain their Interests in PDSA, subject to dilution by the Equity Issuance and the Management Incentive Plan, and shall receive no distribution on account of such Interests.

 

66


For the avoidance of doubt, although Holders of Interests in PDSA will retain such Interests, after giving effect to the Restructuring Transactions and a reverse stock split, the number of outstanding shares in PDSA held by third parties will equal 2,137 out of 75.0 million, such that Interests in PDSA will comprise approximately 0.0028% of the pro forma equity of Reorganized PDSA. Accordingly, Holders of Interests in PDSA will receive effectively no distribution on account of such Interests.

(iii) Voting: Class 10D is Unimpaired, the Holders of Interests in PDSA are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Interests in PDSA are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(m) Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E – Intercompany Interests

(i) Claims in Class: Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E consist of all Intercompany Interests.

(ii) Treatment: On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be cancelled or Reinstated, in each case to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors.

(iii) Voting: Classes 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E are Unimpaired, and such Holders of Allowed Intercompany Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Allowed Intercompany Interests are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

D.

Alternative Treatment

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, any Holder of an Allowed Claim may receive, instead of the distribution or treatment to which it is entitled under the Plan, any other distribution or treatment to which it and the Debtors may agree in writing, with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors; provided , however , that under no circumstances may the Debtors agree to provide any other distribution or treatment to any Holder of an Allowed Claim that would adversely impair the distribution or treatment provided to any other Holder of an Allowed Claim.

 

E.

Special Provision Regarding Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing shall affect the Debtors’ rights and defenses, both legal and equitable, with respect to any Unimpaired Claims, including but not limited to all rights with respect to legal and equitable defenses to setoffs against or recoupments of Unimpaired Claims.

 

67


F.

Acceptance or Rejection of the Plan

1. Acceptance by Class  Entitled to Vote

Classes 6A(i), 6A(ii), and 6C are the Classes of Claims of the Debtors that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Classes 6A(i), 6A(ii), and 6C shall have accepted the Plan if (a) the Holders of at least two-thirds in amount of the Allowed Claims actually voting in each Class have voted to accept the Plan and (b) the Holders of more than one-half in number of the Allowed Claims actually voting in each Class have voted to accept the Plan, not counting the vote of any Holder designated under section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code. If there are no votes cast in a particular Class that is entitled to vote on the Plan, then the Plan shall be deemed accepted by such Class.

2. Presumed Acceptance of the Plan

Classes 1A–1E, 2A–2E, 3A–3E, 4A, 5B, 7A–7E, 9A–9E, 10D, 11A, 11B, 11C, and 11E are Unimpaired. Therefore, such Classes are deemed to have accepted the Plan by operation of law and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

3. Presumed Rejection of the Plan

Classes 8A–8E will receive no recovery under the Plan. Therefore, such Classes are deemed to have rejected the Plan by operation of law and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4. Elimination of Classe s

To the extent applicable, any Class that does not contain any Allowed Claims or any Claims temporarily allowed for voting purposes under Bankruptcy Rule 3018, as of the date of the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing, shall be deemed to have been deleted from the Plan for purposes of (a) voting to accept or reject the Plan and (b) determining whether it has accepted or rejected the Plan under section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

5. Cramdown

The Debtors request Confirmation of the Plan, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification.

 

68


G.

Means for Implementation of the Plan

1. Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate Entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation, where applicable, and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) are amended by the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval, as permitted by applicable law. On or after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may, in its sole discretion, take such action as permitted by applicable law, and such Reorganized Debtor’s organizational documents, as such Reorganized Debtor may determine is reasonable and appropriate, including causing: (a) a Reorganized Debtor to be merged into another Reorganized Debtor, or its Affiliate; (b) a Reorganized Debtor to be dissolved; (c) the legal name of a Reorganized Debtor to be changed; (d) a Reorganized Debtor to reorganize under the laws of another jurisdiction; or (e) the closure of a Reorganized Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case on the Effective Date or any time thereafter.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all property of each Debtor’s Estate, including any property held or acquired by each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor under the Plan or otherwise, will vest in such Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all Claims, Liens, charges, other encumbrances, Interests, and other interests, except for the Liens and Claims established under the Plan.

On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, PDSA may transfer its Interest in several of its direct wholly-owned subsidiaries, including PDGL and Pacific Drillship (Gibraltar) Limited, to Pacific Drilling Holding (Gibraltar) Limited, a non-Debtor, wholly-owned subsidiary of PDSA.

On and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, and dispose of property and maintain, prosecute, abandon, compromise, or settle any Claims or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, subject only to those restrictions expressly imposed by the Plan or the Confirmation Order, as well as the documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, including the documents, exhibits, instruments, and other materials comprising the Plan Supplement.

 

69


2. Sources of Cash for Distributions and Operations

All Cash necessary for the Reorganized Debtors to make payments required by the Plan and for post-Confirmation operations shall be obtained from (a) existing Cash held by the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Professional Fee Escrow, (b) proceeds from the New First Lien Notes, (c) proceeds from the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, (d) proceeds from the Equity Issuance, and (e) the operations of the Reorganized Debtors.

3. Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, all notes, stock (where permitted by applicable law), instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents evidencing or giving rise to Claims against and Interests in the Debtors shall be cancelled, and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be fully released, terminated, extinguished, and discharged, in each case without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, act or action under applicable law, regulation, order, or rule, or any requirement of further action, vote, or other approval or authorization by any Person. The Holders of or parties to such notes, stock, instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents shall retain their rights vis-à-vis each other but shall have no rights against any Debtor arising from or relating to such notes, stock, instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order. In addition, the obligations of the Agents under or in connection with the RCF Credit Documents, the SSCF Credit Agreement, the Term Loan B Credit Agreement, the 2017 Notes Indenture, and the 2020 Notes Indenture and any related notes, stock, instruments, certificates, agreements, side letters, fee letters, and other documents shall be discharged and deemed satisfied on the Effective Date except to the extent necessary to comply with their obligations under the Plan including to facilitate the distributions provided for in the Plan to the applicable Holders of Claims and cancelling existing security interests pursuant to Section 5.4. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall in any way limit or affect the standing of any of the Agents to appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases on and after the Effective Date.

For the further avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the immediately foregoing paragraph, the RCF Credit Documents, the SSCF Credit Agreement, the Term Loan B Credit Agreement, the 2017 Notes Indenture, and the 2020 Notes Indenture and related documentation shall continue in effect solely for the purposes of (a) allowing the applicable Holders of Claims to receive their respective distributions under the Plan and, in the case of the RCF Secured Parties, to assert any RCF Contingent Obligations, and, in the case of the SSCF Lenders, to assert any SSCF Contingent Obligations, in each case as provided in the Plan, (b) allowing the relevant Agent to facilitate the distributions under the Plan to the applicable Holders of Claims as provided in the Plan and otherwise comply with any obligations they may have under the Plan, including the cancellation of

 

70


existing security interests pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Plan, (c) to the extent an Agent has any unpaid fees and expenses, or reasonably expects to incur additional fees and expenses (including those of its counsel) in the future, to, in the case of an Indenture Trustee, assert any Charging Lien it may have under the relevant credit agreement, indenture, or related documentation against such distributions or, in the case of any other Agent, preserve its rights to payment of fees, expenses, and indemnification obligations as against any money or property distributable to the relevant Holder under the Plan, and to deduct such fees and expenses from such distributions, and (d) allowing the applicable Agent to assert any other right, privilege, benefit, or protection granted to it under the relevant credit agreement, indenture, or related documentation; provided , that the foregoing shall not affect the discharge of the Debtors with respect to the RCF Claims, SSCF Claims, Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and the 2020 Notes Claims as provided for in the Plan, or result in any expenses or liability to the Reorganized Debtors, except to the extent set forth in or provided for under the Plan.

4. Cancellation of Certain Existing Security Interests

Upon the full payment or other satisfaction of an Allowed Secured Claim, or reasonably promptly thereafter, the Holder of such Allowed Secured Claim or Agent, as applicable, shall deliver to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and at their sole cost and expense, any collateral or other property of a Debtor held by such Holder, together with any termination statements, instruments of satisfaction, or releases of all security interests with respect to its Allowed Secured Claim that may be reasonably required to terminate any related financing statements, mortgages, mechanics’ or other statutory liens, or lis pendens, or similar interests or documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, each applicable Indenture Trustee and the Pari Passu Collateral Agent with respect to the 2017 Notes and the 2020 Notes, as applicable, is authorized and directed to, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, execute (and take any reasonable additional steps at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors necessary to give effect to) termination statements, instruments of satisfaction, or releases of security interests (except for the Charging Liens) as the Reorganized Debtors may request.

5. RCF Payment

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall make the RCF Payment.

6. SSCF Payment

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall make the SSCF Payment.

 

71


7. New First Lien Notes 34

On September 26, 2018, Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited issued $750.0 million of New First Lien Notes. The net proceeds of the offering (after deducting the fees payable in cash to the Initial Purchaser) plus an amount in cash determined so that the total escrowed funds will be sufficient to pay the estimated fees and expenses of the trustee, the collateral agent, and the escrow agent and 100.0% of the offering price of the New First Lien Notes plus interest to be accrued on the New First Lien Notes to, but not including, the third business day following the Escrow End Date of December 22, 2018 (the latest date on which the New First Lien Notes Special Mandatory Redemption (defined below) can occur) were deposited into an escrow account, in accordance with the terms of the Commitment Letter Order. If the Bankruptcy Court confirms the Plan and the other Escrow Release Conditions are satisfied on or prior to the Escrow End Date, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the proceeds from the escrow account will be released to Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will consummate a series of transactions whereby Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New First Lien Notes. Specifically, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited will merge with and into Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling First Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New First Lien Notes. In addition, on the Escrow Release Date, the Guarantors will guarantee the New First Lien Notes and the New First Lien Notes and guarantees thereof will be secured by first priority liens on the New Notes Collateral; provided , that PDVIII and PDSI will not become Guarantors until the time of their emergence from bankruptcy. The Reorganized Debtors may use the proceeds of the New First Lien Notes for any purpose permitted by the New First Lien Notes Indenture, including the funding of obligations under the Plan and general corporate purposes. If the satisfaction of the Escrow Release Conditions does not occur on or before the Escrow End Date, the New First Lien Notes Indenture will require that the issuer redeem all and not less than all of the notes then outstanding (the “ New First Lien Notes Special Mandatory Redemption ”), upon not less than three business days’ notice (or otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC), at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the offering price of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.

Except as previously approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Commitment Letter Order, confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New First Lien Notes, including all transactions contemplated thereby, such as any supplementation or syndication of the New First Lien Notes, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees, indemnities, and expenses provided for therein, and the granting of security interests thereunder, and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform under the New First Lien Notes Documentation and such other documents as may be required or appropriate.

 

34  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the New First Lien Notes Term Sheet, attached hereto as Appendix F , the terms of the New First Lien Notes Term Sheet are controlling.

 

72


The New First Lien Notes Documentation shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the New First Lien Notes Documentation are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable nonbankruptcy law. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New First Lien Notes Documentation (a) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable first-priority Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New First Lien Notes Documentation; (b) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New First Lien Notes Documentation; and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons or Entities granting such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect, or to evidence the perfection of, such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties. To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Reorganized Debtors that are necessary to cancel and/or extinguish such Liens and/or security interests.

The New First Lien Notes have been issued with negative and affirmative covenants customary for similar types of issuances. The customary negative covenants include, but are not limited to, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on investments and other restricted payments (including redemptions, repayments, repurchases, and dividends), limitations on liens, mergers, consolidations, and affiliate transactions, and

 

73


limitations on changes to the business. The customary affirmative covenants include, but are not limited to, reporting and investor calls, maintenance of existence, office and agency, properties, and insurance, the preparation and delivery of compliance certificates, the payment of taxes and additional amounts, as well as further assurances. The New First Lien Notes are subject to customary events of default for similar types of issuances, but there are no financial maintenance covenants. The New First Lien Notes Indenture will allow Reorganized PDSA and its subsidiaries to incur up to $50 million of superpriority first lien debt in the future.

The Company may be required to offer to purchase the New First Lien Notes at 101.0% percent of the principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest) upon the occurrence of a “change of control,” and at 100.0% of the principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) under certain other circumstances. In addition, the Company will be required to offer to purchase New First Lien Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest) with the cash proceeds, if any, from a settlement or award in connection with the Zonda Arbitration, with such offer to be for an aggregate principal amount of the New First Lien Notes equal to the lesser of (x) 50.0% of such cash proceeds and (y) $75.0 million.

At any time prior to October 1, 2020, (A) the Company may redeem the New First Lien Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, (B) the Company may redeem up to 35.0% of the original principal amount of such notes with proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.375% of the principal amount thereof, and (C) not more than once in any twelve-month period, the Company may redeem up to 10.0% of the original principal amount of such notes at a redemption price equal to 103.0% of the principal amount thereof, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest.

At any time on or after October 1, 2020, the Company may redeem the New First Lien Notes, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated: 2020 – 104.188%; 2021 – 102.094%; 2022 and thereafter – 100.0%.

In addition, under certain circumstances, the Company and Guarantors will be required to pay additional amounts to holders of the New First Lien Notes to compensate them for any amounts deducted from payments to them in respect of such notes on account of certain taxes. If such obligation arises as a result of a change in law, the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of such notes at a redemption price of 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The New First Lien Notes will be subject to an intercreditor arrangement with the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes.

 

74


8. New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes 35

On September 26, 2018, Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited issued $250.0 million of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. The net proceeds of the offering (after deducting the fees payable in cash to the Initial Purchaser) plus an amount in cash determined so that the total escrowed funds will be sufficient to pay the estimated fees and expenses of the trustee, the collateral agent, and the escrow agent and 100.0% of the offering price of the notes plus interest to be accrued on the notes to, but not including, the third business day following the Escrow End Date of December 22, 2018 (the latest date on which the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Special Mandatory Redemption (defined below) can occur) were deposited into an escrow account, in accordance with the terms of the Commitment Letter Order. If the Bankruptcy Court confirms the Plan and the other Escrow Release Conditions are satisfied on or prior to the Escrow End Date, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the proceeds from the escrow account will be released to Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will consummate a series of transactions whereby Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. Specifically, on or as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited will merge with and into Reorganized PDSA and Reorganized PDSA will assume all of the obligations of Pacific Drilling Second Lien Escrow Issuer Limited with respect to the New Second Lien Notes. In addition, on the Escrow Release Date, the Guarantors will guarantee the New Second Lien Notes, and the New Second Lien Notes and guarantees thereof will be secured by second priority liens on the New Notes Collateral; provided , that PDVIII and PDSI will not become Guarantors until the time of their emergence from bankruptcy. The Reorganized Debtors may use the proceeds of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes for any purpose permitted by the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture, including the funding of obligations under the Plan and general corporate purposes. If the satisfaction of the Escrow Release Conditions does not occur on or before the Escrow End Date, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture will require that the issuer redeem all and not less than all of the notes then outstanding (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Special Mandatory Redemption ”), upon not less than three business days’ notice (or otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC), at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the offering price of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date.

In accordance with the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, in exchange for providing the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment, each of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties will receive its pro rata share of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes

 

35  

In the event of any inconsistency between the summary contained herein and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Term Sheet, attached hereto as Appendix G , the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Term Sheet are controlling.

 

75


Commitment Premium. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium was deemed fully earned upon the Debtors’ entry into the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement. Contemporaneously with and subject to the occurrence of the Escrow Release Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Premium in New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties.

Except as previously approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Commitment Letter Order and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Order, confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed to constitute approval of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, including all transactions contemplated thereby, such as any supplementation or syndication of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, and all actions to be taken, and obligations to be incurred by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, including the payment of all fees, indemnities, and expenses provided for therein, and the granting of security interests thereunder, and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to enter into and perform under the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation and such other documents as may be required or appropriate.

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable nonbankruptcy law. On the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation (a) shall be legal, binding, and enforceable second-priority Liens on, and security interests in, the collateral granted thereunder in accordance with the terms of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation; (b) shall be deemed automatically perfected on the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation; and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (including equitable subordination) for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent conveyances, or other voidable transfers under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law. The Reorganized Debtors and the Persons or Entities granting such Liens and security interests are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect, or to evidence the perfection of, such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order, and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not

 

76


be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties. To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Reorganized Debtors that are necessary to cancel and/or extinguish such Liens and/or security interests.

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes were issued with negative and affirmative covenants customary for similar types of issuances. The customary negative covenants include, but are not limited to, reporting and investor calls, maintenance of existence, office and agency, properties, and taxes and additional amounts, as well as further assurances. The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes are also subject to customary events of default for similar types of issuances, but there are no financial maintenance covenants.

The Company may be required to offer to purchase the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes at 101.0% percent of the principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest) upon the occurrence of a “change of control,” and at 100.0% of the principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) under certain other circumstances. In addition, the Company will be required to offer to purchase New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest) with the cash proceeds, if any, from a settlement or award in connection with the Zonda Arbitration, with such offer to be for an aggregate principal amount of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes equal to the lesser of (x) 50.0% of such cash proceeds and (y) $75.0 million, provided , that if Company is required to offer to purchase the New First Lien Notes with such net cash proceeds, the Company shall only be required to offer to purchase the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes with the portion thereof that has been declined by the holders of the New First Lien Notes.

At any time prior to April 1, 2020, (A) the Company may redeem the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, and (B) the Company may redeem up to 35.0% of the original principal amount of such notes with the proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 112.0%, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest.

At any time on or after April 1, 2020, the Company may redeem the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, during the six-month period beginning on the dates indicated below:

 

77


Date

   Price  

April 1, 2020

     112.0

October 1, 2020

     109.0

April 1, 2021

     106.0

October 1, 2021

     103.0

April 1, 2022 and thereafter

     100.0

At any time a Change of Control (as defined in the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture) occurs, the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, during the six-month period beginning on the dates indicated below:

 

Date

   Price  

April 1, 2020

     106.0

October 1, 2020

     109.0

April 1, 2021

     106.0

October 1, 2021

     103.0

April 1, 2022 and thereafter

     100.0

In addition, under certain circumstances, the Company and Guarantors will be required to pay additional amounts to holders of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes to compensate them for any amounts deducted from payments to them in respect of such notes on account of certain taxes. If such obligation arises as a result of a change in law, the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of such notes at a redemption price of 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes will also be subject to an intercreditor arrangement with the New First Lien Notes.

9. New Intercreditor Agreement

On the Effective Date, the New First Lien Notes Indenture Trustee and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture Trustee shall enter into the New Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form to be contained in the Plan Supplement. Each other party to one or more of the New Secured Debt Agreements shall be deemed to have directed the applicable indenture trustee to execute the New Intercreditor Agreement and shall be bound to the terms of the New Intercreditor Agreement from and after the Effective Date as if it were a signatory thereto.

 

78


10. Rights Offering and QP Private Placement

(a) Terms . On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the Debtors will consummate the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures. The Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement will be fully committed and backstopped by the Equity Commitment Parties in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Equity Commitment Agreement.

(b) Purpose . The proceeds of the Rights Offering shall be used: (i) to provide the Reorganized Debtors with additional liquidity for working capital and general corporate purposes; and (ii) to fund Plan distributions.

(c) Equity Commitment . In accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, each of the Equity Commitment Parties has agreed, severally but not jointly, to purchase, on or prior to the Effective Date, its respective Commitment Percentage (as defined in the Equity Commitment Agreement) of the New Common Shares offered and not duly subscribed for and/or purchased in the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

(d) QP Private Placement. In accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and the Equity Commitment Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee designated by QPGL in accordance with the Equity Commitment Agreement) has agreed to purchase in, the aggregate, $40.0 million of New Common Shares issued on the Effective Date pursuant to the QP Private Placement.

(e) Equity Commitment Premium . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, each of the Equity Commitment Parties will receive its pro rata share of the Equity Commitment Premium. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Premium will be immediately and automatically deemed fully earned upon entry into the Equity Commitment Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Commitment Agreement, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay the Equity Commitment Premium to the Equity Commitment Parties in New Common Shares.

 

79


11. Restructuring Transactions

On or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, to take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions under and in connection with the Plan, the New First Lien Notes Documentation, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation, and the Equity Issuance, including: (a) the execution and delivery of all appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (c) rejection or assumption, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) the filing and/or execution of appropriate limited liability company agreements, certificates, or articles of incorporation or organization, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law; (e) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the New First Lien Notes Documentation, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documentation, and the Equity Issuance and the execution thereof; (f) the issuance of New Common Shares; and (g) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.

12. Intercompany Interests

Subject to the transactions contemplated in the Plan, the Intercompany Interests may, as determined by the Debtors with the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors, be retained or Reinstated as of the Effective Date and may continue in place, solely for the purpose of maintaining the existing corporate structure of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors.

13. Intercompany Claims

On the Effective Date, certain Intercompany Claims will be cancelled in exchange for an equity interests in the obligor entities. The Intercompany Claims to be cancelled are (a) the Intercompany 2020 Notes, (b) the Intercompany 2018 PDOL TLB, (c) the Intercompany 2018 PML TLB, (d) the 2018 PSAS TLB, (e) the Sharav IPL, and (f) the Santa Ana IPL.

14. Issuance of New Common Shares

On the Effective Date, Reorganized PDSA is authorized to issue or cause to be issued the New Common Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan. On the Effective Date, applicable Holders of Claims shall receive the New Common Shares in exchange for their respective Claims as set forth in Article III of the Plan, and the Equity Commitment Parties and QPGL shall receive the New Common Shares on account of the Equity Commitment Premium and the QP Private Placement, respectively, as set forth in Article V of the Plan and the Equity Commitment Agreement. All of the New Common Shares issuable under the Plan, when so issued, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.

 

80


On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, PDSA will issue 3.4% of the New Common Shares to the Equity Commitment Parties as the Equity Commitment Premium, subject to dilution by the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan.

Upon issuance, the New Common Shares shall not be registered under the Securities Act, and shall not be listed for public trading on any securities exchange. The distribution of New Common Shares pursuant to the Plan may be made by delivery of one or more certificates representing such New Common Shares as described in the Plan, by means of book-entry registration on the books of the transfer agent for the New Common Shares or by means of book-entry exchange through the facilities of a transfer agent reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors, the Pari Passu Collateral Agent, the Equity Commitment Parties, the 2017 Notes Indenture Trustee, the Term Loan B Administrative Agent, and the 2020 Notes Indenture Trustee in accordance with the customary practices of such agents, as and to the extent practicable.

15. Exemption from Registration

(a) The offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Common Shares on account of the Term Loan B Claims, 2020 Notes Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and the Equity Issuance shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. state or other law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of securities in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent permitted or under the Securities Act by virtue of section 4(a)(2) thereof, Regulation D, and/or Regulation S. Such New Common Shares issued pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code will not be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) of the Securities Act and will be freely tradable and transferable by the initial recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and compliance with applicable securities laws, including Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and any rules and regulations of the SEC, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such securities or instruments. To the extent the issuance and distribution of any New Common Shares is being made in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D, and/or Regulation S, and similar registration exemptions applicable outside of the United States, such securities will be considered “restricted securities” subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred only pursuant to a registration statement or available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and other applicable law. The issuance of the New Common Shares pursuant to the QP Private Placement and the payment of the Equity Commitment Premium is being made in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities

 

81


Act, Regulation D, and/or Regulation S, and similar registration exemptions applicable outside of the United States, such securities will be considered “restricted securities” subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred only pursuant to a registration statement or available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and other applicable law.

(b) Any securities issued under the Management Incentive Plan will be issued pursuant to a registration statement or available exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law

(c) To the extent securities were offered prior to the filing of the Plan, such securities were offered in reliance on the exemption provided by section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or the safe harbor provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act.

16. Officers and Boards of Directors

(a) The New Boards shall be selected by the Required Consenting Creditors and the identities of directors on the New Boards shall be set forth in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known at the time of filing, in accordance with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(b) Except to the extent that a member of the board of directors of a Debtor continues to serve as a director of such Debtor on the Effective Date, the members of the board of directors of each Debtor prior to the Effective Date, in their capacities as such, shall have no continuing obligations to the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date and each such member will be deemed to have resigned or shall otherwise cease to be a director of the applicable Debtor on the Effective Date. Commencing on the Effective Date, each of the directors of the Reorganized Debtors shall serve pursuant to the terms of the applicable organizational documents of such Reorganized Debtor and may be replaced or removed in accordance with such organizational documents.

17. Management Incentive Plan

After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish the Management Incentive Plan. The Management Incentive Plan shall provide equity-based compensation to the management of the Reorganized Debtors in an amount not to exceed 10.0% of the aggregate amount of New Common Shares. The new equity issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan shall dilute all of the other New Common Shares contemplated to be issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

82


18. New Shareholders Agreement

On the Effective Date, Reorganized PDSA and all of the holders of New Common Shares then outstanding shall be deemed to be parties to the New Shareholders Agreement without the need for execution by any such holder other than Reorganized PDSA. On the Effective Date, Reorganized PDSA shall enter into and deliver the New Shareholders Agreement to each Person or Entity that is intended to be a party thereto, and such New Shareholders Agreement shall be binding on Reorganized PDSA and all parties receiving, and all holders of, New Common Shares of Reorganized PDSA; provided , that regardless of whether such parties execute the New Shareholders Agreement, such parties will be deemed to have signed the New Shareholders Agreement, which shall be as binding on such parties as if they had actually signed it.

19. Corporate Action

Each of the matters provided for under the Plan involving the corporate structure of any Debtor or any corporate action to be taken by or required of any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed to have occurred and be effective as provided in the Plan, and shall be authorized, approved, and, to the extent taken prior to the Effective Date, ratified in all respects without any requirement of further action by shareholders, members, creditors, directors, or managers of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the authorizations and approvals contemplated by Section 5.19 of the Plan shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under nonbankruptcy law.

20. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

The chairman of the board of directors, president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, manager, or any other appropriate officer of the Debtors or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, shall be authorized to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents, and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The secretary of the Debtors, or, after the Effective Date, of the Reorganized Debtors, shall be authorized to certify or attest to any of the foregoing actions.

21. Preservation of Retained Actions

In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors will retain and may (but are not required to) enforce all Retained Actions. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right to bring, settle, release, compromise, or enforce such Retained Actions (or decline to do any of the foregoing), without further approval of the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors or any successors, in the exercise of their sole discretion, may pursue such Retained Actions so long as it is in the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors or any successors holding such rights of action. The failure of the Debtors to specifically list any claim, right of action, suit, proceeding, or other Retained Action in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or otherwise does not, and will not be deemed to, constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of such claim, right of action, suit, proceeding, or other Retained Action, and the

 

83


Reorganized Debtors will retain the right to pursue such claims, rights of action, suits, proceedings, and other Retained Actions in their sole discretion and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches will apply to such claim, right of action, suit, proceeding, or other Retained Action upon or after the Confirmation or consummation of the Plan.

22. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes and Recording Fees

To the maximum extent provided by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any post-Confirmation sale by any Debtor or any transfer from any Entity pursuant to, in contemplation of, or in connection with the Plan or pursuant to: (a) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity security, or other interest in the Debtors; or (b) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instruments of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable bankruptcy law, and the appropriate state or local government officials or agents shall forego collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

23. Debtors Waiver of Certain Claims Related to 2017 Notes

The Debtors waive any recovery on account of their holdings of the 2017 Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, the consideration that would otherwise be distributed to the Debtors on account of their holdings of the 2017 Notes shall not be reallocated to Holders of 2017 Notes Claims.

24. Further Authorization

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to seek such orders, judgments, injunctions, and rulings as they deem necessary to carry out the intentions and purposes, and to give full effect to the provisions, of the Plan.

25. Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses

On and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall pay to each Indenture Trustee in full in Cash, to the extent still outstanding and not previously paid (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any pre- and post-Confirmation Date amounts incurred and outstanding), the documented fees, expenses, and disbursements

 

84


of such Indenture Trustee (including any contractual fees and the reasonable fees, disbursements, and other charges of their counsel) incurred in connection with, as applicable, the 2017 Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2017 Notes Indenture, the 2020 Notes Indenture, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan (the “ Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses ”). The procedures governing payment of the fees and expenses of each Indenture Trustee set forth in Section 3.d of the Order (A)  Granting Adequate Protection, (B)  Modifying the Automatic Stay and (C)  Granting Relief [Docket No. 83] previously entered in these Chapter 11 Cases shall be the procedures governing payment of the Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses under Section 5.25 of the Plan; provided , that invoices submitted for payment pursuant to such procedures shall not be subject to review by the Office of the United States Trustee unless the Office of the United States Trustee notifies each Indenture Trustee in writing within thirty (30) days after the Confirmation Date that such invoices are subject to its review as set forth in such procedures. Nothing contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall affect the right of an Indenture Trustee to assert its respective Charging Lien against any distribution relating to the 2017 Notes or 2020 Notes, as applicable, and deducting from such distribution an amount of New Common Shares deemed sufficient by the applicable Indenture Trustee to satisfy all unpaid Indenture Trustee Fees and Expenses owed to it; provided , that upon the full and indefeasible payment of all Indenture Trustees Fees and Expenses, their respective Charging Liens shall be deemed released and discharged.

 

H.

Provisions Governing Distributions

1. D istri bu t i on s Generally

The Disbursing Agent shall make all Plan distributions on behalf of the Debtors in accordance with Article VI and other governing terms of the Plan.

2. No Postpetition or Default Interest on Claims

Unless required by the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan (including with respect to Class 4A – RCF Claims and Class 5B – SSCF Claims, the Confirmation Order, or another order of the Bankruptcy Court, and notwithstanding any documents that govern the Debtors’ prepetition funded indebtedness to the contrary, postpetition and/or default interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Claims, and no Holder of a Claim shall be entitled to (a) interest accruing on such Claim on or after the Petition Date on any such Claim or (b) interest at the contract default rate, as applicable.

3. Date of Distributions

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made under the Plan shall be made on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided , that the Reorganized Debtors may implement periodic distribution dates to the extent they determine them to be appropriate.

 

85


4. Distribution Record Date

As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the various lists of Holders of Claims in each Class, as maintained by the Debtors or their agents, shall be deemed closed, and there shall be no further changes in the record Holders of any Claims after the Distribution Record Date. Neither the Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to recognize any transfer of a Claim occurring after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Amounts or disputes over any Cure Amounts, neither the Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, even if such non-Debtor party has sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for a Cure Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 6.4 of the Plan is not applicable to distributions to the Noteholders under the terms of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Distribution Record Date shall not apply to the Debtors’ publicly-traded securities, the holders of which shall receive a Distribution in accordance with the Plan and the customary procedures of DTC on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date. For the further avoidance of doubt, Section 6.4 of the Plan is not applicable to distributions to RCF Lenders or SSCF Lenders, which shall receive Distributions in accordance with the RCF Credit Agreement or the SSCF Credit Agreement, as applicable, based on the RCF Administrative Agent’s and the SSCF Administrative Agent’s books and records, as applicable, as of the Effective Date.

5. Disbursing Agent

All distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent or, if applicable, its agent on and after the Effective Date as provided in the Plan. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties. The Reorganized Debtors shall use all commercially reasonably efforts to provide the Disbursing Agent (if other than the Reorganized Debtors) with the amounts of Claims and the identities and addresses of Holders of Claims, in each case, as set forth in the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ books and records. The Reorganized Debtors shall cooperate in good faith with the applicable Disbursing Agent (if other than the Reorganized Debtors) to comply with the reporting and withholding requirements outlined in Section 6.15 of the Plan.

6. Delivery of Distributions

Subject to Section 6.6(a)–(d) of the Plan, the Disbursing Agent will issue or cause to be issued the applicable consideration under the Plan and, subject to Bankruptcy Rule 9010, will make all distributions as and when required by the Plan: (a) in the case of Allowed RCF Claims (other than Claims on account of RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements and RCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly to the Holders thereof), Allowed SSCF Claims (other than Claims on account of SSCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly to the Holders thereof) ,

 

86


Allowed Term Loan B Claims, Allowed 2017 Notes Claims, and Allowed 2020 Notes Claims, to the appropriate RCF Administrative Agent, SSCF Administrative Agent, Term Loan B Administrative Agent, or Indenture Trustee and (b) in the case of all other Allowed Claims, to the address of the Holder of such claim on the books and records of the Debtors or their agents or the address in any written notice of address change delivered to the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, including any addresses included on any transfers of Claim filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001. In the event that any distribution is returned as undeliverable, no distribution or payment shall be made to such recipient unless and until the Disbursing Agent has been notified of the then-current address of recipient, at which time or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable such distribution shall be made without interest.

(a) The RCF Administrative Agent and its agents, successors, and assigns, or such Entity appointed by the RCF Administrative Agent, shall facilitate the making of distributions to Holders of Allowed RCF Claims (other than Claims on account of RCF Secured Cash Management Agreements and RCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly by the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent to the Holders thereof) in accordance with the terms of the RCF Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Plan distributions on account of Allowed RCF Claims shall be made by the RCF Administrative Agent. The RCF Administrative Agent and the Pari Passu Collateral Agent shall not have any liability to any person with respect to Distributions made or directed to be made by the RCF Administrative Agent. All Cash Distributions to be made under the Plan to the RCF Administrative Agent on account of the RCF Claims shall be made by wire transfer.

(b) The Term Loan B Administrative Agent, its agents, successors, and assigns, or such Entity appointed by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent shall facilitate the making of distributions to Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims in accordance with the Term Loan B Credit Agreement. Notwithstanding the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Plan distributions on account of Allowed Term Loan B Claims shall be made to the Term Loan B Administrative Agent. The Term Loan B Administrative Agent and the Pari Passu Collateral Agent shall not have any liability to any person with respect to Distributions made or directed to be made by the Term Loan B Administrative Agent.

(c) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, and subject to the Charging Liens of each Indenture Trustee, the Disbursing Agent shall make all distributions with respect to the 2017 Notes Claims and the 2020 Notes Claims (and in the case of distributions with respect to the 2020 Notes Claims, notwithstanding the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) to the applicable Indenture Trustee (or directly to DTC upon the written consent of the applicable Indenture Trustee) for onward distribution (less any applicable Charging Liens) to the appropriate Noteholders (i) through DTC in exchange for the 2017 Notes and the 2020 Notes, as applicable, including the related book entry positions relating to such notes, or (ii) in the event the New Common Shares are not eligible for distribution through the facilities of DTC, pursuant to a written process

 

87


developed and implemented by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent, in consultation with the applicable Indenture Trustee, to facilitate such distributions to the appropriate Noteholders and the elimination of the 2017 Notes or 2020 Notes, as applicable, including all book entry positions relating to such notes, from DTC’s books and records (in either case, the “ Distribution Process ”). Each Indenture Trustee shall be held fully harmless for its utilization of and reliance on the Distribution Process to effectuate distributions relating to the 2017 Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2017 Notes Claims, and the 2020 Notes Claims, to the appropriate Noteholders. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to impair, waive, or discharge the Indenture Trustees’ Charging Liens.

As a condition precedent to the distributions provided for in Section 6.6(c) of the Plan, the Noteholders shall be deemed to have surrendered their 2017 Notes, 2020 Notes, book-entry positions related to such notes, and other documentation underlying such notes, as applicable, all of which shall be deemed to be cancelled in accordance with Section 5.3 of the Plan. With respect to each of the distributions to be made to the Noteholders, the obligations of the applicable Indenture Trustee relating to such distribution shall be discharged and deemed satisfied upon (A) DTC’s receipt of such distribution, or (B) in accordance with the Distribution Process.

(d) The SSCF Administrative Agent and its agents, successors, and assigns, or such Entity appointed by the SSCF Administrative Agent, shall facilitate the making of distributions to Holders of Allowed SSCF Claims (other than Claims on account of SSCF Hedging Agreements, which distributions shall be made directly by the Debtors or the Disbursing Agent to the Holders thereof) in accordance with the SSCF Credit Agreement. Plan distributions on account of Allowed SSCF Claims shall be made by the SSCF Administrative Agent. The SSCF Administrative Agent shall not have any liability to any person with respect to Distributions made or directed to be made by the SSCF Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary and subject to Article VI of the Plan, in connection with any distribution under the Plan to be effected through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, free delivery, or otherwise), the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC used in connection with such distributions. With respect to the New Common Shares to be distributed under the Plan through the facilities of DTC, all of such New Common Shares shall be issued in the names of such Holders or their nominees in accordance with DTC’s book-entry exchange procedures; provided, that such New Common Shares are permitted to be held through DTC’s book-entry system; provided, further, that to the extent that New Common Shares are not eligible for distribution in accordance with DTC’s customary practices, the Reorganized Debtors will take all such reasonable actions as may be required to cause distributions of the New Common Shares under the Plan.

 

88


7. Unclaimed Property

One year from the later of: (a) the Effective Date and (ii) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date a Claim is first Allowed, all distributions payable on account of such Claim shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 374(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors or their successors or assigns, and all claims of any other Person (including the Holder of a Claim in the same Class) to such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred. The Reorganized Debtors and the Disbursing Agent shall have no obligation to attempt to locate any Holder of an Allowed Claim other than by reviewing the Debtors’ books and records and the Bankruptcy Court’s filings.

8. S atisfaction of Claims

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, any distributions and deliveries to be made on account of Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be in complete and final satisfaction, settlement, and discharge of and exchange for such Allowed Claims.

9. Manner of Payment Under Plan

Except as specifically provided in the Plan, at the option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, any Cash payment to be made under the Plan may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements or customary practices of the Debtors.

10. Fractional Shares and Notes and De Minimis Cash Distributions

No fractional New Common Shares shall be distributed. When any distribution would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of New Common Shares that is not a whole number, the New Common Shares subject to such distribution shall be rounded to the next higher or lower whole number as follows: (a) fractions equal to or greater than  1 2 shall be rounded to the next higher whole number, and (b) fractions less than  1 2 shall be rounded to the next lower whole number. For the avoidance of doubt, DTC is considered a single holder for rounding and distribution purposes. The total number of New Common Shares to be distributed on account of Allowed Claims will be adjusted as necessary to account for the rounding provided for in the Plan. No consideration will be provided in lieu of fractional shares that are rounded down. Neither the Reorganized Debtors nor the Disbursing Agent shall have any obligation to make a distribution that is less than one (1) New Common Share or $50.00 in Cash. Fractional New Common Shares that are not distributed in accordance with Section 6.10 of the Plan shall be returned to, and ownership thereof shall vest in, Reorganized PDSA. The New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes shall be issued in denominations of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiples thereof and any other amounts shall be rounded down.

 

89


11. No Distribution in Excess of Amount of Allowed Claim

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no Holder of an Allowed Claim shall receive, on account of such Allowed Claim, Plan distributions in excess of the Allowed amount of such Claim (plus any postpetition interest on such Claim solely to the extent permitted by Section 6.2 of the Plan).

12. Allocation of Distributions Between Principal and Interest

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and subject to Section 3.3 of the Plan, to the extent that any Allowed Claim entitled to a distribution under the Plan is comprised of indebtedness and accrued but unpaid interest thereon, such distribution shall be allocated first to the principal amount (as determined for federal income tax purposes) of the Claim and then to accrued but unpaid interest.

13. Setoffs and Recoupments

Each Reorganized Debtor or its designee as instructed by such Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, offset or recoup against any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that a Reorganized Debtor or its successors may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim after the Effective Date to the extent that such setoff or recoupment is either (a) agreed in amount among the relevant Reorganized Debtor(s) and the Holder of the Allowed Claim or (b) otherwise adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided , that neither the failure to effect a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim under the Plan will constitute a waiver or release by a Reorganized Debtor or its successor of any claims, rights, or Causes of Action that a Reorganized Debtor or its successor or assign may possess against such Holder.

14. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

(a) Powers of the Disbursing Agent . The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (i) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (ii) make all applicable distributions or payments provided for under the Plan; (iii) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (iv) exercise such other powers (A) as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court (including any order issued after the Effective Date) or pursuant to the Plan or (B) as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions of the Plan.

(b) Expenses Incurred on or After the Effective Date . Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court and subject to the written agreement of the Reorganized Debtors, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement Claims (including for reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees and expenses) made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

 

90


15. Withholding and Reporting Requirements

In connection with the Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith and distributed thereon, the Reorganized Debtors shall comply with all withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, or local taxing authority, and all distributions under the Plan shall be subject to any such withholding and reporting requirements. In the case of a non-Cash distribution that is subject to withholding, the distributing party may withhold an appropriate portion of such distributed property and sell such withheld property to generate the Cash necessary to pay over the withholding tax. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to have been distributed to and received by the applicable recipient for all purposes of the Plan.

Notwithstanding the above, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest that is to receive a distribution under the Plan shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed on such Holder by any governmental unit, including income, withholding, and other tax obligations, on account of such distribution. The Reorganized Debtors have the right, but not the obligation, to not make a distribution until such Holder has made arrangements satisfactory to any issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.

The Reorganized Debtors may require, as a condition to receipt of a distribution, that the Holder of an Allowed Claim complete and return a Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable to each such Holder. If the Reorganized Debtors make such a request and the Holder fails to comply before the date that is 180 days after the request is made, the amount of such distribution shall irrevocably revert to the applicable Reorganized Debtor and any Claim in respect of such distribution shall be discharged and forever barred from assertion against such Reorganized Debtor or its respective property.

16. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

(a) Claims Paid by Third Parties . The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce a Claim, and such Claim shall be Disallowed without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor and annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the 14-day period specified above until the amount is repaid.

 

91


(b) Claims Payable by Third Parties . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, (i) no distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy, and (ii) to the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

(c) Applicability of Insurance Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained in the Plan (i) constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any rights or defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers, or (ii) establish, determine, or otherwise imply any liability or obligation, including any coverage obligation, of any insurer.

 

I.

Procedures For Disputed Claims

1. Allowance of Claims

After the Effective Date, each of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in these Chapter 11 Cases prior to the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in these Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.

2. Objections to Claims

(a) Authority . The Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have authority to file objections to any Claim, and to withdraw any objections to any Claim that they may file. The Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have authority to settle, compromise, or litigate to judgment any objections to any Claim. Except as set forth above, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors also shall have the right to resolve any Disputed Claim outside the Bankruptcy Court under applicable governing law.

 

92


(b) Objection Deadline . As soon as practicable, but no later than the Claim Objection Deadline, the Debtors, and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may file objections with the Bankruptcy Court and serve such objections on the Holders of the Claims to which such objections are made. Nothing contained in the Plan, however, shall limit the right of the Reorganized Debtors to object to Claims, if any, filed or amended after the Claim Objection Deadline. The Claim Objection Deadline may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court upon motion by the Reorganized Debtors.

3. E sti m a ti on of C l a i m s

The Reorganized Debtors may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, regardless of whether the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any contingent, unliquidated, or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court. If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim. All of the aforementioned objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

4. No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection to a Claim is filed as set forth in Section 7.2 of the Plan, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

5. Resolution of Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, or in any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce, sue on, settle, or compromise (or decline to do any of the foregoing) all Claims, Disputed Claims, rights, Causes of Action, suits, and proceedings, whether in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, that the Debtors or their Estates may hold against any Person, without the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, the Confirmation Order, and any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement entered into in connection herewith. The Reorganized Debtors or their successors may pursue such retained Claims, rights, Causes of Action, suits, or proceedings, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Debtors.

 

93


6. Disallowed Claims

All Claims held by persons or entities against whom or which any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors has commenced a proceeding asserting a Cause of Action under sections 542, 543, 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, and/or 550 of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Disallowed Claims pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code and Holders of such Claims shall not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Claims that are deemed Disallowed pursuant to Section 7.6 of the Plan shall continue to be Disallowed for all purposes until such Claim has been settled or resolved by Final Order and any sums due to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors from such party have been paid.

 

J.

Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

1. Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases of the Debtors shall be deemed assumed in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (a) has previously been rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court in effect as of the Effective Date (which order may be the Confirmation Order); (b) is the subject of a motion to reject filed on or before the Effective Date; (c) is identified on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be filed with the Plan Supplement; or (d) has expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms. The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court under sections 365 and 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code approving the assumptions or assumption and assignments or rejections described in the Plan as of the Effective Date. Unless otherwise indicated, all assumptions, assumptions and assignments, and rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in the Plan will be effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan, or by Bankruptcy Court order, will vest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable Reorganized Debtor or assignee in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph or anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases prior to the Effective Date.

 

94


2. D&O Liability Insurance Policies

As of the Effective Date, the D&O Liability Insurance Policies shall be treated as if they were Executory Contracts that are assumed under the Plan. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Debtors’ foregoing assumption of each of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation shall be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be filed.

3. Indemnification

Except as otherwise specifically limited in the Plan, any obligations or rights of the Debtors to defend, indemnify, reimburse, or limit the liability of the Debtors’ present and former directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, restructuring advisors, investment bankers, and consultants (the “ Covered Persons ”) pursuant to the Debtors’ certificates of incorporation, by-laws, indemnification agreements, policy of providing employee indemnification, applicable law, or specific agreement in respect of any claims, demands, suits, Causes of Action, or proceedings against such Covered Persons based upon any act or omission related to such Covered Persons’ service with, for, or on behalf of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date, shall be treated as if they were Executory Contracts that are assumed under the Plan and shall survive the Effective Date and remain unaffected thereby, and shall not be discharged, irrespective of whether such defense, indemnification, reimbursement, or limitation of liability is owed in connection with an occurrence before or after the Petition Date.

4. Employee Benefit Plans and Agreements

As, and subject to the occurrence, of the Effective Date, all employee compensation and benefit plans, policies, and programs of the Debtors applicable generally to their employees, including agreements and programs subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code, as in effect on the Effective Date, including all savings plans, retirement plans, health care plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive plans, and life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, and workers’ compensation programs, shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as though they are, Executory Contracts that are assumed under the Plan by the Reorganized Debtors, and the Debtors’ obligations under such agreements and programs shall survive the Effective Date of the Plan, without prejudice to the Reorganized Debtors’ rights under applicable nonbankruptcy law to modify, amend, or terminate the foregoing arrangements, except for (a) such Executory Contracts or plans specifically rejected pursuant to the Plan (to the extent such rejection does not violate section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) and (b) such Executory Contracts or plans that have previously been terminated or rejected, pursuant to a Final Order, or specifically waived by the beneficiaries of such plans, contracts, or programs.

 

95


5. Cure of Defaults Under Assumed Contracts

The Reorganized Debtors shall cure any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan by paying to the non-Debtor counterparty the full amount of any monetary default in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, no party to an Assumed Contract need file any cure Claim, and the Debtors need not file any lists of any proposed cure claims, with the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtors and counterparties to Assumed Contracts reserve all their rights in the event of a dispute over the amount of a cure claim. If there is any such dispute that cannot be resolved consensually, then either party must file with the Bankruptcy Court a request for allowance and payment of such cure Claim within seventy-five (75) days after the Effective Date. Moreover, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to reject any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the extent the Reorganized Debtors, in the exercise of their sound business judgment, conclude that the amount of the cure Claim as determined by the Bankruptcy Court, renders assumption of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease unfavorable to the Reorganized Debtors.

6. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases .

Unless otherwise provided by a Bankruptcy Court order, any Proofs of Claim asserting Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to the Plan or otherwise must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Any Proofs of Claim arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that are not timely filed shall be Disallowed automatically, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors without the need for any objection by any Person or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Schedules or a Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with the particular provisions of the Plan for such Claims; provided , however , that if the Holder of an Allowed Claim for rejection damages has an unavoidable security interest in any collateral to secure obligations under such rejected Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, the Allowed Claim for rejection damages shall be treated as an Other Secured Claim to the extent of the value of such Holder’s interest in such collateral, with the deficiency, if any, treated as a General Unsecured Claim.

7. Reservation of Rights.

Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute an admission by the Debtors that any particular contract is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that the Debtors have any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five (45) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter and to provide appropriate treatment of such contract or lease.

 

96


K.

Conditions Precedent To Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan

1. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation of the Plan

The following are conditions precedent to the confirmation of the Plan:

(a) an order, in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors, the Required Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements, finding that the Disclosure Statement contains adequate information pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Court shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

(b) the Plan and the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall have been filed and shall be consistent in all material respects with the ECA Document Requirements.

2. C ond it i ons P r ece d e nt t o t he E ff ec ti v e D a t e

The Debtors shall request that the Confirmation Order include a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that, notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rule 3020(e), the Confirmation Order shall take effect immediately upon its entry. The following are conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date, each of which must be satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Plan:

(a) the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have become a Final Order and shall, among other things, provide that the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to enter into, implement, and consummate the agreements and documents created in connection with the Plan;

(b) the Transaction Agreements shall have satisfied the ECA Document Requirements;

(c) all documents related to, provided for therein, or contemplated by the New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, and the New Intercreditor Agreement shall be consistent in all material respects with the Plan and the ECA Document Requirements and shall have been executed and delivered, and all conditions precedent thereto shall have been satisfied (other than the occurrence of the Effective Date), which shall occur simultaneously with the satisfaction of all conditions precedent under such documents;

 

97


(d) all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the New First Lien Notes Indenture, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Indenture, the Rights Offering, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, and the New Intercreditor Agreement have occurred or been waived;

(e) the New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, and the Equity Issuance shall have been fully funded;

(f) the Professional Fee Escrow shall have been funded;

(g) all governmental and third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy Court approval, necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent, or otherwise impose materially adverse conditions on such transactions;

(h) all documents and agreements necessary to implement the Plan shall have (i) been tendered for delivery and (ii) been effected or executed by all Entities party thereto, and all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of such documents and agreements shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the terms of such documents or agreements; and

(i) the Debtors have supported (and not objected to, delayed, impeded, or taken any other action to interfere with) the relief requested in the QP Group Substantial Contribution Application to the extent consistent with the terms of the Global Settlement.

3. Waiver of Conditions Precedent

Each of the conditions precedent in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of the Plan may be waived only if waived in writing by the Debtors, the Requisite Consenting Creditors, and QPGL, in each case, solely as it relates to the ECA Document Requirements, without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan.

4. Effect of Failure of Conditions

If the conditions listed in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of the Plan are not satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.3 of the Plan on or before the first Business Day that is more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Confirmation Order is entered or by such later date as may be agreed between the Debtors and the Required Consenting Creditors and set forth by the Debtors in a notice filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the expiration of such period, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against or any Interests in the Debtors, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity.

 

98


L.

Effect of Confirmation

1. Binding Effect

Following the Effective Date, the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, their Estates, all present and former Holders of Claims and Interests, whether or not such Holders voted in favor of the Plan, and their respective successors and assigns.

2. Compromise and Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Controversies

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, the Plan incorporates the Global Settlement which reflects an integrated compromise and settlement designed to achieve a beneficial and efficient resolution of these Chapter 11 Cases for all parties in interest. Accordingly, in consideration of the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan, including the releases and Third-Party Release set forth in Section 10.3 of the Plan, shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Causes of Action, disputes, or controversies relating to the rights that a Holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Claim or any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any such Claim (except as provided in the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Retained Causes of Action), the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan). The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims, Causes of Action, disputes, or controversies provided for in the Plan, and the Bankruptcy Court’s determination that such compromises and settlements are in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates, the Reorganized Debtors, creditors, and all other parties in interest, and are fair, equitable, and within the range of reasonableness. The compromises and settlement described in the Plan shall be deemed non-severable from each other and from all other terms of the Plan.

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan as to any Debtor or all of the Debtors prior to the Confirmation Date or at the Confirmation Hearing. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan as to any or all of the Debtors, or if the Confirmation Date or the Effective Date does not occur as to any or all of the Debtors, then as to such Debtor(s): (a) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (b) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, will be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing

 

99


contained in the Plan, nor any action taken or not taken by the Debtors with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, nor any action taken or not taken by the Debtors with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, shall be or shall be deemed to be: (i) a waiver or release of any Claims by or against such Debtor(s); (ii) an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor(s) or any other party in interest; or (iii) prejudicial in any manner to the rights of such Debtor(s) or any other party in interest. The revocation or withdrawal of the Plan with respect to one or more Debtors shall not require re-solicitation of the Plan with respect to the remaining Debtors.

3. Releases and Related Matters

(a) Definitions

As used herein, “Released Party” means each of: (i) the Debtors; (ii) the Reorganized Debtors; (iii) PIDWAL; (iv) the Agents; (v) the DIP Lenders; (vi) the RCF Lenders; (vii) the SSCF Lenders; (viii) the Equity Commitment Parties; (ix) the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties; (x) the Reserve Parties; (xi) QPGL; (xii) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (i) through (xi), each of such Entity’s or Person’s respective current and former Affiliates, predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, investment managers, managed accounts, or funds; and (xiii) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities or Persons in clauses (i) through (xii), such Entities’ or Persons’ Representatives; provided that any Holder of a Claim or Interest that (A) objects to the Plan, (B) votes to reject the Plan, or (C) is entitled to vote on the Plan but does not vote to accept the Plan and does not check the box on the applicable Ballot indicating that they opt to grant the release provided in the Plan shall not be a “Released Party”; provided , further , that PDSI and PDVIII shall not be “Released Parties.”

As used herein, “Releasing Parties” means, collectively and in each case in their capacity as such: (1) the Debtors; (2) the Reorganized Debtors; (3) PIDWAL; (4) the Agents; (5) the DIP Lenders; (6) the RCF Lenders; (7) the SSCF Lenders; (8) the Equity Commitment Parties; (9) the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties; (10) the Reserve Parties; (11) QPGL; (12) each Holder of a Claim who was entitled to vote on the Plan and voted to accept the Plan; (13) each Holder of a Claim or Interest who did not vote to accept the Plan but checked the box on the applicable Ballot or Notice of Non-Voting Status indicating that they opt to grant the releases provided in the Plan; and (14) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (1) through (13), such Entities’ or Persons’ successors and assigns. For the avoidance of doubt, PDSI and PDVIII shall not be “Releasing Parties.”

Pursuant to the SHI Letter dated September 24, 2018, SHI asked the Zonda Plan Debtors to investigate and, if appropriate, pursue claims against the Debtors via piercing the corporate veil or on an alter ego theory and to consider whether to seek to substantively consolidate the PDVIII or PDSI estates with those of the Debtors. SHI also demanded that the Debtors investigate claims against its officers and directors for breach

 

100


of fiduciary duty. Additionally, SHI requested that the Zonda Plan Debtors evaluate and, if appropriate, pursue fraudulent transfer claims against the Debtors and any of their creditors that may have received transfers of the Debtors’ property for less than reasonably equivalent value or that was done to hinder, delay, or defraud SHI’s eventual collection of any arbitral award granted in its favor.

As a result of these requests, SHI asked the Debtors to amend the Plan to make clear that neither PDVIII, PDSI, nor any of their respective creditors, including SHI, are granting releases of any claims under the release, injunction, or exculpation provisions of the Plan. SHI asserts that the Zonda Plan Debtors may have the right to seek recovery from the Reorganized Debtors post-confirmation on any number of legal theories. SHI has thus asked the Debtors to make clear that neither the Zonda Plan Debtors nor SHI as a creditor of PDVIII and PDSI will be deemed to release any claims against any of the Released Parties (either directly or derivatively). In response to the SHI Letter, the Debtors amended the Plan to clarify that the Zonda Plan Debtors were not “Released Parties” or “Releasing Parties,” and that the rights of the Zonda Plan Debtors and all of their respective creditors are reserved. The Debtors reserve all rights with respect to any claims or causes of action they may have against the Zonda Plan Debtors.

(b) Releases by the Debtors

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, the Plan, as of the Effective Date, the Debtors and their Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, and any other person seeking to exercise the rights of the Estates, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released, waived, and discharged any and all liabilities, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise that such Person or Entity has, had, or may have against any Released Party (which release shall be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided in the Plan and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code), in each case, relating to a Debtor, the Estates, the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, consideration, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation, or consummation of the Plan, the Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, the Plan Supplement, the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, the New Shareholders Agreement, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the Restructuring Transactions, or any other transactions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection therewith or in connection with any other obligations arising under the Plan or the obligations assumed under the Plan; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall have no effect on: (i) the liability of any Person or Entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under

 

101


the Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (A) previously assumed, (B) entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases, or (C) to be entered into, assumed, or delivered in connection with the Plan; or (ii) the liability of any Released Party that would otherwise result from any act or omission of such Released Party to the extent that such act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct (including fraud). For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in Section 10.3(a) of the Plan shall relieve any Released Party from any obligation or liability under the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of the Plan; (2) an exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment; (3) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (4) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (5) in the best interests of the Debtors and all holders of Claims and Interests; (6) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (7) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (8) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Estates and each of their current and former Affiliates, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ current and former officers, managers, directors, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, assigns, subsidiaries, principals, members, employees, agents, managed accounts or funds, management companies, fund advisors, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.

(c) Releases by the Releasing Parties

Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, the Plan, as of the Effective Date, in consideration for the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan, and the consideration and other contracts, instruments, releases, agreements, or documents to be entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, each Releasing Party shall be deemed to have conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released, waived, and discharged any and all liabilities whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, in law, equity, or otherwise, that such Releasing Party has, had, or may have against any Released Party (which release shall be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided in the Plan and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code), in each case, relating to a Debtor, the Estates, the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, consideration, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation, or consummation of the Plan, the Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any amendments thereof or supplements thereto,

 

102


the Plan Supplement, the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, the New Shareholders Agreement, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the Restructuring Transactions or any other transactions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection therewith or in connection with any other obligations arising under the Plan or the obligations assumed under the Plan; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of Section 10.3(b) of the Plan shall have no effect on: (i) the liability of any Person or Entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under the Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (A) previously assumed, (B) entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases, or (C) to be entered into, assumed, or delivered in connection with the Plan; (ii) the liability of any Released Party that would otherwise result from any act or omission of such Released Party to the extent that such act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct (including fraud); or (iii) any non-Released Party. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this provision shall relieve any Released Party from any obligation or liability under the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and, further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third-Party Release is: (1) essential to the Confirmation of the Plan; (2) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration and substantial contributions provided by the Released Parties; (3) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (4) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (5) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (6) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (7) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release.

(c) Waiver of Statutory Limitation on Releases

Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, the Plan, each Releasing Party in each of the releases contained in the Plan (including under Section 10.3 of the Plan) expressly acknowledges that although ordinarily a general release may not extend to claims which the releasing party does not know or suspect to exist in his favor, which if known by it may have materially affected its settlement with the party released, it has carefully considered and taken into account in determining to enter into the above releases the possible existence of such unknown losses or claims. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Releasing Party expressly waives any and all rights conferred upon it by any statute or rule of law which provides that a release does not extend to claims which the claimant does not know or suspect to exist in its favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by it may have materially affected its settlement with the Released Party, including the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542. The releases contained in Article X of the Plan are effective regardless of whether those released matters are presently known, unknown, suspected or unsuspected, foreseen or unforeseen.

 

103


4. Discharge of the Debtors

(a) Upon the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Debtors, and each of them, shall be deemed discharged and released under section 1141(d)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code from any and all Claims, including, but not limited to, demands and liabilities that arose before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not (i) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt is filed or deemed filed under section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) a Claim based upon such debt is Allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, (iii) a Claim based upon such debt is or has been Disallowed by order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (iv) the Holder of a Claim based upon such debt accepted the Plan.

(b) As of the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Persons shall be precluded from asserting against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors any other or further Claims, debts, rights, Causes of Action, claims for relief, liabilities, or Interests relating to the Debtors based upon any act, omission, transaction, occurrence, or other activity of any nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date. In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of discharge of all such Claims and other debts and liabilities against the Debtors, pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge shall void any judgment obtained against the Debtors at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, Section 10.3 of the Plan shall not apply to any Claims, debts, rights, Causes of Action, claims for relief, liabilities, or Interests arising under the New Secured Debt Documents, whether executed prior to, on, or after the Effective Date.

5. Injunction

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, from and after the Effective Date, (a) to the extent a party’s Claim is discharged pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, such party shall be permanently enjoined from pursuing such Claim against the parties that have been discharged pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, and (b) to the extent a party’s Claim has been released pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, such Releasing Party shall be permanently enjoined from pursuing such Claim against the applicable Released Party, including (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind, including on account of any Claims, Interests, Causes of

 

104


Action, or liabilities that have been Released; (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien, Claim, or encumbrance of any kind; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any debt, liability, or obligation due to the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or Released Parties; and (v) commencing or continuing any act, in any manner, or in any place to assert any Claim, or send any notice or invoice in respect of any Claim that has been discharged or released under the Plan or that does not otherwise comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Plan shall (x) preclude an Entity from obtaining benefits directly and expressly provided to such Entity pursuant to the terms of the Plan; or (y) be construed to prevent any Entity from defending against Claims objections or collection action, whether by asserting a right of setoff, recoupment, or otherwise, to the extent permitted by law; or (z) enjoining or precluding any Entity that is not a Releasing Party from taking any of the foregoing enforcement actions against QPGL or any member of the Ad Hoc Group or its assets or property on account of any Claims, Interests, Obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, Causes of Action, or liabilities that such Entity has not waived, discharged, compromised, or released pursuant to the Plan or that have not been exculpated pursuant to Section 10.6 of the Plan.

6. Exculpation and Limitation of Liability

From and after the Effective Date, the Exculpated Parties shall neither have nor incur any liability to any Person or Entity, and no Holder of a Claim or Interest, no other party in interest, and none of their respective Representatives, each in their capacity as such, shall have any right of action against any Exculpated Party for any act taken or omitted to be taken before the Effective Date based on the Chapter 11 Cases, the negotiation, consideration, formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation, or consummation of the Plan, the Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, the Plan Supplement, the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, the New Shareholders Agreement, the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, or the Restructuring Transactions or any other transactions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection therewith or in connection with any other obligations arising under the Plan or the obligations assumed under the Plan; provided , however , that the foregoing provisions of Section 10.6 of the Plan shall have no effect on: (a) the liability of any Person or Entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under the Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (i) previously assumed, (ii) entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases, or (iii) to be entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan; or (b) the liability of any Exculpated Party from any obligation or liability under the Plan.

 

105


7. Term of Bankruptcy Injunction or Stays

Except as provided otherwise in the Plan, from and after the entry of an order closing these Chapter 11 Cases, the automatic stay of section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall terminate.

8. Post-Confirmation Date Retention of Professionals

Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date will terminate and the Reorganized Debtors will employ and pay professionals in the ordinary course of business.

 

M.

Retention of Jurisdiction

Pursuant to sections 105(c) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code and notwithstanding entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction (unless otherwise indicated) over all matters arising in, arising out of, and/or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, among other things, jurisdiction to:

(a) resolve any matters related to the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which any Debtor is a party or with respect to which any Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate any Claims arising therefrom;

(b) decide or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested, or litigated matters, and any other matters and grant or deny any applications involving the Debtors that may be pending on the Effective Date (which jurisdiction shall be non-exclusive as to any such non-core matters);

(c) enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the Plan, and all contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order (including New First Lien Notes, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, the Rights Offering, the Equity Commitment Agreement, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Agreement, and the New Intercreditor Agreement);

(d) resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with the consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document that is executed or created pursuant to the Plan, or any entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan or such documents;

 

106


(e) modify the Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code or modify the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Confirmation Order, or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Confirmation Order, in such manner as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan;

(f) hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses of Professionals under the Plan or under sections 330, 331, 503(b), and 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that from and after the Effective Date the payment of fees and expenses by the Reorganized Debtors, including professional fees, shall be made in the ordinary course of business and shall not be subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court;

(g) issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with consummation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

(h) adjudicate controversies arising out of the administration of the Estates or the implementation of the Plan;

(i) resolve any cases, controversies, suits, or disputes that may arise in connection with Claims, including the Bar Date, related notice, claim objections, allowance, disallowance, estimation, and distribution;

(j) hear and determine Retained Actions by or on behalf of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors;

(k) enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated, or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed;

(l) determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, the Plan Supplement, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order;

(m) enforce all orders, judgments, injunctions, releases, exculpations, indemnifications, and rulings entered in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases;

(n) hear and determine such other matters as may be provided in the Confirmation Order or as may be authorized under the Bankruptcy Code; and

(o) enter an order closing the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

107


N.

Jurisdiction for Certain Other Agreements

The Plan shall not modify the jurisdictional provisions of the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, or the New Shareholders Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court’s retention of jurisdiction pursuant to the Plan shall not govern the enforcement or adjudication of any rights or remedies with respect to or as provided in the New Secured Debt Documents, the New Intercreditor Agreement, or the New Shareholders Agreement, and the jurisdictional provisions of such documents shall control.

 

O.

No Limitation on Enforcement by SEC on Non-Debtors

Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and/or the Confirmation Order, no provision of the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall (1) preclude the SEC from enforcing its police or regulatory powers; or, (2) enjoin, limit, impair or delay the SEC from commencing or continuing any claims, causes of action, proceedings or investigations against any non-Debtor person or non-Debtor entity in any forum .

 

P.

Miscellaneous Provisions

1. P a y m e nt of S t a t u t o r y F ee s

All fees payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code shall be paid on the earlier of when due or the Effective Date.

2. Amendment or Modification of the Plan

Subject to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, or modify the Plan at any time prior to or after the Confirmation Date but prior to the substantial consummation of the Plan, subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors and QPGL, in each case, subject to the ECA Document Requirements. A Holder of a Claim that has accepted the Plan shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, if the proposed alteration, amendment or modification does not materially and adversely change the treatment of the Claim of such Holder.

3. Substantial Consummation

On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

108


4. Severability of Plan Provisions

If, prior to the Confirmation Date, any term or provision of the Plan is determined by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

5. Successors and Assigns

The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, and their respective successors and assigns, including the Reorganized Debtors. The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor, or assign of such Entity.

6. Revocation, Withdrawal, or Non-Consummation

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date and to file other plans of reorganization, subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Creditors. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or consummation of the Plan does not occur, then (a) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (b) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount any Claim or Class of Claims), assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan shall be deemed null and void; and (c) nothing contained in the Plan, and no acts taken in preparation for consummation of the Plan, shall (i) constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Interests in, the Debtors or any other Person, (ii) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any Person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors, or (iii) constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtors or any other Person.

7. Governing Law

Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an Exhibit hereto or a schedule in the Plan Supplement provides otherwise, the rights, duties and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of law thereof.

 

109


8. Time

In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise set forth in the Plan or determined by the Bankruptcy Court, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006 shall apply.

9. Immediate Binding Effect

Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors, the New First Lien Noteholders, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Noteholders, the Equity Commitment Parties, the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Commitment Parties, the Holders of Claims and Interests, the Released Parties, the Exculpated Parties, and each of their respective successors and assigns, including the Reorganized Debtors.

10. Entire Agreement

On the Effective Date, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

11. Notice

All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Reorganized Debtors to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.

11700 Katy Freeway

Houston, TX 77079

(713) 334-6662

Attention: Paul Reese and Lisa Buchanan

Email: p.reese@pacificdrilling.com, l.buchanan@pacificdrilling.com

and

TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP

One Penn Plaza, Suite 3335

New York, New York 10119

 

110


(212) 594-5000

Attention: Albert Togut, Frank A. Oswald, Kyle J. Ortiz, and

Amy M. Oden

E-mail: altogut@teamtogut.com, frankoswald@teamtogut.com, kortiz@teamtogut.com, aoden@teamtogut.com

Counsel for Debtors and Debtors in Possession

-and-

PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Attention: Andrew N. Rosenberg and Elizabeth R. McColm

E-mail: arosenberg@paulweiss.com, emccolm@paulweiss.com

Counsel for the Ad Hoc Group

-and-

SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036-6522

Attention: Jay M. Goffman and George R. Howard

E-mail: jay.goffman@skadden.com, george.howard@skadden.com

Counsel for QPGL

12. Exhibits

All Exhibits to the Plan are incorporated and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full therein.

13. Filing of Additional Documents

On or before substantial consummation of the Plan, the Debtors shall file such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the Plan Supplement.

14. Conflicts

In the event that provisions of the Disclosure Statement and provisions of the Plan conflict, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

111


V. RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

Parties in interest should read and carefully consider the following factors, as well as the other information set forth in this Disclosure Statement (and the documents delivered together herewith and/or incorporated by reference herein), before deciding whether to vote to accept or to reject the Plan. This information, however, does not describe the only risks involved in connection with the Plan and its implementation.

The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date hereof unless otherwise specified herein, and the delivery of this Disclosure Statement after that date does not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date. The Debtors have no duty to update this Disclosure Statement except as may be required by applicable law.

The Debtors’ advisors have relied upon information provided by the Debtors in connection with the preparation of this Disclosure Statement. Although the Debtors’ advisors have performed certain limited due diligence in connection with the preparation of this Disclosure Statement, they have not independently verified the information contained in this Disclosure Statement.

No representations concerning or related to the Debtors, the Chapter 11 Cases, or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement. Any representations or inducements made to secure your acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than as contained in, or included with, this Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon by you in arriving at your decision.

The contents of this Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business, or tax advice. Each Holder of a Claim or Interest should consult his, her, or its own legal counsel and accountant as to legal, tax, and other matters concerning his, her, or its Claim or Interest.

This Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you. This Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine how to vote on the Plan or object to confirmation of the Plan.

Nothing contained in the Plan will constitute an admission of, or be deemed evidence of, the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors or on Holders of Claims or Interests.

 

A.

Certain Bankruptcy Considerations

1. Failure to Confirm the Plan

If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, there can be no assurance that the Chapter 11 Cases will continue rather than be converted to liquidation cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code sets forth the requirements for confirmation of a plan and requires, among other things, that the value of distributions to dissenting creditors and shareholders not be less than the value of distributions such creditors and shareholders would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

112


Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements necessary for confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion or that modifications of the Plan will not be required for confirmation or that such modifications would not necessitate resolicitation of votes.

Further, although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date will occur shortly after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing. In addition, the Debtors could experience material adverse changes in their liquidity as a result of such delay.

2. Uncertainty of Extraterritorial Recognition of Plan Confirmation

PDSA is incorporated pursuant to, and the rights attaching to their shares are governed by, the laws of Luxembourg. Additionally, many of the other Debtors are incorporated under and their interests are governed by the laws of foreign jurisdictions other than the United States. Although the Debtors will make every effort to ensure that any Confirmation Order entered by the Bankruptcy Court and the steps taken pursuant to the Confirmation Order to implement the Restructuring are recognized and are effective in all applicable jurisdictions, it is possible that if a creditor or stakeholder were to challenge the Restructuring, a foreign court may refuse to recognize the effect of the Confirmation Order.

3. Potential Adverse Effects of Chapter 11

Although the Debtors have sought to make their stay in chapter 11 as brief as possible and to obtain relief from the Bankruptcy Court so as to minimize any potential disruption to their business operations, it is possible that the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases could materially adversely affect the relationship among the Debtors and their customers, employees, vendors, and service providers. Moreover, because the Debtors’ business operations implicate maritime law, various foreign creditors could assert maritime liens against the Debtors’ assets. The determination of what claim constitutes a maritime lien is determined by local law on a case-by-case basis. Thus, various interested parties may attempt to seize assets located outside of the United States to the detriment of the Debtors, their estates, and creditors, or take other actions in contravention of the automatic stay of section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code.

4. No Assurance of Ultimate Recoveries

There can be no assurances of the actual recoveries to the Debtors’ claimholders. The Debtors cannot assure their claimholders that they will be able to resell any consideration received in respect of their claims at current values or at all.

 

113


5. Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests

Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code requires that the Plan classify Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. The Bankruptcy Code also provides that, except for certain Claims classified for administrative convenience, the Plan may place a Claim or Interest in a particular Class only if such Claim or Interest is substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests of such Class. The Debtors believe that all Claims and Interests have been appropriately classified in the Plan.

To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court finds that a different classification is required for the Plan to be confirmed, the Debtors may seek to (a) modify the Plan to provides for whatever classification might be required for confirmation and (b) use the acceptances received from any creditor pursuant to the solicitation for the purpose of obtaining the approval of the Class or Classes of which such creditor ultimately is deemed to be a member. There can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court, after finding that a classification was inappropriate and requiring a reclassification, would approve the Plan based upon such reclassification without requiring the Debtors to resolicit votes.

6. N on c on s e n s ual C on f i r m a ti on

In the event any impaired class of claims or interests entitled to vote on a plan of reorganization does not accept a plan of reorganization, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm such plan at the proponent’s request if at least one impaired class has accepted the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the bankruptcy court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired classes.

7. Risk of Delayed Effective Date

The Debtors may not have sufficient cash available in order to operate their business if the Effective Date is delayed. In that case, the Debtors may need additional postpetition financing, which may increase the costs of consummating the Plan. There is no assurance of the terms on which such financing may be available or if such financing will be available. Any increased costs as a result of the incurrence of additional indebtedness may reduce amounts available to distribute to Holders of Allowed Claims.

8. Risks of Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent

Article IX of the Plan provides for certain conditions that must be satisfied (or waived) prior to the Confirmation Date and for certain other conditions that must be satisfied (or waived) prior to the Effective Date. Some of the conditions are outside of the control of the Debtors. There can be no assurance that any or all of the conditions in the Plan will be satisfied (or waived). Accordingly, even if the Plan is confirmed by the

 

114


Bankruptcy Court, there can be no assurance that the Plan will be consummated and the restructuring completed. If the Plan is not consummated, there can be no assurance that the Chapter 11 Cases would not be converted to chapter 7 liquidation cases or that any new chapter 11 plan would be as favorable to Holders of Claims as the current Plan. Either outcome may materially reduce distributions to Holders of Claims.

 

B.

Risks Relating to the Reorganized Debtors’ Business and Operations

1. Failure to Identify Litigation Claims or Projected Objections

No reliance should be placed on the fact that a particular litigation claim or projected objection to a particular Claim or Interest is, or is not, identified in this Disclosure Statement. The Debtors may seek to investigate, file, and prosecute Claims and Interests and may object to Claims or Interests after the Confirmation or Effective Date of the Plan irrespective of whether this Disclosure Statement identifies such Claims or Interests or objections to such Claims or Interests.

2. No Assurance of Ultimate Recoveries; Uncertainty of Financial Projections

The Financial Projections attached hereto as Appendix D include projections covering the Reorganized Debtors’ operations. These projections are based on assumptions that are an integral part of the projections, including confirmation and consummation of the Plan in accordance with its terms, the anticipated future performance of the Debtors, industry performance, general business and economic conditions, and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtors and some or all of which may not materialize. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances occurring after the date hereof may affect the actual financial results of the Reorganized Debtors’ operations. These variations may be material and may adversely affect the ability of the Reorganized Debtors to make payments with respect to their indebtedness. Because the actual results achieved may vary from projected results, perhaps significantly, the projections should not be relied upon as a guaranty or other assurance of the actual results that will occur.

The business plan was developed by the Debtors with the assistance of their advisors. There can be no assurances that the Debtors’ business plan will not change, perhaps materially, as a result of decisions management and the new board of directors make after fully evaluating the strategic direction of the Debtors and their business plan. Any deviations from the Debtors’ existing business plan would necessarily cause a deviation from the Financial Projections, and could result in materially different outcomes from those projected.

 

115


3. Uncertainty of Post-Confirmation Value

The estimate of the post-confirmation value of the Reorganized Debtors is attached hereto as Appendix E . This valuation is based on assumptions that are an integral part of the projections, including confirmation and consummation of the Plan in accordance with its terms, the anticipated future performance of the Debtors, industry performance, general business and economic conditions, and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtors and some or all of which may not materialize. The valuation assumptions herein are not a prediction of post-confirmation market trading value of the trading prices of the Reorganized Debtors’ assets or equity.

4. Risks Associated with the Debtors Business and Industry

The risks associated with the Debtors’ operations, business, and industry are more fully described in the Debtors’ filings with the SEC, including the 2017 Form 20-F. The risks associated with the Debtors’ business and industry described in the Debtors’ SEC filings include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

delay in the recovery of energy-based commodity prices, resulting in a continuing suppression of demand for offshore drilling services;

 

   

highly competitive and cyclical nature of the contract drilling industry;

 

   

the Debtors’ ability to secure drilling contracts for its drillships;

 

   

oversupply of drilling rigs available to service customer base;

 

   

significant amount of Debtors’ revenue is derived from relatively small number of customers;

 

   

occurrence of operating hazards inherent in the drilling and operation of oil and natural gas wells;

 

   

limited ability to obtain financing and pursue business opportunities because of debt level;

 

   

credit risk relating to nonperformance by customers;

 

   

no assurance that current backlog of drilling contracts will be ultimately realized;

 

   

risks of incurring losses or impairments related to vessels;

 

116


   

failure to realize cost savings on idle rigs;

 

   

risks relating to operating in international locations;

 

   

the impact of governmental laws, regulations, and restrictions that may affect the Debtors’ business from time to time; and

 

   

national, state, and foreign or international laws or regulatory initiatives focusing on greenhouse gas reduction that may affect the Debtors’ businesses from time to time.

5. Volatility of Offshore Drilling Market

The demand for the Debtors’ services depends on the level of activity in the offshore oil and gas industry, which is significantly affected by, among other things, volatile oil and gas prices, and has been and may continue to be materially and adversely affected by the significant decline in the offshore oil and gas industry since mid-2014.

Oil and gas prices are extremely volatile and are affected by numerous factors beyond the Debtors’ control, including:

 

   

the worldwide production and demand for oil and natural gas and any geographical dislocations in supply and demand;

 

   

the development of new technologies, alternative fuels, and alternative sources of hydrocarbon production, such as increases in onshore shale production in the United States;

 

   

worldwide economic and financial problems and corresponding decline in the demand for oil and gas and consequently for the Debtors’ services; and

 

   

the worldwide social and political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from changes in political leadership, an escalation or additional outbreak of armed hostilities, insurrection, or other crises in the Middle East, Africa, South America, or other geographic areas, or acts of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere.

Declines in oil and gas prices for an extended period of time, and market expectations of continued lower oil prices, have negatively affected and could continue to negatively affect the Debtors’ business in the offshore drilling sector. Sustained periods of low oil prices have resulted in and could continue to result in reduced exploration and drilling. These commodity price declines have an effect on rig demand, and periods of low demand can cause excess rig supply and intensify the competition in

 

117


the industry, which often results in drilling units of all generations and technical specifications being idle for periods of time. As a result of the low commodity prices, exploration and production companies have significantly reduced capital spending over the last few years, leading to a current oversupply of drilling rigs. The Debtors cannot accurately predict the future level of demand for the Debtors’ services or future conditions in the oil and gas industry. The decrease in exploration, development, or production expenditures by oil and gas companies, and any further decrease, could lead to further reductions in the Debtors’ revenues and materially harm the Debtors’ business and results of operations.

6. Post-Effective Date Indebtedness

Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have outstanding secured indebtedness of approximately $1.0 billion pursuant to the New First Lien Notes Documents and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes Documents. The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to service their debt obligations will depend on, among other things, their future operating performance, which depends partly on economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet their debt service obligations as well as fund necessary capital expenditures and pay operating and general and administrative expenses. In addition, if the Reorganized Debtors need to refinance their debt, obtain additional financing, or sell assets or equity, they may not be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

C.

Risks Relating to Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan

1. There Can Be No Assurance that the Reorganized Debtors New Common Shares Will Be Publicly Traded.

There can be no assurance that an active market for the New Common Shares will develop, nor can any assurance be given as to the prices at which such shares might be traded. The New Common Shares will not be listed or traded on any securities exchange on the Effective Date. If a trading market does not develop, holders of the New Common Shares may experience difficulty in reselling such securities or may be unable to sell them at all. Even if such a market were to exist, such securities could trade at prices higher or lower than the value of the New Common Shares implied by the stipulated plan equity value set forth in this Disclosure Statement depending upon many factors, including, without limitation, prevailing interest rates, markets for similar securities, industry conditions, and the performance of, and investor expectations for, the Reorganized Debtors.

 

118


2. The New Common Shares, Rights Offering Subscription Rights, and New Common Shares Issued upon Exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights Pursuant to the Rights Offering, QP Private Placement, Equity Commitment, and Equity Commitment Premium Have Not Been Registered and Will Be Subject to Resale Restrictions.

The New Common Shares, Rights Offering Subscription Rights, and New Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights pursuant to the Rights Offering, QP Private Placement, Equity Commitment, and Equity Commitment Premium have not been registered under the Securities Act, any state securities laws, or the laws of any other jurisdiction. Accordingly, such securities may be subject to resale restrictions and may be resold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred only pursuant to registration, or an applicable exemption from (or in a transaction not subject to) registration, under the Securities Act and other applicable law. In addition, holders of New Common Shares issued pursuant to section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code who are deemed to be “underwriters” under section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code will also be subject to resale restrictions. See Article VI of this Disclosure Statement for a further discussion of the transfer restrictions applicable to the securities.

3. The New Common Shares Are Subject to Potential Dilution .

The ownership percentage represented by the New Common Shares outstanding on the Effective Date will be subject to dilution from any other shares that may be issued post-emergence as authorized by the Reorganized Debtor’s board post-emergence, including through the Management Incentive Plan. In the future, similar to all companies, additional equity financings or other share issuances by any of the Reorganized Debtors could adversely affect the value of the New Common Shares. The amount and dilutive effect of any of the foregoing could be material.

4. Holders of Rights Offering Subscription Rights Who Do Not Exercise Them and Purchase New Common Shares Will Experience Dilution with Respect to New Common Shares They Otherwise Acquire Pursuant to the Plan.

The Equity Purchase Price of the New Common Shares being offering pursuant to the Rights Offering Subscription Rights is at a substantial discount to the value of the New Common Shares implied by the stipulated plan equity value (which may not be the value that could be realized from holding or selling New Common Shares after the Effective Date). Accordingly, Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and 2020 Notes Claims who do not exercise their Rights Offering Subscription Rights will experience dilution with respect to New Common Shares they otherwise acquire pursuant to the Plan through the exchange of the Pacific Drilling debt that they hold, based on the value of the New Common Shares implied by the stipulated plan equity value.

 

119


5. The Estimated Valuation of the Reorganized Debtors and the New Common Shares and the Estimated Recoveries to Holders of Allowed Claims Are Not Necessarily Representative of the Private or Public Sale Values of the New Common Shares.

The Debtors’ estimated recoveries to holders of Allowed Claims are not intended to represent the private or public sale values of Reorganized PDSA’s securities. The estimated recoveries are based on numerous assumptions (the realization of many of which are beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtors), including, without limitation: (a) the successful reorganization of the Debtors; (b) an assumed date for the occurrence of the Effective Date; (c) the Debtors’ ability to achieve the operating and financial results included in the Financial Projections; and (d) the Debtors’ ability to maintain adequate liquidity to fund operations.

6. Reorganized PDSA Does Not Anticipate Paying Any Dividends on the New Common Shares for the Foreseeable Future.

Reorganized PDSA expects to retain any future cash flows for debt reduction and to support its operations. In addition, covenants in the documents governing the Reorganized Debtors’ indebtedness may restrict their ability to pay cash dividends and may prohibit the payment of dividends and certain other payments. As a result, for so long as Reorganized PDSA does not pay dividends on the New Common Shares, the success of an investment in the New Common Shares (including the New Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights) will depend entirely upon any future appreciation in the value of the New Common Shares. There is, however, no guarantee that the New Common Shares will appreciate in value or even maintain their initial value.

7. Small Number of Holders or Voting Blocks May Control the Reorganized Debtors .

Consummation of the Plan may result in a small number of persons owning a significant percentage of the New Common Shares. These persons may, among other things, exercise a controlling influence over the Reorganized Debtors and have the power to elect directors and approve significant transactions.

8. The New Common Shares Are Subordinated to the Reorganized Debtors Indebtedness .

In any subsequent liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Reorganized Debtors, the New Common Shares would rank below all debt and other creditor claims against the Reorganized Debtors. As a result, holders of the New Common Shares will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Reorganized Debtors until after all the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to their debt holders and other creditors have been satisfied.

 

120


9. The Reorganized Debtors Cash Flow May Be Insufficient to Meet Their Debt Obligations .

The Reorganized Debtors’ earnings and cash flow may vary significantly from year to year. Additionally, the Reorganized Debtors’ future cash flow may be insufficient to meet their debt obligations and commitments, including their obligations under the New First Lien Notes and New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. Any insufficiency could negatively impact the Reorganized Debtors’ business. A range of economic, competitive, business, and industry factors will affect the Reorganized Debtors’ future financial performance and, as a result, their ability to generate cash flow from operations and to pay their debt. Many of these factors are beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control.

If the Reorganized Debtors do not generate enough cash flow from operations to satisfy their debt obligations, they may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

   

refinancing or restructuring debt;

 

   

selling assets;

 

   

reducing or delaying capital investments; or

 

   

seeking to raise additional capital.

It cannot be assured, however, that undertaking alternative financing plans, if necessary, would allow the Reorganized Debtors to meet their debt obligations. An inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy their debt obligations or to obtain alternative financing could materially and adversely affect the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make payments on the New First Lien Notes and New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, as well as the Reorganized Debtors’ business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

10. The Rights and Responsibilities of Holders of New Common Shares Are Governed by Luxembourg Law.

The rights and responsibilities of holders of New Common Shares are governed by Luxembourg law and differ in some respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders under other jurisdictions, including the United States. Reorganized PDSA’s corporate affairs will be governed by its articles of association, as amended from time to time, and by the laws governing companies incorporated in Luxembourg. The rights of Reorganized PDSA’s shareholders and the responsibilities of its board of directors under Luxembourg law may not be as clearly established as they are under the laws of other jurisdictions. Reorganized PDSA may hold all of its shareholder meetings in Luxembourg. The holders of the New Common Shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by Reorganized PDSA’s board of directors than if Reorganized PDSA were incorporated in the United States.

 

121


11. Because Reorganized PDSA Will Be Incorporated Under the Laws of Luxembourg, Holders of New Common Shares May Face Difficulty Protecting Their Interests, and Their Ability to Protect Their Rights Through Other International Courts, Including Courts in the United States, May Be Limited.

Reorganized PDSA will be a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, and as a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Reorganized PDSA or to enforce both in the United States and outside the United States judgments against it obtained in United States courts in any action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, a majority of Reorganized PDSA’s directors may be residents of jurisdictions other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of those persons may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on certain of these directors or to enforce against them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. There is uncertainty as to whether the courts of Luxembourg would (a) enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against Reorganized PDSA predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or (b) entertain original actions brought in Luxembourg courts against Reorganized PDSA predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

12. Reorganized PDSA May Not Continue to Be a Reporting Company Under the United States Federal Securities Laws.

PDSA currently files reports with the SEC as a “foreign private issuer.” No assurances can be given that PDSA will continue to file reports with the SEC throughout the Chapter 11 Cases, or that Reorganized PDSA will continue to file such reports after the Effective Date. “Foreign private issuers” are exempt from a number of rules under the United States securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than United States public companies. For example, foreign private issuers are exempt from certain rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), that regulates disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, the officers and directors of a foreign private issuer are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of the company’s securities. Moreover, foreign private issuers are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States public companies. Accordingly, there may be less information concerning a foreign private issuer publicly available than there is for United States public companies.

 

122


VI. CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW MATTERS

 

A.

Issuance of the New Common Shares Under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and Private Placement Exemptions

Except as expressly provided herein, all New Common Shares, Rights Offering Subscription Rights, and New Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon either (1) section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or (2) section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

The New Common Shares, Rights Offering Subscription Rights, and New Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights issued to the holders of the Allowed Term Loan B Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and 2020 Notes Claims on account of their respective Claims and in connection with the Rights Offering are expected to be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance on section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The New Common Shares issued on account of the Equity Commitment, the Equity Commitment Premium, and the QP Private Placement are expected to be issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

In general, securities issued under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code may be resold without registration unless the recipient is an “underwriter” with respect to those securities. The Rights Offering Subscription Rights and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will be considered “restricted securities” and may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an available exemption therefrom.

 

B.

Resale of New Common Shares; Definition of Underwriter

Section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code defines an “underwriter” as one who, except with respect to “ordinary trading transactions” of an entity that is not an “issuer”: (1) purchases a claim against, interest in, or claim for an administrative expense in the case concerning, the debtor, if such purchase is with a view to distribution of any security received or to be received in exchange for such claim or interest; (2) offers to sell securities offered or sold under a plan for the holders of such securities; (3) offers to buy securities offered or sold under a plan from the holders of such securities, if such offer to buy is (a) with a view to distribution of such securities and (b) under an agreement made in connection with the plan, with the consummation of the plan, or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan; or (4) is an issuer of the securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. In addition, a person who receives a fee in exchange for purchasing an issuer’s securities could also be considered an underwriter within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

 

123


The definition of an “issuer” for purposes of whether a person is an underwriter under section 1145(b)(1)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, by reference to section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, includes as “statutory underwriters” all persons who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, an issuer of securities. The reference to “issuer,” as used in the definition of “underwriter” contained in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, is intended to cover “Controlling Persons” of the issuer of the securities. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. Accordingly, an officer or director of a reorganized debtor or its successor under a plan of reorganization may be deemed to be a “Controlling Person” of the debtor or successor, particularly if the management position or directorship is coupled with ownership of a significant percentage of the reorganized debtor’s or its successor’s voting securities. In addition, the legislative history of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent or more of a class of securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “Controlling Person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

Resales of the New Common Shares by entities deemed to be “underwriters” (which definition includes “Controlling Persons”) are not exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Under certain circumstances, holders of New Common Shares who are deemed to be “underwriters” may be entitled to resell their New Common Shares pursuant to the limited safe harbor resale provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Generally, Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act would permit the public sale of securities received by such Person if the required holding period has been met and, under certain circumstances, current information regarding the issuer is publicly available and volume limitations, manner of sale requirements, and certain other conditions are met. Whether any particular Person would be deemed to be an “underwriter” (including whether the Person is a “Controlling Person”) with respect to the New Common Shares, as applicable, would depend upon various facts and circumstances applicable to that Person. Accordingly, the Debtors express no view as to whether any Person would be deemed an “underwriter” with respect to the New Common Shares and, in turn, whether any Person may freely resell New Common Shares.

Unlike the securities that will be issued pursuant to section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, any New Common Shares issued in reliance upon section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will be deemed “restricted securities” that may not be offered, sold, exchanged, assigned, or otherwise transferred unless they are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available, including under Rule 144 or Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

124


Rule 144 provides an exemption for the public resale of “restricted securities” if certain conditions are met. These conditions vary depending on whether the holder of the restricted securities is an affiliate of the issuer. An affiliate is defined as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer.”

A non-affiliate who has not been an affiliate of the issuer during the preceding three months may resell restricted securities after a six-month holding period if at the time of the sale there is available certain current public information regarding the issuer, and may sell the securities after a one-year holding period whether or not there is current public information regarding the issuer. Adequate current public information is available for a reporting issuer if the issuer has filed all periodic reports required under section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the twelve months preceding the sale of the restricted securities. If the issuer is a non-reporting issuer, adequate current public information is available if certain information about the issuer is made publicly available. The Debtors can provide no assurances that the Reorganized Debtors will continue to be a reporting issuer or that current public information will be available to allow resales by non-affiliates when the six-month holding period expires (approximately six months after the emergence date).

An affiliate may resell restricted securities after the six-month holding period if at the time of the sale certain current public information regarding the issuer is available and may resell the securities after a one-year holding period whether or not there is current public information regarding this issuer, subject in each case to the additional requirements below. As noted above, the Debtors can provide no assurances that this information requirement will be satisfied. The affiliate must also comply with the volume, manner of sale, and notice requirements of Rule 144. First, the rule limits the number of restricted securities (plus any unrestricted securities) sold for the account of an affiliate (and related persons) in any three-month period to the greater of one percent of the outstanding securities of the same class being sold, or, if the class is listed on a stock exchange, the greater of one percent of the average weekly reported volume of trading in such restricted securities during the four weeks preceding the filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144. Second, the manner of sale requirement provides that the restricted securities must be sold in a broker’s transaction, which generally means they must be sold through a broker and handled as a routine trading transaction. The broker must receive no more than the usual commission and cannot solicit orders for the sale of the restricted securities except in certain situations. Third, if the sale in any three-month period exceeds 5,000 restricted securities or has an aggregate sale price greater than $50,000, an affiliate must file with the SEC three copies of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144. The sale must occur within three months of filing the notice unless an amended notice is filed.

 

125


The Debtors believe that the Rule 144 exemption will not be available with respect to any New Common Shares issued in reliance upon section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder (whether held by non-affiliates or affiliates) until at least six months after the Effective Date. Accordingly, holders of such New Common Shares will be required to hold such New Common Shares for at least six months and, thereafter, to sell New Common Shares only in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 144, unless such New Common Shares are transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The New Common Shares issued in connection with the QP Private Placement, the Equity Commitment, if any, and the Equity Commitment Premium pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D will be issued in book-entry form and will bear a restrictive legend. Each book-entry representing, or issued in exchange for or upon the transfer, sale, or assignment of, any such shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [DATE OF ISSUANCE], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ”ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.”

The Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to require certification or other evidence of compliance with Rule 144 or another available exemption as a condition to the removal of such legend or to any resale of the New Common Shares issued in connection with the QP Private Placement, the Equity Commitment, if any, and the Equity Commitment Premium pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D. The Reorganized Debtors also reserve the right to stop the transfer of any such shares if such transfer is not in compliance with Rule 144 or another available exemption. Any person who receives such shares will be required to acknowledge and agree not to resell such securities except in accordance with Rule 144, when available, or another available exemption and that the securities will be subject to the other restrictions described above.

ANY PERSONS RECEIVING “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER THE PLAN ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION FOR RESALE OF THESE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAW.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING

 

126


THE EXEMPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS OR THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE PLAN. POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER THE PLAN ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES. POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF NEW COMMON SHARES ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING THEIR ABILITY TO FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE LAW.

 

C.

Issuance and Resale of the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes

The New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes were issued to the Initial Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes are considered “restricted securities” and may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an available exemption therefrom. The Initial Purchaser of the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes may resell such notes pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S or pursuant to another applicable exemption from registration. The New First Lien Notes and New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes are not subject to the Trust Indenture Act.

Persons who purchase the New First Lien Notes and New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes during such time as they continue to be “restricted securities” may not transfer such notes except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an available exemption therefrom. Holders of restricted securities would, however, be permitted to resell the New First Lien Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes without registration if they are able to comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 144A (if available) or any other registration exemption under (or in a transaction not subject to) the Securities Act, or if such securities are registered with the SEC.

VII. U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

 

A.

Introduction

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax and Luxembourg tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences to certain Holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan. It does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders of Claims not entitled to vote on the Plan.

 

127


The summary of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Tax Code ”), the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Treasury Regulations ”), judicial decisions, and published administrative rules and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”), all as in effect on the date hereof (collectively, “ Applicable U.S. Tax Law ”).

The summary of the Luxembourg tax consequences is based on the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, including the Income Tax Act of December 4, 1967, as amended, the Municipal Business Tax Act of December 1, 1936, as amended, and the Net Wealth Tax Act of October 16, 1934, as amended, which the Company jointly refers to as the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg, including the regulations promulgated thereunder, and published judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements, each as in effect on the date hereof or with a known future effective date and is subject to any change in law or regulations or changes in interpretation or application thereof (and which may possibly have a retroactive effect).

Changes in the rules or new interpretations of the rules may have retroactive effect and could significantly affect the U.S. federal income tax and Luxembourg tax consequences described below. The Debtors have not requested, and will not request, any ruling or determination from the IRS or any other taxing authority with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and the discussion below is not binding upon the IRS, the U.S. courts, or any other tax authority. No assurance can be given that the IRS or any other tax authority would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a different position than any position discussed herein.

In general, other than with respect to the U.S. Entities (as defined below), the Debtors are not taxpayers in the United States. As such, the Debtors will only take positions with respect to issues of U.S. federal income tax law to the extent they are required to do so by Applicable U.S. Tax Law. Unless stated expressly herein, nothing in this summary should be interpreted to imply that the Debtors will take any particular position with respect to issues of Applicable U.S. Tax Law to the extent the Debtors are not required by Applicable U.S. Tax Law to take a particular position.

This summary does not address non-U.S. (other than Luxembourg), state, local, or non-income tax consequences of the Plan (including such consequences with respect to the Debtors), nor does it purport to address all aspects of U.S. federal income or Luxembourg taxation that may be relevant to a Holder in light of its individual circumstances or to a Holder that may be subject to special tax rules (such as persons who are related to the Debtors within the meaning of the Tax Code, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers, banks, mutual funds, insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through

 

128


entities), beneficial owners of partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities), subchapter S corporations, persons who hold Claims or who will hold any consideration received pursuant to the Plan as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated investment, persons using a mark-to-market method of accounting, Holders of Claims who are themselves in bankruptcy, or persons that hold 10.0% or more of the stock of Reorganized PDSA (including through certain attribution rules)). Furthermore, this summary assumes that a Holder of a Claim holds only Claims in a single Class and holds a Claim only as a “capital asset” (within the meaning of section 1221 of the Tax Code). This summary also assumes that Claims will be treated in accordance with their form for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The U.S. federal income tax and Luxembourg income tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors and Holders of Claims described below also may vary depending on the nature of any Restructuring Transactions that the Debtors engaged in.

This summary does not address the receipt, if any, of property by Holders of Claims other than in their capacity as such ( e.g. , this summary does not discuss the treatment of any commitment premium or similar arrangement or the receipt of any debt or equity interest pursuant to any commitment agreement, including the Equity Commitment (other than as expressly described below)). The treatment of the receipt of any such property may vary significantly from the treatment described herein, and Holders of Claims should consult their own tax advisors regarding any applicable consequences.

For purposes of the U.S. federal income tax discussion, a “ U.S. Holder ” is a Holder of a Claim that is: (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (2) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of the source of such income; or (4) a trust (a) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Tax Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person. For purposes of this discussion, a “ Non-U.S. Holder ” is any Holder of a Claim that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a Holder of a Claim, the tax treatment of a partner (or other beneficial owner) generally will depend upon the status of the partner (or other beneficial owner) and the activities of the entity. Partners (or other beneficial owners) of partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities) that are Holders of Claims should consult their respective tax advisors regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Plan.

 

129


As used herein, a “Luxembourg individual holder” means an individual resident in Luxembourg who is subject to personal income tax ( impôt sur le revenue ) on his or her worldwide income from Luxembourg or foreign sources.

In addition, a “Luxembourg corporate holder” means a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation (that is organized under the laws of Luxembourg under Article 159 of the Luxembourg Income Tax Act) resident in Luxembourg subject to corporate income tax ( impôt sur le revenue des collectivités ) and municipal business tax ( impôt commercial communal ) on its worldwide income from Luxembourg or foreign sources. A Luxembourg corporate holder is also subject to net wealth tax ( impôt sur le fortune ) on its worldwide wealth.

For purposes of this summary, Luxembourg individual holders and Luxembourg corporate holders are collectively referred to as “Luxembourg Holders.” A “non-Luxembourg Holder” means any investor in New Common Shares other than a Luxembourg Holder.

THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES PERTAINING TO A HOLDER OF A CLAIM. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S., NON-INCOME, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN.

 

B.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors

As discussed immediately below, the Debtors do not anticipate that the Restructuring Transactions will result in any material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Debtors. This summary (i) does not address any determinations with respect to “earnings and profits” for U.S. tax purposes and (ii) assumes that any intercompany obligation that is owed by a U.S. Entity (as defined below) to any entity outside of such U.S. Entity’s U.S. federal consolidated tax group is not modified pursuant to the Plan.

1. Cancellation of Debt Income

In general, absent an exception, a debtor will realize and recognize cancellation of debt income (“ COD Income ”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon satisfaction of its outstanding indebtedness for total consideration less than the amount of such indebtedness. The amount of COD Income, in general, is the excess of (a) the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness satisfied, over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of cash paid, (ii) the issue price of any new indebtedness of the debtor issued, and (iii) the fair market value of any other consideration (including stock or warrants of the debtor or another entity) given in satisfaction of such indebtedness at the time of the exchange.

 

130


A very limited number of entities held directly or indirectly by the Debtors are treated as U.S. entities (or as disregarded entities of other U.S. entities) for U.S. tax purposes (the “ U.S. Entities ”). None of the U.S. Entities are the primary obligors on the debt that will be modified or discharged pursuant to the Plan, and the Debtors believe that none of obligors on the debt that will be modified pursuant to the Plan are subject to U.S. federal income tax. Although certain of the U.S. Entities guarantee debt that is being modified or discharged pursuant to the Plan, the release or modification of a guarantee generally does not cause U.S. federal income tax consequences to the guarantor unless the guarantor is treated as a primary or co-obligor on the underlying debt instrument under a facts-and-circumstances analysis. The Debtors do not believe that any U.S. Entity would be treated as a primary or co-obligor under these principles. Accordingly, the Debtors (including the U.S. Entities) do not currently expect to realize significant COD Income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Restructuring Transactions.

2. Limitation of NOL Carryforard and Other Tax Attributes

Under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the amount of its surviving net operating loss ( NOL ”) carryovers, capital loss carryovers, tax credit carryovers, and certain other tax attributes (potentially including losses and deductions that have accrued economically but are unrecognized as of the date of the ownership change) of the Debtors allocable to periods before the Effective Date (collectively, the “ Pre-Change Losses ”) that may be utilized to offset future taxable income generally is subject to an annual limitation. The rules of section 382 of the Tax Code are complicated, but as a general matter, the Debtors anticipate that the distribution of the New Common Shares pursuant to the Plan will result in an “ownership change” of the Debtors for these purposes, and that the Debtors’ use of their Pre-Change Losses (if any) will be subject to limitation unless an exception to the general rules of section 382 of the Tax Code applies.

(a) General Section 382 Annual Limitation

In general, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” would be subject is equal to the product of (i) the fair market value of the stock of the corporation immediately before the “ownership change” (with certain adjustments) multiplied by (ii) the “long-term tax-exempt rate” (which is the highest of the adjusted federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the three-calendar-month period ending with the calendar month in which the “ownership change” occurs).

If a corporation (or affiliated group) has a net unrealized built-in gain at the time of an ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of “built-in” income and deductions), then the section 382 limitation may be increased to the extent that the Reorganized Debtors recognize certain built-in gains in their assets during the five-year period following the ownership change, or are treated as recognizing built-in gains pursuant to the safe harbors provided in IRS Notice 2003-65. If a corporation (or affiliated

 

131


group) has a net unrealized built-in loss at the time of an ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of “built-in” income and deductions), then generally built-in losses (including amortization or depreciation deductions attributable to such built-in losses) recognized during the following five years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in loss) will be treated as Pre-Change Losses and similarly will be subject to the annual limitation. In general, a corporation’s (or affiliated group’s) net unrealized built-in gain or net unrealized built-in loss will be deemed to be zero unless it is greater than the lesser of (A) $10.0 million or (B) 15.0% of the fair market value of its assets (with certain adjustments) before the ownership change.

Section 383 of the Tax Code applies a similar limitation to capital loss carryforwards and tax credits. Any unused limitation may be carried forward, thereby increasing the annual limitation in the subsequent taxable year.

Notwithstanding the rules described above, if post-ownership change, a debtor corporation and its subsidiaries do not continue the debtor corporation’s historic business or use a significant portion of its historic business assets in a new business for two years after the ownership change, the annual limitation resulting from the ownership change is zero.

The Debtors do not expect to have material U.S. NOLs or other tax attributes subject to the rules of sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code at the time of the Restructuring Transactions.

 

C.

Certain Luxembourg Tax Consequences to the Debtors

Certain of the Debtors, including PDSA, the Debtors’ ultimate parent company, PSAS, and PSS, are Luxembourg-incorporated entities that are tax residents of Luxembourg. As further discussed below, the Debtors do not believe the Plan will have materially adverse Luxembourg income tax consequences.

1. Cancellation of Debt Income

From a Luxembourg Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ Lux GAAP ”) standpoint, debt forgiveness would in principle lead to an increase of the net asset value of the Luxembourg debtor benefitting from the waiver. Such increase would correspond to the amount of the debt forgiven for no consideration. Such increase of the net asset value would also be reflected in the Lux GAAP profit and loss account of that Luxembourg debtor through recognition of COD Income corresponding to the amount of the debt forgiven for no consideration. Based on the principle of accrochement du bilan fiscal au bilan commercial (translated as “tax follows book”) recalled in Article 40 Income Tax Law (“ ITL ”), which should be considered as the general rule, any COD Income realized upon the cancellation of a debt from a Lux GAAP standpoint should also lead, in principle, to an increase of the net asset value of the debtor for Luxembourg tax purposes.

 

132


Article 52 of the Luxembourg ITL relates specifically to gains derived by a Luxembourg corporate debtor upon total or partial debt forgiveness that has occurred in the framework of a financial reorganization aimed at the financial recovery of that debtor ( i.e. , gain d’assainissement or “reorganization profit”). This article provides that the increase of the net asset value of a Luxembourg corporate debtor resulting from a gain d’assainissement /reorganization profit has to be eliminated from the positive taxable result of the Luxembourg debtor, to the extent only of that result. In other words, it means that the tax exemption applies only to the portion of net gain d’assainissement /reorganization profit exceeding existing tax losses available during the year of the debt forgiveness.

Considering the above, PDSA should benefit from an exemption of COD Income pursuant to Article 52 ITL upon waiver of its debts payable. Based on Article 52 ITL and Article 114(2)(1) ITL, COD Income profit to be derived by PDSA upon waiver of its debts payable should first be offset with existing tax losses carried forward of PDSA and exempt based on Article 52 ITL for the remainder.

As part of the Plan, certain intercompany loans may also be settled through the issuance of equity of the intercompany debtor. Specifically, PDSA has an intercompany loan receivable from PSAS that will be waived as part of the Plan. The Debtors believe that any COD Income resulting from such intercompany debt waiver should qualify for Article 52 ITL. However there is no guarantee that the Luxembourg tax authorities will agree with this position. Because of the existing shareholding relationship between PSAS and PDSA, the Luxembourg tax authorities may consider that the waiver is principally made for financial and personal reasons and, therefore, the application of Article 52 ITL could be challenged. If the provisions of Article 52 ITL cannot apply at the level of PSAS, the amount of the debt waiver should be treated as a hidden capital contribution up to the fair market value of the debt waived and as COD Income for the remainder. The COD Income to be derived by PSAS upon waiver of its debt payable owed to PDSA would remain fully taxable for Luxembourg tax purposes. It could, however, be offset with existing losses carried forward of PSAS. COD Income which could not be offset with losses carried forward of PSAS would remain fully taxable in Luxembourg.

2. Limitation of Net Operating Losses

Luxembourg tax law allows tax losses to offset taxable profits but in practice, special concerns of tax abuse can restrict the use of tax losses after a change of shareholders. Luxembourg jurisprudence has called for a facts and circumstances analysis that could lead to a finding of abuse of law where the loss-generating activity is stopped following a change in ownership and a new profitable business is begun. However, valid commercial reasons should be sufficient to avoid the perception of abuse of law. Also, after a corporate restructuring, utilizing accumulated tax losses within the same group should not be suspect if there are economic reasons beyond using the losses. Finally, the mere conversion of a company’s legal form may, in certain situations, not

 

133


prevent the company from using the losses to offset future profits. Similarly, the sole change of shareholders should not entail the refusal of the deductibility of the tax losses. However, a change of shareholders together with a change of activity (transfer of the loss-generating assets) and the beginning of a completely new activity by the loss-generating company would significantly increase the risk of characterization of the transaction as tax abusive and the deductibility of the tax losses to be denied.

Because the Luxembourg Debtors will be continue with their historic business after implementation of the Plan, the Debtors do not expect a limitation on utilizing pre-reorganization losses.

 

D.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of Certain Claims

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to Holders of Claims who are U.S. Holders. U.S. Holders of Claims are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Plan.

In general, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of Holders of Claims will depend, in part, on whether the receipt of consideration under the Plan qualifies as an exchange of stock or securities pursuant to a tax-free reorganization or if, instead, the consideration under the Plan is treated as having been received in a fully taxable disposition. Whether the receipt of consideration under the Plan qualifies for reorganization treatment will depend on, among other things, (1) whether the Claim being exchanged constitutes a “security” and (2) whether the Debtor against which a Claim is asserted is the same entity that is issuing the consideration under the Plan.

Neither the Tax Code nor the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder defines the term “security.” Whether a debt instrument constitutes a “security” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is determined based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, but most authorities have held that the length of the term of a debt instrument is an important factor in determining whether such instrument is a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These authorities have indicated that a term of less than five years is evidence that the instrument is not a security, whereas a term of ten years or more is evidence that it is a security. There are numerous other factors that could be taken into account in determining whether a debt instrument is a security, including the security for payment, the creditworthiness of the obligor, the subordination or lack thereof to other creditors, the right to vote or otherwise participate in the management of the obligor, convertibility of the instrument into an equity interest of the obligor, whether payments of interest are fixed, variable, or contingent, and whether such payments are made on a current basis or accrued. The Debtors have not yet made any determinations regarding the treatment of any particular Claim as a security under U.S. federal income tax law.

 

134


1. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Term Loan B Claims and 2020 Notes Claims Against PSDA

 

  (a)

In General

Pursuant to the Plan, except to the extent that a U.S. Holder of Term Loan B Claims or 2020 Notes Claims agrees to a less favorable treatment in exchange for full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claims, such U.S. Holder will receive its Pro Rata share of the Term Loan B Claims Allocation or 2020 Notes Claims Allocation, as applicable, of New Common Shares and Rights Offering Subscription Rights.

 

  (b)

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Term Loan B Claims and 2020 Notes Claims

 

  (i)

Treatment if Term Loan B Claims and 2020 Notes Claims are “Securities” of PDSA and at Least Some of the Consideration Received Under the Plan Constitutes Stock or Securities of PDSA

If the Term Loan B Claims and 2020 Notes Claims against PDSA are determined to be “securities” of PDSA and at least some of the consideration received is also deemed to be a stock or a “security” of PDSA, then the exchange of such Claims pursuant to the Plan should be treated as a reorganization under the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest (or original issue discount (“ OID ”)), and subject to the rules relating to market discount, a U.S. Holder of such a Claim should recognize gain (but not loss), to the extent of the lesser of (1) the amount of gain realized from the exchange (generally equal to the fair market value of all of the consideration (or issue price of debt instruments), including cash, received, minus the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis, if any, in the Claim) or (2) the cash and the fair market value (or issue price of debt instruments) of “other property” received that is not permitted to be received under sections 354 and 356 of the Tax Code without recognition of gain.

With respect to non-cash consideration that is treated as a “stock or security” of PDSA, such U.S. Holder should obtain a tax basis in such property, other than any such amounts treated as received in satisfaction of accrued but untaxed interest (or OID), and subject to the rules relating to market discount, equal to (x) the tax basis of the Claim surrendered, less (y) the cash received, plus (z) gain recognized (if any). The holding period for such non-cash consideration should include the holding period for the exchanged Claims.

With respect to non-cash consideration that is not treated as a “stock or security” of PDSA, U.S. Holders should obtain a tax basis in such property, other than any amounts treated as received in satisfaction of OID, and subject to the rules relating to market discount, equal to the property’s fair market value (or issue price, in the case of debt instruments) as of the date such property is distributed to the U.S. Holder. The holding period for any such property should begin on the day following the receipt of such property.

 

135


  (ii)

Treatment if the Term Loan B Claims and 2020 Notes Claims Against PDSA Are Not “Securities” of PDSA or None of the Consideration Received Under the Plan Constitutes Stock or Securities of PDSA

If the Term Loan B Claims and 2020 Notes Claims against PDSA are determined not to be “securities” of PDSA or none of the consideration received by a U.S. Holder of such Claim is determined to be a stock or a “security” of PDSA, then the exchange of such Claims pursuant to the Plan should be subject to the same treatment as the 2017 Notes Claims against PDV, as discussed below.

2. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of 2017 Notes Claims Against Pacific PDV

Pursuant to the Plan, except to the extent that a U.S. Holder of 2017 Notes Claims agrees to a less favorable treatment in exchange for full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of such Claims, a U.S. Holder of 2017 Notes Claims will receive its Pro Rata share of the 2017 Notes Claims Allocation of New Common Shares and Rights Offering Subscription Rights.

Because none of the consideration being issued is being issued by PDV, although the issue is not free from doubt, the exchange of the 2017 Notes Claims against PDV under the Plan will likely be treated as a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest (or OID, if any), each U.S. Holder of such Claim should recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (a) the fair market value of the consideration received in exchange for such Claim; and (b) such U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis, if any, in such Claim. Subject to the rules regarding market discount and accrued interest discussed below, any gain or loss recognized will generally be capital gain or loss and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held the Claim for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of an individual taxpayer generally are taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

U.S. Holders of such Claims should obtain a tax basis in the non-cash consideration received, other than any such amounts treated as received in satisfaction of accrued but untaxed interest (or OID, if any), equal to such property’s fair market value as of the date such property is distributed to the U.S. Holder. The holding period for any such non-cash consideration should begin on the day following the Effective Date.

 

136


E.

Exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights

1. Nature of Rights

The characterization of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights or their subsequent exercise for U.S. federal income tax purposes—as simply the exercise of options to acquire the property that is subject to the Rights Offering Subscription Rights or, alternatively, as an integrated transaction pursuant to which the applicable option consideration is acquired directly in partial satisfaction of a U.S. Holder’s Claim—is uncertain. Although the issue is not free from doubt, unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes that the exchange of a Claim for the Rights Offering Subscription Rights (along with the other consideration under the Plan) is a separately identifiable step from the exercise of such Rights Offering Subscription Rights.

2. Exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights

A U.S. Holder that elects to exercise the Rights Offering Subscription Rights will be treated as purchasing, in exchange for its Rights Offering Subscription Rights and the amount of cash funded by the U.S. Holder to exercise the Rights Offering Subscription Rights, the New Common Shares it is entitled to purchase pursuant to the Rights Offering Subscription Rights. Such a purchase will generally be treated as the exercise of an option under general tax principles, and as such a U.S. Holder should not recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes when it exercises the Rights Offering Subscription Rights. A U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the New Common Shares will equal the sum of (a) the amount of cash paid by the U.S. Holder to exercise its Rights Offering Subscription Rights plus (b) such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its Rights Offering Subscription Rights immediately before the option is exercised. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the New Common Shares received on the Effective Date pursuant to the exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights should begin on the day following the Effective Date.

A U.S. Holder that elects not to exercise the Rights Offering Subscription Rights may be entitled to claim a capital loss equal to the amount of tax basis allocated to the Rights Offering Subscription Rights, subject to any limitations on such U.S. Holder’s ability to utilize capital losses. Such U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of electing not to exercise the Rights Offering Subscription Rights.

 

F.

Market Discount

Under the “market discount” provisions of the Tax Code, some or all of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder of a Claim who exchanges the Claim for an amount on the Effective Date may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of “market discount” on the debt instruments constituting the exchanged Claim. In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with “market

 

137


discount” if it is acquired other than on original issue and if its holder’s initial tax basis in the debt instrument is less than (1) the stated redemption price at maturity or (2) in the case of a debt instrument issued with OID, its adjusted issue price, by at least a de minimis amount (equal to 0.25% of the stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of remaining whole years to maturity).

Any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of a Claim that had been acquired with market discount should be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while the Claim was considered to be held by the U.S. Holder (unless the U.S. Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued using a constant-yield basis).

U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE APPLICATION OF THE MARKET DISCOUNT RULES TO THEIR CLAIMS.

 

G.

Accrued Interest and OID

To the extent that any amount received by a U.S. Holder of a Claim is attributable to accrued but untaxed interest (or OID) on the debt instruments constituting the surrendered Claim, the receipt of such amount should be taxable to the U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income. Conversely, a U.S. Holder of a Claim may be able to recognize a deductible loss to the extent that any accrued interest previously was included in the U.S. Holder’s gross income but was not paid in full by the Debtors.

The tax basis of any non-cash consideration determined to be received in satisfaction of accrued but untaxed interest (or OID, if any) should generally equal the fair market value of such non-cash consideration. The holding period for any such non-cash consideration should begin on the day following the Effective Date.

If the fair market value of the consideration is not sufficient to fully satisfy all principal and interest on Claims, the extent to which such consideration will be attributable to accrued interest is unclear. Under the Plan, the aggregate consideration to be distributed to Holders of Claims in each Class will be allocated first to the principal amount of Claims, with any excess allocated to unpaid interest that accrued on these Claims, if any. Certain legislative history indicates that an allocation of consideration as between principal and interest provided in a chapter 11 plan of reorganization is binding for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and certain case law generally indicates that a final payment on a distressed debt instrument that is insufficient to repay outstanding principal and interest will be allocated to principal, rather than interest. However, certain Treasury Regulations treat payments as allocated first to any accrued but unpaid interest. The IRS could take the position that the consideration received by the holder should be allocated in some way other than as provided in the Plan.

 

138


U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION RECEIVED IN SATISFACTION OF THEIR CLAIMS AND THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF ACCRUED BUT UNPAID INTEREST.

 

H.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders Owning and Disposing of New Common Shares

Subject to the discussion regarding the passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”) rules below, distributions, if any, made by Reorganized PDSA out of current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes and including any taxes withheld from such distribution) with respect to the New Common Shares should generally be taxable to a U.S. Holder as foreign-source ordinary dividend income. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits should be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder’s basis in the New Common Shares and thereafter as capital gain. Reorganized PDSA does not intend to determine its earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles and, as a result, U.S. Holders should expect to treat all distributions on the New Common Shares as dividends.

Dividends paid on the New Common Shares should not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations with respect to dividends paid by other U.S. corporations. For non-corporate U.S. Holders, distributions taxed as dividends may be taxable as either (1) ordinary income, or (2) if certain conditions are satisfied, “qualified dividend income.” In order for dividends to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” (a) the New Common Shares must be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE; if the New Common Shares are only traded “over the counter,” even if it is a “listed” over-the-counter market such as OTC Pink, it is unclear whether this standard would be satisfied); (b) Reorganized PDSA is not a PFIC; (c) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the New Common Shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock becomes ex-dividend; and (d) the non-corporate U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. There is no assurance that dividends will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of any particular U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend,” generally, a dividend paid by Reorganized PDSA in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a New Common Share. If Reorganized PDSA pays an “extraordinary dividend” that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a non-corporate U.S. Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend, while a corporate U.S. Holder may have a reduction in the tax basis of the applicable New Common Shares.

 

139


A special set of U.S. federal income tax rules apply to ownership interests (or options to acquire ownership interests) in a PFIC. A non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account certain look-through rules, either (i) at least 75.0% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average value (in each case determined on a quarterly basis) of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held to produce passive income. In making this determination, the non-U.S. corporation is treated as earning its proportionate share of any income and owning its proportionate share of any assets of a subsidiary corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a 25.0% or greater interest, by value. Passive income generally includes, but is not limited to, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and capital gains. If Reorganized PDSA is a PFIC at any time during which a U.S. Holder owns the New Common Shares, the U.S. Holder would be subject to additional U.S. information return filing requirements and the potentially materially adverse rules discussed below. PDSA has previously disclosed, in connection with Form 20-F filings with the SEC, that it intended to take the position, based on then-current and then-anticipated valuation of assets, including goodwill, and the composition (at the time) of income and assets, that PDSA would not be treated as a PFIC for the tax year at issue or in the foreseeable future. No assurance can be given that the position taken by PDSA in the past would continue to apply in the future or apply in the first instance to Reorganized PDSA, nor would the IRS be bound by such determination. The Debtors have not made a determination as to whether Reorganized PDSA will be a PFIC on the Effective Date or at any point thereafter. Therefore, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the classification of Reorganized PDSA as a PFIC and any attendant U.S. federal income tax consequences.

The rules relating to PFICs are extremely complex, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the consequences of owning New Common Shares in the event that Reorganized PDSA is treated as a PFIC during any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder will own the New Common Shares.

The above discussion assumes Reorganized PDSA is not treated as a controlled foreign corporation (a “ CFC ”) under Applicable U.S. Tax Law, but no assurance can be made in that regard with respect to any Holder. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors on the consequences of Reorganized PDSA being treated as a CFC with respect to any Holder.

1. Limitation on Use of Capital Losses

A U.S. Holder of a Claim who recognizes capital losses as a result of the distributions under the Plan will be subject to limits on the use of such capital losses. For a non-corporate U.S. Holder, capital losses may be used to offset any capital gains (without regard to holding periods), and also ordinary income to the extent of the lesser of (a) $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate returns) or (b) the excess of the capital losses over the capital gains. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may carry over

 

140


unused capital losses and apply them against future capital gains and a portion of their ordinary income for an unlimited number of years. For corporate U.S. Holders, capital losses may only be used to offset capital gains. A corporate U.S. Holder that has more capital losses than may be used in a tax year may carry back unused capital losses to the three years preceding the capital loss year or may carry over unused capital losses for the five years following the capital loss year.

2. Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, interest, dividends, and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets. U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax provision on their ownership and disposition of consideration received pursuant to the Plan.

3. Certain Tax Reform Implications for U.S. Persons that Produce Certain Financial Statements

Recently-enacted U.S. tax reform legislation provides that accrual method U.S. Holders that prepare “applicable financial statements” (as defined in section 451 of the Tax Code) generally would be required to include certain items of income (potentially including OID, market discount, and premium) no later than the time such amounts are reflected on the relevant financial statement. This could result in an acceleration of income recognition for income items differing from the above descriptions. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential impact of these provisions.

 

I.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Certain Non-U.S. Holders of Claims

Because the issuers of consideration under the Plan are not U.S. entities, there generally should not be any U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. Holders with respect to the exchange of Claims under the Plan or the ownership or disposition of consideration received pursuant to the Plan.

 

J.

Certain Luxembourg Tax Consequences to Holders of New Common Shares

1. Tax Regime Applicable to Realized Capital Gains

 

  (a)

Luxembourg Holders

 

  (i)

Luxembourg Individual Holders

A Luxembourg individual holder will be subject to Luxembourg income taxes for capital gains in the following cases: if the New Common Shares (x) represent the assets of a business or (y) were acquired for speculative purposes ( i.e. , disposed of within six months after acquisition), then any capital gain will be levied at ordinary income tax rates

 

141


(including unemployment fund contributions), and subject to dependence insurance contribution levied at a rate of 1.4%; and provided that the New Common Shares do not represent the assets of a business, and the Luxembourg individual has disposed of them more than six months after their acquisition, then the capital gains are taxable at half the overall tax rate (including unemployment fund contributions) if the New Common Shares belong to a substantial participation ( i.e. , shareholding representing more than 10.0% of the share capital, owned by the Luxembourg resident individual or together with his spouse/partner and dependent children, directly or indirectly at any time during the five years preceding the disposal). In this case, the capital gains would also be subject to dependence insurance contribution levied at a rate of 1.4%.

 

  (ii)

Luxembourg Corporate Holders

Capital gains realized upon the disposal of New Common Shares by a fully-taxable resident Luxembourg corporate holder will, in principle, be subject to corporate income tax and municipal business tax. The combined applicable rate (including an unemployment fund contribution) is 26.01% for the fiscal year ending 2018 for a Luxembourg corporate holder established in Luxembourg City. An exemption from such taxes may be available to the Luxembourg corporate holder pursuant to Article 166 of the Luxembourg ITL and the Grand-Ducal Decree of December 21, 2001 (as amended on March 31, 2004) provided that (x) the Luxembourg corporate holder of Common Shares form a stake representing at least 10% of the total share capital in Reorganized PDSA or have a cost price of at least €6,000,000 and (y) such qualifying shareholding has been held for an uninterrupted period of at least twelve (12) months or the Luxembourg corporate holder undertakes to continue to own such qualifying shareholding until such time as the Luxembourg corporate holder has held the New Common Shares in Reorganized PDSA for an uninterrupted period of at least twelve (12) months. In certain circumstances, the latter exemption may not apply; for example; the capital gains exemption (for gains arising on an alienation of the New Common Shares) does not apply to the amount of previously deducted expenses and write-offs related to these New Common Shares.

 

  (b)

Non-Luxembourg Holders

Non-Luxembourg Holders will be subject to Luxembourg taxation for capital gains in the following cases (among others):

Subject to any applicable tax treaty, an individual who is a non-Luxembourg holder of New Common Shares (and who does not have a permanent establishment, a permanent representative, or a fixed place of business in Luxembourg to which the New Common Shares are attributable) will only be subject to Luxembourg taxation on capital gains arising upon disposal of such New Common Shares if such holder has (together with his or her spouse and underage children) directly or indirectly held a substantial shareholding of more than 10.0% of the total share capital of Reorganized PDSA at any time within a five-year period prior to the disposal of New Common Shares, and either (i) such holder has been a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes for at least fifteen (15) years and has become a non-resident within the last five years preceding the realization of the gain, or (ii) the disposal of New Common Shares occurs within six months from their acquisition (or prior to their actual acquisition).

 

142


A corporate non-Luxembourg Holder, which has a permanent establishment, a permanent representative, or a fixed place of business in Luxembourg to which New Common Shares are attributable, will be required to recognize capital gains (or losses, as the case may be) on the sale of such New Common Shares, which will be subject to corporate income tax and municipal business tax. However, as set forth above for a corporate Luxembourg Holder, gains realized on the sale of the New Common Shares may benefit from the exemption provided for by Article 166 of the Luxembourg Income Tax and the Grand-Ducal Decree of December 21, 2001 (as amended on March 31, 2004).

Subject to any applicable tax treaty, a corporate non-Luxembourg Holder, which has no permanent establishment in Luxembourg to which the New Common Shares are attributable, and which has held a substantial shareholding of more than 10.0% of the total share capital of Reorganized PDSA at any time within a five-year period prior to the disposal of New Common Shares will be subject to corporate income tax on a gain realized on a disposal of such Common Shares if the disposal of such New Common Shares occurs within six months from their acquisition.

2. Tax Regime Applicable to Distributions

 

  (a)

Luxembourg Withholding Tax

A Luxembourg withholding tax of 15.0% (17.65% if the dividend tax is not charged to the shareholder) is due on dividends and similar distributions to Reorganized PDSA’s shareholders (subject to the exceptions discussed under “Exemption from Luxembourg Withholding Tax—Distributions to Shareholders”). Absent an exception, Reorganized PDSA will be required to withhold at such rate from distributions to the shareholder and pay such withheld amounts to the Luxembourg tax authorities.

 

  (b)

Exemption from Luxembourg Withholding Tax

Dividends and similar distributions paid to Reorganized PDSA’s Luxembourg and non-Luxembourg holders may be exempt from Luxembourg dividend withholding tax if: (i) the shareholder is a qualifying corporate entity holding a stake representing at least 10.0% of the total share capital of Reorganized PDSA or acquired the New Common Shares for at least €1,200,000 (or its equivalent amount in a foreign currency); and (ii) the shareholder has either held this qualifying stake in the capital of Reorganized PDSA for an uninterrupted period of at least twelve (12) months at the time of the payment of the dividend or undertakes to continue to own such qualifying shareholding until such time as it has held the New Common Shares for an uninterrupted period of at least twelve (12) months. Examples of qualifying corporate shareholders are taxable Luxembourg companies, certain taxable companies resident in other European Union member states, capital companies resident in Switzerland subject to income tax without benefiting from an exemption, and companies fully subject to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg corporate income tax that are resident in countries that have concluded a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with Luxembourg.

 

143


Under current Luxembourg tax law, payments to shareholders in relation to a reduction of share capital are not subject to Luxembourg dividend withholding tax if certain conditions are met, including that the repayment of capital is motivated by sound business reasons, which would be deemed not to be the case if Reorganized PDSA has distributable reserves or profits at the time of the capital reduction. In the absence of sound business reasons at the time of the payment to shareholders with respect to their New Common Shares, a distribution of share capital or share premium will be recharacterized for Luxembourg tax purposes as a distribution of such reserves or earnings subject to withholding tax.

 

  (c)

Reduction of Luxembourg Withholding Tax

Residents of countries that have concluded a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with Luxembourg may claim application of a reduced rate on or exemption from Luxembourg dividend withholding tax, depending on the terms of the relevant tax treaty.

 

  (d)

50% Dividend Exemption—for Luxembourg Holders and Credit of Luxembourg Withholding Tax on Dividends and Other Distributions

Luxembourg Holders . Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and assuming, in the case of corporate Luxembourg holders, that the participation exemption does not apply, only half of the gross amount of a dividend distributed to a corporate Luxembourg Holder or an individual Luxembourg Holder will be subject to Luxembourg corporate income tax or Luxembourg income tax, respectively. All or part of the withholding tax levied can in principle be credited against the applicable tax by the Luxembourg Holder.

Non-Luxembourg Holders . Withholding tax levied may be credited by non-Luxembourg resident holders depending on the rule applicable in their own jurisdictions.

3. Net Wealth Tax

 

  (a)

Luxembourg Holders

Luxembourg net wealth tax will not be levied on a Luxembourg Holder with respect to the New Common Shares held unless (i) such Luxembourg Holder is a legal entity not entitled to a specific net wealth tax exemption based on Luxembourg domestic law; or (ii) the New Common Shares are attributable to an enterprise or part thereof which is carried on through a permanent establishment, a fixed place of business, or a permanent representative in Luxembourg.

 

144


Net wealth tax is levied annually on the net wealth of enterprises resident in Luxembourg at the rate of 0.5% on an amount of unitary value as determined for net wealth tax purposes up to and excluding €500.0 million. When the unitary value exceeds the aforementioned threshold, net wealth tax is calculated as follows: (A) €2.5 million (which corresponds to a rate of 0.5% applied to the amount of €500.0 million); plus (B) 0.05% calculated on the taxable amounts exceeding €500.0 million. The New Common Shares may be exempt from net wealth tax subject to the conditions set forth by Paragraph 60 of the Law of October 16, 1934 on the valuation of assets ( Bewertungsgesetz ), as amended.

 

  (b)

Non-Luxembourg Holders

Luxembourg net wealth tax will not be levied on a non-Luxembourg Holder with respect to the New Common Shares held unless the New Common Shares are attributable to an enterprise or part thereof which is carried on through a permanent establishment, a fixed place of business, or a permanent representative in Luxembourg. No registration tax or stamp duty will be payable by a holder of New Common Shares in Luxembourg solely upon the disposal of New Common Shares by sale or exchange.

4. Estate and Gift Taxes

No estate or inheritance tax is levied on the transfer of New Common Shares upon the death of a holder of New Common Shares in cases where the deceased was not a resident of Luxembourg for inheritance tax purposes and no gift tax is levied upon a gift of New Common Shares if the gift is not passed before a Luxembourg notary or recorded in a deed registered in Luxembourg. Where a holder of New Common Shares is a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes at the time of his death, the New Common Shares are included in its taxable basis for inheritance tax or estate tax purposes.

THE LUXEMBOURG TAX CONSIDERATIONS SUMMARIZED ABOVE ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. EACH HOLDER OF NEW COMMON SHARES SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY APPLY TO SUCH SHAREHOLDER.

 

K.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The Debtors will withhold all amounts required by law to be withheld from payments of interest and dividends. The Debtors will also comply with all applicable reporting requirements of the Tax Code. In general, information reporting requirements may apply to distributions or payments made to a Holder of a Claim under the Plan, as well as future payments made with respect to consideration received under the Plan. The Debtors do not expect distributions or payments to holders of Claims under the Plan to be subject to material withholding under the Tax Code.

 

145


Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS (generally, a U.S. federal income tax return).

In addition, from an information reporting perspective, the Treasury Regulations generally require disclosure by a taxpayer on its U.S. federal income tax return of certain types of transactions in which the taxpayer participated, including, among other types of transactions, certain transactions that result in the taxpayer’s claiming a loss in excess of specified thresholds. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding these regulations and whether the transactions contemplated by the Plan would be subject to these regulations and require disclosure on the holders’ tax returns.

 

L.

FATCA Withholding

A 30.0% withholding tax may be imposed on the payments of interest and dividends on the consideration received pursuant to the Plan, and after December 31, 2018, on the payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of exchange consideration that are made to a U.S. Holder or to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds, and other non-U.S. persons receiving payments on a U.S. Holder’s behalf if such U.S. Holder or such persons fail to comply with certain information reporting requirements (“ FATCA Withholding ”). Amounts that a U.S. Holder receives could be subject to FATCA Withholding if such U.S. Holder holds the consideration received under the Plan through another person ( e.g. , a foreign bank or broker) that is subject to FATCA Withholding because it fails to comply with these requirements (even if such Holder would not otherwise have been subject to withholding). Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding FATCA Withholding.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN ARE COMPLEX. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DOES NOT DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER IN LIGHT OF SUCH HOLDER’S CIRCUMSTANCES AND INCOME TAX SITUATION. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE PLAN, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S., OR NON-INCOME TAX LAW, AND OF ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE U.S. TAX LAW .

 

M.

Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance

THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS INTENDED ONLY AS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING WITH A TAX PROFESSIONAL. THE ABOVE DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX

 

146


ADVICE. THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARE IN MANY CASES UNCERTAIN AND MAY VARY DEPENDING ON A CLAIM OR U.S. HOLDER’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, U.S. HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND APPLICABLE FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN.

VIII. CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.

Confirmation Hearing

Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after appropriate notice, to hold a hearing on confirmation of a chapter 11 plan. The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the Confirmation Hearing to commence on October 31, 2018 at 10:00 a.m. (prevailing Eastern Time). The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the Debtors or the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at the Confirmation Hearing or the filing of a notice on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

 

B.

Objections

Any objection to confirmation of the Plan (1) must be in writing, (2) must conform to the Bankruptcy Rules and the Local Bankruptcy Rules for the Bankruptcy Court, (3) must set forth the name of the objector, the nature and amount of Claims or Interests held or asserted by the objector against the Debtors’ estates or property, the basis for the objection and the specific grounds therefor, and (4) must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court, with a copy to the chambers of the Honorable Michael E. Wiles, United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, One Bowling Green, New York, New York, together with proof of service thereof, and served upon the parties listed below so as to be received no later than the Plan Objection Deadline of October 24, 2018 at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time):

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.

11700 Katy Freeway

Houston, TX 77079

(713) 334-6662

Attn: Paul Reese and Lisa Buchanan

  

TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP

One Penn Plaza, Suite 3335

New York, New York 10119

(212) 594-5000

Albert Togut

Frank A. Oswald

Kyle J. Ortiz

Amy M. Oden

 

Counsel to the Debtors

 

Brian F. Moore

Kyle J. Ortiz

 

147


OFFICE OF THE UNITED STATES TRUSTEE

201 Varick Street, Suite 1006

Attn: Andrea B. Schwartz

York, New York 10014

(212) 501-0500

  

UNLESS AN OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION IS TIMELY SERVED AND FILED, IT MAY NOT BE CONSIDERED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

 

C.

Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan

1. Requirements of Section  1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

(a) General Requirements

At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the following confirmation requirements specified in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code have been satisfied:

(i) The Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

(ii) The Debtors have complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

(iii) The Plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means proscribed by law.

(iv) Payment made or promised by the Debtors or by a person issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan for services or for costs and expenses in, or in connection with, the Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with the Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Cases, has been approved or is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable.

(v) The Debtors have disclosed the identity and affiliations of any individual proposed to serve, after confirmation of the Plan, as a director, officer, or voting trustee of the Debtors, an affiliate of the Debtors participating in a joint plan with the Debtors, or a successor to the Debtors under the Plan, and the appointment to, or continuance in, such office of such individual is consistent with the interests of creditors and equity holders and with public policy.

 

148


(vi) With respect to each Class of Claims or Interests, each Holder of an Impaired Claim or Impaired Interest either has accepted the Plan or will receive or retain under the Plan on account of such Holder’s Claim or Interest, property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such Holder would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated on the Effective Date under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. See discussion of “Best Interests Test” below.

(vii) Except to the extent the Plan meets the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (discussed below), each class of Claims or Interests has either accepted the Plan or is not impaired under the Plan.

(viii) Except to the extent that the Holder of a particular Claim has agreed to a different treatment of such Claim, the Plan provides that Administrative Expense Claims will be paid in full on the Effective Date.

(ix) At least one class of Impaired Claims has accepted the Plan, determined without including any acceptance of the Plan by any insider holding a claim in such class.

(x) Confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the need for further financial reorganization of the Debtors or any successor to the Debtors under the Plan, unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in the Plan. See “Feasibility Analysis” below.

(xi) All fees payable under section 1930 of title 28, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at the hearing on confirmation of the Plan, have been paid or the Plan provides for the payment of all such fees on the Effective Date of the Plan.

(b) Best Interests Test

As noted above, the Bankruptcy Code requires that each Holder of an Impaired Claim or Interest either (i) accepts the Plan or (ii) receives or retains under the Plan property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the value such Holder would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on the Effective Date. This requirement is referred to as the “best interests test.”

The best interests test requires the Bankruptcy Court to determine what the holders of allowed claims and allowed equity interests in each impaired class would receive from a hypothetical liquidation of the debtor’s assets and properties in the context of a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. To determine if a plan is in the best interests of each impaired class, the value of the distributions from the proceeds of the liquidation of the debtor’s assets and properties (after subtracting the amounts attributable to the aforesaid claims) is then compared with the value offered to such classes of claims and equity interests under the plan.

The Debtors believe that under the Plan all holders of Impaired Claims and Interests will receive property with a value not less than the value such Holder would receive in a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. Annexed as Appendix C hereto is a liquidation analysis prepared by Alix (the “ Liquidation Analysis ”).

 

149


The Liquidation Analysis estimates the recoveries that may result from a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation based upon a number of assumptions that are described therein. The Liquidation Analysis is solely for the purpose of disclosing to holders of Claims and Interests the effects of a hypothetical chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtors subject to the assumptions set forth therein. There can be no assurance as to values that would actually be realized in a chapter 7 liquidation, nor can there be any assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will accept the Debtors’ conclusions or concur with such assumptions in making its determinations under section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(c) Feasibility Analysis

The Bankruptcy Code requires that a debtor demonstrate that confirmation of a plan is not likely to be followed by liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization unless contemplated by the Plan. Annexed as Appendix D hereto are Financial Projections showing the Reorganized Debtors anticipated post-Effective Date capital needs and liquidity. The Plan provides the Reorganized Debtors with a capital structure supported by cash flows from operations, proposed transactions, and a substantial working capital infusion from the proceeds of the Rights Offering, the QP Private Placement, the New First Lien Notes, and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes. This capital will allow the Debtors to emerge from bankruptcy as a reorganized enterprise upon the Effective Date of the Plan and satisfy Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests as provided for in the Plan. Accordingly, the Debtors believe that all Plan obligations will be satisfied without the need for further reorganization of the Debtors.

2. Requirements of Section  1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan over the rejection or deemed rejection of the Plan by a class of Claims or Interests if the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to such class.

(a) No Unfair Discrimination

The “no unfair discrimination” test applies to classes of claims or equity interests that are of equal priority and are receiving different treatment under a plan. A chapter 11 plan of reorganization does not discriminate unfairly, within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code, if the legal rights of a dissenting class are treated in a manner consistent with the treatment of other classes whose legal rights are substantially similar to those of the dissenting class and if no class of claims or equity interests receives more than it legally is entitled to receive for its claims or equity interests. This test does not require that the treatment be the same or equivalent, but that such treatment is “fair.”

 

150


The Debtors believe that, under the Plan, all Impaired classes of Claims and Interests are treated in a manner that is fair and consistent with the treatment of other classes of Claims and Interests having the same priority. Accordingly, the Debtors believe the Plan does not discriminate unfairly as to any Impaired class of Claims or Interests.

(b) Fair and Equitable Test

The “fair and equitable” test applies to classes of different priority and status ( e.g. , secured versus unsecured) and includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100% of the allowed amount of the claims in such class. The test sets forth different standards for what is fair and equitable, depending on the type of claims or interests in such class. In order to demonstrate that a plan is “fair and equitable,” the plan proponent must demonstrate the following:

(i) Secured Creditors . With respect to a class of impaired secured claims, a proposed plan must provide the following: (A) that the holders of secured claims retain their liens securing such claims, whether the property subject to such liens is retained by the debtor or transferred to another entity, to the extent of the allowed amount of such claims, and receive on account of such claim deferred cash payments totaling at least the allowed amount of such claim, of a value, as of the effective date of the Plan, of at least the value of such holder’s interest in the estates’ interest in such property, or (B) for the sale, subject to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, of any property that is subject to the liens securing such claims, free and clear of such liens, with such liens to attach to the proceeds of such sale, and the treatment of such liens on proceeds under clause (A) or (C) of this paragraph, or (C) that the holders of secured claims receive the “indubitable equivalent” of their allowed secured claim.

The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the “fair and equitable” test with respect to all secured Claims.

(ii) Unsecured Creditors . With respect to a class of impaired unsecured claims, a proposed plan must provide the following: either (A) each holder of an impaired unsecured claim receives or retains under the plan property of a value equal to the amount of its allowed claim or (B) the holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class will not receive any property under the plan.

The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies the “fair and equitable” test with respect to all unsecured Claims.

(iii) Holders of Equity Interests . With respect to a class of equity interests, a proposed plan must provide the following: (A) that each holder of an equity interest receive or retain on account of such interest property of a value, as of the effective date of the plan, equal to the greatest of the allowed amount of any fixed liquidation preference to such holder is entitled, any fixed redemption price to which such holder is entitled, or the value of such interest or (B) that the holder of any interest that is junior to the interests of the class of equity interests will not receive or retain under the Plan on account of such junior interest any property.

 

151


The Debtors believe that the proposed treatment of Interests under the Plan meets the “fair and equitable” test with respect to all Interests.

3. Alternative to Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan

The Debtors have evaluated several alternatives to the Plan. After studying these alternatives, the Debtors have concluded that the Plan is the best option for the Debtors and their estates and provides substantial recoveries to parties in interest—assuming confirmation and consummation of the Plan. If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the alternatives to the Plan include a sale of the Debtors’ assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or a liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

(a) Section 363 Sale

If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors could seek from the Bankruptcy Court, after notice and a hearing, authorization to sell their assets under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Claims in Classes 1A–1E, 2A–2E, 3A–3E, 4A, 5B, 6A(i), 6A(ii), and 6C would be entitled to credit bid, subject to the Adequate Protection Order, on any property to which their security interests are attached, and to offset their Claims against the purchase price of the property. In addition, the security interests in the Debtors’ assets held by holders of Claims in Classes 1A–1E, 2A–2E, 3A–3E, 4A, 5B, 6A(i), 6A(ii), and 6C attach to the proceeds of any sale of the Debtors’ assets. After these Claims are satisfied, any remaining funds could be used to pay holders of Priority Tax Claims and General Unsecured Claims. The Debtors would need to file a plan of liquidation or convert the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code in order to distribute any proceeds from a sale.

(b) Liquidation Under Chapter 7

In a chapter 7 case, a trustee is appointed to liquidate a debtor’s assets and make distributions to creditors in accordance with the priorities established in the Bankruptcy Code. Generally, secured creditors are paid first from the proceeds of sales of their collateral. If any assets remain in the bankruptcy estate after satisfaction of secured creditors’ claims from their collateral, administrative expenses are next to be paid. Unsecured creditors are paid from any remaining sale proceeds, according to their respective priorities. Unsecured creditors with the same priority share in proportion to the amount of their allowed claims in relationship to the total amount of allowed claims held by all unsecured creditors with the same priority. Finally, interest holders receive the balance that remains, if any, after all creditors are paid.

The Debtors believe that the Plan provides a greater recovery to holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, 2020 Notes Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and General Unsecured Claims than would a chapter 7 liquidation. Liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code would decrease the aggregate proceeds available to holders of Claims and Interests and increase the magnitude of claims to those proceeds.

 

152


Liquidating the Debtors’ estates under the Plan likely provides Holders of Allowed Term Loan B Claims, 2020 Notes Claims, 2017 Notes Claims, and General Unsecured Claims with a larger, more timely recovery because of the fees and expenses that would be incurred in a chapter 7 liquidation, including the potential added time and expense incurred by the chapter 7 trustee and any retained professionals in familiarizing themselves with the Debtors and their estates. These additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a chapter 7 trustee and its retained professionals would cause a substantial diminution in the value of the Debtors’ assets. The assets available for distribution to creditors would also be reduced by such additional claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, which would arise by reason of the liquidation and from the rejection of leases and other executory contracts which will likely result in an unsecured claim for damages in connection with the cessation of operations.

Based on the Debtors’ analysis, a liquidation of the Debtors’ assets under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code would result in smaller distributions being made to creditors than those provided for under the Plan because of (i) the likelihood that the assets of the Debtors would have to be sold or otherwise disposed of in a less orderly fashion over a short period of time, and (ii) additional expenses and claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, which would be generated during the liquidation. Accordingly, the Debtors believe that the Plan is in the best interests of creditors.

4. Nonconsensual Confirmation

If any Impaired Class of Claims entitled to vote will not accept the Plan by the requisite statutory majority provided in section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to amend the Plan or undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or both. With respect to Impaired Classes of Claims that are deemed to reject the Plan, the Debtors will request that the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Concluded on Following Page]

 

153


CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

The Debtors believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is preferable to any other alternative. The Debtors urge all Holders of Impaired Claims entitled to vote under the Bankruptcy Code to vote to accept the Plan in accordance with the instructions provided herein and in the Solicitation Packages.

Dated: September 27, 2018

    New York, New York

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.
  (for itself and on behalf of each of the other Debtors)
By:  

/s/ Lisa Manget Buchanan

  Name: Lisa Manget Buchanan
 

Title: Senior Vice President, General

          Counsel, and Secretary

ALBERT TOGUT

FRANK A. OSWALD

KYLE J. ORTIZ

AMY M. ODEN

 

TOGUT, SEGAL & SEGAL LLP

One Penn Plaza, Suite 3335

New York, New York 10119

(212) 594-5000

 

Counsel for PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., et al.

 

154

Exhibit 99.3

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

COMMITMENT AGREEMENT (EQUITY)

AMONG

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.,

THE COMMITMENT PARTIES PARTY HERETO,

THE RESERVE PARTIES PARTY HERETO,

AND

QUANTUM PACIFIC (GIBRALTAR) LIMITED

Dated as of September 27, 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

Section 1.2

  Construction      15  

ARTICLE II COMMITMENT

     16  

Section 2.1

  The Investment; Subscription Rights      16  

Section 2.2

  The Commitment      16  

Section 2.3

  Commitment Party Default      17  

Section 2.4

  Escrow Account Funding      18  

Section 2.5

  Closing      20  

Section 2.6

  Designation and Assignment Rights      21  

ARTICLE III COMMITMENT PREMIUM

     23  

Section 3.1

  Premium Payable by the Company      23  

Section 3.2

  Payment of Commitment Premium      24  

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     25  

Section 4.1

  Organization and Qualification      25  

Section 4.2

  Corporate Power and Authority      25  

Section 4.3

  Execution and Delivery; Enforceability      26  

Section 4.4

  Authorized and Issued Equity Interests      26  

Section 4.5

  No Conflict      27  

Section 4.6

  Consents and Approvals      27  

Section 4.7

  Company SEC Documents and Disclosure Statement      28  

Section 4.8

  Absence of Certain Changes      28  

Section 4.9

  No Violation; Compliance with Laws      28  

Section 4.10

  Legal Proceedings      28  

Section 4.11

  Labor Relations      28  

Section 4.12

  Intellectual Property      29  

Section 4.13

  Title to Real and Personal Property      29  

Section 4.14

  No Undisclosed Relationships      30  

Section 4.15

  Licenses and Permits      30  

Section 4.16

  Environmental      30  

Section 4.17

  Tax Returns      31  

Section 4.18

  Employee Benefit Plans      32  

Section 4.19

  Internal Control Over Financial Reporting      33  

Section 4.20

  Disclosure Controls and Procedures      33  

Section 4.21

  Material Contracts      33  

Section 4.22

  No Unlawful Payments      33  

Section 4.23

  Compliance with Money Laundering Laws      34  

Section 4.24

  Compliance with Sanctions Laws      34  

Section 4.25

  No Broker’s Fees      34  

Section 4.26

  Investment Company Act      34  

Section 4.27

  Insurance      34  

Section 4.28

  [Reserved]      35  

Section 4.29

  Issuance      35  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMMITMENT PARTIES, RESERVE PARTIES AND QPGL

     35  

Section 5.1

  Organization      35  

Section 5.2

  Organizational Power and Authority      35  

Section 5.3

  Execution and Delivery      35  

Section 5.4

  No Conflict      36  

Section 5.5

  Consents and Approvals      36  

Section 5.6

  No Registration      37  

Section 5.7

  Purchasing Intent      37  

Section 5.8

  Sophistication; Investigation      37  

Section 5.9

  No Broker’s Fees      37  

Section 5.10

  Sufficient Funds      37  

ARTICLE VI ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

     38  

Section 6.1

  Orders Generally      38  

Section 6.2

  Confirmation Order; Transaction Agreements      38  

Section 6.3

  Conduct of Business      39  

Section 6.4

  Access to Information; Confidentiality      39  

Section 6.5

  Commercially Reasonable Efforts      41  

Section 6.6

  Reorganized Company Organizational Documents      42  

Section 6.7

  Blue Sky      42  

Section 6.8

  DTC Eligibility      43  

Section 6.9

  Use of Proceeds      43  

Section 6.10

  Share Legend      43  

Section 6.11

  Antitrust Approval      44  

Section 6.12

  [Reserved]      45  

Section 6.13

  Securities Laws Disclosure      45  

Section 6.14

  Reorganized Company as Successor      45  

Section 6.15

  Registration Rights; New Shareholders Agreement; Reporting      45  

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

     46  

Section 7.1

  Conditions to the Obligations of the Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties      46  

Section 7.2

  Waiver of Conditions to Obligations of Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties      48  

Section 7.3

  Conditions to the Obligations of the Debtors      48  

Section 7.4

  Conditions to the Obligations of QPGL      50  

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

     51  

Section 8.1

  Indemnification Obligations      51  

Section 8.2

  Indemnification Procedure      52  

Section 8.3

  Settlement of Indemnified Claims      53  

Section 8.4

  Contribution      53  

Section 8.5

  Treatment of Indemnification Payments      54  

Section 8.6

  No Survival      54  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

     54  

Section 9.1

  Consensual Termination      54  

Section 9.2

  Termination by Requisite Commitment Parties      54  

Section 9.3

  Termination by the Company      56  

Section 9.4

  Termination by QPGL      57  

Section 9.5

  Effect of Termination      58  

Section 9.6

  Automatic Termination as to QPGL      58  

ARTICLE X GENERAL PROVISIONS

     59  

Section 10.1

  Notices      59  

Section 10.2

  Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries      60  

Section 10.3

  Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement      60  

Section 10.4

  Governing Law; Venue      61  

Section 10.5

  Waiver of Jury Trial      61  

Section 10.6

  Counterparts      61  

Section 10.7

  Waivers and Amendments; Rights Cumulative; Consent      61  

Section 10.8

  Headings      62  

Section 10.9

  Specific Performance      62  

Section 10.10

  Damages      63  

Section 10.11

  No Reliance      63  

Section 10.12

  Publicity      63  

Section 10.13

  Settlement Discussions      64  

Section 10.14

  No Recourse      64  

Section 10.15

  Relationship Among Parties      65  

SCHEDULE

 

Schedule 1    Commitment Schedule

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Global Settlement
Exhibit B    Form of Rights Offering Procedures
Exhibit C    Form of Transfer Notice
Exhibit D    Form of Joinder Agreement

 

iii


COMMITMENT AGREEMENT (EQUITY)

THIS COMMITMENT AGREEMENT (EQUITY) (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 27, 2018, is made by and among Pacific Drilling S.A., a Luxembourg public limited liability company and the ultimate parent of each of the other Debtors (as the debtor in possession and a reorganized debtor, as applicable, the “ Company ”), on behalf of itself and each of the other Debtors (as defined below), and each Commitment Party (as defined below), each Reserve Party (as defined below) and Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited (“ QPGL ”). Each of the Company, each Commitment Party, each Reserve Party and QPGL is referred to herein, individually, as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties .” Capitalized terms that are used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in Section  1.1 hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company has filed a revised proposed plan of reorganization dated August 31, 2018 (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”) in its jointly administered cases (the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) under Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1532 (as it may be amended from time to time, the ” Bankruptcy Code ”), in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”);

WHEREAS, the Company, the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties (as defined below) and QPGL entered into a Global Settlement Term Sheet, dated as of August 15, 2018 (the “ Global Settlement ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the Reorganized Company intends to (a) issue and sell $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes (the “ New Secured Notes ”), (b) issue $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes (the “ New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes ”) (plus additional New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to a commitment premium), (c) obtain at least $500 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of common equity on the effective date of the Plan, and (d) ensure that there is at least $400 million of cash on hand of the Company and its subsidiaries on the effective date of the Plan (collectively, the “ Plan Financing Transactions ”);

WHEREAS, as part of the Plan Financing Transactions, pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement, and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, the Company, on behalf of the Reorganized Company, will conduct a (i) $460.0 million equity rights offering (the “ Rights Offering ”) for the Rights Offering Shares and (ii) $40.0 million private placement (the “ QP Private Placement ”) to QPGL for the QP Private Placement Shares at an aggregate purchase price equal to the Investment Amount and a per-share purchase price equal to the Per Share Purchase Price and, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Company shall assume and perform any remaining obligations with respect to the Investment and issue the Investment Shares; 1

 

1  

For the avoidance of doubt, the Rights Offering Shares and the QP Private Placement Shares in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, do not include any New Common Shares to be issued to the Commitment Parties pursuant to the Commitment Premium.

 

1


WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, each Commitment Party has agreed (on a several and not joint basis) to (i) fully exercise all Subscription Rights (as defined below) that are or will be owned by it and (ii) purchase its Commitment Percentage (as defined below) of the Unsubscribed Shares, if any, as set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, each Reserve Party has agreed to fully exercise all Subscription Rights (as defined below) that are or will be owned by it;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, QPGL has agreed that it will purchase the QP Private Placement Shares; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, agreements, representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, the Company (on behalf of itself and each other Debtor) and each of the Commitment Parties, each of the Reserve Parties and QPGL hereby agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whenever used in this Agreement (including any Exhibits and Schedules hereto), the following terms shall have the respective meanings specified therefor below or in the Plan, as applicable:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person, and shall include the meaning of “affiliate” set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. “ Affiliated ” has a correlative meaning.

Affiliate Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.6(d) .

Affiliated Fund ” means any investment fund the primary investment advisor to or manager of which is a Commitment Party or Reserve Party, as applicable, or an Affiliate thereof.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

2


Alternative DIP Proposal ” means any inquiry, proposal, offer, bid, term sheet, or discussion with respect to a debtor-in-possession financing to be extended as a component of the Restructuring Transactions (as defined in the Plan) whereby the Debtors use of some or all of the Debtors’ existing cash held at Debtor Group B (as defined in the Plan) in lieu of, and on more favorable terms than, the DIP Financing contemplated in the DIP Financing Term Sheet, provided , that the Alternative DIP Proposal (a) shall not provide for priming liens on the prepetition collateral described in the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in the Plan), the Term Loan B Credit Agreement (as defined in the Plan), 2017 Notes (as defined in the Plan), 2020 Notes (as defined in the Plan) and (b) shall be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting Creditors.

Antitrust Authorities ” means the United States Federal Trade Commission, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice, the attorneys general of the several states of the United States and any other Governmental Entity, whether domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction pursuant to the Antitrust Laws, and “ Antitrust Authority ” means any of them.

Antitrust Laws ” means the Sherman Act, the Clayton Act, the HSR Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and any other Law, whether domestic or foreign, governing agreements in restraint of trade, monopolization, pre-merger notification, the lessening of competition through merger or acquisition or anti-competitive conduct, and any foreign investment Laws.

Applicable Consent ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.6 .

Approval Order ” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court (i) approving the entry into this Agreement by the Parties and the Commitment Premium and (ii) providing that the Commitment Premium shall constitute allowed administrative expenses of the Debtors’ estates as provided in this Agreement.

Articles of Association ” means the articles of association of the Reorganized Company as in effect on the Effective Date.

Available Shares ” means the Commitment Shares that any Commitment Party fails to purchase as a result of a Commitment Party Default by such Commitment Party.

Bankruptcy Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Bankruptcy Court ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Bankruptcy Rules ” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. § 2075, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a).

 

3


Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Reorganized Company, which shall become effective as of the Effective Date.

Chapter 11 Cases ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.5(a) .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.5(a) .

Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.2 .

Commitment Agreement Approval Obligations ” means the obligations of the Company and the other Debtors under this Agreement and the Approval Order.

Commitment Party ” means the Commitment Parties set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, acting in their capacity as such and including each of their permitted successors and assigns.

Commitment Party Default ” means the failure by any Commitment Party to (a) deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for such Commitment Party’s Commitment Percentage of any Unsubscribed Shares by the Escrow Account Funding Date in accordance with Section  2.4(b) or (b) fully exercise all Subscription Rights that are owned by it (or its managed funds or accounts) as of the Rights Offering Expiration Time pursuant to the Rights Offering and deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for such Commitment Party’s Pro Rata Claim Shares pursuant to such exercise by the Escrow Account Funding Date.

Commitment Party Replacement ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.3(a) .

Commitment Party Replacement Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.3(a) .

Commitment Percentage ” means, with respect to any Commitment Party, such Commitment Party’s percentage of the Commitment as set forth opposite such Commitment Party’s name under the column titled “Commitment Percentage” on the Commitment Schedule. Any reference to “ Commitment Percentage ” in this Agreement means the Commitment Percentage in effect at the time of the relevant determination.

Commitment Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.1 .

Commitment Schedule ” means Schedule  1 to this Agreement, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Commitment Shares ” means, without duplication, the Pro Rata Claim Shares and the Unsubscribed Shares issued pursuant to the Commitment.

 

4


Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan, as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan), subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and (i) sponsored or maintained (at the time of determination or at any time within the six years prior thereto) by any of the Debtors or any ERISA Affiliate, or with respect to which any such entity has any actual or contingent liability or obligation or (ii) in respect of which any of the Debtors or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, could under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Company SEC Documents ” means all of the reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents (including exhibits and other information incorporated therein) filed with or furnished to the SEC by the Company.

Confirmation Order ” means a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Contract ” means any agreement, contract or instrument, including any loan, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, guarantee, deed of trust, license, franchise, commitment, lease, franchise agreement, letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other obligation, and any amendments thereto, whether written or oral, but excluding the Plan.

Control ” means, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or agency or otherwise.

Debtors ” means, collectively Pacific Drilling S.A. and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries, as the debtors in possession and reorganized debtors, as applicable.

Defaulting Commitment Party ” means in respect of a Commitment Party Default that is continuing, the applicable defaulting Commitment Party.

Defaulting Reserve Party ” means in respect of a Reserve Party Default that is continuing, the applicable defaulting Reserve Party.

DIP Financing ” means that certain debtor-in-possession financing facility proposed pursuant to the Motion of Debtors Pursuant to Sections 105, 361, 362, 363, 364, 507, and 552(b), and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002, 4001, 6004, and 9014 for an Order (I)  Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Senior Secured Postpetition Financing and (II)  Granting Related Relief [ECF No. 534].

Disclosure Statement ” means a disclosure statement with respect to the Plan that has been filed pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

5


Disclosure Statement Order means the order(s) of the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement and the other Solicitation Materials (including the Rights Offering Procedures).

Effective Date ” means the date upon which (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect, (b) all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan (or each respective Plan, if separate) have been satisfied or are expressly waived in accordance with the terms thereof, as the case may be, and (c) the Plan Financing Transactions and the other transactions to occur pursuant to the Plan become effective or are consummated.

Entity ” shall have the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders in council, Orders, decrees, treaties, directives, judgments or legally binding agreements promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Entity, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, management, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any of the Debtors, is, or at any relevant time during the past six years was, treated as a single employer under any provision of Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any Reportable Event with respect to a Company Plan; (b) any failure by any Company Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Company Plan, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Company Plan, the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Company Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the incurrence by any of the Debtors or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Company Plan, including the imposition of any Lien in favor of any Company Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) a determination that any Company Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303 of ERISA or Section 430 of the Code); (f) the receipt by any of the Debtors or any ERISA Affiliate from a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Company Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Company Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (g) the incurrence by any of the Debtors or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Company Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by any of the Debtors or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the impending imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, “insolvent” (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA), or in “endangered” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA or Section 432 of the Code); (i) the conditions for imposition of a Lien under Section 303(k) of

 

6


ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Code shall have been met with respect to any Company Plan; (j) the adoption of an amendment to a Company Plan requiring the provision of security to such Company Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; (k) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Company Plan or the assets thereof, or against any of the Debtors in connection with any Company Plan; or (l) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Company Plan (or any other employee benefit plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Company Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code.

Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(a) .

Escrow Account Funding Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(b) .

Event ” means any event, development, occurrence, circumstance, effect, condition, result, state of facts or change.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Filing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.12(b) .

Final Order ” means, as applicable, an Order of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or seek certiorari has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the Order could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such Order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice.

Funding Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(a) .

Funding Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(a) .

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Global Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Governmental Entity ” has the meaning of “governmental unit” set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Hazardous Materials ” means all pollutants, contaminants, wastes, chemicals, materials, substances and constituents, including explosive or radioactive substances or petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls or radon gas, of any nature subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

 

7


HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended from time to time.

Indemnified Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.2 .

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.1 .

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.1 .

Intellectual Property Rights has the meaning set forth in Section  4.12 .

Investment ” means the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement in the aggregate amount equal to the Investment Amount, which are (a) undertaken in connection with the Plan Financing Transactions, (b) undertaken on the terms described in the Plan and this Agreement, and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, and (c) subject to Section  2.3(g) , backstopped in full by the Commitment Parties in the manner described in this Agreement.

Investment Amount ” means an amount equal to $500.0 million.

Investment Shares ” means the Rights Offering Shares, the QP Private Placement Shares and the Unsubscribed Shares, which aggregate number of Investment Shares shall be in an amount equal to 48,015,365.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joint Filing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.12(c) .

Knowledge of the Company ” means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry of their direct reports, of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and general counsel of the Company. As used herein, “actual knowledge” means information that is personally known by the listed individual(s).

Law ” means any law (statutory or common), statute, regulation, rule, code or ordinance enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Entity.

Legal Proceedings ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.10 .

Legend ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.11 .

Lien ” means any lien, adverse claim, charge, option, right of first refusal, servitude, security interest, mortgage, pledge, deed of trust, easement, encumbrance, restriction on transfer, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, defect in title, lien or judicial lien as defined in sections 101(36) and (37) of the Bankruptcy Code or other restrictions of a similar kind.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.1 .

 

8


Material Adverse Effect ” means any Event, which individually, or together with all other Events, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, finances, properties, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Debtors, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Debtors, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under, or to consummate the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, including the Investment, in each case, except to the extent such Event results from, arises out of, or is attributable to, the following (either alone or in combination): (i) any change after the date hereof in global, national or regional political conditions (including hostilities, acts of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions, or any escalation or material worsening of any such hostilities, acts of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions existing or underway) or in the general business, market, financial or economic conditions affecting the industries, regions and markets in which the Debtors operate, including any change in the United States or applicable foreign economies or securities, commodities or financial markets, or force majeure events or “acts of God”; (ii) any changes after the date hereof in applicable Law or GAAP, or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof; (iii) the execution, announcement, disclosure in Company SEC Documents, or performance of this Agreement or the other agreements executed or announced in connection with the Plan Financing Transactions (including any act or omission of the Debtors expressly required or prohibited, as applicable, by this Agreement or consented to or required by the Requisite Commitment Parties in writing); (iv) changes in the market price or trading volume of the claims or equity or debt securities of the Debtors (but not the underlying facts giving rise to such changes unless such facts are otherwise excluded pursuant to the clauses contained in this definition); (v) the filing or pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases; (vi) declarations of national emergencies in the United States or natural disasters in the United States; (vii) any matters expressly disclosed in the Disclosure Statement; (viii) the occurrence of a Commitment Party Default; or (ix) the departure of officers or directors of any of the Debtors not in contravention of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (but not the underlying facts giving rise to such departure unless such facts are otherwise excluded pursuant to the clauses contained in this definition); provided , that the exceptions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to the extent that such Event is disproportionately adverse to the Debtors, taken as a whole, as compared to other companies in the industries in which the Debtors operate.

Material Contracts ” means all material definitive agreements that the Debtors are required to file under the requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act.

Money Laundering Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.23 .

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any of the Debtors is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or each such plan with respect to which any such entity has any liability or obligation (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate).

New Common Shares ” means the shares of common stock that constitute equity interests in the Reorganized Company.

New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

9


New Secured Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

New Shareholders Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.

Order ” means any judgment, order, award, injunction, writ, permit, license or decree of any Governmental Entity or arbitrator of applicable jurisdiction.

Outside Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.2(a) .

Party ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Per Share Purchase Price ” shall mean $10.413334.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens for Taxes that (i) are not yet delinquent or (ii) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made with respect thereto; (b) landlord’s, operator’s, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other similar Liens for labor, materials or supplies or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business or incident to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of oil and gas properties provided with respect to any Real Property or personal property incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and as otherwise not prohibited under this Agreement, for amounts that are not more than sixty (60) days delinquent and that do not materially detract from the value of, or materially impair the use of, any of the Real Property or personal property of any of the Debtors, or, if for amounts that do materially detract from the value of, or materially impair the use of, any of the Real Property or personal property of any of the Debtors, if such Lien is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made with respect thereto; (c) zoning, building codes and other land use Laws regulating the use or occupancy of any Real Property or the activities conducted thereon that are imposed by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such Real Property; provided , that no such zoning, building codes and other land use Laws prohibit the use or occupancy of such Real Property; (d) easements, covenants, conditions, minor encroachments, restrictions on transfer and other similar matters affecting title to any Real Property (including any title retention agreement) and other title defects and encumbrances that do not or would not materially impair the ownership, use or occupancy of such Real Property or the operation of the Debtors’ business; (e) Liens granted under any Contracts, in each case, to the extent the same are ordinary and customary in the oil and gas business and do not or would not materially impair the ownership, use or occupancy of any Real Property or the operation of the Debtors’ business and which are for claims not more than sixty (60) days delinquent or, if such claim does materially impair such ownership, use, occupancy or operation and are for obligations that are more than sixty (60) days delinquent, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made with respect thereto; (f) mortgages on a lessor’s interest in a lease or sublease; provided , that no foreclosure proceedings have been duly filed (unless, in such case, such mortgage has been subordinated to the applicable lease); and (g) Liens that, pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order, will be discharged and released on the Effective Date.

 

10


Person ” means an individual, firm, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, Governmental Entity or other entity or organization.

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Plan Financing Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Plan Supplement ” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan (as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time in accordance with the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules), including without limitation disclosure required under section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, to be filed by the Debtors no later than 14 days before the Confirmation Hearing, and additional documents or amendments to previously filed documents, filed before the Effective Date as amendments to the Plan Supplement, including the following, as applicable: (a) the Reorganized Company Organizational Documents; (b) a list of retained causes of action; (c) the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that the Debtors intend to assume under the Plan; (d) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that the Debtors intend to reject under the Plan; (e) the New Shareholders Agreement; and (f) any and all other documentation necessary to effectuate the Plan.

Pre-Closing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.3 .

Pro Rata Claim Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.2 .

QPGL ” means Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited.

QP Certification ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(c) .

QP Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.2(b) .

QP Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.4(c) .

QP Group ” has the meaning set forth in the Application of Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 503(b)(3)(D) and 503(b)(4) for Allowance and Reimbursement of Reasonable Professional Fees and Actual, Necessary Expenses in Making a Substantial Contribution in these Chapter 11 Cases , filed on August 2, 2018 [Docket No. 458].

QP Private Placement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

QP Private Placement Shares ” means 3,841,229 New Common Shares issued in the QP Private Placement with an aggregate purchase price of $40.0 million, which shall be subscribed for by QPGL.

Real Property ” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned in fee or leased by any of the Debtors, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures incidental to the ownership or lease thereof.

 

11


Related Party ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, employee, general or limited partner, member, manager or stockholder of such Person and (b) any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, employee, general or limited partner, member, manager or stockholder of any of the foregoing.

Related Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.6(a) .

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating. “ Released ” has a correlative meaning.

Reorganized Company ” means Pacific Drilling S.A. from and after the Effective Date.

Reorganized Company Organizational Documents ” means, collectively, the Articles of Association, Bylaws and any other organizational documents for the Reorganized Company.

Reorganized Debtors ” means the Reorganized Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries from and after the Effective Date.

Replacing Commitment Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.3(b) .

Reportable Event ” means any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than those events as to which the 30 day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, with respect to a Company Plan.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s directors, officers, members, partners, managers, employees, agents, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, advisors and other representatives.

Requisite Commitment Parties ” means Commitment Parties holding Commitments with respect to Commitment Shares representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of all Commitment Shares at the time of the relevant determination.

Reserve Party ” means the Reserve Parties that are signatories to this Agreement, acting in their capacity as such and including each of their permitted successors and assigns.

Reserve Party Commitment ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.2(a) .

Reserve Party Default ” means the failure by any Reserve Party to fully exercise all Subscription Rights that are owned by it (or its managed funds or accounts) as of the Rights Offering Expiration Time pursuant to the Rights Offering and duly purchase all Pro Rata Claim Shares pursuant to such exercise, in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan.

 

12


Reserve Party Ultimate Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.6(c) .

Rights Offering ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Rights Offering Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Rights Offering commences pursuant to the Rights Offering Procedures.

Rights Offering Expiration Time ” means (i) the time and date by which the Rights Offering Participants must duly deliver the rights offering subscription forms to the Rights Offering Subscription Agent in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and the Rights Offering Participants other than the Commitment Parties deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) the applicable aggregate Per Share Purchase Price (a) in the case of Rights Offering Participants that are not Commitment Parties or Reserve Parties, to a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent and (b) in the case of a Reserve Party, into the Escrow Account or, at the option of such Reserve Party, to a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent as set forth and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and (ii) the time and date by which QPGL must deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) into the QP Escrow Account or, at the option of QPGL, to a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent the Per Share Purchase Price for the QP Private Placement Shares as set forth and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

Rights Offering Materials ” means the offering materials to be provided to parties solicited to participate in the Rights Offering and QP Private Placement.

Rights Offering Participants ” means those Persons (including the Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties) who duly subscribe for Rights Offering Shares in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

Rights Offering Procedures ” means the procedures with respect to the Rights Offering that are approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, which procedures shall be in form and substance substantially as set forth on Exhibit B hereto, as may be modified in a manner that is reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Commitment Parties, the Company, and QPGL (solely as it relates to the QP Private Placement).

Rights Offering Shares ” means the New Common Shares (including all Pro Rata Claim Shares purchased by the Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties in accordance with this Agreement) offered and sold in the Rights Offering in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, which aggregate number of Rights Offering Shares shall be in an amount equal to 44,174,136.

Rights Offering Subscription Agent ” means a subscription agent appointed by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Requisite Commitment Parties.

 

13


SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Solicitation Materials ” means solicitation materials with respect to the Plan, together with the Disclosure Statement.

Subscription Rights ” means the subscription rights to purchase the Rights Offering Shares issued pursuant to the Rights Offering.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity as to which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other subsidiary), (a) owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests, (b) has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body, or (c) has the power to direct the business and policies.

Taxes ” means all taxes, assessments, duties, levies or other mandatory governmental charges paid or payable to a Governmental Entity, including all federal, state, local, foreign and other income, franchise, profits, gross receipts, capital gains, capital stock, transfer, property, sales, use, value-added, occupation, excise, severance, windfall profits, stamp, payroll, social security, withholding and other taxes, assessments, duties, levies or other mandatory governmental charges of any kind whatsoever paid to a Governmental Entity (whether payable directly or by withholding and whether or not requiring the filing of a return), all estimated taxes, deficiency assessments, additions to tax, penalties and interest thereon and shall include any liability for such amounts as a result of being a member of a combined, consolidated, unitary or affiliated group. For the avoidance of doubt, such term shall exclude any tax, penalties or interest thereon that result or have resulted from the non-payment of royalties.

Transaction Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.2(a) .

Transfer ” means to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, participate, donate or otherwise encumber or dispose of, directly or indirectly (including through derivatives, options, swaps, pledges, forward sales or other transactions in which any Person receives the right to own or acquire any current or future interest in a Subscription Right), an Investment Share, New Common Share or Commitment (or any portion thereof). “ Transfer ” used as a noun has a correlative meaning.

Ultimate Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.6(b) .

Unlegended Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.8 .

Unsubscribed Shares ” means any (a) Rights Offering Shares that have not been duly purchased in the Rights Offering (including any Pro Rata Claim Shares that any Reserve Party fails to purchase as a result of a Reserve Party Default by such Reserve Party) by the Rights Offering Participants that are not Commitment Parties in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and the Plan and (b) QP Private Placement Shares that have not been purchased in the QP Private Placement by QPGL.

 

14


Willful or intentional breach ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.5 .

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan.

Section 1.2 Construction . In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are references to the articles and sections or subsections of, and the exhibits and schedules attached to, this Agreement;

(b) references in this Agreement to “writing” or comparable expressions include a reference to a written document transmitted by means of electronic mail in portable document format (pdf), facsimile transmission or comparable means of communication;

(c) words expressed in the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; words expressed in the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter gender and vice versa;

(d) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole, including all Exhibits and Schedules attached to this Agreement, and not to any provision of this Agreement;

(e) the term “this Agreement” shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified, varied, novated or supplemented;

(f) “include,” “includes” and “including” are deemed to be followed by “without limitation” whether or not they are in fact followed by such words;

(g) references to “day” or “days” are to calendar days;

(h) references to “the date hereof” means the date of this Agreement;

(i) unless otherwise specified, references to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder in effect from time to time; and

(j) references to “dollars” or “$” refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

15


ARTICLE II

COMMITMENT

Section 2.1 The Investment; Subscription Rights . On and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including entry of the Approval Order, the Company, on behalf of the Reorganized Company, shall conduct the Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement pursuant to and in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, the Disclosure Statement Order, the Approval Order, and the Plan as applicable. If reasonably requested by the Requisite Commitment Parties, from time to time prior to the Rights Offering Expiration Time (and any extensions thereto), the Company shall notify, or cause the Rights Offering Subscription Agent to notify, as soon as practicable and, in any event, within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of such request by the Company, the Commitment Parties of the aggregate number of Subscription Rights known by the Company or the Rights Offering Subscription Agent to have been exercised pursuant to the Rights Offering as of the most recent practicable time before such request. The parties agree that the Rights Offering will be conducted in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided in Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as applicable. All Rights Offering Shares (other than the Unsubscribed Shares purchased by the Commitment Parties in accordance with this Agreement) will be issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided in Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Disclosure Statement shall include a statement to such effect. The offer and sale of the New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium, any Unsubscribed Shares purchased by the Commitment Parties pursuant to this Agreement and the QP Private Placement Shares will be made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and the Disclosure Statement shall include a statement to such effect.

Section 2.2 The Commitment .

(a) On and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including entry of the Approval Order, each Commitment Party and Reserve Party agrees, severally and not jointly, to fully exercise (or cause certain of its and its affiliates’ managed funds and/or accounts to fully exercise) all Subscription Rights that are owned by it (or such managed funds or accounts) as of the Rights Offering Expiration Time pursuant to the Rights Offering and duly purchase all Rights Offering Shares issuable to it pursuant to such exercise (collectively, the “ Pro Rata Claim Shares ”), in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and the Plan (with respect to each of the Reserve Parties, the “ Reserve Party Commitment ”); provided , that, in each case, any Defaulting Commitment Party shall be liable to each non-Defaulting Commitment Party, the Company and the Reorganized Debtors as a result of any breach of its obligations hereunder. On and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including the entry of the Confirmation Order, each Commitment Party agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase (or cause certain of its and its affiliates’ managed funds and/or accounts to purchase), and the Reorganized Company shall sell to such Commitment Party (or such managed funds or accounts), on the Closing Date for the applicable aggregate Per Share Purchase Price, the number of Unsubscribed Shares equal to (x) such Commitment Party’s Commitment Percentage multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of Unsubscribed Shares (together with the obligations of

 

16


the Commitment Parties to purchase pursuant to the preceding sentence, the “ Commitment ”), rounded among the Commitment Parties solely to avoid fractional shares as the applicable Requisite Commitment Parties may determine in their sole discretion ( provided , that in no event shall such rounding reduce the aggregate commitment of such Commitment Parties); provided , that any Defaulting Commitment Party shall be liable to each non-Defaulting Commitment Party, the Company and the Reorganized Debtors as a result of any breach of its obligations hereunder.

(b) On and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including (i) entry of the Approval Order and the Confirmation Order and (ii)  Section  2.4(c) and Section  9.6 hereof, QPGL shall purchase, and the Reorganized Company shall sell to QPGL, on the Closing Date for the applicable aggregate Per Share Purchase Price, the QP Private Placement Shares (the “ QP Commitment ”).

Section 2.3 Commitment Party Default .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Commitment Party Default, the Commitment Parties (other than any Defaulting Commitment Party) shall have the right, but not the obligation, within three (3) Business Days after delivery of notice, in accordance with Section  10.1 , by the Company to all Commitment Parties of such Commitment Party Default and the number of Available Shares pursuant to any such Commitment Party Default, which notice shall be given promptly following the occurrence of such Commitment Party Default and to all Commitment Parties concurrently (such three (3) Business Day period, the “ Commitment Party Replacement Period ”), to make arrangements for one or more of the Commitment Parties (other than any Defaulting Commitment Party) to purchase all or any portion of the Available Shares (any such purchase, a “ Commitment Party Replacement ”) at the Per Share Purchase Price and otherwise on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in such amounts as may be agreed upon by all of the Commitment Parties electing to purchase all or any portion of the Available Shares, or, if no such agreement is reached, based upon the relative applicable Commitment Percentages of any such Commitment Parties (other than any Defaulting Commitment Party) (such Commitment Parties, the “ Replacing Commitment Parties ”); provided , that in the event that there would be any Available Shares at the end of the Commitment Party Replacement Period, subject to Section  2.3(g) , each non-Defaulting Commitment Party shall have the obligation to purchase, within one (1) Business Day following the expiration of the Commitment Party Replacement Period, a portion of such Available Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement based upon the relative applicable Commitment Percentage of such non-Defaulting Commitment Party and each such non-Defaulting Commitment Party that purchases its required portion of such Available Shares shall be deemed a Replacing Commitment Party.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

 

17


(d) In the event that any Commitment Parties do not purchase all Available Shares available for purchase pursuant to Section  2.3(a) , the Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to utilize the Cover Transaction Period to consummate a Cover Transaction. As used herein, “ Cover Transaction ” means a circumstance in which the Company arranges for the sale of all or any portion of the Available Shares to any other Person at the Per Share Purchase Price and otherwise on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, during the Cover Transaction Period, and “ Cover Transaction Period ” means the ten (10) Business Day period following expiration of the three (3) Business Day period specified in the last sentence of Section  2.3(a) . For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s election to pursue a Cover Transaction, whether or not consummated, shall not relieve any Commitment Party of its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or from liability for failing to fulfill its Commitment.

(e) Any Available Shares purchased by a Replacing Commitment Party (and any Commitment and applicable aggregate Per Share Purchase Price associated therewith) shall be included, among other things, in the determination of (x) the Commitment Shares of such Replacing Commitment Party for all purposes hereunder, (y) the Commitment Percentage of such Replacing Commitment Party for purposes of Section  2.4(b) , Section  3.1 and Section  3.2 and (z) the Commitment of such Replacing Commitment Party for purposes of the definition of “Requisite Commitment Parties.” If a Commitment Party Default occurs, the Outside Date shall be delayed only to the extent necessary to allow for (i) the Commitment Party Replacement to be completed within the Commitment Party Replacement Period and/or (ii), if applicable, the Cover Transaction to be completed within the Cover Transaction Period.

(f) If a Commitment Party is a Defaulting Commitment Party, it shall not be entitled to any of the Commitment Premium hereunder. Subject to Section  3.1 , any portion of the Commitment Premium otherwise payable to any Defaulting Commitment Party except for such Commitment Party Default shall be paid pro-rata to any Replacing Commitment Party.

(g) Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require a Commitment Party to purchase more than its Commitment Percentage (without giving effect to any adjustment pursuant to this Section  2.3) of the aggregate Investment Shares.

(h) For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section  9.5 but subject to Section  10.10 , no provision of this Agreement shall relieve any Defaulting Commitment Party from liability hereunder, or limit the availability of the remedies set forth in Section  10.9 or otherwise, in connection with any such Defaulting Commitment Party’s Commitment Party Default.

Section 2.4 Escrow Account Funding .

(a) Funding Notice . No later than the fifth (5th) Business Day following the Rights Offering Expiration Time, the Rights Offering Subscription Agent shall, on behalf of the Company, deliver to each Commitment Party a written notice (the “ Funding Notice ,” and the date of such delivery, the “ Funding Notice Date ”) setting forth (i) the number of Rights Offering Shares elected to be purchased by the Rights Offering Participants, and the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price therefor in each case; (ii) the aggregate number of Rights Offering Shares that have not been duly purchased in the Rights Offering by the Rights Offering Participants in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures and the Plan, if any, and the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price therefor; (iii) the aggregate number of QP Private Placement

 

18


Shares that have not been duly purchased in the QP Private Placement, if any, and the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price therefor; (iv) subject to Section  2.3(g) , the aggregate number of Investment Shares (based upon such Commitment Party’s Commitment Percentage) to be issued and sold by the Reorganized Company to such Commitment Party on account of any Unsubscribed Shares and the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price therefor; (v) if applicable, the number of Rights Offering Shares such Commitment Party is subscribed for in the Rights Offering and for which such Commitment Party has not yet paid to the Escrow Account or the Rights Offering Subscription Agent, as applicable, and the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price therefor, together with such aggregate Per Share Purchase Price; (vi) the escrow account designated in an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company, each acting reasonably, to which such Commitment Party shall deliver and pay the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price due from such Commitment Party pursuant to clauses (iv) and (v) (the “ Escrow Account ”) and (vii) a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent. The Funding Notice shall include the Escrow Account Funding Date (as defined below). The Company shall promptly direct the Rights Offering Subscription Agent to provide any written backup, information and documentation relating to the information contained in the applicable Funding Notice as any Commitment Party may reasonably request.

(b) Escrow Account Funding by Commitment Parties . On the date agreed by the Company with the Requisite Commitment Parties pursuant to an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company, each acting reasonably (the “ Escrow Account Funding Date ”), each Commitment Party shall deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for such Commitment Party’s (i) Commitment Percentage of the Pro Rata Claim Shares and (ii) Commitment Percentage of the Unsubscribed Shares, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the Escrow Account or the Rights Offering Subscription Agent, as applicable, to satisfy such Commitment Party’s Commitment, including to satisfy its obligation to fully exercise its Subscription Rights; provided , that the Escrow Account Funding Date shall be (A) at least four (4) Business Days after the Funding Notice Date, (B) at least four (4) Business Days before the Closing Date, and (C) at most five (5) Business Days before the Effective Date. In accordance with Section  2.3(a) , but subject to Section  2.3(g) , each Commitment Party shall deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) an amount equal to the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for such Commitment Party’s applicable portion of the Available Shares, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the Escrow Account or the Rights Offering Subscription Agent, as applicable, to satisfy such Commitment Party’s Commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments contemplated to be made by any Commitment Party to the Escrow Account pursuant to this Section  2.4 may instead be made, at the option of such Commitment Party, to a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent in the Funding Notice and shall be delivered and paid to such account on the Escrow Account Funding Date.

(c) Funding by QPGL . Subject to Section  9.6 , on or prior to the Rights Offering Expiration Time, (a) QPGL (or its designee pursuant to Section  2.6 ) shall deliver and pay an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for the QP Private Placement Shares by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars into, at the

 

19


option of QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee), (i) an escrow account designated in an escrow agreement satisfactory to QPGL (or an Affiliate Transferee) and the Company, each acting reasonably (the “ QP Escrow Account ”) or (ii) a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent prior to the Rights Offering Expiration Time in satisfaction of the obligations of QPGL to purchase the QP Private Placement Shares under this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and (b) QPGL shall, by the Rights Offering Expiration Time, certify to the Company (which certification may be made via e-mail), with a copy to counsel to the Commitment Parties, that QPGL and its list of designees as set forth in such certification (which for the avoidance of doubt, may include the members of the QP Group and those certain lenders under that certain Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2013, among Pacific Sharav S.à r.l. and Pacific Drilling VII Limited, as borrowers, Pacific Drilling S.A., as guarantor, the banks and financial institutions party thereto, that were part of the investment group led by QPGL) have placed orders through the syndicated third-party financings contemplated by the Plan for at least $100 million of the New Secured Notes and $100 million of the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes (the “ QP Certification ”).

(d) Funding by the Reserve Parties . On or prior to the Rights Offering Expiration Time, each Reserve Party shall deliver and pay (or cause to be delivered and paid) an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for such Reserve Party’s Pro Rata Claim Shares by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars into, at the option of such Reserve Party, (i) the Escrow Account or (ii) a segregated bank account of the Rights Offering Subscription Agent designated by the Rights Offering Subscription Agent prior to the Rights Offering Expiration Time in satisfaction of the obligations of such Reserve Party to purchase its Pro Rata Claim Shares under this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

Section 2.5 Closing .

(a) Subject to Article VII , unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing between the Company and the Requisite Commitment Parties, the closing of the Commitments (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019-6064, at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the date on which all of the conditions set forth in Article VII shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with this Agreement (other than conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions). The date on which the Closing actually occurs shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”

(b) At the Closing, the funds held in the Escrow Account or the QP Escrow Account (and any amounts paid to a Rights Offering Subscription Agent bank account pursuant to Section  2.4 ) shall, as applicable, be released and utilized in accordance with the Plan.

(c) At the Closing, the Reorganized Company will issue (i) Commitment Shares and Available Shares, if any, to each Commitment Party (or to its designee in accordance with Section  2.6(a) ) against payment of the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for the Commitment Shares and Available Shares, if any, purchased by such Commitment Party, in satisfaction of such Commitment Party’s Commitment and (ii) the QP Private Placement Shares

 

20


to QPGL against payment of the aggregate Per Share Purchase Price for the QP Private Placement Shares purchased by QPGL, in satisfaction of QPGL’s obligation to purchase the QP Private Placement Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Unless a Commitment Party or QPGL, as applicable, requests delivery of a physical stock certificate, the entry of any Commitment Shares and Available Shares, if any, or QP Private Placement Shares to be delivered pursuant to this Section  2.5(c) into the account of a Commitment Party or QPGL, as applicable, pursuant to the Reorganized Company’s book entry procedures and delivery to such Commitment Party or QPGL, as applicable, of an account statement reflecting the book entry of such Commitment Shares and Available Shares, if any, or QP Private Placement Shares, as applicable, shall be deemed delivery of such Commitment Shares and Available Shares or QP Private Placement Shares, as applicable, for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the QP Private Placement Shares, Commitment Shares, and Available Shares will be delivered with all issue, stamp, or similar Taxes that are due and payable (if any) in connection with such delivery duly paid by the Company on behalf of the Reorganized Company.

Section 2.6 Designation and Assignment Rights .

(a) Each Commitment Party, Reserve Party and QPGL shall have the right to designate by written notice to the Company no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date that some or all of the Commitment Shares or QP Private Placement Shares, as applicable, that it is obligated to purchase hereunder be issued in the name of, and delivered to, one or more of its Affiliates or Affiliated Funds (other than any portfolio company of such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or its Affiliates) (each, a “ Related Purchaser ”) upon receipt by the Company of payment therefor in accordance with the terms hereof, which notice of designation shall (i) be addressed to the Company and signed by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, and each such Related Purchaser, (ii) specify the number of Commitment Shares or QP Private Placement Shares, as applicable, to be delivered to or issued in the name of such Related Purchaser and (iii) contain a confirmation by each such Related Purchaser of the accuracy of the representations set forth in Section  5.6 through  Section 5.9 as applied to such Related Purchaser; provided , that no such designation pursuant to this Section  2.6(a) shall relieve such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, from its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Commitment Parties shall not be entitled to Transfer all or any portion of their Commitments except as expressly provided in this Section  2.6 . Each Commitment Party shall have the right to Transfer all or any portion of its Commitment to: (i) an Affiliated Fund; (ii) one or more special purpose vehicles that are wholly owned by one or more of such Commitment Party and its Affiliated Funds, created for the purpose of holding such Commitment or holding debt or equity of the Company; provided, that such transferring Commitment Party or, in the case of a transfer to another Commitment Party’s Affiliated Fund, such other Commitment Party, shall either (A) have provided the Company with a commercially reasonable and adequate equity support letter or a guarantee of such special purpose vehicle’s Commitment in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company or (B) remain (or in the case of a transfer to another Commitment Party’s Affiliated Fund, such other Commitment Party, shall become) obligated to fund such Commitment; provided, further that any such special purpose vehicle shall not be related to or Affiliated with any portfolio company of such

 

21


Commitment Party or any of its Affiliates or Affiliated Funds (other than solely by virtue of its affiliation with such Commitment Party) and the equity of such special purpose vehicle shall not be directly or indirectly transferable other than to such Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section  2.6(b) , and in such manner as such Commitment Party’s Commitment is transferable pursuant to this Section  2.6(b) ; or (iii) any other Commitment Party; (each of the Persons referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, an “ Ultimate Purchaser ”). In each case of a Commitment Party’s Transfer of all or any portion of its Commitment pursuant to this Section  2.6(b) , (1) the Ultimate Purchaser shall provide a written instrument to the Company and counsel to the Commitment Parties under which it (w) confirms that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act and the accuracy of the representations set forth in Section  5.8 herein as applied to such Ultimate Purchaser, (x) agrees to purchase the transferred portion of such Commitment Party’s Commitment, and (y) agrees to be fully bound by, and subject to, this Agreement as a Commitment Party hereto pursuant to a joinder agreement in the form set forth on Exhibit D (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), and (2) the transferring Commitment Party and the Ultimate Purchaser shall have duly executed and delivered to the Company and counsel to the Commitment Parties (at the addresses set forth in Section  10.1 ), written notice of such Transfer; provided, however, that, except in the case of clause (iii) above, or in the case of a transfer to another Commitment Party’s Affiliated Fund in accordance with the foregoing, no such Transfer shall relieve the transferring Commitment Party from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(c) The Reserve Parties shall not be entitled to Transfer all or any portion of their Reserve Party Commitments except as expressly provided in this Section 2.6(c). Each Reserve Party shall have the right to Transfer all or any portion of its respective Reserve Party Commitment to: (i) an Affiliated Fund; (ii) one or more special purpose vehicles that are wholly owned by one or more of such Reserve Party and its respective Affiliated Funds, created for the purpose of holding debt or equity of the Company, provided , that any such special purpose vehicle shall not be related to or Affiliated with any portfolio company of such Reserve Party or any of its Affiliates or Affiliated Funds (other than solely by virtue of its affiliation with such Reserve Party) and the equity of such special purpose vehicle shall not be directly or indirectly transferable other than to such Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section  2.6(c) , and in such manner as such Reserve Party Commitment is transferable pursuant to this Section  2.6(c) ; or (iii) any other Commitment Party or Reserve Party (each of the Persons referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “ Reserve Party Ultimate Purchaser ”). In each case of a Reserve Party, Transfer of all or any portion of its Reserve Party Commitment pursuant to this Section  2.6(c) , (1) the Reserve Party Ultimate Purchaser shall provide a written instrument to the Company and counsel to the Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties under which it (w) confirms that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act and the accuracy of the representations set forth in Section  5.8 herein as applied to such Reserve Party Ultimate Purchaser, (x) agrees to purchase the transferred portion of such Reserve Party Commitment, and (y) agrees to be fully bound by, and subject to, this Agreement as a Reserve Party pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, and (2) the transferring Reserve Party and the Reserve Party Ultimate Purchaser shall have duly executed and delivered to the Company and counsel to the Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties (at the addresses set forth in Section  10.1 ), written notice of such Transfer; provided , however , that, except in the case of clause (iii) above, or in the case of a transfer to another Reserve Party’s Affiliated Fund, as applicable, in accordance with the foregoing, no such Transfer shall relieve the transferring Reserve Party from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

22


(d) QPGL shall not be entitled to Transfer the QP Commitment except as expressly provided in this Section  2.6(d) . QPGL shall have the right to Transfer all or any portion of the QP Commitment to any of its Affiliates or other entities with the same ultimate controlling person or beneficiary as QPGL (an “ Affiliate Transferee ”), provided that such Affiliate Transferee (i) shall provide a written instrument to the Company and counsel to the Commitment Parties (at the addresses set forth in Section  10.1 ) under which it (w) confirms that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act or a non-U.S. person outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act and the accuracy of the representations set forth in Section  5.8 herein as applied to such Affiliate Transferee, (x) agrees to purchase the transferred portion of such QP Commitment, and (y) agrees to be fully bound by, and subject to, this Agreement as if it were QPGL, pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, and (ii) QPGL and the Affiliate Transferee shall have duly executed and delivered to the Company and counsel to the Commitment Parties (at the addresses set forth in Section  10.1 ) written notice of such Transfer; provided , however , that no such Transfer shall relieve QPGL from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

(e) Each Commitment Party, each Reserve Party and QPGL, severally and not jointly, agrees that it will not Transfer, at any time prior to the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Person other than in accordance with Section  2.6(a) , Section  2.6(b) , Section  2.6(c) or Section  2.6(d) , as applicable. After the Closing Date, nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict in any way the ability of any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL (or any permitted transferee thereof) to Transfer any of the New Common Shares or any interest therein; provided , that any such Transfer shall be made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements thereunder (or pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act) and pursuant to applicable securities Laws. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the ability of any Commitment Party or Reserve Party to Transfer its Subscription Rights, in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

ARTICLE III

COMMITMENT PREMIUM

Section 3.1 Premium Payable by the Company . As consideration for the Commitments and the other agreements of the Commitment Parties in this Agreement, subject to the below, the Debtors shall pay or cause to be paid to the Commitment Parties (including any Commitment Party Replacement, but excluding any Commitment Party that has committed any Commitment Party Default) or their designees based upon the Commitment Parties’ respective Commitment Percentages at the time immediately before the payment becomes payable, a premium payable in New Common Shares in an aggregate amount, as determined on the Rights Offering Commencement Date, equal to the sum of (a) 5.0% of the sum of the aggregate number of the (x) Pro Rata Claim Shares, plus (y) QP Private Placement

 

23


Shares, plus (b) 8.0% of (x) the New Common Shares offered pursuant to the Investment, less (y) the sum of the aggregate number of (1) Pro Rata Claim Shares, plus (2) QP Private Placement Shares (the “ Commitment Premium ”); provided that the Commitment Premium shall be reduced by an amount equal to (i) 5.0% of any Pro Rata Claim Shares and/or QP Private Placement Shares that would have been purchased by such Defaulting Commitment Party pursuant to its Commitment if there had not been a Commitment Party Default by such Defaulting Commitment Party, and (ii) 8.0% of the New Common Shares offered pursuant to the Investment, other than any Pro Rata Claim Shares and QP Private Placement Shares, that would have been purchased by such Defaulting Commitment Party pursuant to its Commitment if there had not been a Commitment Party Default by such Defaulting Commitment Party, in each case to the extent not purchased by a Replacing Commitment Party (and all references to “Commitment Premium” herein shall include any such reduction, if applicable).

The provisions for the payment of the Commitment Premium are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without these provisions the Commitment Parties would not have entered into this Agreement, and the Commitment Premium shall constitute allowed administrative expenses of the Debtors’ estate under Sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Commitment Premium shall be payable in New Common Shares, issued at the Per Share Price, or cash as set forth below.

Section 3.2 Payment of Commitment Premium . Subject to Section  9.5 hereof, the Commitment Premium shall be fully earned upon entering into this Agreement, shall constitute allowed administrative expenses of the Debtors’ estates under Sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code, and shall become payable upon the earliest to occur of (a) a termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, in which case the Commitment Premium shall be paid at the time and to the extent provided in Section  9.5(b) of this Agreement, and (b) the Closing Date; provided , however , no portion of the Commitment Premium shall be paid to any Commitment Party if such Commitment Party has defaulted with respect to its respective Commitment or is otherwise in breach of this Agreement in any material respect and the Commitment Premium, to the extent payable, shall reflect any adjustments described in Section  3.1 with respect to any such Commitment Party Default; provided , further , that in the event that the Commitment Premium is payable upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms as provided in this Section  3.2 and Section  9.5(b) , then the Commitment Premium shall be paid in cash in an amount equal to $26,284,205. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the payment of the Commitment Premium upon a termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms as provided in this Section  3.2 and Section  9.5(b) will constitute liquidated damages. To the extent that all amounts due in respect of the Commitment Premium pursuant to this Section  3.2 and Section  9.5(b) have actually been paid by the Debtors to the Commitment Parties in connection with a termination of this Agreement, the Commitment Parties shall not have any additional recourse against the Debtors for any payment, obligations or liabilities relating to or arising from this Agreement.

 

24


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents filed with the SEC on or after January 1, 2017 and publicly available on the SEC’s Electronic Data-Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system prior to the date hereof (excluding the exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto, any disclosures contained in the “Forward-Looking Statements” or “Risk Factors” sections thereof, or any other statements that are similarly predictive, cautionary or forward looking in nature), the Company, on behalf of itself and each of the other Debtors, jointly and severally, hereby represents and warrants to the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL (unless otherwise set forth herein, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date) as set forth below.

Section 4.1 Organization and Qualification . Each of the Debtors (a) is a legal entity duly organized and validly existing, and, if applicable, in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has the corporate or other applicable power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged and presently proposes to engage and (c) except where the failure to have such authority or qualification would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business as currently conducted requires such qualifications.

Section 4.2 Corporate Power and Authority .

(a) The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority (i) (A) subject to entry of the Approval Order and the Confirmation Order, to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the Commitment Agreement Approval Obligations and (B) subject to entry of the Approval Order and the Confirmation Order, to perform each of its other obligations hereunder and (ii) subject to entry of the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order, to consummate the Investment that is contemplated herein, and to enter into, execute and deliver all agreements to which it will be a party that are required to implement this Agreement and the Investment (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Solicitation Materials, the Rights Offering Materials and the Rights Offering Procedures) (collectively, the “ Transaction  Agreements ”), and to perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Agreements (other than this Agreement). Subject to the receipt of the foregoing Orders, as applicable, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been or will be duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on behalf of the Company, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are or will be necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

25


(b) Subject to entry of the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order, each of the other Debtors has the requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to enter into, execute and deliver each Transaction Agreement to which such other Debtor is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. Subject to entry of the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been or will be duly authorized by all requisite action (corporate or otherwise) on behalf of each other Debtor party thereto, and no other proceedings on the part of any other Debtor party thereto are or will be necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no express or implied representations or warranties, on behalf of itself or the other Debtors, with respect to actions (including in the foregoing) to be undertaken by the Reorganized Debtors, which such actions shall be governed by the Plan.

Section 4.3 Execution and Delivery; Enforceability . Subject to entry of the Approval Order, this Agreement will have been, and subject to the entry of the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order, each other Transaction Agreement will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the other Debtors party thereto. Upon entry of the Approval Order and assuming due and valid execution and delivery hereof by the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties and QPGL, the Commitment Agreement Approval Obligations will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company and, to the extent applicable, the other Debtors, enforceable against the Company and, to the extent applicable, the other Debtors in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditor’s rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. Upon entry of the Approval Order and assuming due and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements by the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties and QPGL, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, any other parties hereof and thereof, each of the obligations of the Company and, to the extent applicable, the other Debtors hereunder and thereunder will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company and, to the extent applicable, the other Debtors, enforceable against the Company and, to the extent applicable, the other Debtors, in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditor’s rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

Section 4.4 Authorized and Issued Equity Interests . Except as set forth in this Agreement and any issuances or distributions pursuant to the Plan, as of the Closing Date, none of the Debtors will be party to or otherwise bound by or subject to any outstanding option, warrant, call, right, security, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking (including any preemptive right) that (i) obligates any of the Debtors to issue, deliver, sell or transfer, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold or transferred, or repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, any units or shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interests in, any of the Debtors or any security convertible or exercisable for or exchangeable into any units or shares of capital stock of, or other equity or voting interests in, any of the Debtors, (ii) obligates any of the Debtors to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking, (iii) restricts the Transfer of any units or shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, any of the Debtors (except for restrictions under applicable federal securities laws) or (iv) relates to the voting of any units or other equity interests in any of the Debtors.

 

26


Section 4.5 No Conflict . Assuming the consents described in Section  4.6 are obtained, the execution and delivery by the Company and, if applicable, any other Debtor, of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, the compliance by the Company and, if applicable, any other Debtor, with the provisions hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein will not (a) conflict with, or result in a breach, modification or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or result, except to the extent specified in the Plan, in the acceleration of, or the creation of any Lien under, or cause any payment or consent to be required under any Contract to which any Debtor will be bound as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan or to which any of the property or assets of any Debtor will be subject as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan, (b) result in any violation of the provisions of any of the Debtors’ organizational documents (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, a breach or default that would be triggered as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases or the Company’s or any Debtor’s undertaking to implement the Plan), or (c) result in any violation of any Law or Order applicable to any Debtor or any of their properties, except in each of the cases described in clause (a) or (c) for any conflict, breach, modification, violation, default, acceleration or Lien which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6 Consents and Approvals . No consent, approval, authorization, Order, registration or qualification of or with any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over any of the Debtors or any of their properties (each, an “ Applicable Consent ”) is required for the execution and delivery by the Company and, to the extent relevant, the other Debtors, of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, the compliance by the Company and, to the extent relevant, the other Debtors, with the provisions hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein, except for (a) the entry of the Approval Order authorizing the Company to assume this Agreement and perform the Commitment Agreement Approval Obligations, (b) entry of the Disclosure Statement Order, (c) entry by the Bankruptcy Court, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Orders as may be necessary in the Chapter 11 Cases from time-to-time; (d) the entry of the Confirmation Order, (e) filings, notifications, authorizations, approvals, consents, clearances or termination or expiration of all applicable waiting periods under any Antitrust Laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (f) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or “Blue Sky” Laws in connection with the purchase of the Unsubscribed Shares and/or the Available Shares, if any, by the Commitment Parties, the issuance of the Private Placement Shares, the issuance of the Subscription Rights, the issuance of the Rights Offering Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Subscription Rights, and the issuance of the New Common Shares as payment of the Commitment Premium, and (g) any Applicable Consents that, if not made or obtained, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27


Section 4.7 Company SEC Documents and Disclosure Statement . Since January 1, 2017, the Company has filed all required Company SEC Documents with the SEC. No Company SEC Document that has been filed prior to the date this representation has been made, after giving effect to any amendments or supplements thereto and to any subsequently filed Company SEC Documents, in each case filed prior to the date this representation is made, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Disclosure Statement as approved by the Bankruptcy Court will contain “adequate information,” as such term is defined in section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and will otherwise comply in all material respects with section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 4.8 Absence of Certain Changes . Since January 1, 2017 to the date of this Agreement and except for the filing of the petitions initiating the pending Chapter 11 Cases and pleadings filed during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, no Event has occurred or exists that constitutes, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.9 No Violation; Compliance with Laws . (i) The Company is not in violation of its articles of association, as amended, or any other organizational documents for the Company, and (ii) no other Debtor is in violation of its respective charter or bylaws, certificate of formation or limited liability company operating agreement or similar organizational document in any material respect. None of the Debtors is or has been at any time since January 1, 2016 in violation of any Law or Order, except for any such violations that have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.10 Legal Proceedings . Other than the Chapter 11 Cases and any adversary proceedings or contested motions commenced in connection therewith or any matters referenced in any proof of claim filed therein, there are no material legal, governmental, administrative, judicial or regulatory investigations, audits, actions, suits, claims, arbitrations, demands, demand letters, claims, notices of noncompliance or violations, or proceedings (“ Legal Proceedings ”) pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to which any of the Debtors is a party or to which any property of any of the Debtors is the subject, in each case that in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements or that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.11 Labor Relations . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes pending or threatened against any of the Debtors; (b) the hours worked and payments made to employees of any of the Debtors have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any of the Debtors or for which any claim may be made against any of the Debtors on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of any of the Debtors to the extent required by GAAP. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements will not give rise to a right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any material collective bargaining agreement to which any of the Debtors (or any predecessor) is a party or by which any of the Debtors (or any predecessor) is bound. The Debtors are not parties to or bound by a collective bargaining agreement or similar labor agreement.

 

28


Section 4.12 Intellectual Property . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of the Debtors owns, or possesses the right to use, all of the patents, patent rights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, mask works, domain names, and any and all applications or registrations for any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) and all licenses and rights with respect to any of the foregoing that are used in or reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person, and free from any materially burdensome restrictions on the present conduct of the Debtors, as the case may be, (b) to the Knowledge of the Company, none of the Debtors nor any Intellectual Property Right, proprietary right, product, process, method, substance, part, or other material now employed, sold or offered by or contemplated to be employed, sold or offered by such Person, is interfering with, infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any valid Intellectual Property Rights of any Person, and (c) no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.

Section 4.13 Title to Real and Personal Property .

(a) Real Property . Each of the Debtors has good and defensible title to its respective Real Properties, in each case, except for Permitted Liens and except for defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes, and except where the failure (or failures) to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , the enforceability of such leased Real Properties may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditor’s rights generally or general principles of equity, including the Chapter 11 Cases. To the Knowledge of the Company, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, except for Permitted Liens and except for such Liens as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Leased Real Property . Each of the Debtors is in compliance with all obligations under all leases to which it is a party that have not been rejected in the Chapter 11 Cases, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Debtors has received written notice of any good faith claim asserting that such leases are not in full force and effect, except leases in respect of which the failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Debtors enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases, other than leases in respect of which the failure to enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession would not reasonably be expected to materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

29


Section 4.14 No Undisclosed Relationships . Other than Contracts or other direct or indirect relationships between or among any of the Debtors, or Contracts or relationships that are immaterial in amount or significance, there are no Contracts or other direct or indirect relationships existing as of the date hereof between or among any of the Debtors, on the one hand, and any director, officer or greater than five percent (5%) stockholder of any of the Debtors, on the other hand, that is required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act to be described in the Company’s filings with the SEC and that is not so described, except for (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) payment by the Company of up to $13,000,000 in fees and expenses incurred by QPGL and the other members of the QP Group in connection with their efforts to restructure the Company’s obligations for the period of the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to the Global Settlement and the Plan. Any Contract existing as of the date hereof between or among any of the Debtors, on the one hand, and any director, officer or greater than five percent (5%) beneficial owner of any of the Debtors, on the other hand, that is required by the Exchange Act to be described in the Company’s filings with the SEC is filed as an exhibit to, or incorporated by reference as indicated in, the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 that the Company filed on April 2, 2018 or any other Company SEC Document filed between April 2, 2018 and the date hereof, or a copy of such Contract has been provided or made available to the Commitment Parties prior to the date of this Agreement.

Section 4.15 Licenses and Permits . The Debtors possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, have made all declarations and filings with and have maintained all financial assurances required by, the appropriate Governmental Entities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties and the conduct of the business, except where the failure to possess, make or give the same would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Debtors (a) has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or (b) has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except to the extent that any of the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.16 Environmental . Except as to matters that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (a) no written notice, claim, demand, request for information, Order, complaint or penalty has been received by any of the Debtors, and there are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened which allege a violation of or liability under any Environmental Laws, in each case relating to any of the Debtors, (b) each Debtor has received (including timely application for renewal of the same), and maintained in full force and effect, all environmental permits, licenses and other approvals, and has maintained all financial assurances, in each case to the extent necessary for its operations to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and is, and has been since January 1, 2016, in compliance with the terms of such permits, licenses and other approvals and with all applicable Environmental Laws, (c) to the Knowledge of the Company, no Hazardous Material is located at, on or under any property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by any of the Debtors that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of any of the Debtors under any Environmental Laws other than future costs, liabilities and obligations associated with

 

30


remediation at the end of the productive life of a well, facility or pipeline that has produced, stored or transported hydrocarbons, (d) no Hazardous Material has been Released, generated, owned, treated, stored or handled by any of the Debtors, and no Hazardous Material has been transported to or Released at any location, in either case, in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of any of the Debtors under any Environmental Laws, other than future costs, liabilities and obligations associated with remediation at the end of the productive life of a well, facility or pipeline that has produced, stored or transported hydrocarbons, and (e) there are no agreements in which any of the Debtors has expressly assumed responsibility for any known obligation of any other Person arising under or relating to Environmental Laws that remains unresolved, other than future costs, liabilities and obligations associated with remediation at the end of the productive life of a well, facility or pipeline that has produced, stored or transported hydrocarbons, which has not been made available to the Commitment Parties prior to the date hereof.

Section 4.17 Tax Returns .

(a) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Debtors has filed or caused to be filed all U.S. federal, state, provincial, local and non-U.S. Tax returns required to have been filed by it and (ii) taken as a whole, each such Tax return is true and correct;

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Debtors has timely paid or caused to be timely paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable by it on the returns referred to in clause (a) and all other Taxes or assessments (or made adequate provision (in accordance with GAAP) for the payment of all Taxes due) with respect to all periods or portions thereof ending on or before the date hereof (except Taxes or assessments that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Debtors (as the case may be) has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or with respect to the Debtors only, except to the extent the non-payment thereof is permitted by the Bankruptcy Code), which Taxes, if not paid or adequately provided for, would reasonably be expected to be material to the Debtors taken as a whole; and

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, as of the date hereof, with respect to the Debtors, other than in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and other than Taxes or assessments that are being contested in good faith and are not expected to result in significant negative adjustments that would be material to the Debtors taken as a whole, (i) no claims have been asserted in writing with respect to any Taxes, (ii) no presently effective waivers or extensions of statutes of limitation with respect to Taxes have been given or requested and (iii) no Tax returns are being examined by, and no written notification of intention to examine has been received from, the IRS or any other Governmental Entity.

 

31


Section 4.18 Employee Benefit Plans .

(a) Except for the filing and pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases or otherwise as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company taken as a whole: (i) each Company Plan, if any, is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred during the past six years (or is reasonably likely to occur); (iii) no ERISA Event has occurred during the past six years or is reasonably expected to occur; (iv) none of the Debtors has engaged in a “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code) in connection with any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that would subject any of the Debtors to Tax; and (v) no employee welfare plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) maintained or contributed to by any of the Debtors provides benefits to retired employees or other former employees (other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA). During the past six years neither the Debtors nor any of its ERISA Affiliates, sponsored, maintained, contributed to or had any obligation to sponsor, maintain or contribute to any Company Plan.

(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company taken as a whole, or except as required by applicable Law, none of the Debtors has established, sponsored or maintained, or has any liability with respect to, any employee pension benefit plan or other employee benefit plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement governed by or subject to the Laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America.

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company taken as a whole, there are no pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, sanctions, actions or lawsuits, asserted or instituted against any Company Plan or any Person as fiduciary or sponsor of any Company Plan, in each case other than claims for benefits in the normal course.

(d) Within the last six years, no Company Plan has been terminated, whether or not in a “standard termination” as that term is used in Section 4041(b)(1) of ERISA, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company taken as a whole.

(e) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company taken as a whole, all compensation and benefit arrangements of the Debtors comply and have complied in both form and operation with their terms and all applicable Laws and legal requirements, and none of the Debtors has any obligation to provide any individual with a “gross up” or similar payment in respect of any Taxes that may become payable under Sections 409A or 4999 of the Code.

(f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company taken as a whole, all liabilities (including all employer contributions and payments required to have been made by any of the Debtors) under or with respect to any compensation or benefit arrangement of any of the Debtors have been properly accounted for in the Company’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

(g) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Debtors is currently in compliance with all Laws and legal requirements in respect of personnel, employment and employment practices; (ii) all service providers of each of the Debtors are correctly classified as employees, independent contractors, or otherwise for all purposes (including any applicable tax and employment policies or law); and (iii) the Debtors have not and are not engaged in any unfair labor practice.

 

32


Section 4.19 Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has established and maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of the date hereof.

Section 4.20 Disclosure Controls and Procedures . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (within the meaning of Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, including that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files and submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management of the Company as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Section 4.21 Material Contracts . Other than as a result of a rejection motion filed by any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases or the specific terms of the Plan rejecting or modifying a Material Contract, all Material Contracts are valid, binding and enforceable by and against the Debtor party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto (except where the failure to be valid, binding or enforceable does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect), and no written notice to terminate, in whole or part, any Material Contract has been delivered to any of the Debtors (except where such termination would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect). Other than as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, none of the Debtors nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to any Material Contract, is in material default or breach under the terms thereof, in each case, except for such instances of material default or breach that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.22 No Unlawful Payments . Since January 1, 2016, none of the Debtors nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective directors, officers, employees or other Persons acting on their behalf with express written authority to so act has in any material respect: (a) used any funds of any of the Debtors for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense, in each case relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (c) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or any applicable anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws in any jurisdiction other than the United States; or (d) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful payment.

 

33


Section 4.23 Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Debtors are and, since January 1, 2016 have been at all times, conducted in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the U.S. Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions in which the Debtors operate (and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any related or similar Laws (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no material Legal Proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity or any arbitrator involving any of the Debtors with respect to Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.

Section 4.24 Compliance with Sanctions Laws . None of the Debtors nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective directors, officers, employees or other Persons acting on their behalf with express authority to so act is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department. The Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Investment, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any other Debtor, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person that, to the Knowledge of the Company, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

Section 4.25 No Broker s Fees . None of the Debtors is a party to any Contract with any Person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties or QPGL for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the Investment, the sale of the Commitment Shares or the payment of the Commitment Premium.

Section 4.26 Investment Company Act . None of the Debtors is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and this conclusion is based on one or more bases or exclusions other than Sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act, including that none of the Debtors comes within the basic definition of “investment company” under section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act.

Section 4.27 Insurance . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the Debtors have insured their properties and assets against such risks and in such amounts as are customary for companies engaged in similar businesses and have made available to the Commitment Parties a schedule of such insurance policies in force; (ii) all premiums due and payable in respect of insurance policies maintained by the Debtors have been paid; (iii) the Company reasonably believes that the insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Debtors is adequate in all material respects; and (iv) as of the date hereof, to the Knowledge of the Company, none of the Debtors has received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer with respect to any insurance policies of the Debtors of cancellation or termination of such policies, other than such notices which are received in the ordinary course of business or for policies that have expired in accordance with their terms.

 

34


Section 4.28 [Reserved] .

Section 4.29 Issuance . The New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan, including the New Common Shares to be issued in connection with the consummation of the Investment and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including in connection with the Commitment Premium, will, when issued and delivered on the Closing Date and any time thereafter, be duly and validly authorized, issued and delivered and shall be fully paid and non-assessable, and such New Common Shares will be free and clear of all Taxes, Liens (other than transfer restrictions imposed hereunder or by applicable Law), preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, subscription and similar rights, except as provided in the New Shareholders Agreement contemplated by the Plan.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMMITMENT PARTIES, RESERVE PARTIES AND QPGL

Each Commitment Party, each Reserve Party and QPGL, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants as to itself only (unless otherwise set forth herein, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date) as set forth below, as applicable.

Section 5.1 Organization . To the extent that a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is not a natural person, such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, if applicable, in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.

Section 5.2 Organizational Power and Authority . To the extent that a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is not a natural person, such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, has the requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and has taken all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) required for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

Section 5.3 Execution and Delivery . This Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is a party (a) has been, or prior to its execution and delivery will be, duly and validly executed and delivered by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, and (b) upon entry of the Approval Order and assuming due and valid execution and delivery hereof and thereof by the Company and the other Debtors (as applicable), will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, enforceable against such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar Laws limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

35


Section 5.4 No Conflict . Assuming that the consents referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section  5.5 are obtained, the execution and delivery by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, of this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is a party, the compliance by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, with all of the provisions hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein (a) will not conflict with, or result in a breach, modification, termination or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or result in the acceleration of, or the creation of any Lien under, any Contract to which such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is party or is bound or to which any of the property or assets or such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, are subject, (b) to the extent that a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is not a natural person, will not result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, and (c) will not result in any material violation of any Law or Order applicable to such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or any of its properties, except in each of the cases described in clauses (a) or (c), for any conflict, breach, modification, termination, violation, default, acceleration or Lien which would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to prohibit or materially and adversely impact such Commitment Party’s, Reserve Party’s or QPGL’s, as applicable, performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 5.5 Consents and Approvals . No consent, approval, authorization, Order, registration or qualification of or with any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or any of its properties is required for the execution and delivery by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, of this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is a party, the compliance by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, with the provisions hereof and thereof and the consummation of the transactions (including the purchase by such Commitment Party of New Common Shares pursuant to its Commitment) contemplated herein and therein, except (a) any consent, approval, authorization, Order, registration or qualification which, if not made or obtained, would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to prohibit or materially and adversely impact such Commitment Party’s, Reserve Party’s or QPGL’s, as applicable, performance of its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is a party and (b) filings, notifications, authorizations, approvals, consents, clearances or termination or expiration of all applicable waiting periods under any Antitrust Laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

36


Section 5.6 No Registration . Such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, understands that (a) the QP Private Placement Shares, the Pro Rata Claim Shares, the Unsubscribed Shares, the Available Shares, if any, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium, as applicable, have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption or exclusion from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends on, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of such Commitment Party’s or QPGL’s, as applicable, representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto, and (b) the foregoing securities cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption or exclusion from registration is available.

Section 5.7 Purchasing Intent . Such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is acquiring the QP Private Placement Shares, the Pro Rata Claim Shares, the Unsubscribed Shares, the Available Shares, if any, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium, as applicable, for its own account or accounts or funds over which it holds voting and/or investment discretion, not otherwise as a nominee or agent, and not otherwise with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof not in compliance with applicable securities Laws, and such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, has no present intention of selling, granting any other participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, except in compliance with applicable securities Laws.

Section 5.8 Sophistication; Investigation . Such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Pro Rata Claim Shares, the QP Private Placement Shares, the Unsubscribed Shares, the Available Shares, if any, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium, as applicable. Such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act or a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act. Such Commitment Party or QPGL, as applicable, understands and is able to bear any economic risks associated with such investment (including the necessity of holding such shares for an indefinite period of time). Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, has independently evaluated the merits and risks of its decision to enter into this Agreement and disclaims reliance on any representations or warranties, either express or implied, by or on behalf of any of the Debtors.

Section 5.9 No Broker s Fees . Such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, is not a party to any Contract with any Person that would give rise to a valid claim against any of the Debtors for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the Investment, the sale of the Commitment Shares or the payment of the Commitment Premium, as applicable.

Section 5.10 Sufficient Funds . Such Commitment Party has sufficient assets and the financial capacity to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, including the ability to fully exercise all Subscription Rights that are owned by it (or such managed funds or accounts) as of the Rights Offering Expiration Time pursuant to the Rights Offering and to purchase the New Common Shares required pursuant to and fund such Commitment Party’s Commitment.

 

37


ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

Section 6.1 Orders Generally . The Company and the Reorganized Debtors shall support and make commercially reasonable efforts to (a) obtain the entry of the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order, and (b) cause the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order to become Final Orders (and request that such Orders become effective immediately upon entry by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to a waiver of Rules 3020 and 6004(h) of the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable), in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable, consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, following the filing of the respective motion seeking entry of such Orders. The Company shall provide to each of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties, QPGL and their respective counsel copies of the proposed motions seeking entry of the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order, and the Confirmation Order (together with the proposed Disclosure Statement Order and the proposed Approval Order), and a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such motions and such Orders prior to such motions and such Orders being filed with the Bankruptcy Court (and in no event less than 48 hours prior to such filing), and such Orders must be consistent with the terms of this Agreement and otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company (insofar as they address the subject matter of this Agreement) and QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement). Any amendments, modifications, changes, or supplements to the Approval Order, Disclosure Statement Order, and Confirmation Order, and any of the motions seeking entry of such Orders, shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement and otherwise be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Commitment Parties and the Company (insofar as they address the subject matter of this Agreement) and QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement).

Section 6.2 Confirmation Order; Transaction Agreements . The Debtors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain entry of the Confirmation Order on or before November 7, 2018, as such deadline may be amended or moved by agreement of the Requisite Commitment Parties. The Company shall provide to each of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties, and QPGL and their respective counsel a copy of the Transaction Agreements and any proposed amendment, modification, supplement or change to the Transaction Agreements, and a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such documents (and in no event less than 48 hours prior to filing the Transaction Agreements with the Bankruptcy Court), and such documents and each such amendment, modification, supplement or changes to the Transaction Agreements must be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company (insofar as they address the subject matter of this Agreement) and QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement). The Company shall provide to each of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties, QPGL and their respective counsel a copy of the proposed Confirmation Order (together with copies of any briefs, pleadings and motions related thereto), and a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such Order, briefs, pleadings and motions prior to such Order, briefs, pleadings and motions being filed with the Bankruptcy Court (and in no event less than 48 hours prior to a filing of such Order, briefs, pleadings or motions

 

38


with the Bankruptcy Court), and such Order, briefs, pleadings and motions must be consistent with the terms of this Agreement and otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company (insofar as they address the subject matter of this Agreement) and QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement).

Section 6.3 Conduct of Business . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including with respect to the exercise of the board of directors’ fiduciary duties in Section  9.3(e) herein), the Plan or with the prior written consent of the Requisite Commitment Parties (requests for which, including related information, shall be directed to the counsel and financial advisors designated by the Commitment Parties), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the earlier of the Closing Date and the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”): (a) the Company shall, and shall cause each of the other Debtors to, carry on its business in the ordinary course in all material respects and use its commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) preserve intact its business, (ii) preserve its material relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors and others having material business dealings with any of the Debtors in connection with their business, and (iii) file Company SEC Documents within the time periods required under the Exchange Act, in each case in accordance with ordinary course practices; (b) each of the Debtors shall not enter into any transaction that is material to the Debtors’ business other than (A) transactions in the ordinary course of business that are consistent with prior business practices of the Debtors, (B) other transactions after prior notice to the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL to implement tax planning which transactions are not reasonably expected to materially adversely affect any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL and (C) transactions expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreements; and (c) the Debtors shall consult with the advisors to the Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties with respect to any amendment, modification, termination, waiver, supplement, replacement, restatement, reinstatement, or other change to any Material Contract.

Section 6.4 Access to Information; Confidentiality .

(a) Subject to applicable Law and Section  6.4(b) , upon reasonable notice during the Pre-Closing Period, the Debtors shall afford the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties, QPGL and their Representatives upon request reasonable access, during normal business hours and without unreasonable disruption or interference with the Debtors’ business or operations, to the Debtors’ employees, properties, books, Contracts and records and, during the Pre-Closing Period, the Debtors shall furnish promptly to such parties all reasonable information concerning the Debtors’ business, properties and personnel as may reasonably be requested by any such party; provided , that the foregoing shall not require the Company to (i) permit any inspection, or to disclose any information, that in the reasonable judgment of the Company, would cause any of the Debtors to violate any of their respective obligations with respect to confidentiality to a third party if the Company shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, but failed to obtain, the consent of such third party to such inspection or disclosure, (ii) disclose any legally privileged information of any of the Debtors or (iii) violate any applicable Laws or Orders. All requests for information and access made in accordance with this Section  6.4 shall be directed to an executive officer of the Company or such Person as may be designated by the Company’s executive officers.

 

39


(b) From and after the date hereof until the date that is one (1) year after the expiration of the Pre-Closing Period, each Commitment Party, Reserve Party and QPGL shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, (i) keep confidential and not provide or disclose to any Person any documents or information received or otherwise obtained by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or their respective Representatives pursuant to Section  6.4(a) or in connection with a request for approval pursuant to Section  6.3 (except that provision or disclosure may be made to any Affiliate or Representative of such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, who needs to know such information for purposes of this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements and who agrees to observe the terms of this Section  6.4(b) (and such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, will remain liable for any breach of such terms by any such Affiliate or Representative)), and (ii) not use such documents or information for any purpose other than in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided , that each Commitment Party and Reserve Party shall be permitted to disclose such information to any permitted transferee pursuant to Section  2.6 (and QPGL shall be permitted to disclose such information to any permitted transferee pursuant to Section  2.6 ), if such transferee has agreed to be bound by the terms of this Section 6.4(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply in respect of documents or information that (A) is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no violation of this Section  6.4(b) , (B) becomes available to a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or their respective Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than any of the Debtors or any of their respective Representatives, (C) becomes available to a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or their respective Representatives through document production or discovery in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or other judicial or administrative process, but subject to any confidentiality restrictions imposed by the Chapter 11 Cases or other such process, (D) is independently developed by a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, without violating this Agreement or (E) such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or any Representative thereof is required to disclose pursuant to judicial or administrative process or pursuant to applicable Law or applicable securities exchange rules; provided , that, such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, or such Representative shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of such legal compulsion and cooperate with the Company to obtain a protective Order or similar remedy to cause such information or documents not to be disclosed, including interposing all available objections thereto, at the Company’s sole cost and expense; provided , further , that, in the event that such protective Order or other similar remedy is not obtained, the disclosing party shall furnish only that portion of such information or documents that is legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise its commercially reasonable efforts (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such disclosed information or documents. The provisions of this Section  6.4(b) shall not apply to any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, that, as of the date hereof, is party to a confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement with the Debtors, for so long as such agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

40


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL acknowledge and agree that the Company may, in its sole discretion, mark any document or information to be provided pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, prior to providing such document or information, as “Limited Distribution Information; For Professional Eyes Only” (such marked document or information, the “ Highly Confidential Information ”). Highly Confidential Information shall be provided solely to the counsel and financial advisors designated by the Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties and the counsel and financial advisors designated by QPGL, and the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties, QPGL and their respective Representatives (other than their respective counsel and financial advisors) will not be entitled to review the Highly Confidential Information.

Section 6.5 Commercially Reasonable Efforts .

(a) Without in any way limiting any other respective obligation of the Company or any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, in this Agreement, each Party shall use (and the Company shall cause the other Debtors to use) commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions, and do or cause to be done all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable in order to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the Plan, including using commercially reasonable efforts in the following to the extent applicable to such Party:

(i) timely preparing and filing all documentation reasonably necessary to effect all necessary notices, reports and other filings of such Person and to obtain as promptly as practicable all consents, registrations, approvals, permits and authorizations necessary or advisable to be obtained from any third party or Governmental Entity;

(ii) defending any Legal Proceedings in any way challenging (A) this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, (B) the Approval Order, the Disclosure Statement Order or the Confirmation Order or (C) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining Order entered by any Governmental Entity vacated or reversed; and

(iii) working in good faith to finalize the Reorganized Company Organizational Documents, Transaction Agreements and all other documents relating thereto for timely inclusion in the Plan and the Plan Supplement to be filed with the Bankruptcy Court.

(b) Subject to Laws or applicable rules relating to the exchange of information, the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties, QPGL and the Company shall have the right to review in advance, and to the extent practicable each will consult with the other on all of the information relating to the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties, QPGL or the Company, as the case may be, and any of their respective Subsidiaries, that appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan. In exercising the foregoing rights, the Parties shall act as reasonably and as promptly as practicable.

 

41


(c) [Reserved.]

(d) Nothing contained in this Section  6.5 shall limit the ability of any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL to consult with the Debtors, to appear and be heard, or to file objections, concerning any matter arising in the Chapter 11 Cases.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement, including this Section  6.5 , shall require any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL to make, seek or receive any filings, notifications, consents, determinations, authorizations, permits, approvals, licenses or the like, or provide any documentation or information to any regulatory or self-regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company or such Commitment Party or Reserve Party, as applicable, other than information that is already included in this Agreement or is otherwise in the public domain.

Section 6.6 Reorganized Company Organizational Documents .

(a) [Reserved.]

(b) The Plan will provide that on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Company Organizational Documents will be duly authorized, approved, adopted and in full force and effect. Forms of the Reorganized Company Organizational Documents shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court as part of the Plan Supplement or an amendment thereto.

Section 6.7 Blue Sky . The Company shall, on or before the Closing Date, take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for, or to qualify the offer and sale of the Commitment Shares, the QP Private Placement Shares, the Available Shares, if any, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium to the Commitment Parties pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities and “Blue Sky” Laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification) and, to the extent reasonably requested, any applicable foreign jurisdictions, and, if requested, shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to the Commitment Parties on or prior to the Closing Date. The Reorganized Company shall timely make all filings and reports, including filing a Form D with the SEC to the extent required under Regulation D of the Securities Act, relating to the offer and sale of the Commitment Shares issued hereunder, the QP Private Placement Shares issued hereunder, the Available Shares issued hereunder, if any, and the New Common Shares issued pursuant to the Commitment Premium required under applicable securities and “Blue Sky” Laws of the states of the United States following the Closing Date. The Company or the Reorganized Company, as applicable, shall pay all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligations under this Section  6.7 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or required to file such consent, or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

42


Section 6.8 DTC Eligibility .

(a) Unless otherwise requested by the Requisite Commitment Parties, the Reorganized Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly make, when applicable from time to time after the Closing, all Unlegended Shares eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. The Confirmation Order shall provide that The Depository Trust Company shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the Unlegended Shares are exempt from registration and/or eligible for The Depository Trust Company book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services. “ Unlegended Shares ” means any New Common Shares acquired by the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL, as applicable, and their respective Affiliates (including any Related Purchaser, Ultimate Purchaser, Reserve Party Ultimate Purchaser or Affiliate Transferee, as applicable, in respect thereof) pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, including all shares issued to the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL, as applicable, and their respective Affiliates in connection with the Investment, that do not require, or are no longer subject to, the Legend.

Section 6.9 Use of Proceeds . The Debtors will apply the proceeds from the exercise of the Subscription Rights and the sale of the Commitment Shares for the purposes identified in the Disclosure Statement and the Plan.

Section 6.10 Share Legend . Each certificate evidencing the QP Private Placement Shares, the Unsubscribed Shares and the Available Shares, if any, issued hereunder and the New Common Shares issued in satisfaction of the Commitment Premium, and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any such shares, to the extent that such shares are “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend (the “ Legend ”) in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [DATE OF ISSUANCE], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.”

In the event that any such shares are uncertificated, such shares shall be subject to a restrictive notation substantially similar to the Legend in the stock ledger or other appropriate records maintained by the Reorganized Company or agent and the term “Legend” shall include such restrictive notation. The Reorganized Company shall remove the Legend (or restrictive notation, as applicable) set forth above from the certificates evidencing any such shares (or the share register or other appropriate Reorganized Company records, in the case of uncertified shares), upon request, at any time after the restrictions described in such Legend cease to be applicable, including, as applicable, when such shares may be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The Reorganized Company may reasonably request such opinions, certificates or other evidence that such restrictions no longer apply as a condition to removing the Legend.

 

43


Section 6.11 Antitrust Approval .

(a) Each Party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements, including (i) if applicable, filing, or causing to be filed, the Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice and the United States Federal Trade Commission and any filings (or, if required by any Antitrust Authority, any drafts thereof) under any other Antitrust Laws that are necessary to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable and (ii) promptly furnishing any documents or information reasonably requested by any Antitrust Authority.

(b) The Company and each Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, subject to an obligation pursuant to the Antitrust Laws to notify any Antitrust Authority of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements that has notified, or that does after the date of this Agreement notify, the Company in writing of such obligation (each such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, a “ Filing Party ”) agree to reasonably cooperate with each other as to the appropriate time of filing such notification and its content. The Company and each Filing Party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) promptly notify each other of, and if in writing, furnish each other with copies of (or, in the case of material oral communications, advise each other orally of) any material communications from or with an Antitrust Authority; (ii) not participate in any meeting with an Antitrust Authority unless it consults with each other Filing Party and the Company, as applicable, in advance and, to the extent permitted by the Antitrust Authority and applicable Law, give each other Filing Party and the Company, as applicable, a reasonable opportunity to attend and participate thereat; (iii) furnish each other Filing Party and the Company, as applicable, with copies of all material correspondence and communications between such Filing Party or the Company and the Antitrust Authority; (iv) furnish each other Filing Party with such necessary information and reasonable assistance as may be reasonably necessary in connection with the preparation of necessary filings or submission of information to the Antitrust Authority; and (v) not withdraw its filing, if any, under the HSR Act without the prior written consent of the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company.

(c) Should a Filing Party be subject to an obligation under the Antitrust Laws to jointly notify one or more other Filing Parties (each, a “ Joint Filing Party ”) regarding any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements, such Joint Filing Party shall promptly notify each other Joint Filing Party of, and if in writing, furnish each other Joint Filing Party with copies of (or, in the case of material oral communications, advise each other Joint Filing Party orally of) any communications from or with an Antitrust Authority.

(d) The Company and each Filing Party shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all authorizations, approvals, consents, or clearances under any applicable Antitrust Laws or to cause the termination or expiration of all applicable waiting periods under any Antitrust Laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at the earliest possible date after the date of filing. The communications

 

44


contemplated by this Section  6.12 may be made by the Company or a Filing Party on an outside counsel-only basis or subject to other agreed upon confidentiality safeguards. The obligations in this Section  6.12 shall not apply to filings, correspondence, communications or meetings with Antitrust Authorities unrelated to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements.

Section 6.12 [Reserved] .

Section 6.13 Securities Laws Disclosure .

(a) The Company shall, within four (4) Business Days following the execution of this Agreement, file a Report on Form 6-K describing this Agreement.

(b) The Company shall timely file all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable. The Company understands and confirms that the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL will rely on the foregoing covenant and the covenant in Section  6.13(a) above in effecting transactions in securities of the Company.

Section 6.14 Reorganized Company as Successor . On the Effective Date, all rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall vest in the Reorganized Company and the Plan shall include language to such effect. From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Company shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement as the successor to all rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

Section 6.15 Registration Rights; New Shareholders Agreement ; Reporting .

(a) Under the New Shareholders Agreement or any similar instrument or document entered into as of the Effective Date, QPGL and any Affiliate Transferee that acquires QP Private Placement Shares in accordance with this Agreement (or that acquires such shares after completion of the QP Private Placement) shall, subject to reasonable and customary conditions, not be treated in a manner that is disproportionately adverse relative to other holders of similar amounts of New Common Shares with respect to, inter alia , tag-along rights, drag-along rights, preemptive rights, information rights and governance rights; provided , however , that this Section  6.15(a) shall not apply to governance rights granted solely to the Commitment Parties; provided , further , that for so long as the Reorganized Company is a private company ( i.e. , a company without a share listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or another major national or international securities exchange), QPGL and any Affiliate Transferee shall be permitted to designate one (1) non-voting representative with customary board observer rights to attend meetings of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Reorganized Company, including committees and sub-committees thereof (a “ Board Observer ”), to be implemented through reasonable and customary provisions, but if the Reorganized Company is a public company ( i.e. , a company with a share listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or another major national or international securities exchange), neither QPGL nor any Affiliate Transferee shall be entitled to designate any Board Observer.

 

45


(b) QPGL and any Affiliate Transferee that acquires QP Private Placement Shares in accordance with this Agreement (or that acquires such shares after completion of the QP Private Placement) shall, subject to reasonable and customary conditions, be entitled to any registration or similar rights granted pursuant to any Transaction Agreements to any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or their Affiliates or any other purchaser of New Common Shares, in each case holding a similar amount of New Common Shares as QPGL or any Affiliate Transferee, as the case may be.

(c) Solely to the extent the Reorganized Company is required to furnish such information pursuant to the indentures to be entered into in connection with its issuance of the New Secured Notes and the New Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes, the Reorganized Company will make the following reports available for all of its shareholders, as reasonably agreed among the Parties to this Agreement: an annual report with audited financials, quarterly reports with unaudited financial statements and current reports with material developments. The Parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith regarding additional reasonable reporting requirements to holders of New Common Shares, which additional requirements shall be subject to the consent of the Requisite Commitment Parties and the Company, acting reasonably.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

Section 7.1 Conditions to the Obligations of the Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties . The obligations of each Commitment Party and Reserve Party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to (unless waived in accordance with Section  7.2 ) the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to or at the Closing:

(a) Approval Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Approval Order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Commitment Parties, and such Order shall be, or shall have become, a Final Order.

(b) Disclosure Statement Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Disclosure Statement Order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Commitment Parties (insofar as it relates to the subject matter of this Agreement), and such Order shall be a Final Order.

(c) Confirmation Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Requisite Commitment Parties (insofar as it relates to the subject matter of this Agreement), and such Order shall be a Final Order.

(d) Plan . The Company and all of the other Debtors shall have substantially complied with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement that are to be performed by the Company, the Reorganized Debtors and the other Debtors on or prior to the Effective Date and the conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date (other than any conditions relating to occurrence of the Closing) set forth in the Plan shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

46


(e) Rights Offering and QP Private Placement . The Rights Offering and the QP Private Placement shall have been conducted and the Rights Offering Expiration Time shall have passed in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, the Disclosure Statement Order and this Agreement.

(f) Effective Date . The Effective Date shall have occurred, or shall be deemed to have occurred concurrently with the Closing, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Plan and in the Confirmation Order.

(g) Reorganized Company Organizational Documents . The Reorganized Company Organizational Documents shall have been duly approved and adopted and shall be in full force and effect.

(h) Governmental Approvals . All waiting periods imposed by any Governmental Entity or Antitrust Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have terminated or expired and all authorizations, approvals, consents or clearances under the Antitrust Laws or otherwise required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained or filed.

(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance . No Law or Order shall have become effective or been enacted, adopted or issued by any Governmental Entity that prohibits the implementation of the Plan or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(j) Representations and Warranties .

(i) The representations and warranties of the Debtors contained in Section  4.8 shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct only as of the specified date).

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Debtors contained in Section  4.2 , Section  4.3 , Section  4.4 and Section  4.5( b) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects only as of the specified date).

(iii) The representations and warranties of the Debtors contained in this Agreement other than those referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be true and correct (disregarding all materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers) on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct only as of the specified date), except where the failure to be so true and correct does not constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

47


(k) Covenants . The Debtors shall have performed and complied, in all material respects, with all of their respective covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance prior to the Closing Date.

(l) Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred, and there shall not exist, any Event that constitutes, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(m) Officer’s Certificate . The Commitment Parties and the Reserve Parties shall have received on and as of the Closing Date a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company confirming that the conditions set forth in subparagraphs (j), (k) and (l) of this Section  7.1  have been satisfied.

(n) Funding Notice . The Commitment Parties shall have received the Funding Notice.

(o) Key Contracts . The assumption or rejection (in each case, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) and/or amendment of the Material Contracts as of the Closing Date and the liabilities of the Reorganized Debtors with respect to such Material Contracts shall, in the aggregate, be reasonably satisfactory to the Requisite Commitment Parties.

(p) Commitment Premium . All premiums and other amounts, including the Commitment Premium, required to be paid by the Company and/or the Debtors, as applicable, to the Commitment Parties as of the Closing Date shall have been so paid (or shall be paid concurrently with the Closing).

Section 7.2 Waiver of Conditions to Obligations of Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties . All or any of the conditions set forth in Section  7.1 may only be waived in whole or in part with respect to all Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties by a written instrument executed by the Requisite Commitment Parties in their sole discretion and if so waived, all Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties shall be bound by such waiver; provided , however , that the conditions set forth in subsections (f), (i) and (j) of Section  7.1 shall not be subject to waiver except by a written instrument executed by all Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties.

Section 7.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Debtors . The obligations of the Debtors to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to (unless waived by the Company) the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to or at the Closing:

(a) Approval Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Approval Order and such Order shall be a Final Order.

 

48


(b) Disclosure Statement Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Disclosure Statement Order, and such Order shall be a Final Order.

(c) Confirmation Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, and such Order shall be a Final Order.

(d) Effective Date . The Effective Date shall have occurred, or shall be deemed to have occurred concurrently with the Closing, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Plan and in the Confirmation Order.

(e) Governmental Approvals . All waiting periods imposed by any Governmental Entity or Antitrust Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have terminated or expired and all authorizations, approvals, consents or clearances under the Antitrust Laws or otherwise required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained or filed.

(f) No Legal Impediment to Issuance . No Law or Order shall have become effective or been enacted, adopted or issued by any Governmental Entity that prohibits the implementation of the Plan or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(g) Representations and Warranties .

(i) The representations and warranties of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL contained in this Agreement that are qualified by “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or words of similar import shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects only as of the specified date).

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL contained in this Agreement that are not qualified by “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or words of similar import shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects only as of the specified date).

(h) Covenants . Each of the Commitment Parties, severally and not jointly, shall have performed and complied (A) in all respects with their covenants and agreements contained in Section  2.2(a) and Section  2.3(a) , and (B) in all material respects, with all of their other covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance prior to the Closing Date.

 

49


Section 7.4 Conditions to the Obligations of QPGL . The obligations of QPGL to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to (unless waived by QPGL) the satisfaction of each of the following conditions prior to or at the Closing:

(a) Approval Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Approval Order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement), and such Order shall be, or shall have become, a Final Order.

(b) Disclosure Statement Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Disclosure Statement Order in form and substance reasonably acceptable to QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement), and such Order shall be a Final Order.

(c) Confirmation Order . The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to QPGL (solely with respect to those provisions that implement the QP Private Placement or the Global Settlement), and such Order shall be a Final Order.

(d) Effective Date . The Effective Date shall have occurred, or shall be deemed to have occurred concurrently with the Closing, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Plan and in the Confirmation Order.

(e) Reorganized Company Organizational Documents . The Reorganized Company Organizational Documents shall have been duly approved and adopted and shall be in full force and effect.

(f) Governmental Approvals . All waiting periods imposed by any Governmental Entity or Antitrust Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have terminated or expired and all authorizations, approvals, consents or clearances under the Antitrust Laws or otherwise required by any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained or filed.

(g) No Legal Impediment to Issuance . No Law or Order shall have become effective or been enacted, adopted or issued by any Governmental Entity that prohibits the implementation of the Plan or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(h) Representations and Warranties .

(i) The representations and warranties of the Debtors contained in Section  4.8 shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct only as of the specified date).

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Debtors contained in Section  4.2 , Section  4.3 , Section  4.4 and Section  4.5(b) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects only as of the specified date).

 

50


(iii) The representations and warranties of the Debtors contained in this Agreement other than those referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be true and correct (disregarding all materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers) on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan with the same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Plan (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct only as of the specified date), except where the failure to be so true and correct does not constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Covenants . The Debtors shall have performed and complied, in all material respects, with all of their respective covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance prior to the Closing Date.

(j) Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred, and there shall not exist, any Event that constitutes, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Officer’s Certificate . QPGL shall have received on and as of the Closing Date a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company confirming that the conditions set forth in subparagraphs (h) (i) and (j) of this Section  7.4  have been satisfied.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

Section 8.1 Indemnification Obligations . Following the entry of the Approval Order, the Company, the Reorganized Debtors and the other Debtors (the “ Indemnifying Parties ” and each, an “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Commitment Party, each Reserve Party, QPGL, and their respective Affiliates, equity holders, members, partners, general partners, managers and its and their respective Representatives and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and costs and expenses (other than Taxes of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL, as applicable, except to the extent otherwise provided for in this Agreement) arising out of a claim asserted by a third party (collectively, “ Losses ”) that any such Indemnified Person may incur or to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including the Commitment, the Investment, the payment of the Commitment Premium or the use of the proceeds of the Investment, or any claim, challenge, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, regardless of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto, whether or not such proceedings are brought by the Company, the Reorganized Debtors, the other Debtors, their respective equity holders, Affiliates, creditors or any other Person, and

 

51


reimburse each Indemnified Person upon demand for reasonable documented (with such documentation subject to redaction to preserve attorney client and work product privileges) legal or other third-party out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any lawsuit, investigation, claim or other proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, irrespective of whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan are consummated or whether or not this Agreement is terminated; provided , that the foregoing indemnity will not, as to any Indemnified Person, apply to Losses (a) as to a Defaulting Commitment Party, its Related Parties or any Indemnified Person related thereto, caused by or arising from a Commitment Party Default by such Commitment Party, (b) as to a Defaulting Reserve Party, its Related Parties or any Indemnified Person related thereto, caused by or arising from a Reserve Party Default by such Reserve Party, (c) as to QPGL, its Related Parties or any Indemnified Person related thereto, caused by or arising from QPGL’s failure to cause the full purchase of the QP Private Placement Shares in the QP Private Placement, or (d) to the extent they are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, whether such judgment is in such underlying action, suit or proceeding, or otherwise, to arise from the fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person.

Section 8.2 Indemnification Procedure . Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person of notice of the commencement of any claim, challenge, litigation, investigation or proceeding (an “ Indemnified Claim ”), such Indemnified Person will, if a claim is to be made hereunder against the Indemnifying Party in respect thereof, notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided , that (a) the omission to so notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may have hereunder except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and (b) the omission to so notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may have to such Indemnified Person otherwise than on account of this Article  VIII . In case any such Indemnified Claims are brought against any Indemnified Person and it notifies the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate therein, and, at its election by providing written notice to such Indemnified Person, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Person; provided , that if the parties (including any impleaded parties) to any such Indemnified Claims include both such Indemnified Person and the Indemnifying Party and based on advice of such Indemnified Person’s counsel there are legal defenses available to such Indemnified Person that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or another Indemnified Person, such Indemnified Person shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such Indemnified Claims. Upon receipt of notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Person of its election to so assume the defense of such Indemnified Claims with counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Person, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Person for expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the defense thereof or participation therein (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) such Indemnified Person shall have employed separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel representing the Indemnified Persons who are parties to such

 

52


Indemnified Claims (in addition to one local counsel in each jurisdiction in which local counsel is required)) unless, based on advice of such Indemnified Person’s counsel, there are legal defenses available to such Indemnified Person that are different from or additional to those available to other Indemnified Persons, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not have employed counsel reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Person to represent such Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after the Indemnifying Party has received notice of commencement of the Indemnified Claims from, or delivered on behalf of, the Indemnified Person, (iii) after the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of the Indemnified Claims, the Indemnified Person determines in good faith that the Indemnifying Party has failed or is failing to defend such claim and provides written notice of such determination and the basis for such determination, and such failure is not reasonably cured within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice, or (iv) the Indemnifying Party shall have authorized in writing the employment of counsel for such Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Debtors shall have sole control over any Tax controversy or Tax audit and shall be permitted to settle any liability for Taxes of the Debtors.

Section 8.3 Settlement of Indemnified Claims . In connection with any Indemnified Claim for which an Indemnified Person is assuming the defense in accordance with this Article VIII , the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any Indemnified Claims effected by such Indemnified Person without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If any settlement of any Indemnified Claims is consummated with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such Indemnified Claims, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any and all Losses by reason of such settlement or judgment to the extent such Losses are otherwise subject to indemnification by the Indemnifying Party hereunder in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, this Article VIII . The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of an Indemnified Person (which consent shall be granted or withheld, conditioned or delayed in the Indemnified Person’s sole discretion), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Indemnified Claims in respect of which indemnity or contribution has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person unless (i) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person from all liability on the claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnified Claims and (ii) such settlement does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

Section 8.4 Contribution . If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Person or insufficient to hold it harmless from Losses that are subject to indemnification pursuant to Section  8.1 , then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, as well as any relevant equitable considerations. It is hereby agreed that the relative benefits to the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and all Indemnified Persons, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value received or proposed to be received by the Company and the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the issuance

 

53


and sale of the Investment Shares in the Investment contemplated by this Agreement and the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the QP Private Placement Shares) bears to (b) the Commitment Premium paid or proposed to be paid to the Commitment Parties. The Indemnifying Parties also agree that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability based on their comparative or contributory negligence or otherwise to the Indemnifying Parties, any Person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of any of the Indemnifying Parties, or any other Person in connection with an Indemnified Claim.

Section 8.5 Treatment of Indemnification Payments . All amounts paid by an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnified Person under this Article VIII shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be treated as adjustments to the Per Share Purchase Price for all Tax purposes. The provisions of this Article VIII are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without these provisions the Commitment Parties and Reserve Parties would not have entered into this Agreement. The Approval Order shall provide that the obligations of the Company and the Reorganized Debtors under this Article VIII shall constitute allowed administrative expenses of the Debtors’ estate under sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code and are payable without further Order of the Bankruptcy Court, and that the Company and the Reorganized Debtors may comply with the requirements of this Article VIII without further Order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Section 8.6 No Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement shall not survive the Closing Date except for covenants and agreements that by their terms are to be satisfied after the Closing Date, which covenants and agreements shall survive until satisfied in accordance with their terms.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

Section 9.1 Consensual Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing Date by mutual written consent of the Company and the Requisite Commitment Parties.

Section 9.2 Termination by Requisite Commitment Parties . The Requisite Commitment Parties, upon written notice to the Company, shall have the right, without restriction or restraint by any stay under sections 362 or 105 of the Bankruptcy Code (which will be deemed to be modified and vacated to the extent necessary to permit such exercise of rights and remedies and the taking of such actions), to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) the Closing Date has not occurred by 11:59 p.m., New York time on November 30, 2018 (as may be extended (i) subject to Section  2.3(e) , by the Requisite Commitment Parties or (ii) pursuant to Section  2.3(e) , the “ Outside Date ”), unless prior thereto the Effective Date occurs and the Rights Offering and the Private Placements have been consummated;

 

54


(b) the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order confirming the Plan on or before November 7, 2018;

(c) (i) the Company or the other Debtors have breached any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement made by the Company or the other Debtors in this Agreement or such representation or warranty shall have become inaccurate and such breach or inaccuracy would, individually or in the aggregate, cause a condition set forth in Section  7.1(j) , Section  7.1(k) or Section  7.1(l) not to be satisfied, (ii) the Requisite Commitment Parties or Reserve Parties shall have delivered written notice of such breach or inaccuracy to the Company, (iii) such breach or inaccuracy is not cured by the Company or the other Debtors by the tenth (10th) Business Day after receipt of such notice, and (iv) as a result of such failure to cure, any condition set forth in Section  7.1(j) , Section  7.1(k) or Section  7.1(l) is not capable of being satisfied or has not been satisfied by the date on which such condition must, by its terms, be satisfied; provided , that the Requisite Commitment Parties may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section  9.2(c) if the Commitment Parties are then in willful or intentional breach of this Agreement;

(d) any Law or final and non-appealable Order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any Governmental Entity that prohibits the implementation of the Plan or the Rights Offering or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or the other Transaction Agreements in a way that cannot be remedied by the Debtors to the reasonable satisfaction of the Requisite Commitment Parties;

(e) the Debtors (i) terminate the Adequate Protection Order or (ii) exercise their right to terminate their obligation to pay Current Payment Obligations (as defined in the Adequate Protection Order) under paragraph 23 of the Adequate Protection Order;

(f) [Reserved];

(g) subject to the Commitment Parties’ discharge of their obligations set forth in Section  6.5 , the Approval Order, Disclosure Statement Order, or Confirmation Order is terminated, reversed, stayed, dismissed or vacated, or any such Order is modified or amended after entry without the prior written acquiescence or written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Requisite Commitment Parties in a manner that prevents or prohibits the consummation of the Investment that is contemplated in this Agreement in a way that cannot be remedied by the Debtors to the reasonable satisfaction of the Requisite Commitment Parties or that changes the economic terms of this Agreement;

(h) subject to the Commitment Parties’ discharge of their obligations set forth in Section  6.5 , any of the Orders approving this Agreement, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order are reversed, stayed, dismissed or vacated, or any such Order is modified or amended without the written acquiescence or written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Requisite Commitment Parties (and such action has not been reversed or vacated within thirty (30) calendar days after its issuance) in a manner that prevents or prohibits the consummation of the Investment that is contemplated in this Agreement in a way that cannot be remedied by the Debtors to the reasonable satisfaction of the Requisite Commitment Parties or that changes the economic terms of this Agreement;

 

55


(i) the Bankruptcy Court has not entered the Approval Order by September 28, 2018; provided , that with respect to this subclause (i), notice to the Company shall not be required for termination;

(j) the Company shall have (i) withdrawn the Plan, or (ii) made a public announcement of its intention not to pursue the Investment;

(k) any of the following events shall have occurred:

(i) the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered the Disclosure Statement Order on or before September 28, 2018;

(ii) provided that the Debtors have not entered into an Alternative DIP Proposal, the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order approving the DIP Financing on or before September 28, 2018;

(l) the Company shall have filed any motion or other filing seeking dismissal of any of the Chapter 11 Cases, the appointment of a trustee or examiner with expanded powers in the bankruptcy, the conversion of any of the Chapter 11 Cases to a case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code; or

(m) there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 9.3 Termination by the Company .

This Agreement may be terminated by the Company upon written notice to each Commitment Party, Reserve Party and QPGL upon the occurrence of any of the following Events, subject to the rights of the Company to fully and conditionally waive, in writing, on a prospective or retroactive basis the occurrence of such Event:

(a) any Law or final and non-appealable Order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any Governmental Entity that prohibits the implementation of the Plan or the Rights Offering or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements in a way that cannot be remedied by the Debtors subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Requisite Commitment Parties;

(b) subject to the right of the Commitment Parties to arrange a Commitment Party Replacement in compliance with Section  2.3(a) (which will be deemed to cure any breach by the replaced Commitment Party pursuant to this subsection (b)), (i) any Commitment Party shall have breached any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement made by such Commitment Party in this Agreement or any such representation or warranty shall have become inaccurate and such breach or inaccuracy would, individually or in the aggregate, cause a condition set forth in Section  7.3(g) or Section  7.3(h) not to be satisfied, (ii) the Company shall have delivered written notice of such breach or inaccuracy to such Commitment Party, (iii) such breach or inaccuracy is not cured by such Commitment Party by the tenth (10th) Business Day

 

56


after receipt of such notice, and (iv) as a result of such failure to cure, any condition set forth in Section  7.3(g) or Section  7.3(h) is not capable of being satisfied; provided , that the Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section  9.3(b) if it is then in willful or intentional breach of this Agreement;

(c) subject to the Debtors’ discharge of their obligations set forth in Section  6.5 , the Approval Order, Disclosure Statement Order, or Confirmation Order is terminated, reversed, stayed, dismissed or vacated, or any such Order is modified or amended after entry without the prior written acquiescence or written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Company in a manner that prevents or prohibits the consummation of the Investment that is contemplated by this Agreement in a way that cannot be remedied by the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Debtors or that changes the economic terms of this Agreement;

(d) subject to the Debtors’ discharge of their obligations set forth in Section  6.5 , any of the Orders approving this Agreement, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order are reversed, stayed, dismissed, vacated or modified or amended without the prior written acquiescence or written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Company (and such action has not been reversed or vacated within thirty (30) calendar days after its issuance) in a manner that prevents or prohibits the consummation of the Investment that is contemplated in this Agreement in a way that cannot be remedied by the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Debtors or that changes the economic terms of this Agreement;

(e) the board of directors of the Company determines that continued performance under this Agreement (including taking any action or refraining from taking any action and including, without limitation, the Plan or solicitation of the Plan) would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties (as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith after consultation with outside legal counsel and based on the advice of such counsel);

(f) [Reserved]; or

(g) the Closing Date has not occurred by the Outside Date (as the same may be extended); provided , that the Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section  9.3(g) if it is then in willful or intentional breach of this Agreement.

Section 9.4 Termination by QPGL .

This Agreement may be terminated by QPGL, solely with respect to QPGL, (a) upon an amendment or modification to this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreements that materially and adversely affects the economic substance or the legal rights, remedies, or benefits to QPGL that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Global Settlement unless otherwise expressly consented to in writing and signed by QPGL or (b) if the New Shareholders Agreement or any other document referred to in Section  6.15 is not reasonably acceptable to QPGL. For the avoidance of doubt, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section  9.4 , the QP Private Placement Shares shall be deemed Unsubscribed Shares.

 

57


Section 9.5 Effect of Termination .

(a) Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article IX , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no further obligations or liabilities on the part of the Parties; provided , that (i) the obligations of the Debtors to pay the Commitment Premium pursuant to and in accordance with Section  3.2 , to the extent payable, shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect in each case, until such obligations have been satisfied, (ii) the provisions set forth in Article VIII and Article X shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with their terms, in each case so long as the Approval Order has been entered by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the date of termination, and (iii) subject to Section  10.10 and except as stated in Section  9.5(b) , nothing in this Section  9.5 shall relieve any Party from liability for any willful or intentional breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ willful or intentional breach ” means a breach of this Agreement that is a consequence of an act undertaken by the breaching Party with the knowledge that the taking of such act would, or would reasonably be expected to, cause a breach of this Agreement.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company or the Requisite Commitment Parties for any reason other than by (i) consent of the parties under Section 9.1 hereof, (ii) the Company pursuant to Section  9.3(b) , (c) or (d)  hereof, or (iii) the Requisite Commitment Parties pursuant to Section  9.2(d) , (g) , (h) or (k)  hereof, the Debtors shall, promptly after the date of such termination, pay the Commitment Premium set forth in Section  3.2 entirely in cash to the Commitment Parties or their designees. To the extent that all amounts due in respect of the Commitment Premium pursuant to this Section  9.5(b) have actually been paid by the Debtors to the Commitment Parties in connection with a termination of this Agreement, the Commitment Parties shall not have any additional recourse against the Debtors for any obligations or liabilities relating to or arising from this Agreement, including any claims that the Debtors willfully or intentionally breached this Agreement. Except as set forth in this Section  9.5(b) , the Commitment Premium shall not be payable upon the termination of this Agreement. The Commitment Premium shall, pursuant to the Approval Order, constitute allowed administrative expenses of the Debtors’ estate under sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 9.6 Automatic Termination as to QPGL .

This Agreement shall terminate solely with respect to QPGL and any Affiliate Transferee, and QPGL and any Affiliate Transferee shall not have the right to purchase any QP Private Placement Shares in the QP Private Placement if QPGL or any Affiliate Transferee fails to deliver the QP Certification in accordance with Section  2.4(c) . For the avoidance of doubt, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section  9.6 , the QP Private Placement Shares shall be deemed Unsubscribed Shares.

 

58


ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 10.1 Notices . All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, sent via electronic facsimile (with confirmation), mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or delivered by an express courier (with confirmation) to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as may be specified by like notice):

 

  (a)

If to the Company or any of the other Debtors:

Pacific Drilling S.A.

Attn: Lisa Buchanan, General Counsel

11700 Katy Freeway, Suite 175

Houston, Texas 77079

Tel: (832) 255-0519

Fax: (832) 201-9883

Email: l.buchanan@pacificdrilling.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Togut, Segal & Segal LLP

Attn: Albert Togut, Frank A. Oswald and Kyle J. Ortiz

One Penn Plaza, Suite 3335

New York, New York 10119

Tel: (212) 594-5000

Fax: (212) 967-4258

E-mail: altogut@teamtogut.com; foswald@teamtogut.com;

kortiz@teamtogut.com

Jones Walker LLP

Attn: Dionne Rousseau, Curtis R. Hearn, and Daniella Silberstein

201 St. Charles Avenue, Suite 5100

New Orleans, LA 70170

Tel: 1.504.582.8308

Fax: 1.504.589.8308

E-mail: drousseau@joneswalker.com; chearn@joneswalker.com; dsilberstein@joneswalker.com

 

59


  (b)

If to the Commitment Parties and/or the Reserve Parties:

To each Commitment Party or Reserve Party, as applicable, at the addresses or e-mail addresses set forth below the Commitment Party’s or Reserve Party’s, as applicable, signature in its signature page to this Agreement.

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

Attn.: Andrew Rosenberg

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Tel: (212) 373-3000

Fax: (212) 757-3990

Email: arosenberg@paulweiss.com

 

  (c)

If to QPGL:

Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited

57/63 Line Wall Road, Gibraltar

Phone: (377) 977-6310

E-mail: frank@quantum-pacific.mc

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036-6522

Attention: Jay M Goffman and George R. Howard

E-mail: jay.goffman@skadden.com, george.howard@skadden.com

Section 10.2 Assignment; Third Party Beneficiaries . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned by any Party (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the Company and the Requisite Commitment Parties, other than an assignment by a Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL expressly permitted by Section  2.3 or Section  2.6 and any purported assignment in violation of this Section  10.2 shall be void ab initio. Except as provided in Article VIII with respect to the Indemnified Persons, this Agreement (including the documents and instruments referred to in this Agreement) is not intended to and does not confer upon any Person any rights or remedies under this Agreement other than the Parties.

Section 10.3 Prior Negotiations; Entire Agreement .

(a) This Agreement (including the agreements attached as Exhibits to and the documents and instruments referred to in this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except that the Parties hereto acknowledge that any confidentiality agreements heretofore executed among the Parties and the Global Settlement will each continue in full force and effect.

 

60


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (including any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) or the Confirmation Order (and any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) or an affirmative vote to accept the Plan submitted by any Commitment Party or Reserve Party, nothing contained in the Plan (including any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) or Confirmation Order (including any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) shall alter, amend or modify the rights of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL under this Agreement unless such alteration, amendment or modification has been made in accordance with Section  10.7 .

Section 10.4 Governing Law; Venue . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH STATE’S CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS WHICH WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. BY ITS EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES FOR ITSELF THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING AGAINST IT WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER ARISING UNDER OR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT, AND BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS AND SUBMITS ITSELF TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT MAILING OF PROCESS OR OTHER PAPERS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO AN ADDRESS PROVIDED IN WRITING BY THE RECIPIENT OF SUCH MAILING, OR IN SUCH OTHER MANNER AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY LAW, SHALL BE VALID AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE THEREOF AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS TO SERVICE ACCOMPLISHED IN THE MANNER HEREIN PROVIDED.

Section 10.5 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.

Section 10.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement and will become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to each other Party (including via facsimile or other electronic transmission), it being understood that each Party need not sign the same counterpart.

Section 10.7 Waivers and Amendments; Rights Cumulative; Consent .

(a) This Agreement may be amended, restated, modified or changed only by a written instrument signed by the Company and the Requisite Commitment Parties; provided , that (i) any Commitment Party’s prior written consent shall be required for any amendment that would, directly or indirectly: (A) modify such Commitment Party’s Commitment Percentage,

 

61


(B) change the Per Share Purchase Price (subject to subclause (iv) below), (C) decrease the Commitment Premium or adversely modify in any material respect the method of payment thereof, (D) increase the Commitment of such Commitment Party or (E) have a materially adverse effect on such Commitment Party; (ii) the prior written consent of each Commitment Party shall be required for any amendment to the definition of “Requisite Commitment Parties”; (iii) any Reserve Party’s prior written consent shall be required for any amendment that would, directly or indirectly have a materially adverse effect on such Reserve Party; (iv) QPGL’s prior written consent shall be required for any amendment, modification or change that impacts QPGL’s rights and obligations hereunder, including any change to the Per Share Purchase Price and the amount and/or number of New Common Shares to be issued pursuant to, the Investment; and (v) no amendment or modification of the rights or obligations of the Commitment Parties or the terms of the Investment as set forth under this Agreement may be made unless either (A) such amendments or modifications are applied to the rights or obligations of each of the Commitment Parties mutatis mutandis or applied to the terms of the Investment mutatis mutandis or (B) the Requisite Commitment Parties consent to such amendment or modification.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commitment Schedule shall be revised as necessary, without requiring a written instrument signed by the Company and the Requisite Commitment Parties, to reflect changes in the composition of the Commitment Parties and their respective Commitment Percentages as a result of (i) transfers, on or prior to the Rights Offering Commencement Date, of Allowed 2017 Notes Claims (as defined in the Plan), Allowed 2020 Notes Claims (as defined in the Plan), and Allowed Term Loan B Claims (as defined in the Plan) in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, and (ii) Transfers pursuant to Section  2.3 and Section  2.6 hereof.

(c) The terms and conditions of this Agreement (other than the conditions set forth in Section  7.1 and  Section 7.3 , the waiver of which shall be governed solely by Article VII ) may be waived (A) by the Debtors only by a written instrument executed by the Company and (B) by the Requisite Commitment Parties only by a written instrument executed by the Requisite Commitment Parties. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any waiver on the part of any Party of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 10.8 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 10.9 Specific Performance . It is understood and agreed by the Parties that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions without the necessity of posting a bond to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Unless otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, no right or remedy described or provided in this Agreement is intended to be exclusive or to preclude a Party from pursuing other rights and remedies to the extent available under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

62


Section 10.10 Damages . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of the Parties will be liable for, and none of the Parties shall claim or seek to recover, any punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages or damages for lost profits.

Section 10.11 No Reliance . No Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or any of their respective Related Parties shall have any duties or obligations to the other Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL in respect of this Agreement, except those expressly set forth herein or in the Rights Offering Procedures. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or any of their respective Related Parties shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties to the other Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL, (b) no Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or any of their respective Related Parties shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers on behalf of any other Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, (c) no Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or any of their respective Related Parties shall have any duty to the other Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL to obtain, through the exercise of diligence or otherwise, to investigate, confirm, or disclose to the other Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL any information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that may have been communicated to or obtained by such Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or any of their Respective Affiliates in any capacity, (d) no Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL may rely, and each Commitment Party, Reserve Party and QPGL confirms that it has not relied, on any due diligence investigation that any other Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or any Person acting on behalf of such other Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable, may have conducted with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective securities, (e) each Commitment Party acknowledges that no other Commitment Party is acting as a placement agent, initial purchaser, underwriter, broker or finder with respect to its Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Commitment, and (f) each Reserve Party acknowledges that no other Reserve Party is acting as a placement agent, initial purchaser, underwriter, broker or finder with respect to its pro rata share of the Reserve Party Commitment.

Section 10.12 Publicity .

(a) Other than as may be required by applicable Law, no Party shall issue any press release, make any filing with the SEC (other than as required under applicable securities law and regulation as reasonably determined in good faith by outside counsel to the Debtors or such other Party as the case may be) or make any other public announcement regarding this Agreement without the consent of the Debtors and the Requisite Commitment Parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned, or withheld, and each Party shall coordinate with the other Parties regarding any public statements made, including any communications with the press, public filings or filings with the SEC, with respect to this Agreement; for the avoidance of doubt, each Party shall have the right, without any obligation to any other Party, to decline to comment to the press with respect to this Agreement.

 

63


(b) Under no circumstances may any Party make any public disclosure of any kind that would disclose (i) the particular holdings of any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL or (ii) the identity of any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, in each case without the prior written consent of such Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL, as applicable; provided , that (w) the Debtors may disclose such identities and the aggregate holdings of the Commitment Parties but not individual holdings of any individual Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL (which shall be treated as “advisors’ eyes only”) in any filing with the SEC in respect of this Agreement and in any materials filed in the Chapter 11 Cases in support of the Approval Motion; (x) the Debtors may disclose such identities or amounts without consent to the extent that, upon the advice of counsel, it is required to do so by any governmental or regulatory authority (including as it may be directed by the SEC) or court of competent jurisdiction (including the Bankruptcy Court), or by applicable law, in which case the Debtors, prior to making such disclosure, shall allow the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL to whom such disclosure relates reasonable time at its own cost to seek a protective order with respect to such disclosures, (y) the Debtors may disclose the existence and terms of this Agreement, including the execution of this Agreement by the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties and QPGL, and (z) the Debtors may disclose the aggregate percentage or aggregate principal amount held by the Commitment Parties. The Debtors shall not use the name of any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL in any press release without such Party’s prior written consent.

(c) The Debtors will issue a press release announcing this Agreement within four (4) Business Days following the execution of this Agreement and provide the counsel and financial advisors designated by the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL with a draft of such press release and all future press releases, public filings, public announcements or other communications with any news media relating to this Agreement at least one (1) business day prior to issuing such releases, filings, announcements or other communications, unless an earlier disclosure is required by applicable Law, in which case the Debtors will provide as much notice as practicable under the circumstances; provided , that the Debtors shall be under no obligation to consult with, or obtain the prior approval of, any other Party as it relates to communications with vendors, customers and other third parties regarding the general nature of the Plan Financing Transactions.

Section 10.13 Settlement Discussions . This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein are part of a proposed settlement of a dispute between the Parties. Nothing herein shall be deemed an admission of any kind. Pursuant to Section 408 of the U.S. Federal Rules of Evidence and any applicable state rules of evidence, this Agreement and all negotiations relating thereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any Legal Proceeding, except to the extent filed with, or disclosed to, the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases (other than a Legal Proceeding to approve or enforce the terms of this Agreement).

Section 10.14 No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, and notwithstanding the fact that certain of the Parties may be partnerships or limited liability companies, each Party covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any Party’s Affiliates, or any of such

 

64


Party’s Affiliates’ or respective Related Parties in each case other than the Parties to this Agreement and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees under this Agreement, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any of the Related Parties, as such, for any obligation or liability of any Party under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or liabilities or their creation; provided , however , that nothing in this Section  10.14 shall relieve or otherwise limit the liability of any Party hereto or any of their respective successors or permitted assigns for any breach or violation of its obligations under this Agreement or such other documents or instruments. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Parties will have any recourse, be entitled to commence any proceeding or make any claim under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby except against any of the Parties or their respective successors and permitted assigns, as applicable.

Section 10.15 Relationship Among Parties .

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the duties and obligations of the Commitment Parties, the Reserve Parties, QPGL, and the Debtors arising under this Agreement shall be several, not joint. No Party shall have any responsibility by virtue of this Agreement for any trading by any other entity. No prior history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences among or between the Parties shall in any way affect or negate this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Commitment Party, Reserve Party or QPGL pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute or to create a presumption by any parties that the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties and QPGL are in any way acting in concert or as a “group” (or a joint venture, partnership or association), and the Debtors will not assert any such claim with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Debtors acknowledge and each Commitment Party, each Reserve Party and QPGL confirms that it has independently participated in the negotiation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement with the advice of counsel and advisors.

(b) In connection with any matter requiring consent or a request of the Requisite Commitment Parties under this Agreement, there is no requirement or obligation that such holders agree among themselves to take such action and no agreement among such holders with respect to any such action. In connection with any matter that may be requested by the Requisite Commitment Parties, each such holder may, through its counsel, make such request; provided, that the Company will only be required to take such action if it receives the request of the Requisite Commitment Parties, as the case may be. In connection with any matter requiring consent of the Requisite Commitment Parties hereunder, the Company will solicit consent independently from each such holder or its respective counsel; provided , that such consent shall only be granted if the approval of the Requisite Commitment Parties (as applicable) is obtained.

(c) It is understood and agreed that none of the Commitment Parties, Reserve Parties or QPGL has any duty of trust or confidence in any form with any other Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL, the Debtors, or any of the Debtors’ creditors or other stakeholders and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement (or any other written agreement between

 

65


the Parties, except as otherwise provided in Section  10.3 ), there are no agreements, commitments or undertakings by, among or between any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing sentence does not include any fiduciary obligations owed by any Commitment Party, Reserve Party, QPGL or Affiliate Transferee that has been appointed an officer of any Debtor.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

66


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature page to Commitment Agreement (Equity) ]


[COMMITMENT PARTIES]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Notice Information [Address]
[Email address]
[Attention to:]

[ Signature page to Commitment Agreement (Equity) ]


[RESERVE PARTIES]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Notice Information [Address]
[Email address]
[Attention to:]

[ Signature page to Commitment Agreement (Equity) ]


[QPGL]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Notice Information [Address]
[Email address]
[Attention to:]

[ Signature page to Commitment Agreement (Equity) ]


Schedule 1

Commitment Schedule

 

Commitment Party

   Commitment Percentage  
         
         
         
         
  

 

 

 

Total :

     100.000


Exhibit A

Global Settlement

[See attached.]


Exhibit B

Rights Offering Procedures

[See attached.]


Exhibit C

Form of Transfer Notice

TRANSFER NOTICE

[•], 2018

BY EMAIL

Pacific Drilling S.A.

11700 Katy Freeway, Suite 175

Houston, Texas 77079

Tel: (832) 255-0519

Fax: (832) 201-9883

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Email: [•]

with copies to :

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

Attn.: Andrew Rosenberg

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Tel: (212) 373-3000

Fax: (212) 757-3990

Email: arosenberg@paulweiss.com

[•]

[Address]

Attn: [•]

E-mail address: [•]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

  Re:

Transfer Notice Under Commitment Agreement

Reference is hereby made to that certain Commitment Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2018 (the “ Commitment Agreement ”), by and between the Debtors and the Commitment Parties thereto, the Reserve Parties thereto and Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Commitment Agreement.

The purpose of this notice (“ Notice ”) is to advise you, pursuant to Section  2.6 of the Commitment Agreement, of the proposed transfer by [•] (“ Transferor ”) to [•] (“ Transferee ”) of the [Commitment representing [•]% of the aggregate Commitment of all Commitment Parties as of the date hereof, which represents $[•] of the Transferor’s Commitment (or [•]% of the aggregate Commitment of all Commitment Parties) / Reserve Party Commitment which


represents [•]% of the Transferor’s Reserve Party Commitment / QP Commitment, which represents [•]% of the Transferor’s QP Commitment.] [If applicable: The Transferee represents to the Debtors and the Transferor that it is a [Reserve Party / Commitment Party / party] under the Commitment Agreement.]

By signing this Notice below, Transferee represents to the Debtors and the Transferor that it will execute and deliver a joinder to the Commitment Agreement and a Joinder Agreement.

This Notice shall serve as a transfer notice in accordance with the terms of the Commitment Agreement. Please acknowledge receipt of this Notice delivered in accordance with Section  2.6 of the Commitment Agreement by returning a countersigned copy of this Notice to counsel to the Commitment Parties via the contact information set forth above.


TRANSFEROR :
[•]  
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

TRANSFEREE :
[•]  
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Acknowledged and agreed to by and on behalf of the Debtors:

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., as a Debtor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit D

Form of Joinder Agreement

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This joinder agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) to Commitment Agreement (Equity) dated September 27, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ ECA ”), between the Debtors (as defined in the ECA) the Commitment Parties (as defined in the ECA), the Reserve Parties (as defined in the ECA), and Quantum Pacific (Gibraltar) Limited, is executed and delivered by [•] (the “ Joining Party ”) as of [•], 2018 (the “ Joinder Date ”). Each capitalized term used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the ECA.

Agreement to be Bound . The Joining Party hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the BCA, a copy of which is attached to this Joinder Agreement as Annex I (as the same has been or may be hereafter amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof). The Joining Party shall hereafter be deemed to be a “Commitment Party” / “Reserve Party” / “QPGL” for all purposes under the ECA.

Representations and Warranties . The Joining Party hereby severally and not jointly makes the representations and warranties of the Commitment Parties set forth in Article V of the ECA to the Debtors as of the date of this Joinder Agreement.

Governing Law . This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without application of any choice of law provisions that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[ Signature pages follow. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Joining Party has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed as of the Joinder Date.

 

JOINING PARTY
[ ] , by and on behalf of certain of its and its affiliates’ managed funds and/or accounts
By:     
  Name:
  Title:
Holdings:
 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED AS OF THE JOINDER DATE:

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., as Debtor

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 99.4

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SUPERPRIORITY SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

among

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., a Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession under chapter 11 of the

Bankruptcy Code, as Borrower,

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, each a Debtor and Debtor-in-

Possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code,

VARIOUS LENDERS

and

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

Dated as of September 25, 2018

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

Definitions and Accounting Terms

     1  

1.01

 

Defined Terms

     1  

1.02

 

Terms Generally; Accounting Terms; GAAP

     38  

SECTION 2.

 

Amount and Terms of Term Loans

     39  

2.01

 

The Loans

     39  

2.02

 

Notice of Borrowing

     39  

2.03

 

Disbursement of Funds

     40  

2.04

 

Notes

     41  

2.05

 

Pro Rata Borrowings

     42  

2.06

 

Interest

     42  

2.07

 

Conversion of Loans

     43  

2.08

 

Increased Costs, Illegality, Market Disruption, etc.

     43  

2.09

 

Compensation

     45  

2.10

 

Change of Lending Office; Limitation on Additional Amounts

     46  

2.11

 

Replacement of Lenders

     46  

2.12

 

Priority and Liens; No Discharge

     47  

2.13

 

Payment of Obligations

     48  

SECTION 3.

 

Fees

     48  

3.01

 

Fees

     48  

SECTION 4.

 

Prepayments; Payments; Taxes

     49  

4.01

 

Voluntary Prepayments

     49  

4.02

 

Mandatory Prepayments

     49  

4.03

 

[Reserved]

     50  

4.04

 

Termination of Commitments

     50  

4.05

 

Repayment of the Loans

     50  

4.06

 

Method and Place of Payment

     50  

4.07

 

Net Payments; Taxes

     50  

4.08

 

Application of Proceeds

     53  

SECTION 5.

 

Conditions Precedent

     54  

5.01

 

Conditions Precedent to Effective Date

     54  

5.02

 

Conditions All Borrowings

     56  

5.03

 

Withdrawals

     57  

SECTION 6.

 

Representations, Warranties and Agreements

     58  

6.01

 

Corporate/Limited Liability Company/Limited Partnership Status

     58  

6.02

 

Corporate Power and Authority

     59  

6.03

 

No Violation

     59  

6.04

 

Governmental Approvals

     59  

 

i


6.05

 

Financial Statements; Financial Condition; Undisclosed Liabilities; Projections; etc.

     59  

6.06

 

Litigation

     60  

6.07

 

True and Complete Disclosure

     60  

6.08

 

Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations

     60  

6.09

 

Tax Returns; Payments; Tax Treatment

     61  

6.10

 

Compliance with ERISA

     61  

6.11

 

Valid Liens; Perfection and Priority of Security Interests

     62  

6.12

 

Capitalization

     62  

6.13

 

Subsidiaries

     62  

6.14

 

Compliance with Statutes, etc.

     63  

6.15

 

Investment Company Act

     63  

6.16

 

Legal Names; Type of Organization (and Whether a Registered Organization); Jurisdiction of Organization; etc.

     63  

6.17

 

Environmental Matters

     63  

6.18

 

No Default

     64  

6.19

 

Patents, Licenses, Franchises and Formulas

     64  

6.20

 

Anti-Corruption Laws

     65  

6.21

 

Insurance

     65  

6.22

 

Collateral Rigs

     65  

6.23

 

Properties

     65  

6.24

 

Anti-Terrorism

     65  

6.25

 

Form of Documentation

     66  

6.26

 

Place of Business

     66  

6.27

 

No Immunity

     66  

SECTION 7.

 

Covenants

     67  

7.01

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

     67  

7.02

 

Existence

     69  

7.03

 

Reports

     69  

7.04

 

Compliance Certificate; Other Information

     70  

7.05

 

Payment of Taxes

     71  

7.06

 

[Reserved]

     71  

7.07

 

Additional Security; Additional Subsidiary Guarantors; Internal Charterers; Further Assurances

     71  

7.08

 

Limitations on Liens

     73  

7.09

 

Limitations on Consolidation or Merger etc.

     73  

7.10

 

Limitations on Restricted Payments

     73  

7.11

 

Limitations on Indebtedness

     73  

7.12

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     74  

7.13

 

Limitations on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

     76  

7.14

 

[Reserved]

     78  

7.15

 

Inspection Rights

     78  

7.16

 

Business

     78  

7.17

 

Rights to Earnings from the Collateral Rigs

     78  

7.18

 

Limitation on Asset Sales

     78  

 

ii


7.19

 

Certain Case Milestones

     79  

SECTION 8.

 

Events of Default

     79  

8.01

 

Payments

     79  

8.02

 

Representations, etc.

     79  

8.03

 

Covenants

     79  

8.04

 

Cross Default

     79  

8.05

 

Judgments

     80  

8.06

 

Security Documents

     80  

8.07

 

Guarantees

     80  

8.08

 

[Reserved]

     80  

8.09

 

Cases

     80  

8.10

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     82  

SECTION 9.

 

The Agents

     83  

9.01

 

Appointment

     83  

9.02

 

Nature of Duties

     83  

9.03

 

Lack of Reliance on the Agents

     85  

9.04

 

Certain Rights of the Agents

     85  

9.05

 

Reliance

     85  

9.06

 

Indemnification

     86  

9.07

 

The Agents in their Individual Capacity

     86  

9.08

 

Holders

     86  

9.09

 

Resignation by the Agents

     86  

9.10

 

Collateral Matters

     87  

9.11

 

Delivery of Information

     88  

9.12

 

Withholding

     88  

9.13

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     89  

9.14

 

Co-Collateral Agent; Separate Collateral Agent

     89  

SECTION 10.

 

Guaranty

     89  

10.01

 

Guaranty; Limitation of Liability

     89  

10.02

 

Guaranty Absolute

     90  

10.03

 

Waivers and Acknowledgments

     91  

10.04

 

Subrogation

     92  

10.05

 

Subordination

     93  

10.06

 

Continuing Guaranty; Assignments

     93  

SECTION 11.

 

Collateral

     93  

11.01

 

Grant of Security Interest

     93  

SECTION 12.

 

Miscellaneous

     94  

12.01

 

Payment of Expenses, etc.

     94  

12.02

 

Right of Setoff

     95  

12.03

 

Notices

     95  

12.04

 

Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations

     97  

12.05

 

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

     99  

 

iii


12.06

 

Payments Pro Rata

     100  

12.07

 

Calculations; Computations

     100  

12.08

 

GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     101  

12.09

 

Counterparts

     102  

12.10

 

Effectiveness

     102  

12.11

 

Headings Descriptive

     102  

12.12

 

Amendment or Waiver; etc.

     102  

12.13

 

Survival

     104  

12.14

 

Domicile of Loans

     104  

12.15

 

Register

     104  

12.16

 

Confidentiality

     105  

12.17

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institution

     106  

12.18

 

Currency Conversion Shortfall

     106  

12.19

 

Releases

     107  

12.20

 

Conflicts

     107  

 

ANNEX I

  

Commitments

SCHEDULE B

  

Subsidiary Guarantors

SCHEDULE 6.10

  

Plans

SCHEDULE 6.11

  

UCC-1 Filing Offices

SCHEDULE 6.12

  

Capital Stock of Subsidiary Guarantors

SCHEDULE 6.13

  

Subsidiaries of the Borrower

SCHEDULE 6.16

  

Legal Name, Type of Organization, Jurisdiction

SCHEDULE 6.22

  

Collateral Rigs

SCHEDULE 7.19

  

Case Milestones

EXHIBIT A

  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

EXHIBIT B

  

Form of Notice of Borrowing

EXHIBIT C

  

Form of Note

EXHIBIT D

  

Form of Withdrawal Notice

 

iv


SUPERPRIORITY SECURED DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of September 25, 2018, among PACIFIC DRILLING S.A., a Luxembourg corporation under the form of a société anonyme (the “ Borrower ”) and a debtor and debtor-in-possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, each of the forgoing a debtor and debtor-in-possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”). All capitalized terms used herein and defined in Section 1 are used herein as therein defined.

W   I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, on November 12, 2017, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries (the “ Debtors ”) filed voluntary petitions for relief with the Bankruptcy Court under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the bankruptcy case of each Debtor, each a “ Case ”, and collectively, the “ Cases ”) and have continued in the possession of their assets and the management of their business pursuant to Sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that (i) the Lenders provide it with a multi-draw term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $85,000,000 (the “ Term Facility ”), with all of the Borrower’s obligations under the Term Facility to be guaranteed by each Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the priority of the Term Facility with respect to the Collateral, certain mandatory and voluntary prepayments and the application of the proceeds of the Collateral shall be subject in all respects to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall); and

WHEREAS, subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Lenders are willing to make available to the Borrower the Term Facility.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

SECTION 1. Definitions and Accounting Terms .

1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

2017 Notes Indenture ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Existing Secured Notes.

Acceptable Plan of Reorganization ” shall mean a plan of reorganization in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders (and to the extent affecting the rights, duties, privileges, protections, indemnities or immunities of the Agents, the Agents), that (i) provides for the termination of the Commitments and the indefeasible payment in full in cash and full discharge of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due) under the Term Facility upon the Consummation Date with respect to such plan of


reorganization and (ii) provides for releases for the Agents and the Lenders in such capacity; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Second Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization for Pacific Drilling S.A. and Certain of Its Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 590] shall be deemed satisfactory.

Ad Hoc Group ” shall have the meaning specified in the DIP Order.

Adequate Protection Order ” shall mean that certain Order (A)  Granting Adequate Protection , (B)  Modifying the Automatic Stay and (C)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 83].

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement, and shall include any successor thereto.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

Affiliate Transaction ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 7.12(a).

Agents ” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agreement ” shall mean this Superpriority Secured Debtor-In-Possession Term Loan Agreement, as modified, supplemented, amended, restated, extended or renewed from time to time.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.24.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean 6.00% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 7.00% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans.

Approved Manager ” shall mean any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower controlled by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is appointed and remains manager of a Collateral Rig by the applicable Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary.

Asset Sale ” shall mean:

(a) any sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction; provided that the sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, not be an “Asset Sale,” but will be governed by Section 7.09;

 

2


(b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than directors’ qualifying shares and/or other Equity Interests that are required to be held by any Persons other than the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary under applicable law or regulation (including local content regulations or requirements), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; and

(c) an Involuntary Transfer.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(i) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1,000,000 (and the sale of such assets generates Net Proceeds of less than $1,000,000);

(ii) a transfer of Equity Interests or other assets between or among the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of products, services or accounts receivable or any charter, pool agreement, drilling contract or lease of a Rig and any related assets in the ordinary course of business and any sale or conveyance or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

(v) sales of assets to any customer purchased on behalf of or at the request of such customer in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, hedging contracts or other financial instruments;

(vii) licenses and sublicenses by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of software or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 7.10 or a Permitted Investment;

(ix) the creation or perfection of any Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.08; and

(x) any surrender, waiver, settlement or release in connection with the Pacific Zonda Arbitration, in each case, reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” shall mean the Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit  A (appropriately completed).

 

3


Assignment of Earnings ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Assignment of Insurance Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Assignment of Internal Charter ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Assignment of Management Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Attributable Indebtedness ” in respect of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean, at the time any determination is to be made, the present value (discounted according to GAAP at the cost of indebtedness implied in the lease; provided that if such discount rate cannot be determined in accordance with GAAP, the present value shall be discounted at the interest rate borne by the Existing Senior Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided , however , that if such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.”

Authorized Representative ” shall mean, with respect to (a) delivering the Notice of Borrowing and similar notices on behalf of the Borrower, any Person or Persons that has or have been authorized by the Board of Directors of the Borrower to deliver such notices pursuant to this Agreement and that has or have appropriate signature cards on file with the Administrative Agent, (b) delivering financial information and officer’s certificates relating to financial matters on behalf of any specified Person pursuant to this Agreement, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or controller of such specified Person or, if there is no chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of such specified Person, any other senior executive officer of such specified Person designated by the president or the Board of Directors of such specified Person or such specified Person’s general partner as being a financial officer authorized to deliver and certify financial information on behalf of such specified Person under this Agreement and (c) any other matter on behalf of any specified Person in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any officer (or a Person or Persons so designated by any two officers), manager or director of such specified Person or of such specified Person’s general partner, if applicable.

Avoidance Action ” shall mean claims and causes of action under sections 502(d), 544, 545, 547, 548, 550 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Bail-In Action ” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

4


Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any successor statute.

Bankruptcy Court ” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York or any other court having jurisdiction over the Cases from time to time.

Bankruptcy Law ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate of interest per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Prime Rate for such day, (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate for such day plus 1 / 2 of 1% and (c) 1% per annum above the Eurodollar Rate for a one-month Interest Period beginning on such date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day).

Base Rate Loan ” shall mean a Loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.06(a)(i).

Base Rate Payment Date ” shall mean the last Business Day of each month occurring after the Effective Date, commencing on September 30, 2018.

Board of Directors ” shall mean:

(a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of such corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors;

(b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of such partnership;

(c) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof or the manager or any committee of managers; and

(d) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Borrowing ” shall mean a simultaneous borrowing of Loans of the same Type, and with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, with the same Interest Period, from all the Lenders (other than any Lender which has not funded its share of a Borrowing in accordance with this Agreement).

 

5


Budget Variance Report ” shall mean a report certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in a form to be agreed and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, delivered in accordance with Section 7.03(a)(iv), showing (a) the actual disbursements and capital expenditures on a line item basis for each period since the Effective Date as of the end of the week immediately preceding the week during which such Budget Variance Report is delivered and (b) the Capex Variance and the Disbursements Variance (each, a “ Variance ”).

Business Day ” shall mean (a) for all purposes other than as covered by the following clause (b), any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be in New York, New York a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or other government action to close and (b) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Rate Loans, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (a) above and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in U.S. dollar deposits in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Capex Variance ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the numerical difference between total capital expenditures for such period to total capital expenditures for such period as set forth in the DIP Budget then in effect on a cumulative four-week rolling basis and, to the extent the difference is a positive number, the percentage such difference is of the cumulative budgeted amount for capital expenditures for such period.

Capital Stock ” shall mean (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Cash Collateral Order ” shall mean that certain as amended (I)  Final Order (A)  Authorizing the Continued Use of the Debtors’ Cash Management System, Bank Accounts and Business Forms, (B)  Authorizing the Debtors to Make Intercompany Advances on a Secured Basis under Section  364(c) of the Bankruptcy Code and (C)  Granting Related Relief and (II)  Seventh Interim Order Granting Debtors’ Extension of Time to Come into Compliance with 11 U.S.C. §  345(b) or Obtain Other Relief [Docket No. 369].

Carve-Out ” shall have the meaning specified in the DIP Order.

Cases ” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

6


Cash Collateral ” shall have the meaning specified in the DIP Order.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any other country whose sovereign debt has a rating of at least A3 from Moody’s and at least A- from S&P or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition, (b) certificates of deposit, demand deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency or currency unit), (c) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s, (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above, (e) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings or investments, and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition, (f) money market mutual funds substantially all of the assets of which are of the type described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) of this definition, and (g) in the case of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower organized or having its principal place of business outside the United States, investments denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in which such Person is organized or has its principal place of business or conducts business which are similar to the items specified in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as the same has been amended and may hereafter be amended from time to time, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Commitment.

Classification ” shall mean the class + 1A1, Vessel—shaped drilling unit (N), DRILL (N), CRANE, HELDK-SH, DYNPOS-AUTRO, F-AM, EO with the Classification Society (free of all material recommendations and conditions) or other highest classification and no material overdue recommendations or adverse notations available for vessels of the same age and type as the Collateral Rigs with its Classification Society or such other classification as the Administrative Agent may, at the direction of the Required Lenders, agree shall be treated as the Classification of a Collateral Rig for the purposes of the Loan Documents; provided that no change in Classification shall occur without Required Lenders’ prior written consent.

Classification Society ” shall mean Det Norske Veritas or such other classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) as the Administrative Agent shall approve (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) from time to time.

 

7


Closing Premium ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code, as in effect at the date of this Agreement and (except as otherwise provided) any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

Collateral ” shall mean all property (whether real or personal) with respect to which any security interests have been granted (or purported to be granted) pursuant to the DIP Order, Section 11, or any Security Document, including, without limitation, all Pledge Agreement Collateral, all Security Agreement Collateral, all Insurance Collateral, all Earnings Collateral, all Collateral Rigs, all Earnings Accounts and all cash and Cash Equivalents at any time delivered as collateral hereunder.

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of this Agreement, and shall include any successor thereto.

Collateral and Guaranty Requirements ” shall mean with respect to each Collateral Rig or Loan Party, the requirement that:

(a) (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the definition thereof shall have duly authorized and executed this Agreement, or a supplement hereto; provided that this requirement shall not apply to any Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower as to which the Required Lenders shall have determined, based on advice of local counsel, and given written notice of such determination to the Borrower, that it would be preferable to the Lender Creditors for such Foreign Subsidiary not to execute and deliver this Agreement, but only to execute and deliver a Foreign Subsidiary Guaranty as contemplated in clause (ii) below or

(ii) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, each Foreign Subsidiary specified in the proviso to clause (i) above shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered a guaranty governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized (any such non-U.S. law governed guaranty to be executed and delivered by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to this clause (ii), as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, a “ Foreign Subsidiary Guaranty ”); provided each Foreign Subsidiary Guaranty shall be prepared by local counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and shall conform as nearly as possible (as to the obligations guaranteed and the rights intended to be granted thereunder) to Section 10 of this Agreement, taking into account such variations as shall be necessary under applicable local law as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. Schedule  B sets forth a list of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower which shall have executed and delivered a Subsidiary Guaranty on or prior to the Effective Date;

 

8


(b) (i) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall have (1) duly authorized, executed and delivered the U.S. Pledge Agreement substantially in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders) (as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the “ U.S. Pledge Agreement ”) or a supplement thereto, substantially in the form attached thereto, pursuant to which all of the Capital Stock of any Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary owned by such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have been pledged to secure the Obligations, and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have (x) delivered to the Collateral Agent, as pledgee, (if applicable) all the Pledged Securities and other Pledge Agreement Collateral referred to therein, together with executed and undated stock powers in the case of Capital Stock constituting Pledged Securities and (y) otherwise complied with all of the requirements set forth in the U.S. Pledge Agreement and (2) duly authorized, executed and delivered any other related documentation necessary or advisable as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to perfect the Lien on the Pledge Agreement Collateral referred to therein in the respective jurisdictions of formation or of the chief executive office, as the case may be, of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or as otherwise provided by applicable law, and the U.S. Pledge Agreement shall be in full force and effect, provided that this requirement shall not apply to any Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor as to which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (at the direction of the Required Lenders), based on advice of local counsel, and gives written notice of such determination to the Borrower, that it would be preferable to the Lender Creditors for such Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor not to execute and deliver the U.S. Pledge Agreement, but only to execute and deliver one or more Foreign Pledge Agreements as contemplated in clause (ii) below, and

(ii) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, (1) each Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor specified in the proviso in clause (i) above and (2) each Subsidiary Guarantor (whether or not a Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor that shall own Capital Stock in one or more Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor (and either such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary)), shall have authorized, executed and delivered a pledge agreement or agreements governed by the laws of the jurisdiction where such Subsidiary Guarantor and/or such Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary is organized, if (in the case of (1) and (2) of this clause ii) the Administrative Agent determines at the direction of the Required Lenders (based on advice of local counsel), and gives written notice to the Borrower of such determination, that it would be in the interests of the Lender Creditors that such Subsidiary Guarantor and/or such Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary authorize, execute and deliver additional pledge agreements governed by the laws of such non-U.S. jurisdictions (each such non-U.S. law governed pledge agreement to be executed and delivered by one or more Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (ii), as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, a “ Foreign Pledge Agreement ” and, collectively, the “ Foreign Pledge Agreements ”); provided that (x) each such Foreign Pledge Agreement shall be prepared by local counsel, shall be in

 

9


form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and shall conform as nearly as possible (as to the obligations secured thereby and the rights intended to be granted thereunder) to the U.S. Pledge Agreement, if any, taking into account such variations as shall be necessary or desirable under applicable local law as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and (y) in connection with the execution and delivery of any such Foreign Pledge Agreement, the respective Loan Parties shall have taken such actions as may be necessary or desirable under local law (as advised by local counsel) to create, effect, perfect, preserve, maintain and protect the security interests granted (or purported to be granted) thereby as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

In the case of each applicable Pledge Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that all other actions necessary to perfect and protect the security interests purported to be created by such Pledge Agreement have been taken.

(iii) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, the Collateral Agent shall have received duly authorized, executed and delivered, with respect to each Collateral Rig, (1) an Assignment of Insurance Proceeds from each Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary and each Internal Charterer substantially in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders) (each, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, an “ Assignment of Insurance Proceeds ” and, together with any additional assignment of insurance proceeds executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.07, the “ Assignments of Insurance Proceeds ”) covering all of such Loan Party’s present and future Insurance Collateral, and each Assignment of Insurance Proceeds shall be in full force and effect, (2) an Assignment of Earnings from each Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary and each Internal Charterer in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders) (each, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, together with any additional assignment of earnings executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.07, the “ Assignment of Earnings ”), covering all Earnings Collateral, and each Assignment of Earnings shall be in full force and effect and (3) a control agreement with respect to each Earnings Account, and such control agreements shall be in full force and effect; (4) if a management agreement has been entered into with respect to a Collateral Rig, an Assignment of Management Agreement substantially in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders) (each, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, an “ Assignment of Management Agreement ” and, together with any additional Assignments of Management Agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.07, the “ Assignments of Management Agreement ”) covering the relevant Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary’s rights therein and executed by such Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary and by the initial Approved Manager or any replacement thereof or any sub-management agreement, together with appropriate notices and acknowledgements thereof and (5) if an Internal Charter has been entered into with respect to a Collateral Rig, an Assignment of Internal Charter substantially in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders) (each, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, an “ Assignment of Internal Charter ” and, together with any additional Assignments of Internal Charter executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.07, the “ Assignments of Internal Charter ”) covering the internal charter and the Earnings in connection therewith, together with appropriate notices and acknowledgments thereof, and a copy of such Internal Charter (certified by an Authorized Representative of the Borrower as true, correct and complete);

 

10


(iv) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, the Subsidiary Guarantors each shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered a Security Agreement in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders) (each, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, a “ U.S. Security Agreement ” and, together with any additional security agreements executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.07, the “ U.S. Security Agreements ”) and each U.S. Security Agreement shall be in full force and effect;

(v) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, the Loan Parties other than the Borrower shall have delivered (i) financing statements (Form UCC-1) in proper form for filing under the UCC or in other appropriate filing offices of each jurisdiction as may be necessary to perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Pledge Agreements, Assignment of Earnings, the Assignment of Insurance Proceeds and the U.S. Security Agreements, (ii) certified copies of requests for information or copies (Form UCC-11), or equivalent reports as of a recent date, listing all effective financing statements that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in Washington D.C. and any other relevant jurisdiction, together with copies of such other financing statements (none of which (other than in respect of Permitted Liens) shall cover the Collateral unless the Administrative Agent shall have received Form UCC-3 Termination Statements (or such other termination statements as shall be required by local law) fully completed for filing if required by applicable laws in respect thereof) and (iii) in the case of the Pledge Agreements, evidence that all other actions necessary to perfect and protect the security interests purported to be created by the respective Pledge Agreement have been taken;

(vi) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, each Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered, with respect to each Collateral Rig in which it has an interest, a first preferred mortgage in form for filing in the appropriate rig registry (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof, a “ Collateral Rig Mortgage ” and, together with any additional collateral rig mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.07, the “ Collateral Rig Mortgages ”), substantially in the form attached to the Existing Term Loan (or such other form determined by the Required Lenders), with respect to such Collateral Rig, and such Collateral Rig Mortgage shall be effective upon filing to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Creditors, a legal, valid and enforceable preferred ship mortgage on, and Lien upon, such Collateral Rig, subject only to Permitted Liens, and each Collateral Rig Mortgage shall be in full force and effect;

(vii) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, all filings, deliveries of instruments, legal opinions and other actions necessary to perfect and preserve the security interests described in clauses (ii) through (vi) above shall have been duly effected and the Collateral Agent shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

11


(viii) to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following:

(1) certificates of ownership from appropriate authorities (x) showing (or confirmation updating previously reviewed certificates and indicating) the registered ownership of such Collateral Rig in the name of the relevant Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary; and (y) indicating no record liens other than Permitted Liens; and

(2) class certificates from a classification society recognized by the United States Coast Guard or another classification society indicating that such Collateral Rig meets the criteria specified in Section 6.22(c); and

(3) if applicable, certified copies of all ISM and ISPS Code documentation for each Collateral Rig;

(4) a certificate or letter of undertaking from the Borrower’s marine insurance brokers, in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that the insurance maintained by the Loan Parties in respect of each Collateral Rig (x) is placed with such insurance companies and/or underwriters and/or clubs, in such amounts, against such risks, and in such form, as are customarily insured against by companies operating in the offshore drilling industry for the protection of the Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders as secured party and mortgagee and (y) including, without limitation, the insurance required by Section 7.01;

(ix) notwithstanding anything in herein to the contrary, at all times prior to the discharge of the Revolving Credit Obligations:

(1) any requirement that certificates, instruments or other possessory collateral be delivered to the Agents, shall be deemed satisfied, if such items have been delivered to the Revolving Agent;

(2) any Assignments of Insurance Proceeds, the Assignment of Earnings, the Assignment of Management Agreement and the Assignment of Internal Charters shall be subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall), the Adequate Protection Order and the Revolving Credit Agreement Documents in all respects; and

(3) to the extent the Revolving Agent has determined that the collateral requirements under the Revolving Credit Agreement Documents with respect to the Prepetition Shared Collateral (as defined in the DIP Order) thereunder have been satisfied, the Collateral and Guaranty Requirements under this Agreement shall be deemed satisfied if like actions are undertaken hereunder with respect thereto.

 

12


Collateral Rig ” shall mean each Rig listed on Schedule  6.22 .

Collateral Rig Mortgages ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary ” shall mean each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries that has an ownership interest in one or more Collateral Rigs.

Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.

Communications ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.03(d)(ii).

Consummation Date ” shall mean the date of the substantial consummation (as defined in Section 1101 of the Bankruptcy Code) of an Acceptable Plan of Reorganization that is confirmed pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided, that for purposes hereof, the Consummation Date of the plan of reorganization shall be no later than the “effective date” thereof.

Consultants ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.15.

Conversion ,” “ Convert ” and “ Converted ” each refer to a conversion of Loans of one Type into Loans of the other Type pursuant to Sections 2.06(c), 2.07, or 2.08.

CS Commitment Order ” shall mean that certain Order (I)  Authorizing the Debtors to (A)  Enter into Exit Financing Commitment Letter and Related Agreements and (B)  Incur and Pay Certain Related Fees and/or Premiums, Indemnities, Costs and Expenses; and (II)  Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 518].

Debtor ” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraphs hereto.

Default ” shall mean any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Default Interest ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.06(b).

DIP Budget ” shall mean a statement of the Borrower’s operating cash flow on a weekly basis for the period of thirteen weeks commencing with the calendar week during which the Effective Date occurs containing line items of sufficient detail, including the anticipated uses of the Loans for each week during such period, and in substantially the form attached to the DIP Order. As used herein, “DIP Budget” shall initially refer to the budget attached to the DIP Order and, thereafter, the most recent DIP Budget delivered by the Borrower and approved or deemed approved by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 7.03(a)(iv).

DIP Claims ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a).

 

13


DIP Order ” shall mean a final order of the Bankruptcy Court (including all schedules and exhibits thereto, including, without limitation, the Priority Waterfall) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders (i) authorizing and approving the Term Facility, (ii) granting the Superpriority Claim status and the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent referred to herein and in the other Loan Documents, (iii) approving the payment by the Borrower of the fees provided for herein and (iv) providing for other customary matters, with only such modifications as are satisfactory to the Required Lenders (and to the extent affecting the rights, duties, privileges, protections, indemnities or immunities of the Agents, the Agents).

Disbursements Variance ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the numerical difference between total disbursements for such period to total disbursements for such period as set forth in the DIP Budget then in effect on a rolling two-week and cumulative basis and, to the extent the difference is a positive number, the percentage such difference is of the cumulative budgeted amount for disbursements for such period.

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of such Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (in each case other than in exchange for or conversion into Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of such Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Initial Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of such Capital Stock have the right to require the Borrower to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Borrower may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant set forth in Section 7.10. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock.

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” shall each mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time of determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such other currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with such other currency as published in the “Currency Rates” section of the Financial Times entitled “Currencies, Bonds & Interest Rates” (or, if the Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in the Financial Times, such source as may be selected in good faith by the Borrower) on the date of such determination. Except as expressly provided otherwise, whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has complied with any covenant or other provision in the Indenture or if there has occurred an Event of Default and an amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, such amount will be treated as the Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is initially determined in such non-dollar currency.

 

14


Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, each Subsidiary of such Person that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Drilling Contract ” shall mean any charterparty, pool agreement or drilling contract in respect of any Collateral Rig or other contract for use of any Collateral Rig.

Earnings ” shall mean, with respect to any Collateral Rig, (a) all freight, hire and passage moneys payable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as a consequence of the operation of such Collateral Rig, including without limitation payments under any Drilling Contract in respect of such Collateral Rig, (b) any claim under any guarantee in respect of any Drilling Contract or otherwise related to freight, hire or passage moneys, in each case payable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as a consequence of the operation of such Collateral Rig; (c) compensation payable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the event of any requisition of such Collateral Rig; (d) remuneration for salvage, towage and other services performed by such Collateral Rig and payable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (e) demurrage and retention money receivable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in relation to such Collateral Rig; (f) all moneys which are at any time payable under the insurances in respect of loss of Earnings with respect to such Collateral Rig; (g) if and whenever such Collateral Rig is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within items (a) through (f) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to such Collateral Rig; and (h) other money whatsoever due or to become due to any of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in relation to such Collateral Rig.

Earnings Accounts ” shall mean, with respect to any Collateral Rig, an interest bearing account into which all Earnings derived from any Drilling Contract with respect to such Collateral Rig (other than Earnings payable to a Local Content Subsidiary) and all Event of Loss Proceeds received in respect of an Event of Loss with respect to such Collateral Rig shall be deposited or forwarded that is subject to an account control agreement, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law.

Earnings Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, all “Collateral” as defined in each Assignment of Earnings.

EEA Financial Institution ” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country ” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

15


EEA Resolution Authority ” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of Section 5.01.

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean and include a commercial bank, an insurance company, a finance company, a financial institution, any fund that invests in loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act); provided that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be an Eligible Transferee at any time.

Environmental Claims ” shall mean any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, directives, claims, Liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating in any way to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereafter, “ Claims ”), including (a) any and all Claims by Governmental Authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response or remedial actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law, and (b) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief arising out of alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment to the extent due to the Release of or exposure to Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Law ” shall mean any applicable federal, state, foreign, national, international or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, convention legally binding and enforceable guideline or written policy and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, to the extent binding on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, employee health and safety or Hazardous Materials, including CERCLA; OPA; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq. ; the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq. ; the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq. (to the extent it regulates occupational exposure to Hazardous Materials); and any state and local or foreign counterparts or equivalents, in each case as amended from time to time.

Equity Interests ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security or loan that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA, as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.

 

16


ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) which together with the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

Escrow Funding ” shall mean the exit financing arranged by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC regarding the issuance of $750,000,000 first lien secured notes and $250,000,000 second lien notes (collectively the “ Exit Notes ”) whereby the funds from the Exit Notes will be issued to the respective Escrow Vehicles and deposited into respective escrow accounts until such time as all conditions precedent are satisfied under each of the Exit Notes.

Escrow Vehicles ” shall mean those newly created non-debtor, non-Guarantor bankruptcy-remote special purpose direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower that will hold the Exit Facility Costs (as defined in the CS Commitment Order) and the proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes.

EU Savings Directive ” means the European Council Directive 2003/48/EC of 3 June 2003 on taxation of savings income.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Rate ” shall mean with respect to each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent on the Effective Date and thereafter on the last day of each Interest Period (which shall be a Business Day) for the next succeeding Interest Period (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greater of (A) 1.00%, and (B) the product of (i) the rate of interest which is identified and normally published by Bloomberg Professional Service Page BBAM 1 as the offered rate for loans in United States dollars for the applicable Interest Period under the caption British Bankers Association Eurodollar Rates as of 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the second full Business Day next preceding the first day of such Interest Period (unless such date is not a Business Day, in which event the next succeeding Business Day will be used); and (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate. If Bloomberg Professional Service no longer reports the Eurodollar Rate or such index no longer exists or Page BBAM 1 no longer exists, the Administrative Agent may select a replacement index or replacement page, as the case may be, that reasonably reflects such rate.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” shall mean a Loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.06(a)(ii).

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.

Event of Loss ” shall mean any of the following events:

(a) the actual or constructive total loss of any Collateral Rig or the agreed or compromised total loss of any Collateral Rig;

(b) the destruction of any Collateral Rig;

 

17


(c) damage to any Collateral Rig to an extent, determined in good faith by the Borrower within 90 days after the occurrence of such damage, as shall make repair thereof uneconomical or shall render such Collateral Rig permanently unfit for normal use (other than obsolescence); or

(d) the condemnation, confiscation, requisition for title, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of title to or use of any Collateral Rig that shall not be revoked within six months.

An Event of Loss shall be deemed to have occurred:

(a) in the event of the destruction or other actual total loss of any Collateral Rig, on the date of such loss, or if such date is unknown, on the date such Collateral Rig was last reported;

(b) in the event of a constructive, agreed or compromised total loss of any Collateral Rig, on the date of determination of such total loss;

(c) in the case of any event referred to in clause (c) above, upon the such date of determination; or

(d) in the case of any event referred to in clause (d) above, on the date that is six months after the occurrence of such event.

Event of Loss Proceeds ” means all cash compensation, damages and other payments (including insurance proceeds) received by or on behalf of the Borrower or a Subsidiary or the Collateral Agent from any Person, including any governmental authority, with respect to or in connection with an Event of Loss.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, branch profits Taxes and net wealth Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, a resident for tax purposes in by reason of maintaining a fixed place of business in, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, Luxembourg withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.11) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office (other than pursuant to Section 2.10), except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 4.07 amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 4.07(g), (d) Taxes required by virtue of (i) the EU Savings

 

18


Directive; (ii) the Luxembourg laws of 21 June 2005 implementing the EU Savings Directive and several bilateral agreements concluded with certain dependent or associated territories of the European Union; or (iii) the Luxembourg law of 23 December 2005 and (e) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.24.

Existing Term Loan ” means the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among, inter alia , the Borrower, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, and the Existing Term Loan Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Existing Term Loan Agent ” shall mean Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Existing Term Loan, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

Existing Secured Debt ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Existing Secured Notes, (b) the Revolving Credit Obligations, (c) the SSCF and (d) the Existing Term Loan, in each case including any adequate protection claims related thereto.

Existing Secured Notes ” shall mean, collectively, the (a) 7.250% senior secured notes due 2017 issued pursuant to that certain indenture, dated as of November 28, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ 2017 Notes Indenture ”), by and among Pacific Drilling V Limited, the Borrower, as guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee and collateral agent, (b) 5.375% senior secured notes due 2020 issued by the Borrower under that certain indenture dated as of June 3, 2013, by and among the Borrower and its respective subsidiaries and affiliates, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.

Fair Market Value ” shall mean the value that would be paid by an informed and willing buyer to an unaffiliated, informed and willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, as determined in good faith by an Authorized Representative of the Borrower or, with respects to such values in excess of $25,000,000, the Board of Directors of the Borrower (unless otherwise provided in this Agreement).

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.

FCPA ” shall mean the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as

 

19


published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Fees ” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to or referred to in Section 3.01.

Financial Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or treasurer of such Person.

Foreign Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean any Subsidiary Guarantor that is then a Foreign Subsidiary.

Foreign Pension Plan ” shall mean any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Borrower or any one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made on termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Foreign Pledge Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Foreign Subsidiary Guaranty ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, each Subsidiary of such Person which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied in accordance with Section 12.07(a).

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(a).

 

20


Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, ureaformaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas, (b) any chemicals, materials or substances regulated as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous substances,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any Environmental Law, and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is regulated by any Governmental Authority under Environmental Laws.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

(a) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against, or manage exposure to, fluctuations in interest rates, or to otherwise reduce the cost of borrowing of such Person or any of such Restricted Subsidiaries, with respect to Indebtedness incurred;

(b) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against, or manage exposure to, fluctuations in currency exchanges rates;

(c) any commodity futures contract, commodity swap, commodity option, commodity forward sale or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against, or manage exposure to, fluctuations in the price of commodities used by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and

(d) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against, or manage exposure to, fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates.

Incur ” shall mean, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables (or intercompany reimbursement obligations in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business), whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

(c) representing reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments, other than such reimbursement obligations that relate to trade payables or other obligations that are not themselves Indebtedness, in each case, that were entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such reimbursement obligations are satisfied within 10 business days following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument;

 

21


(d) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(e) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed;

(f) representing Hedging Obligations of such Person; or

(g) representing Attributable Indebtedness of such Person in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.01.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Insurance Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, all “Insurance Proceeds” as defined in each Assignment of Insurance Proceeds.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among Citibank, N.A., as pari passu collateral agent, the Revolving Credit Agent, the Existing Term Loan Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee under the Existing Secured Notes, the Borrower, and certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Interest Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the second Business Day prior to the commencement of any Interest Period relating to such Loan.

Interest Period ” shall mean, for each Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurodollar Rate Loan or the date of the Conversion of any Base Rate Loan into such Eurodollar Rate Loan, and ending on the last day of the period and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be one month; provided , however , that:

(a) if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

 

22


(b) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the first succeeding Business Day; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Loan would otherwise expire on a day which is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(c) no Interest Period in respect of any Borrowing of Loans shall be selected which extends beyond the Maturity Date; and

(d) the selection of Interest Periods shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.06.

Internal Charter ” shall mean any charter or other contract respecting the use or operations of any Collateral Rig between a Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary and any Internal Charterer, to the extent such charter does not materially adversely affect the interests of the Lenders.

Internal Charterer ” shall mean any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower controlled by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Local Content Subsidiary) that is not the owner of the relevant Collateral Rig and that is party to a Drilling Contract in respect of a Collateral Rig and entitled to receive Earnings thereunder.

Investments ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business, and excluding extensions of trade credit or other advances to customers on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices or otherwise in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of. The acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will, on the date of such acquisition, be deemed to be an Investment by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in such third Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Involuntary Transfer ” shall mean, with respect to any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (a) any damage to such property or asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised total loss, (b) the confiscation, condemnation, requisition, appropriation or similar taking of such property or asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, or (c) foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien or the exercise by a holder of a Lien of any rights with respect to it.

 

23


ISM Code ” shall mean the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation Assembly as Resolutions A.741 (18) and A.788 (19), as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “safety management system”, “Safety Management Certificate” and “Document of Compliance” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code).

ISPS Code ” shall mean the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code constituted pursuant to resolution A.924(22) of the International Maritime Organisation (“ IMO ”) adopted by a Diplomatic conference of the IMO on Maritime Security on 13 December 2002 and now set out in Chapter XI-2 of the Safety of Life at Sea Convention (SOLAS) 1974 (as amended) which took effect on 1 July 2004.

Leaseholds ” of any Person shall mean all the right, title and interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of land, improvements and/or fixtures.

Lender ” shall mean each financial institution listed on Annex  I , as well as any Person which becomes a “Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11 or 12.04(b).

Lender Creditors ” shall mean the Lenders holding from time to time outstanding Loans and/or Commitments and the Agents, each in their respective capacities.

Lien ” shall mean with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction, other than a precautionary financing statement in respect of a lease not intended as a security agreement.

Loan ” shall mean the Term Loans.

Loan Account ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03.

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, each Note, each Fee Letter, each Pledge Agreement, each Security Document, each Subsidiary Guaranty and, after the execution and delivery thereof, each additional guaranty or additional security document executed pursuant to Sections 7.07 and any amendments and waivers to any of the foregoing.

Loan Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Local Content Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to a Drilling Contract or otherwise holds the right to receive Earnings attributable to a Collateral Rig or any Related Assets for the purpose of satisfying any local content law or regulation or similar law or regulation.

 

24


Margin Regulations ” shall mean Regulations U, T and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Regulation U.

Market Disruption Event ” shall occur if, before close of business in New York on the Interest Determination Date for the relevant Interest Period, the Administrative Agent receives notifications from Lenders holding outstanding Loans at such time equal to at least 50% of the outstanding amount of all Loans at such time that (i) the cost to such Lenders of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the relevant Interest Period would be in excess of the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period or (ii) such Lenders are unable to obtain funding in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse effect on the operations, business, properties, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the earliest of (a) November 30, 2018, (b) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Debtors and (c) the Consummation Date.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Net Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, relocation expenses incurred as a result of such Asset Sale, and taxes paid or payable as a result of such Asset Sale after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax-sharing arrangements, (b) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Term Loans or any Subsidiaries Guaranty) which must by its terms, in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale and (c) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets, for indemnification obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale or for other liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary until such time

 

25


as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be.

New Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in the CS Commitment Order.

Nigerian Letter of Credit ” shall mean a letter of credit issued in a face amount not to exceed $28,000,000 to support an offshore drilling and completion services contract between Nigerian AGIP Exploration Limited, Pacific International Drilling West Africa Ltd., and Pacific Bora Limited and any related cash collateral required to secure such Nigerian Letter of Credit.

Note ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

Notice of Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.02.

Notice Office ” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 10 S. Riverside Plaza, Suite 875, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention: Meghan McCauley, facsimile: (612) 217-5651; email: MMcCauley@WilmingtonTrust.com, or such other office as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto.

Obligations ” shall mean all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness (including, without limitation, principal, premium, interest, fees and indemnities (including, without limitation, all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding of any Loan Party at the rate provided for in the respective documentation, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding)) of each Loan Party to the Lender Creditors, whether now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of, or in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party (including, in the case of each Loan Party that is a Subsidiary Guarantor, all such obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of such Loan Party under any Subsidiary Guaranty to which such Subsidiary Guarantor is a party) and the due performance and compliance by such Loan Party with all of the terms, conditions and agreements contained in this Agreement and in such other Loan Documents.

OFAC ” and “ OFAC Lists ” shall have the respective meanings set forth in Section 6.24.

OPA ” shall mean the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq.

Operational Consultant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.15.

Other Connection Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

26


Other Superpriority Claim ” shall mean a superpriority administrative expense claim against any of the Debtors (without the need to file any proof of claim) with priority over any and all claims against each of the Debtors, now existing or hereafter arising, of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, all administrative expenses of the kind specified in Sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and any and all administrative expenses or other claims arising under Sections 105, 326, 328, 330, 331, 365, 503(b), 506(c) (subject to entry of the DIP Order), 507(a), 507(b), 726, 1113 or 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code other than the Superpriority Claims described in Section  2.12 .

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, other than any such Taxes (a) that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to a Lender’s assignment of all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than an assignment made at the request of the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11) or (b) that are imposed by Luxembourg (or any political subdivision thereof) as a result of any voluntary registration by a Lender of any Loan Document when such registration is neither ordered by a competent court or an official authority nor required to establish, maintain or preserve any rights of any Recipient.

Pacific Zonda Arbitration ” shall mean the arbitration commenced in London, England by Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (“ SHI ”) on November 18, 2015 relating to the contract between SHI and the Borrower for the construction of a drillship known as the “Pacific Zonda”.

PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub.L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended.

Payment Office ” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 10 S. Riverside Plaza, Suite 875, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention: Meghan McCauley, facsimile: (612) 217-5651; email: MMcCauley@WilmingtonTrust.com, or such other office as the Administrative Agent may hereafter designate in writing as such to the other parties hereto.

PDSI ” shall mean Debtor Pacific Drilling Services, Inc.

PDVIII ” shall mean Debtor Pacific Drilling VIII, Ltd.

Percentage ” of any Lender at any time shall mean a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitment (or, after the termination thereof, the outstanding principal amount of the Loan) of such Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Commitments (or, after the termination thereof, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans) of all of the Lenders at such time.

Permitted Business ” shall mean a business relating to the contracting of ultra-deepwater drilling rigs, related equipment and work crews to drill offshore wells in which the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries were engaged on the Effective Date and any business reasonably related or complimentary thereto.

 

27


Permitted Debt ” shall mean any of the following:

(a) (i) the Existing Secured Debt and (ii) other Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date;

(b) any intercompany Indebtedness permitted by the Cash Management Order or the Adequate Protection Order;

(c) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Pacific Zonda Arbitration in an amount not to exceed the value of the Pacific Zonda ;

(d) the Escrow Funding;

(e) the Incurrence by Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Borrower and any of the Subsidiary Guarantors solely to the extent permitted by the DIP Budget; provided , however , that upon any (1) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or (2) sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, the exception provided by this clause (e) shall no longer be applicable to such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred at the time of any such issuance, sale or transfer;

(f) the Nigerian Letter of Credit;

(g) the guarantee by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this definition or Section 7.11; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Obligations, then the guaranty shall be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

(h) the Incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, and performance, customs, importation and surety bonds or other Indebtedness of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(i) the Incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

(j) [reserved]; and

(k) the Incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness not otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above that, together with any other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (k) then outstanding, has an aggregate principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, not to exceed $5,000,000.

 

28


Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) any Investment in the Borrower or in any Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent permitted by the DIP Budget;

(b) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(c) any intercompany Investment permitted by the Cash Management Order or the Adequate Protection Order;

(d) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from (i) an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under Section 7.09 or (ii) a disposition of properties or assets that does not constitute an Asset Sale;

(e) any Investment into the Escrow Vehicles as contemplated by the CS Commitment Order;

(f) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer and any Investments obtained in exchange for any such Investments;

(g) [reserved];

(h) any guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Agreement;

(i) Investments that are in existence on the Effective Date, and any extension, modification or renewal thereof, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Effective Date);

(j) [reserved];

(k) loans or advances referred to in Section 7.12(c)(v);

(l) Investments in any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

29


(m) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (m) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $1,000,000.

Permitted Liens ” shall mean:

(a) Liens in existence on the Effective Date with respect to (i) the Existing Secured Debt and (ii) other Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date;

(b) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or, if granted by any Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, Liens in favor of any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) Liens imposed by law, such as suppliers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in favor of SHI with respect to the Pacific Zonda ;

(d) Liens granted with respect to the Escrow Funding and to the extent contemplated by the CS Commitment Order;

(e) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety, customs, importation or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents to secure letters of credit, bank guarantees and similar instruments issued in support of such obligations); provided that, in the case of any such Liens on assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, such Liens shall extend solely to cash and/or Cash Equivalents of such Subsidiary Guarantor;

(f) [reserved];

(g) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims (i) that are not yet delinquent or (ii) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which any reserve or other appropriate provision as required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(h) Liens imposed by law, such as suppliers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business, for amounts (i) not more than thirty (30) days past due or (ii) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which any reserve or other appropriate provision as required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(i) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar;

purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the applicable Person;

 

30


(j) Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations or the Subsidiaries Guarantees;

(k) Liens on cash collateral to secure the Nigerian Letter of Credit;

(l) Liens arising by reason of any judgment, attachment, decree or order of any court or other governmental authority not giving rise to an Event of Default that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which any reserve or other appropriate provision as required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

(m) Liens securing cash management obligations owing to a bank and rights of setoff in favor of a bank, imposed by law or granted in the ordinary course of business on deposit accounts maintained with such bank and cash and Cash Equivalents in such accounts;

(n) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations permitted hereunder and entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(o) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from Rig chartering, drydocking, maintenance, repair, refurbishment, the furnishing of supplies and bunkers to Rigs or masters’, officers’ or crews’ wages and maritime Liens, in the case of each of the foregoing, which were not Incurred or created to secure the payment of Indebtedness;

(p) Liens arising under a contract over goods, documents of title to goods and related documents and insurances and their proceeds, in each case in respect of documentary credit transactions entered into with customers of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens arising under any retention of title or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens representing the interest in title of a lessor;

(s) Liens on the assets of Pacific Drilling VIII Limited and Pacific Drilling Services Inc. to secure an arbitration award relating to the Pacific Zonda Arbitration;

(t) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate principal amount of which obligations or Indebtedness do not exceed at any one time outstanding $5,000,000; and

(u) Liens granted to secure adequate protection claims of the Prepetition Secured Parties (as defined in the DIP Order), subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall).

 

31


Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or Governmental Authority.

Plan ” shall mean any pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, excluding any pension plan that is not subject to Titles I or IV of ERISA, which is maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of) the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which the Borrower, or a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Platform ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.03(d)(i).

Pledge Agreement ” shall mean, collectively, the U.S. Pledge Agreement, each Foreign Pledge Agreement and any other pledge agreement executed and delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements” or Section 7.07.

Pledge Agreement Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, all “Pledged Collateral”, “Pledged Assets” or an equivalent term, as applicable, as defined in each Pledge Agreement.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean “Pledged Shares”, “Shares” or an equivalent term, as applicable, as defined in the applicable Pledge Agreement.

Preferred Stock ” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, shall mean Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Prepetition Payment ” shall mean a payment (by way of adequate protection or otherwise) of principal or interest or otherwise on account of any (i) Indebtedness of any Debtor outstanding and unpaid on the date on which such Person becomes a Debtor, (ii) critical or foreign vendor payments or (iii) trade payables (including, without limitation, in respect of reclamation claims) or other pre-petition claims against any Debtor.

Primed Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).

Prime Rate ” shall mean the prime rate as reported in the money rate column of the “Wall Street Journal” on the date of determination. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer.

Priority Waterfall ” shall have the meaning specified in the DIP Order.

Projections ” shall mean the detailed projected consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the four fiscal years ending after the Effective Date, which projections shall (a) reflect the forecasted consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries after giving effect to the financing hereof, and (b) be prepared and approved by an Authorized Representative of the Borrower.

 

32


Pro Rata Share ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.08(b).

Ready for Sea Cost ” shall mean, with respect to a Rig to be acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of all expenditures Incurred to acquire or construct and bring such Rig to the condition and location necessary for its intended use, including any and all inspections, appraisals, repairs, modifications, additions, permits and licenses in connection with such acquisition or lease.

Real Property ” of any Person shall mean all the right, title and interest of such Person in and to land, improvements and fixtures, including Leaseholds.

Recipient ” shall mean (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) any Lender, as applicable.

Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.15.

Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof.

Related Assets ” shall mean, with respect to any Collateral Rig, (a) proceeds of any insurance policies and contracts from time to time in force with respect to such Collateral Rig, (b) any requisition compensation payable in respect of any compulsory acquisition of such Collateral Rig, (c) any Earnings derived from the use or operation of such Collateral Rig (other than Earnings payable to a Local Content Subsidiary) and/or any account to which such Earnings are deposited, (d) any charters, operating leases, Rig purchase options and related agreements with respect to such Collateral Rig entered into, and any security or guarantee in respect of the charterer’s or lessee’s obligations under such charter, lease, Rig purchase option or agreement and (e) any security interest in, or agreement or assignment relating to, any of the foregoing or any mortgage in respect of such Collateral Rig; provided that Related Assets will not include any Excluded Property.

Release ” shall mean any disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, pumping, leaking, leaching, dumping, emitting, escaping, emptying, pouring, seeping, migrating, into, or upon the environment, including any land or water or air.

 

33


Relevant Business Day ” shall mean, when used in connection with the creation of a Lien on any asset, any Business Day that is not a day on which banking institutions in any jurisdiction the laws of which are relevant to the creation of such Lien are authorized or required by law to close.

Replaced Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.11.

Replacement Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.11.

Representative ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.08(d).

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders the sum of whose outstanding Commitments (or, after the termination thereof, outstanding principal amount of Loans) at such time represent an amount greater than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Commitments (or after the termination thereof, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans) of all Lenders at such time.

Restricted Investment ” shall mean any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean any of the following:

(a) any declaration or payment of any dividend or any other payment or distribution on account of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Borrower’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary);

(b) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving the Borrower) of any Equity Interests of the Borrower held by any Person (other than any such Equity Interests held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) or of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary held by an affiliate of the Borrower (other than Equity Interests held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) (in each case other than in exchange for Equity Interests of the Borrower that do not constitute Disqualified Stock);

(c) any principal payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Loans or to any Subsidiary Guaranty (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), except the purchase, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition of such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year after the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition, and the payment of principal of such Indebtedness at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

 

34


(d) any Restricted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean all Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Returns ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.09.

Revolving Credit Agent ” shall mean Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among the Borrower, the lenders party hereto from time to time, the Revolving Credit Agent and Citibank, N.A. as initial issuing lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Revolving Credit Agreement Documents ” shall mean the Revolving Credit Agreement, the notes issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement, each Security Document (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) and any other Credit Documents (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement).

Revolving Credit Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Revolving Credit Agreement Documents as of the Effective Date.

Rig ” shall mean, collectively, offshore drilling rigs, including, semisubmersibles, drillships, jack-ups, semisubmersible tender assist vessels and submersible rigs, owned by the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and, individually, any of such rigs.

Rig Value ” shall mean, with respect to each Rig, the aggregate contract price for the acquisition or construction of such Rig, in each case together with all related spares, equipment and any additions or improvements thereto (or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such Rig), as applicable, plus any Ready for Sea Cost with respect to such Rig.

S&P ” shall mean S&P Global Ratings.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” shall mean an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and leases it from such Person.

SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, all “Collateral” as defined in each U.S. Security Agreement.

 

35


Security Documents ”, if any, shall mean each Pledge Agreement, each U.S. Security Agreement, each Assignment of Insurance Proceeds, each Assignment of Earnings, each Assignment of Management Agreement, each Assignment of Internal Charter, each Collateral Rig Mortgage, each control agreement and other security document required to be delivered pursuant to the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements” and each additional security document delivered pursuant to Section 7.07.

SHI ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Pacific Zonda Arbitration”.

SSCF ” shall mean that certain Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2013, among Pacific Sharav S.à.r.l. and Pacific Drilling VII Limited, as borrowers, the Borrower, as guarantor, and the arrangers, lenders and agents named therein, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, mortgages, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

Stated Maturity ” shall mean, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any item or series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Effective Date or, if such item or series is Incurred after the Effective Date, the date such item or series is Incurred.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” shall mean, for any day as applied to any Term Loan, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages that are in effect on that day (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves), expressed as a decimal, as prescribed by the Board and to which the Administrative Agent is subject, for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Term Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subsidiaries Guaranty ” shall mean and include the guaranty provided for in Section 10 of this Agreement, each Foreign Subsidiary Guaranty and any other guaranty executed and delivered by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements” or any of Section 7.07.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person:

(a) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting

 

36


power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(b) any partnership of which (i) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof), whether in the form of general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, or (ii) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Debtor.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean, for each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Annex I directly below the column entitled “Commitment”.

Term Loan Percentage ” of any Lender at any time shall mean a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and the denominator of which is the Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders at such time, provided that if the Percentage of any Lender is to be determined after the Term Loan Commitments have been terminated, then the Percentage of such Lender shall be determined immediately prior (and without giving effect) to such termination.

Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

Test Date ” shall mean 5:00 PM New York City time on the fifth Business Day of the first complete week following the week during which the Effective Date occurs and no later than 5:00 PM New York City time on the fifth Business Day of each succeeding calendar week.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the funding of the Loans on the Effective Date and thereafter, and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents and the creation of the Liens pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the DIP Order and (b) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing (including any original issue discount or upfront fees).

Type ” shall mean a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the relevant jurisdiction.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” shall each mean the United States of America.

 

37


Unused Line Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(c).

U.S. Pledge Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

U.S. Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

Variance ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Budget Variance Report.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Withdrawal Certificate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.03(a).

Withholding Agent ” shall mean any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.02 Terms Generally; Accounting Terms; GAAP .

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP occurring after the Effective Date or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting

 

38


Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

(c) The words “include,” “includes” and “including” as used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase, “without limitation.”

(d) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(e) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(f) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to formation documents, governing documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent refinancings, replacements, amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any law, statute or regulation shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law, statute or regulation.

SECTION 2. Amount and Terms of Term Loans .

2.01 The Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each, a “ Term Loan ” and collectively, the “ Term Loans ”) to the Borrower on and after the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment. The Borrower may make up to three borrowings of Term Loans which shall consist of Term Loans made simultaneously by the Lenders on and after the Effective Date and prior to the Maturity Date in accordance with their respective Percentage. The Term Loans: (i) shall be denominated in Dollars and (ii) shall bear interest in accordance with Section 2.06. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

2.02 Notice of Borrowing .

(a) When the Borrower desires to incur the Loans hereunder, an Authorized Representative of the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Notice Office (i) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Term Loan to be incurred hereunder, provided that such notice shall be deemed to have been given on a certain day only if given before 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on such day. Such written notice or written confirmation of telephonic notice (a “ Notice of

 

39


Borrowing ”), except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.08, shall be irrevocable and shall be given in writing by the Borrower in the form of Exhibit  B , appropriately completed to specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be incurred pursuant to the Borrowing, (ii) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day and the Effective Date) and (iii) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender notice of the Borrowing, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters required by the immediately preceding sentence to be specified in the Notice of Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in the Notice of Borrowing, then the Loans shall be made as Base Rate Loans.

(b) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any telephonic notice of any Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, the Administrative Agent may act without liability upon the basis of telephonic notice of the Borrowing or a prepayment, as the case may be, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Representative of the Borrower prior to receipt of written confirmation. In each such case, the Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent’s record of the terms of such telephonic notice of the Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, as the case may be, absent manifest error.

2.03 Disbursement of Funds .

(a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date specified in the Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its Percentage of the Borrowing. All such amounts will be made available in Dollars and in immediately available funds at the Payment Office and the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower (prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) in accordance with Section 2.03(b), to the extent of funds actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on such day) at the Payment Office, the aggregate of the amounts so made available by the Lenders. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of the Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of the Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the date of the Borrowing and the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion (but shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be obligated to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and such amount is advanced to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover on demand from such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower until the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if recovered from such Lender, the overnight Federal Funds Rate for the first three days and at the interest rate otherwise applicable to such Loans for each day thereafter and (ii) if recovered from the Borrower, the rate of interest

 

40


applicable to the Borrowing, as determined pursuant to Section 2.06. Nothing in this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to make Loans hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any failure by such Lender to make Loans hereunder.

(b) The funds disbursed pursuant to each Borrowing shall be deposited in a deposit account located at, and controlled by, the Administrative Agent and held as Collateral subject to a Lien (such deposit account, the “ Loan Account ”). Such funds shall be disbursed from the Loan Account solely in accordance with the DIP Budget and Section 5.03 of this Agreement.

2.04 Notes .

(a) The Borrower’s obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.15 and shall, if requested by such Lender as provided below, also be evidenced by a promissory note duly executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit  C , with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith (each a “ Note ” and, collectively, the “ Notes ”).

(b) The Note issued to each Lender that has made a Loan shall (i) be executed by the Borrower, (ii) be payable to such Lender or its registered assigns and be dated the Effective Date, (iii) be in a stated principal amount equal to the Loan made by such Lender and be payable in the outstanding principal amount of the Loan evidenced thereby, (iv) mature on the Maturity Date, (v) bear interest as provided in Section 2.06, (vi) be subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment as provided in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 and (vii) be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(c) Each Lender will note on its internal records the amount of the Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof and, prior to the surrender of a Note pursuant to Section 12.15, will endorse on the reverse side thereof the outstanding principal amount of Loans evidenced thereby. Failure to make any such notation or any error in such notation or endorsement shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 2.04 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Notes shall only be delivered to Lenders which at any time specifically request the delivery of such Notes. No failure of any Lender to request or obtain a Note evidencing its Loans to the Borrower shall affect or in any manner impair the obligations of the Borrower to pay the Loans (and all related Obligations) incurred by the Borrower which would otherwise be evidenced thereby in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, and shall not in any way affect the security or guaranties therefor provided pursuant to the various Loan Documents. Any Lender which does not have a Note evidencing its outstanding Loans shall in no event be required to make the notations otherwise described in preceding clause (c). At any time when any Lender requests the delivery of a Note to evidence any of its Loans, the Borrower shall (at its expense) promptly execute and deliver to the respective Lender the requested Note in the appropriate amount or amounts to evidence such Loans.

 

41


2.05 Pro Rata Borrowings . The Borrowings of Loans under this Agreement shall be incurred from the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their Commitments. It is understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender of its obligation to make a Loan hereunder and that each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.

2.06 Interest .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of Borrowing thereof until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

(i) Base Rate Loans. During such periods as such Loan is a Base Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of (x) the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus (y) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable monthly in arrears on each Base Rate Payment Date, on the date such Base Rate Loan shall be Converted and on the date of any repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid), at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

(ii) Eurodollar Rate Loans. During such periods as such Loan is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such Loan to the sum of (1) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period for such Loan plus (2) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable monthly in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period, on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be Converted and on the date of any repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid), at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall pay interest (“ Default Interest ”) on (i) the overdue outstanding principal amount of each Loan, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a), as applicable, and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2.00% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such Loan pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a), as applicable and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the amount of any overdue interest, fee or other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender Party that is not paid when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall be paid in full, payable in arrears on the date such amount shall be paid in full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2.00% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on Base Rate Loans pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.06(a).

(c) Promptly after receipt of the Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02, a notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 2.07 or a notice of selection of an Interest Period pursuant to the definition thereof, the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and each Lender of the applicable Interest Period and the applicable interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent for purposes of clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a). Each such determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

42


2.07 Conversion of Loans .

(a) Optional . The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.06 and 2.08, Convert all or any portion of the Loans of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Loans of the other Type; provided , however , that any Conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans shall be made only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans, any Conversion of Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in an amount not less than (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) with respect to Base Rate Loans, $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, no Conversion of any Loans shall result in more separate Borrowings than permitted under Section 2.01 or 2.12, as applicable, and each Conversion of Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their Commitments. Each such notice of Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the identity, amount and Class of the Loans to be Converted and (iii) if such Conversion is into Eurodollar Rate Loans, the duration of the initial Interest Period for such Loans. Each notice of Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) If the Borrower shall fail to select the duration of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1.01, the Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon each such Eurodollar Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Loan.

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (in the case of an Event of Default under Section 8.01, automatically, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon the request of the Required Lenders), (1) each Eurodollar Rate Loan will on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Loan and (2) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Loans into, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended.

2.08 Increased Costs, Illegality, Market Disruption, etc .

(a) (i) In the event that any Recipient shall have determined (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) at any time, that such Recipient shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any Loan because of, without duplication, the introduction of or effectiveness of or any change since the Effective Date in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline, directive or request

 

43


(whether or not having the force of law) concerning capital adequacy, liquidity requirements or changes therein or otherwise or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, order, guideline or request, such as, for example, but not limited to: (1) any such introduction, effectiveness or change subjecting any Recipient to any Tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Loan or Notes, Commitment, or deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto or its obligation to make such Loan or a change in the basis of taxation of payment to any Recipient of the principal of or interest on the Loans or the Notes or any other amounts payable hereunder (other than any change in the rate or basis of taxation of any Excluded Tax), but without duplication of any amounts payable in respect of Taxes or Indemnified Taxes pursuant to Section 4.07, (2) a change in official reserve requirements but, in all events, excluding reserves required under Regulation D to the extent included in the computation of the Eurodollar Rate or (3) a change that will have the effect of increasing the amount of capital adequacy or liquidity required or requested by an applicable governmental regulatory authority to be maintained by such Lender, or any corporation controlling such Lender, based on the existence of such Lender’s Commitments or Loans made hereunder or its obligations hereunder,

(ii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any Eurodollar Rate Loan has been made unlawful by any law or governmental rule, regulation or order or any central bank or other governmental body or authority shall assert that it is unlawful;

then, and in any such event, such Recipient shall promptly give notice (by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders). Thereafter (1) in the case of clause (i) above, the Borrower agrees (to the extent applicable), to pay to such Recipient, upon its written demand therefor, such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate such Recipient or such other corporation for the increased costs or reductions to such Recipient or such other corporation and (2) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.08(b). In determining such additional amounts, each Recipient will act reasonably and in good faith and will use averaging and attribution methods which are reasonable; provided that such Recipient’s determination of compensation owing under this Section 2.08(a) shall, absent manifest error be final and conclusive and binding on all the parties hereto. Each Recipient, upon determining that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.08(a), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall show in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation of such additional amounts. In the case of the circumstances described in Section 2.08(a)(ii), the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Loans into, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

(b) At any time that any Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.08(a)(i) or (ii), the Borrower may (and in the case of a Loan affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.08(a)(ii) shall) either (i) if the affected Loan is then being made initially, cancel the Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) on the same date or the next Business Day that the Borrower was notified by the affected Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.08(a)(i) or (ii) or (ii) if

 

44


the affected Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent, in the case of any Loan, repay the Borrowing (within the time period required by the applicable law or governmental rule, governmental regulation or governmental order) in full in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 4.02; provided that prior to such repayment, in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Loan that is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.08(a)(ii), such Loans will automatically, upon delivery of such notice, Convert into a Base Rate Loan; provided , further , that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated the same pursuant to this Section 2.08(b).

(c) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Eurodollar Rate Loan for any Interest Period, then the Administrative Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon (i) each such Eurodollar Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Loan and (ii) the obligation of the Lenders to Convert Loans into, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that such Lenders have determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

(d) [reserved].

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change after the Effective Date in an applicable law or governmental rule, regulation or order, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented for all purposes under or in connection with this Agreement (including this Section 2.08).

2.09 Compensation . The Borrower agrees to compensate each Lender, upon its written request (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such compensation), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Lender to fund its Eurodollar Rate Loans but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender or the Administrative Agent) a Eurodollar Rate Borrowing does not occur on a date specified therefor in the applicable Notice of Borrowing (whether or not withdrawn by the Borrower or deemed withdrawn pursuant to Section 2.08(a)); (ii) if any prepayment or repayment (including any prepayment or repayment made pursuant to Section 2.08(a), Section 4.01, Section 4.02 or as a result of an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 8) or assignment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.11, occurs on a date which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; or (iv) as a consequence of any other default by the Borrower to repay Eurodollar Rate Loans or make payment on any Note held by such Lender when required by the terms of this Agreement.

 

45


2.10 Change of Lending Office; Limitation on Additional Amounts . Each Lender agrees that upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.08(a), 2.08(b) or Section 4.07(b) or (d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.10 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Sections 2.08 and 4.07.

2.11 Replacement of Lenders . (x) If any Lender defaults in its obligations to make Loans, (i) upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.08(a) or Section 4.07(b) or (d) with respect to any Lender which results in such Lender charging to the Borrower increased costs in excess of those being generally charged by the other Lenders, or (ii) as provided in Section 12.12(b) in the case of certain refusals by a Lender to consent to certain proposed changes, waivers, discharges or terminations with respect to this Agreement which have been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall have the right, if no Default or Event of Default then exists (or, in the case of preceding clause (ii), will exist immediately after giving effect to the respective replacement), to replace such Lender (the “ Replaced Lender ”) with one or more other Eligible Transferee or Eligible Transferees (collectively, the “ Replacement Lender ”) and each of whom shall be required to be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent if such replacement would (in the case of the preceding clause (i)) result in a reduction of the increased costs charged to the Borrower, provided that:

(i) at the time of any replacement pursuant to this Section 2.11, the Replacement Lender shall enter into one or more Assignment and Assumption Agreements pursuant to Section 12.04(b) (and with all fees payable pursuant to said Section 12.04(b) to be paid by the Replacement Lender) pursuant to which the Replacement Lender shall acquire all of the Commitments and outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender and, in connection therewith, shall pay to the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount equal to an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender with respect to which such Replaced Lender is being replaced;

(ii) all obligations of the Borrower due and owing to the Replaced Lender at such time (other than those specifically described in clause (i) above in respect of which the assignment purchase price has been, or is concurrently being, paid) shall be paid in full to such Replaced Lender concurrently with such replacement.

Upon the execution of the respective Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the payment of amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above and, if so requested by the Replacement Lender, delivery to the Replacement Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the Replacement Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the Replaced Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.08, 2.07, 4.07, 9.06 and 12.01), which shall survive as to such Replaced Lender.

 

46


2.12 Priority and Liens; No Discharge .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties hereby covenants and agrees that upon the entry of, and subject to the terms of, the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall), the Obligations: (1) pursuant to Section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall at all times constitute an allowed superpriority administrative expense claim in the Cases (the “ Superpriority Claims ”) having a super-priority over any and all administrative expenses and claims, of any kind or nature whatsoever, and the administrative expenses of the kinds specified in or ordered pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 105, 326, 327, 328, 330, 331, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 503, 506, 507(a), 507(b), 546, 552, 726, 1113 and 1114, and any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code (“ DIP Claims ”); (2) pursuant to Section 364(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall at all times be secured by a valid, binding, continuing, enforceable perfected first priority Lien on all of the property (whether tangible, intangible, real, personal or mixed) of such Loan Parties whether now existing or hereafter acquired (including, but not limited to, any proceeds received from the Pacific Zonda Arbitration, unencumbered cash, spare parts (including the Loan Parties’ spare blowout preventer, thrusters and spare riser string)), that is not subject to valid, perfected, non-voidable liens in existence at the time of commencement of the Cases or to valid, non-voidable liens in existence at the time of such commencement that are perfected subsequent to such commencement as permitted by Section 546(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (but excluding a claim on Avoidance Actions but, subject to entry of the DIP Order, the proceeds of Avoidance Actions (other than Avoidance Actions that are property of the estates of either PDSI or PDVIII)); (3) pursuant to Section 364(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be secured by a valid, binding, continuing, enforceable perfected junior Lien (other than with respect to Primed Liens) upon all property of such Loan Parties, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, that is subject to valid, perfected and non-voidable Liens in existence at the time of the commencement of the Cases or that is subject to valid Liens in existence at the time of the commencement of the Cases that are perfected subsequent to such commencement as permitted by Section 546(b) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (4) pursuant to Section 364(d)(l) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be secured by a valid, binding, continuing, enforceable perfected first priority senior priming Lien on all of the “Collateral” (as defined in the 2017 Notes Indenture) and the “Pari Passu Collateral” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (other than with respect to the Revolving Credit Obligations and liens securing the Revolving Credit Obligations (including any related adequate protection obligations) which shall not be primed and shall rank senior to the priming lien created hereunder, to the extent set forth in the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall)) (collectively, the “ Primed Liens ”), all of which Primed Liens shall be primed by and made subject and subordinate to the perfected first priority senior Liens to be granted to the Collateral Agent, which senior priming Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent shall also prime any Liens granted after the commencement of the Cases to provide adequate protection Liens in respect of any of the Primed Liens under clauses (1) through (4) above, subject in each case to Carve-Out and as set forth in the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall).

(b) (i) Each Loan Party hereby confirms and acknowledges that, pursuant to the DIP Order, the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lender Creditors in all of such Loan Party’s Collateral, which includes, without limitation, all of such Loan Party’s Real Property, shall be created and perfected without the recordation or filing in any land records or filing offices of any Mortgage, assignment or similar instrument.

 

47


(c) All of the Liens described in this Section 2.12 shall be effective and perfected upon entry of the DIP Order without the necessity of the execution, recordation of filings by the Debtors of mortgages, security agreements, control agreements, pledge agreements, financing statements or other similar documents, or the possession or control by the Collateral Agent of, or over, any Collateral, as set forth in the DIP Order.

(d) The relative priorities of the Liens described in this Section 2.12 with respect to the Collateral of the Debtors shall be as set forth in the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall and any other exhibits applicable thereto, if any). All of the Liens described in this Section 2.12 shall be effective and perfected upon entry of the DIP Order.

(e) Each of the Loan Parties agrees that to the extent that the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due) under the Loan Documents have not been satisfied in full in cash, the Obligations under the Loan Documents shall not be discharged by the entry of an order confirming a plan of reorganization, and each of the Loan Parties, pursuant to Section 1141(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, hereby waives any such discharge and the Superpriority Claim granted to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the DIP Order and the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the DIP Order shall not be affected in any manner by the entry of an order confirming a plan of reorganization.

2.13 Payment of Obligations . Subject to Section 8.10 and the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall), upon the maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) of any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the Agents and the Lenders shall be entitled to immediate payment of such Obligations without further application to or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

SECTION 3. Fees .

3.01 Fees .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay any fees set forth in the Fee Letter.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay a closing premium to each Lender payable on the Effective Date equal to 2.00% of the principal amount of such Lender’s Commitment on the Effective Date (the “ Closing Premium ”), which Closing Premium shall be paid in full on the Effective Date from the proceeds of, or offset, the Term Loans; provided that, to the extent that the Borrower does not elect to make a Borrowing on the Effective Date, a Borrowing shall deemed to have been made in the amount of the Closing Premium.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of each Lender, an unused line fee equal to 1.00% per annum of the amount of the undrawn Term Loans (the “ Unused Line Fee ”), which Unused Line Fee shall be paid in full in cash in monthly installments in arrears (and once paid shall be fully earned and nonrefundable) until the Commitments terminate pursuant to Section 4.04.

 

48


SECTION 4. Prepayments; Payments; Taxes .

4.01 Voluntary Prepayments .

Subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall) in all respects, the Borrower shall have the right to prepay the Loans, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on the following terms and conditions:

(a) an Authorized Representative of the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon (New York time) at the Notice Office at least three (3) Business Days prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to prepay such Loans;

(b) voluntary prepayments of the Loans made by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be allocated among the Loans (and to the remaining scheduled installments of principal with respect to the Loans) in a manner determined at the discretion of the Borrower;

(c) partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the outstanding amount of the Loans;

(d) any notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section 4.01 shall specify (1) the amount of such prepayment, (2) the prepayment date, (3) the Loans to be prepaid and (4) the allocation of the amount specified pursuant to clause (1) among the Loans specified pursuant to clause (3) and which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders; and

(e) at the time of any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 4.01 on any date other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay the amounts required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.09.

4.02 Mandatory Prepayments .

Subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall) in all respects:

(a) Upon the occurrence or happening of any Event of Loss and the receipt of Event of Loss Proceeds in respect thereof, the Borrower shall be required (subject to the payment and lien priority in favor of the holders of Revolving Credit Obligations (including any adequate protection claims and liens with respect thereto) to the extent set forth in the DIP Order) to repay the Loans upon an Event of Loss equal in aggregate principal amount to the Event of Loss Proceeds received in respect of such loss (rounded to the nearest $1,000), at a redemption price, with respect to the Loans, equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and any additional amounts required under Section 4.07, if any, on the Loans redeemed to the applicable redemption date, subject to the rights of the Lenders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The Borrower shall deliver the repayment notice to the Lenders within 10 days after the receipt of any Event of

 

49


Loss Proceeds. All Event of Loss Proceeds received in respect of an Event of Loss will be required to be deposited in a deposit account controlled by the Collateral Agent within three business days of the receipt thereof and held as Collateral subject to a Lien under the Security Documents pending application thereof to the redemption or repayment of the Term Loans.

(b) The Borrower shall be required (subject to the payment and lien priority in favor of the holders of Revolving Credit Obligations as set forth in the DIP Order) to repay the Term Loans using the Net Proceeds from Asset Sales as required by Section 7.18.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, all Loans shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

4.03 [Reserved] .

4.04 Termination of Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero on the Maturity Date.

4.05 Repayment of the Loans .

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Lender, the principal amount of the Loans on the Maturity Date.

(b) [reserved].

(c) All repayments pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount paid to but excluding the date of payment, but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

4.06 Method and Place of Payment . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement and under any Note shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender or Lenders entitled thereto not later than 12:00 Noon (New York time) on the date when due and shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Payment Office. Any payments under this Agreement or under any Note which are made later than 12:00 Noon (New York time) on any day shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension.

4.07 Net Payments; Taxes .

(a) All payments made by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense.

(b) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of

 

50


any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings of Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(c) The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 4.07) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 4.07(d) for any Indemnified Taxes unless such Recipient (or the Administrative Agent on such Recipient’s behalf) notifies the Borrower of the indemnification claim for such Indemnified Taxes no later than nine months after the earlier of (i) the date on which the relevant Governmental Authority makes written demand upon such Recipient for payment of such Indemnified Taxes, and (ii) the date on which such Recipient has made payment of such Indemnified Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority (except that, if the Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted giving rise to such claims are retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), and (ii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

 

51


(f) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 4.07, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, exercised in good faith, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(h) If a payment made to a Recipient under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Recipient were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Recipient shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Recipient has complied with such Recipient’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (h), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(i) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 4.07 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.07), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 4.07 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party,

 

52


shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(j) Each party’s obligations under this Section 4.07 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.

(k) For purposes of this Section 4.07, the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

4.08 Application of Proceeds .

(a) Subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall), all monies collected by the Administrative Agent (whether received from the Collateral Agent or otherwise) upon any sale or other disposition of the Collateral of each Loan Party, together with all other monies received by the Administrative Agent (whether received from the Collateral Agent or otherwise) under and in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, as a result of any distribution in respect of the Collateral in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding) (except to the extent released in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document), shall be applied to the payment of the Obligations as follows:

(i) first , an amount equal to the outstanding Obligations owing to the Agents constituting (A) indemnities and expenses due and payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including fees, charges and disbursements or counsel to the Agents) and (B) the fees due and payable under the Fee Letter;

(ii) second , an amount equal to the outstanding Obligations shall be paid to the Lenders as provided in Section 4.08(d) hereof, with each Lender receiving an amount equal to the outstanding Obligations owing to such Lender or, if the proceeds are insufficient to pay in full all such Obligations, its Pro Rata Share of the amount remaining to be distributed; and

(iii) third , to the extent proceeds remain after the application pursuant to the preceding clause (i), and following the termination of this Agreement and the Loan Documents in accordance with their terms, to the relevant Loan Party or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

 

53


(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, when calculating a Lender’s portion of any distribution or amount, that amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the then unpaid amount of such Lender’s Obligations and the denominator of which is the then outstanding amount of all Obligations.

(c) If any payment to any Lender of its Pro Rata Share of any distribution would result in overpayment to such Lender, such excess amount shall instead be distributed in respect of the unpaid Obligations of the other Lenders, with each Lender whose Obligations have not been paid in full to receive an amount equal to such excess amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the unpaid Obligations of such Lender and the denominator of which is the unpaid Obligations of all Lenders entitled to such distribution.

(d) All payments required to be made hereunder shall be made if to the Lender Creditors, to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement for the account of the Lender Creditors.

(e) For purposes of applying payments received in accordance with this Section 4.08, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the Administrative Agent’s records under this Agreement for a determination (which the Lender Creditors agree (or shall agree) to provide upon request of the Administrative Agent) of the outstanding Obligations owed to the Lender Creditors.

(f) It is understood and agreed that the Loan Parties shall remain jointly and severally liable to the extent of any deficiency between the amount of the proceeds of the Collateral pledged and Liens granted by it under and pursuant to the Security Documents and the aggregate amount of the Obligations of such Loan Party.

SECTION 5. Conditions Precedent .

5.01 Conditions Precedent to Effective Date . The obligation of each Lender to make its Loans shall become effective on and as of the first date (the “ Effective Date ”) on which the following conditions have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 12.12:

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall have received duly authorized, executed and delivered counterparts of (a) this Agreement, (b) Notes executed by the Borrower, for the account of each of the Lenders that has requested same, in each case in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided herein, (c) [reserved] and (d) each other applicable Loan Document, in each case in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

(b) Fees, etc . The Borrower shall have paid all accrued costs, fees and expenses that are due and payable under the Loan Documents (including reasonable legal fees and expenses and the reasonable fees and expenses of any other advisors) for which an invoice has been provided to the Borrower at least one Business Day before the Effective Date and any other compensation, if any, payable to the Agents, in each case subject to any procedures set forth in the DIP Order.

 

54


(c) [Reserved] .

(d) Collateral and Guaranty Requirements . The Collateral and Guaranty Requirements shall have been satisfied, and each Loan Document shall be in full force and effect, or the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders shall have waived such requirements and/or conditioned such waiver on the satisfaction of such requirements within a specified period of time.

(e) [Reserved] .

(f) [Reserved] .

(g) Approvals . All necessary governmental (domestic and foreign) and third party approvals and/or consents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents shall have been obtained and remain in effect. On the Effective Date, there shall not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or otherwise referred to herein or therein.

(h) [Reserved] .

(i) [Reserved] .

(j) Secretary s or Assistant Secretary s Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and in form reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, signed by an Authorized Representative of each Loan Party, and attested to by the secretary or any assistant secretary (or, (x) if there is no secretary or assistant secretary, an Authorized Representative, or (y) with respect to any Loan Party organized under the laws of Luxembourg, a manager or director, as applicable) of such Loan Party (other than the Authorized Representative of such Loan Party signing the certificate of such Loan Party), as the case may be, certifying (i) as to the incumbency and genuineness of the signature of each Loan Party executing Loan Documents to which it is a party and (ii) that attached thereto are true, correct and complete copies of (1) the articles or certificate of incorporation, formation or other organizational document, as applicable, of such Loan Party, and all amendments thereto, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental officials in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as applicable, (2) the bylaws or other governing documents, as applicable, of such Loan Party as in effect on the Effective Date and (3) resolutions duly authorized by the board of directors (or other governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing and approving the execution and delivery of, and performance under, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party.

(k) [Reserved] .

(l) [Reserved] .

 

55


(m) PATRIOT Act . Each Loan Party shall have provided the documentation and other information to the Administrative Agent that are required by regulatory authorities under the applicable “know your customer” rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, at least two (2) Business Days in advance of the Effective Date, to the extent requested at least five (5) Business Days in advance thereof.

(n) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 hereof and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Date with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such date (it being understood and agreed that any representation or warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects only as of such specified date, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which such representation and warranty shall be true and correct, only as of such specified date).

(o) No Default or Event of Default . At the time of and immediately after the Borrowing on the Effective Date, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(p) DIP Budget . The Administrative Agent shall have received the DIP Budget for the period of thirteen weeks commencing with the week during which the DIP Order was entered in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

(q) DIP Order . The DIP Order shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court and shall not have been vacated, reversed modified, amended or stayed without the consent of the Required Lenders, in addition to such other consent rights of the Prepetition Secured Parties as set forth in the DIP Order.

(r) No Liquidation Proceedings . No trustee under chapter 7 or chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or examiner with enlarged powers beyond those set forth in Section 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code shall have been appointed in any of the Cases.

5.02 Conditions All Borrowings . The obligation of each Lender to honor a request for a Borrowing and make Loans under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent (each such event being called a “ Credit Event ”):

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 hereof and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such date (it being understood and agreed that any representation or warranty which by its terms is made as of a specified date shall

 

56


be required to be true and correct in all material respects only as of such specified date, except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect, which such representation and warranty shall be true and correct, only as of such specified date).

(b) No Default or Event of Default . At the time of and immediately after the Borrowing, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Notice of Borrowing . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(d) Fees, etc . All fees and expenses required to be paid to the Agents or the Lenders hereunder (or their respective professionals) on or before the date of such Borrowing shall have been, or concurrently with the date of such Borrowing are being, paid, in each case subject to any relevant procedures set forth in the DIP Order.

Each request for a Borrowing submitted by a Borrower after the Effective Date shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Section  5.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Borrowing.

5.03 Withdrawals . The Borrower may withdraw funds from the Loan Account subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions.

(a) The Administrative Agent and Required Lenders shall have received a withdrawal certificate from an Authorized Representative of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit D (the “ Withdrawal Certificate ”) no later than 12:00 p.m. (Noon) no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed date of such withdrawal. Each Notice of Withdrawal shall include (i) the relevant account(s) to which, and/or persons to whom, such transfer is to be made from the Loan Account, (ii) the amount requested to be withdrawn or transferred from the Loan Account and the proposed date of withdrawal or transfer, and (iii) (A) a certification that no Default or Event of Default has occurred nor is continuing under this Agreement, and (B) the disbursements to be made by the Borrower shall be used solely for the purposes described in the Withdrawal Certificate and in a manner consistent with the DIP Budget.

(b) Subject to Section 5.01 and Section 5.02, and the other terms and conditions set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall honor instructions received from the Borrower in the form of a Withdrawal Certificate unless and until the Administrative Agent receives notice of the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default. On and after the date of receipt of such a notice, the Borrower shall have no right to request withdrawals from the Loan Account and the Administrative Agent shall not honor such requests until such Event of Default has been waived or cured or otherwise is no longer continuing; provided , that with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Borrower may make a withdrawal to fund the Carve-Out as contemplated by the DIP Order; provided , further , that the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for (A) any disbursement made pursuant to instructions from the Borrower or (B) irrevocable electronic funds transfers or wire transfers that are subject to cut-off times, in each case, that were processed prior to receipt of such notice.

 

57


(c) Each submission by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of a Withdrawal Certificate shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set forth in Section 5.01 and Section 5.02 have been satisfied as of the date of the withdrawal. With respect to any disbursement, withdrawal, transfer, or application of funds from the Loan Account hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, (i) any Withdrawal Certificate submitted by the Borrower and (ii) any instructions from the Required Lenders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to fund any amount in excess of the amounts then held in the Loan Account.

(d) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary herein, while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon receiving written instructions from the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall apply or direct the application of any cash balance then on deposit in or credited to the Loan Account to the payment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 4.08 and/or to fund the Carve-Out as contemplated by the DIP Order.

(e) To the extent any Withdrawal Certificate is submitted to the Administrative Agent and the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.01, Section 5.02 and this Section 5.03 shall have been satisfied, the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly execute such documents required by the Custodian (as defined in that certain Account Control Agreement, by and among the Collateral Agent, the Borrower and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as custodian) so as not to inhibit the Borrower’s ability to withdrawal such funds from the Loan Account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 6. Representations, Warranties and Agreements . In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans as provided herein, the Borrower hereby makes the following representations, warranties and agreements, in each case on the Effective Date, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes and the making of the Loans.

6.01 Corporate/Limited Liability Company/Limited Partnership Status . Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a duly organized or incorporated and validly existing corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, company or other business entity, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation, (b) has the corporate or other applicable power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and presently proposes to engage and (c) is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications, except for failures to be so qualified which, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except to the extent permitted by this Agreement and pursuant to the Cases, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened in writing against any of them for winding up, or dissolution or for the appointment of a liquidator, administrator, receiver, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of any of them or any or all of their assets or revenues nor have they sought any other relief under any applicable insolvency or bankruptcy law.

 

58


6.02 Corporate Power and Authority . Subject to the entry of the DIP Order and subject to the terms thereof, each Loan Party has the corporate or other applicable power and authority to execute, deliver and perform the terms and provisions of each of the Loan Documents to which it is party and has taken all necessary corporate or other applicable action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of each of such Loan Documents. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms.

6.03 No Violation . Other than such violations arising as a result of the commencement of the Cases and except as otherwise excused by operation of the Bankruptcy Code or by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions thereof, (a) will contravene in any material respect any applicable provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) will conflict in any material respect with or result in any material breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien (except pursuant to the Security Documents) upon any of the properties or assets of any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement or loan agreement, or any other material agreement, contract or instrument, in each case to which any Loan Party is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject or (c) will violate any provision of the certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of any Loan Party.

6.04 Governmental Approvals . Subject to the entry of the DIP Order and subject to the terms thereof, no order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with (except for those that have otherwise been obtained or made on or prior to the Effective Date), or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, is required to be obtained or made by, or on behalf of, any Loan Party to authorize, or is required to be obtained or made by, or on behalf of, any Loan Party in connection with, (i) the execution, delivery and performance of any Loan Document or (ii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document.

6.05 Financial Statements; Financial Condition; Undisclosed Liabilities; Projections; etc .

(a) [Reserved] .

(b) [Reserved] .

(c) [ Reserved ].

(d) Since March 31, 2018, there has been no change in the operations, business, properties, or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

59


(e) The initial DIP Budget delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(p) and each other DIP Budget delivered pursuant to Section 7.03(a)(iv) have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time made, it being understood that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to material contingencies and assumptions, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, and actual results may vary materially from such forecasts.

6.06 Litigation . Except for the Cases, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened (a) with respect to the Transaction or any Loan Document or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 True and Complete Disclosure . All information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including, without limitation, all information contained in the Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided.

6.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations .

(a) The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans only for the following payments, and in each case subject to the DIP Budget and the terms of the DIP Order, for (a) the payment of interest, expenses and fees (including attorneys and other professional fees) payable under this Term Facility, (b) the payment of fees, escrow obligations, expenses and interest payments associated with the New Notes, (c) funding the Carve-Out, (d) the payment of professional fees and expenses of administering the Cases (including payments benefiting from the Carve-Out and fees incurred prior to the Effective Date), (e) the payment of the Ad Hoc Group’s professionals’ fees and expenses, (f) working capital and general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures, and permitted adequate protection payments for the Revolving Credit Obligations, (g) the payment of fees and expenses of the Consultants and (h) cash collateralizing the Nigerian Letter of Credit.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock. No proceeds of any Loan will be used for any purpose which will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of the Margin Regulations.

 

60


6.09 Tax Returns; Payments; Tax Treatment . The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed with the appropriate taxing authority all material returns, statements, forms and reports for taxes or an extension therefor (the “ Returns ”) required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, the Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for taxes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby. Each of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries have paid all taxes and assessments payable by it, other than those (a) that are being contested in good faith and adequately disclosed and fully provided for on the financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, (b) the failure of which to pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (c) that need not be paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code. There is no action, suit, proceeding, investigation, audit or claim now pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, threatened by any authority regarding any taxes relating to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would have, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be treated as income from sources within the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes by reason of Section 884(f) of the Code or the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, other than any payment identified as U.S. source in a written notice provided to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Loan Party at least 35 days prior to the date such payment is made.

6.10 Compliance with ERISA .

(a) Schedule  6.10 sets forth, as of the Effective Date, the name of each Plan. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever sponsored, maintained, made any contributions to or has any liability in respect of any Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302, 303 or 304 of ERISA or Section 412, 430 or 436 of the Code; each Plan has been maintained and operated in compliance in all materials respects with the provisions of ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the Code, including but not limited to the provisions thereunder respecting prohibited transactions except for any noncompliance which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No action, suit, proceeding, hearing, audit or investigation with respect to the administration, operation or the investment of assets of any Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) is pending, expected or threatened except for any noncompliance which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, each group health plan (as defined in Section 607(1) of ERISA or Section 4980B(g)(2) of the Code) which covers or has covered employees or former employees of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or any ERISA Affiliate has at all times been operated in compliance with the provisions of Part 6 of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code. Under each employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) or Section 3(2)(B) of ERISA covering employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, no benefits are due thereunder unless the event giving rise to the benefit entitlement occurs prior to termination of employment (except as required by Title I, Subtitle B, Part 6 of ERISA) except for any noncompliance which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate may cease

 

61


contributions to any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them without incurring any material liability and may terminate any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them without incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities except for any noncompliance which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions required to be made with respect to a Foreign Pension Plan have been timely made except for any noncompliance which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Foreign Pension Plan, except that which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Pension Plan, determined as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of then current actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not (i) materially exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Pension Plan (other than a severance plan or similar arrangement providing for payments on termination of employment) allocable to such benefit liabilities, or (ii) exceed the current value of the assets of a Foreign Pension Plan that is a severance plan or similar arrangement providing for payments on termination of employment, except that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.11 Valid Liens; Perfection and Priority of Security Interests .

(a) The DIP Order is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Creditors, a legal, valid, binding and enforceable perfected security interest in the Collateral without the necessity of the execution of mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements, financing statements or other agreements or documents.

(b) Subject to entry of the DIP Order, the Obligations shall have the status and priority set forth in Section  2.12 .

6.12 Capitalization . As of the Effective Date, all of the Capital Stock of each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is legally and beneficially owned as set forth on Schedule  6.12 . Except as set forth on Schedule  6.12 , all such outstanding Equity Interests have been duly and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued free of preemptive rights.

6.13 Subsidiaries . On the Effective Date, (a) the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those Subsidiaries listed on Schedule  6.13 (which Schedule identifies the correct legal name, direct owner, percentage ownership and jurisdiction of organization of each such Subsidiary on the Effective Date) and (b) all of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

62


6.14 Compliance with Statutes, etc . Other than such violations arising as a result of the commencement of the Cases and except as otherwise excused by order of the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, each of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental bodies, domestic or foreign, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property (including applicable statutes, regulations, orders and restrictions relating to environmental standards and controls), except such noncompliance as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.15 Investment Company Act . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

6.16 Legal Names; Type of Organization (and Whether a Registered Organization); Jurisdiction of Organization; etc . Schedule  6.16 sets forth, as of the Effective Date, the legal name of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, the type of organization of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, whether or not the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary is a registered organization, the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor and the organizational identification number (if any) of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

6.17 Environmental Matters .

(a) Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Environmental Laws and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws except for such failures to comply that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened Environmental Claims that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Rig, Real Property or other facility owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any such claim to the extent known by the Borrower to exist and arising out of the ownership, lease or operation by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Rig, Real Property or other facility formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but no longer owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries). All material licenses, permits, registrations or approvals required for the business of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted under any Environmental Law have been applied for or secured and the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance therewith except such noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no facts, circumstances, conditions or occurrences in respect of the business or operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as currently conducted or planned (or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ respective predecessors) or any Rig, Real Property or other facility currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ formerly owned or operated Rig, Real Property or other facility) that are reasonably likely (i) to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Borrower or any of

 

63


its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Rig, Real Property or other facility owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (ii) to cause such Rig, Real Property or other facility owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be subject to any restrictions on its ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law, except for, with respect to (i) such Environmental Claims, or, with respect to clause (ii), such restrictions that would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Hazardous Materials have at all times been generated, used, treated or stored on, or transported to or from, or Released on or from, any Rig, Real Property or other facility owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner so as not to result in liability under Environmental Laws applicable to the country in which each Rig operates against Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) during the time of such current ownership, lease or operation by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or, (y) to the knowledge of the Borrower prior or subsequent to the time of such ownership, lease or operation by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent any such liability is imposed against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except, in the case of both (x) and (y) above, where such liability, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, Hazardous Materials have not at any time been generated, used, treated or stored on, or transported to or from, or Released on or from, any property adjoining or adjacent to any Real property or other facility of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, where such generation, use, treatment, storage, transportation or Release has violated or could be reasonably expected to violate any applicable Environmental law or give rise to an Environmental Claim except for such noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) All of the Rigs comply with all Environmental Laws except such noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have made all required payments to statutory environmental insurance schemes required under Environmental Law and other environmental insurance schemes applicable to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries except such failure to make payments as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.18 No Default . Other than defaults arising solely as a result of the Cases, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, credit agreement or loan agreement, or any other agreement, contract or instrument, in each case to which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or to which it may be subject, except for such defaults as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.19 Patents, Licenses, Franchises and Formulas . Each of the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or has the right to use, all material patents, trademarks, trade secrets, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, franchises and formulas, and has obtained assignments of all leases and other rights of whatever nature, necessary for the present conduct of its business, without any known conflict with the rights of others, except for such failures and conflicts which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

64


6.20 Anti-Corruption Laws . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have observed and are in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to bribery and corrupt practices, including the FCPA.

6.21 Insurance . As of the Effective Date, the Loan Parties maintain the insurance required by Section 7.01.

6.22 Collateral Rigs .

(a) The name, registered owner and official number, and jurisdiction of registration and flag of each Collateral Rig are set forth on Schedule  6.22 . Each Collateral Rig is operated in all material respects in compliance with all applicable law, rules and regulations (applicable to each Collateral Rig in accordance with Section 6.22(c) and as required by the applicable Classification Society). Each Collateral Rig is covered by all such insurance as is required in accordance with the requirements of the respective Collateral Rig Mortgage, if any, and Section 7.01.

(b) Each Loan Party which owns or operates or which will own or operate one or more Collateral Rigs is qualified to own and operate such Collateral Rig under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and its relevant flag state.

(c) Each Collateral Rig has its Classification, free of any requirement or recommendation, other than as permitted under the Collateral Rig Mortgage, if any, related thereto.

6.23 Properties . The Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to (i) all property reflected in Schedule  6.22 and (ii) except where a failure to have good and marketable title would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all other properties owned by them, including all property reflected in the balance sheets referred to in Section 6.05(a) (except as sold or otherwise disposed of since the date of such balance sheet in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by the terms of this Agreement). The Collateral is free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

6.24 Anti-Terrorism . The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with United States laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (“ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the “ Executive Order ”), and the PATRIOT Act.

(a) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of the following:

(i) a Person or entity that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

65


(ii) a Person or entity that is majority-owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person or entity that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a Person or entity with which a Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

(iv) a Person or entity that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order;

(v) a Person or entity that is included on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or any list of Persons issued by OFAC pursuant to the Executive Order at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list (collectively, the “ OFAC Lists ”);

(vi) is, nor are any of their respective directors, officers, agents, employees or Affiliates, subject to any U.S. sanction administered by OFAC.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor, to its knowledge, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Person described in subsection (a)(ii) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any United States Anti-Terrorism Law.

6.25 Form of Documentation . Each of the Loan Documents is or, when executed, will be in proper legal form under the laws of the jurisdiction which governs such documents for the enforcement thereof under such laws, as applicable, subject only to such matters which may affect enforceability arising under the law of the State of New York and, to the extent applicable, the Bankruptcy Code. To ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each such Loan Document under the laws of the jurisdiction which governs such document, it is not necessary that any Loan Document or any other document be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in such applicable permitted jurisdiction, except as have been made, or will be made, in accordance with the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

6.26 Place of Business . None of the Loan Parties has a place of business in any jurisdiction which requires any of the Security Documents to be filed or registered in that jurisdiction to ensure the validity of the Security Documents to which it is a party unless all such filings and registrations have been made or will be made, in accordance with the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”.

6.27 No Immunity . Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a sovereign entity or has immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from setoff or any legal process under the laws of any jurisdiction. The execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by the Loan Parties and the performance by them of their respective obligations thereunder constitute commercial transactions.

 

66


SECTION 7. Covenants . The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that from and after the Effective Date and until all Loans, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations (other than indemnities described in Section 12.13 which are not then due and payable) incurred hereunder and thereunder, are paid in full:

7.01 Maintenance of Property; Insurance .

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) keep all material property necessary to the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and loss or damage by casualty or condemnation excepted) with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) furnish to the Administrative Agent, at the written request of the Administrative Agent, a complete description of the material terms of insurance carried on the Collateral Rigs.

(b) The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(i) insure and keep each Collateral Rig insured or cause or procure each Collateral Rig to be insured and to be kept insured at no expense to the Agents in regard to (collectively, the “ Insurances ”):

(1) hull and machinery (including increased value insurance);

(2) war risks (including common conditions and exclusions);

(3) protection and indemnity risks (including vessel pollution risks);

(4) mortgagee’s interest risks (including additional perils pollution);

(5) loss of hire, to the extent reasonably deemed prudent by the Borrower in light of the cost of obtaining such insurance; and

(6) such other insurances as a prudent owner of similar vessels of the same age and type would obtain or would legally be required to obtain when operating in the same trade and geographic area as such Collateral Rig, as well as any insurances required to meet the requirements of the jurisdiction where such Collateral Rig is employed with named windstorm coverage exclusions while a Collateral Rig is operating in the Gulf of Mexico;

 

67


provided that neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to procure or maintain any insurance otherwise required to be procured or maintained under this clause (i), if such insurance is not commercially available in the commercial insurance market.

(ii) effect the Insurances or cause or procure the same to be effected:

(1) in such amounts and upon such terms and with such deductibles as shipowners engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated would deem commercially prudent under the circumstances; and

(2) through the owner’s approved broker (the “ Owner s Insurance Broker ”) and reputable independent insurance companies and/or underwriters (including mutual insurance schemes and /or captive insurance schemes) in Europe, North America, the Far East and other established insurance markets except that the insurances against protection and indemnity risks may be effected by the entry of the Collateral Rigs with protection and indemnity associations which are members of the IGA or, if the IGA has disbanded and there is no successor or replacement body of associations, other leading protection and indemnity associations and the insurances against war risks may be effected by the entry of the Collateral Rig with leading war risks associations (hereinafter called the “ Insurers ”);

(iii) renew or replace all such Insurances or cause or procure the same to be renewed or replaced before the relevant policies or contracts expire and to procure that the Owner’s Insurance Broker and/or the relevant protection and indemnity association or war risks association shall promptly confirm in writing to the Collateral Agent, upon its request, as and when each such renewal or replacement is effected;

(iv) duly and punctually pay, or cause duly and punctually to be paid, all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of all such Insurances, to produce or to cause to be produced all relevant receipts when so required by the Collateral Agent and duly and punctually to perform and observe or to cause duly and punctually to be performed and observed any other obligations and conditions under all such Insurances;

(v) subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall) in all respects, procure that all policies, binders, cover notes or other instruments of the Insurances referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (5) of clause (i) above shall be taken out in the name of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the Collateral Agent as an additional insured (without liability for premiums), as its interests may appear, and shall incorporate a loss payable clause naming the Collateral Agent as loss payee prepared in compliance with the terms of the Assignment of Insurance Proceeds;

 

68


(vi) procure that, upon request of the Collateral Agent, copies of all original such instruments of Insurances shall be from time to time delivered to the Collateral Agent after receipt by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(vii) not employ any Collateral Rig or suffer any Collateral Rig to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of all policies, bindings, cover notes or other instruments of the Insurances (including any warranties express or implied therein) without first obtaining the written consent of the Insurers to such employment (if required by such Insurers) and complying with such requirements as to extra premiums or otherwise as the Insurers may prescribe;

(viii) subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall) in all respects, cause any proceeds in respect of the Insurances referred to in paragraph (i) above (except clauses (3), (4) and, as applicable, (6) of such paragraph) to be paid to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor that then owns the Collateral Rig or any Internal Charterer (subject to provisions as to named insureds, additional insureds and loss payees in favor of the Collateral Agent as required by this Section  7.01(b) ); and

(ix) upon the request of the Collateral Agent, do all things necessary, proper and desirable, and execute and deliver all documents and instruments, to enable the Collateral Agent to collect or recover any moneys to become due in respect of the Insurances.

7.02 Existence . Subject to Section 7.02, the Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence.

7.03 Reports .

(a) Whether or not the Borrower is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, so long as any Term Loans are outstanding:

(i) within 75 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year, reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing, whether or not required, the Borrower’s unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet and statement of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flow) and a Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (the “ MD&A ”) (or equivalent disclosure) for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the immediately preceding fiscal year);

(ii) within the time period required under the rules of the SEC for the filing of Form 20-F (or any successor form) for each fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing the information required to be contained therein (including the Borrower’s audited consolidated financial statements, a report thereon by the Borrower’s certified independent accountants and an MD&A) for such fiscal year;

 

69


(iii) at or prior to such times as would be required to be filed or furnished to the SEC if the Borrower was then a “foreign private issuer” subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (whether or not the Borrower is then subject to such requirements), all such other reports and information that the Borrower would have been required to file or furnish pursuant thereto; and

(iv) (1) For each Test Date, a Budget Variance Report as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar week and (2) every fourth week after the Effective Date, an updated DIP Budget setting forth on a weekly basis for the next thirteen weeks (commencing with the immediately succeeding calendar week) an updated budget for such period; provided that the Required Lenders, in their reasonable discretion, shall have the right to approve any updates or amendments contained in any budget delivered pursuant to this clause (iv) by providing the Borrower specific notice thereof within four (4) Business Days after the delivery by the Borrower of such updates or amendments; provided , further , that, (x) to the extent the Required Lenders provide such approval within such period of four (4) Business Days, the updates to or amendments of the DIP Budget shall constitute the DIP Budget, and (y) to the extent the Required Lenders do not provide such approval notice within such period of four (4) Business Days, then the DIP Budget in effect prior thereto, without giving effect to such updates or amendments, shall continue to constitute the DIP Budget until otherwise agreed to among the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders.

(b) All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. In addition, the Borrower shall electronically file or furnish, as the case may be, a copy of all such information and reports referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 7.03(a) with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified therein at any time the Borrower is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and make such information available to the Lenders upon request. The Borrower shall be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders if the Borrower has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Borrower’s filings for any reason, the Borrower will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply to non-accelerated filers if the Borrower were required to file those reports with the SEC. The Borrower agrees that, for so long as any Loans remain outstanding, it will hold and participate in quarterly conference calls with the Lenders and securities analysts relating to the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

7.04 Compliance Certificate ; Other Information .

(a) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Effective Date, a certificate from an Authorized Representative of the Borrower stating that a review of the activities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Authorized Representative with a view to determining whether the Borrower has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and further stating, as to each such Authorized Representative

 

70


signing such certificate, that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents applicable to them and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions thereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) The Borrower shall, so long as any of the Term Loans are outstanding, deliver to the Administrative Agent, within 3 Business Days of any of its Authorized Representatives becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a written statement specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent by the earlier of (i) two Business Days prior to being filed (and if impracticable, then as soon as possible and in no event later than promptly after being filed) on behalf of any of the Debtors with the Bankruptcy Court or (ii) at the same time as such documents are provided by any of the Debtors to any statutory committee appointed in the Cases or the U.S. Trustee, all notices, filings, motions, pleadings or other information concerning the financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Transactions or other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties or any request for relief under Section 363, 365, 1113 or 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 9019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure.

7.05 Payment of Taxes . The Borrower shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except (i) such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or (ii) where the failure to make such payments would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.06 [Reserved] .

7.07 Additional Security; Additional Subsidiary Guarantors; Internal Charterers; Further Assurances .

Subject to the Collateral and Guaranty Requirements and the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall):

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, at any time and from time to time, (x) at the expense of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be reasonably necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, to perfect, preserve, protect and maintain any Lien granted or purported to be granted hereby or by the other Loan Documents, or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies with respect to any Collateral and (y) keep on board the Collateral Rig each such document or record as may be required by law and cause such particulars relating to the relevant Collateral Rig Mortgage, if any, to be recorded as may be

 

71


required by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders, the Borrower will execute and file, or cause to be filed, such financing or continuation statements under the UCC (or any non-U.S. equivalent thereto), or amendments thereto, such amendments or supplements to any Collateral Rig Mortgage, and such other instruments or notices, as may be reasonably necessary, or that the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders may reasonably require, to perfect, preserve, protect and maintain the Liens granted or purported to be granted hereby and by the Loan Documents.

(b) The Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby authorize the Collateral Agent to file one or more financing or continuation statements under the UCC (or any non-U.S. equivalent thereto), and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral without the signature of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, where permitted by law. The Collateral Agent will promptly send the Borrower a copy of any financing or continuation statements which it may file without the signature of the Borrower or any other Loan Party and the filing or recordation information with respect thereto.

(c) (1) Other than formation of the Escrow Vehicles, if at any time the Borrower forms or acquires any new direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary (each such new Restricted Subsidiary, an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”), such Additional Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, a guaranty supplement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and, to the extent requested by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, the U.S. Security Agreement, in each case, substantially in the form attached thereto (and/or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent and based on advice of local counsel, such Foreign Subsidiary Guaranties as would have been entered into by the respective Additional Subsidiary Guarantor if same had been a Subsidiary Guarantor on the Effective Date (determined in accordance with the criteria described in the definition of “ Collateral and Guaranty Requirements ”)), and in each case shall take all actions in connection therewith as would otherwise have been required to be taken pursuant to Section 6 if such Subsidiary had been a Loan Party on the Effective Date. The Borrower agrees that each action required above by this Section 7.07(c)(1) shall be completed contemporaneously with (or, except with respect to Collateral Rig Mortgages, within 30 days of) such Subsidiary becoming an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor.

(2) If at any time any Subsidiary of the Borrower becomes an Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary shall be required to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, counterparts of or a supplement (substantially in the form attached thereto), as applicable, to the U.S. Pledge Agreement (and/or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent and based on advice of local counsel, such Foreign Pledge Agreements as would have been entered into by the respective Subsidiary Guarantor if the same had been an Subsidiary Guarantor on the Effective Date (determined in accordance with the criteria described in the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirements”)) and shall take all actions in connection therewith as would otherwise have been required to be taken pursuant to

 

72


Section 6 if such Subsidiary had been an Subsidiary Guarantor on the Effective Date. The Borrower agrees that each action required above by this Section 7.07(c)(2) shall be completed contemporaneously with (or within 30 days of) such Subsidiary becoming an Subsidiary Guarantor.

(d) The Borrower will promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days, notify the Administrative Agent, in writing, of any appointment of or termination of the appointment of, an Approved Manager. Prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of any management Agreement, the Borrower will cause the relevant Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary and Approved Manager to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment of Management Agreement. Prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of any Internal Charter, the Borrower will cause the relevant Collateral Vessel-Owning Subsidiary and Internal Charter to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment of Internal Charter.

7.08 Limitations on Liens . Except for Permitted Liens, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist (a) any Lien of any kind on any Collateral, except pursuant to a Security Document or (b) any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any of its property or assets that are not Collateral.

7.09 Limitations on Consolidation or Merger etc .

(a) Subject to the provisions of any Acceptable Plan of Reorganization, the Borrower will not directly or indirectly: (i) amalgamate, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the Person formed by or surviving any such amalgamation, consolidation or merger); or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of liquidation or dissolution, to another Person. For the purposes of the foregoing, entry by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower into one or more Drilling Contracts or other charters, pool agreements or drilling contracts with respect to any Rigs will be deemed not to constitute a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition subject to this Section 7.09(a).

(b) Subject to the provisions of any Acceptable Plan of Reorganization, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, amalgamate, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

7.10 Limitations on Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Restricted Payments.

7.11 Limitations on Indebtedness .

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Borrower will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

 

73


(b) The provisions of Section 7.11(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of Permitted Debt.

(c) [reserved].

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency will be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving credit facility; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than dollars, and such refinancing would cause the applicable dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced and (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Effective Date will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Effective Date.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

(f) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination;

(g) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

(1) in the case of Hedging Obligations, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligations that would be payable by the specified Person at such date.

 

74


7.12 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless, and subject to any necessary Bankruptcy Court approval and the terms of the DIP Budget:

(i) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are either (1) no less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) if in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s Board of Directors, no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; and

(ii) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent:

(1) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Representative certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower; and

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $4,000,000, an opinion issued to the Board of Directors of the Borrower by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing or generally recognized in the shipping or offshore drilling industries as qualified to perform the tasks for which such firm has been engaged as to the fairness to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view or that the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration of $2,000,000 or less, the determination that such Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions complies with this covenant may be made by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

(c) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions, as applicable, and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Sections 7.12(a) or 7.12(b):

 

75


(i) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, compensation plan or arrangement, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(ii) any Affiliate Transaction contemplated by the CS Commitment Order;

(iii) transactions solely between or among the Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) any Affiliate Transaction among the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and PDSI or PDVIII, on the other hand, approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to a Final Order and reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders;

(v) [reserved];

(vi) [reserved];

(vii) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 7.10;

(viii) any Affiliate Transaction contemplated by the DIP Budget and authorized or approved pursuant to (x) the DIP Order or (y) any other order entered by the Bankruptcy Court with the consent of the Required Lenders; and

(ix) any agreement as in effect on the Effective Date or any amendments, renewals or extensions of any such agreement (so long as such amendments, renewals or extensions are not less favorable to the Lenders).

7.13 Limitations on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) Other than as pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court with the consent of the Required Lenders or the Bankruptcy Code, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the priority that any series of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary has in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions before dividends or liquidating distributions are paid in respect of common stock of such Restricted Subsidiary shall not constitute a restriction on the ability to make dividends or distributions on Capital Stock for purposes of this covenant;

 

76


(ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries

(all such actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iii) above being collectively referred to as “ Intercompany Transfers ”).

(b) However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions on the ability of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to make Intercompany Transfers existing under or by reason of:

(i) agreements governing Indebtedness as in effect on the Effective Date, including under the Existing Secured Debt;

(ii) [reserved];

(iii) the Loan Documents;

(iv) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(v) [reserved];

(vi) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, mortgage financings and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or mortgaged or leased of the nature described in Section 7.13(a)(iii);

(viii) [reserved];

(ix) Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 7.08 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(x) [reserved];

(xi) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) [reserved]; and

(xiii) encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in Section 7.13(a)(iii) with respect to property under a charter, lease or other agreement that has been entered into in the ordinary course for the employment, charter or other hire of such property.

 

77


7.14 [ Reserved] .

7.15 Inspection Rights . The Borrower shall permit (i) a nationally-recognized operational consultant retained by the Lenders in their sole discretion (the “ Operational Consultant ”) and (ii) an industry expert retained by the Ad Hoc Group (together with the Operational Consultant, the “ Consultants ”), in each case to, with respect to the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, (i) examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom and (ii) to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, in each case at the expense of the Borrower and at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower.

7.16 Business . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

7.17 Rights to Earnings from the Collateral Rigs . The Borrower will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) to be or become party to a Drilling Contract in respect of a Collateral Rig (including as a charterer of a Collateral Rig) or otherwise hold the right to directly receive any Earnings or any other Related Assets with respect to a Collateral Rig; provided , that a Local Content Subsidiary may be a party to a Drilling Contract in respect of a Collateral Rig or otherwise hold the right to receive Earnings or to any Related Assets with respect to a Collateral Rig to the extent required by any law or regulation of any applicable jurisdiction, so long as such Local Content Subsidiary does not receive more than 20% of the Earnings or Related Assets with respect to such Collateral Rig. The Borrower shall, or shall cause one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, at all times maintain the Earnings Accounts, and each Earnings Account shall at all times be in the name of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

7.18 Limitation on Asset Sales .

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

(i) the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of consummation of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(ii) at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , however , to the extent that any disposition in such Asset Sale was of Collateral, the non-cash consideration received is pledged as Collateral under the Security Documents within 20 Relevant Business Days, in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement;

provided , that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Asset Sales pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate, unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders.

 

78


(b) Subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall), within three (3) Business Days of the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale that exceed $500,000. The amounts prepaid shall be applied to the outstanding principal installments of the Loan on a pro rata basis until the Loans are paid in full.

(c) [reserved].

(d) [reserved].

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.18 with respect to any Asset Sale that is an Event of Loss, such Event of Loss and the Event of Loss Proceeds in respect thereof will be governed by Section 4.02(a) and not this Section 7.18.

7.19 Certain Case Milestones . The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, complete each milestone related to the Cases set forth on Schedule 7.19.

SECTION 8. Events of Default . Each of the following specified events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

8.01 Payments . The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of any Loan or any Note or (b) default, and such default shall continue unremedied for 3 or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on any Loan or Note or any Fees or any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

8.02 Representations, etc . Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or in any certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; or

8.03 Covenants .

(a) Failure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with Section 7.09 or Section 7.19; or

(b) failure by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries for 5 days after notice to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent to comply with any covenant or agreement in the Loan Documents (other than a default referred to in Sections 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03(a)) or the Security Documents, if any.

8.04 Cross Default . Other than as a result of the Cases, default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), whether

 

79


such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Effective Date, if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such Indebtedness or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent for such holders, to cause or declare such Indebtedness to become immediately due and payable (without giving effect to any grace period) and such actions are not stayed by operation of the Bankruptcy Code.

8.05 Judgments . Other than any judgment entered against the Company related to the Pacific Zonda Arbitration, failure by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $1,000,000, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 30 days or by operation of the Bankruptcy Code;

8.06 Security Documents . The Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary asserts in writing that any Lien created under the DIP Order or the Security Documents, if any, is invalid or unenforceable;

8.07 Guarantees . Except as permitted by this Agreement or any Subsidiary Guaranty, any Subsidiary Guaranty of a Subsidiary Guarantor is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Person duly acting on behalf of any such Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty; and

8.08 [Reserved] .

8.09 Cases .

(a) Any of the Cases (other than the Cases of PDSI or PDVIII) shall be dismissed or converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or any Debtor shall file a motion or other pleading seeking the dismissal of any of the Cases or a trustee under chapter 11 or chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code or an examiner with enlarged powers relating to the operation of the business (powers beyond those set forth in Section 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code) shall be appointed; or

(b) An order of the Bankruptcy Court shall be entered granting any Other Superpriority Claim (other than with respect to (a) the Carve-Out in any of the Cases or (b) any application or order that provides for immediate indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due) that is pari passu with or senior to the Superpriority Claims arising hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or the Loan Parties shall create or incur, or the Bankruptcy Court enters an order granting, any Lien which is pari passu with or senior to any Liens under the Loan Documents not otherwise permitted hereunder or under the DIP Order; or

(c) The Bankruptcy Court shall enter an order or orders granting relief from the automatic stay applicable under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (or equivalent) so as to (A) permit a third party to proceed on any assets of any of the Debtors which have a value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate or (B) permit other actions that would result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Debtors or their estates (taken as a whole); or

 

80


(d) The Bankruptcy Court shall enter an order in any of the Cases denying or terminating the Debtors’ use of cash; or

(e) (A) An order of the Bankruptcy Court shall be entered reversing, amending, supplementing, staying, vacating or otherwise amending, supplementing or modifying the DIP Order, or any Debtor shall apply for the authority to do so, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders; (B) the DIP Order shall cease to create a valid and perfected Lien on the Collateral or to be in full force and effect; (C) an order shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court modifying the adequate protection obligations granted in any Order without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (D) an order shall have been entered by the Bankruptcy Court avoiding or requiring disgorgement by any Agent or any of the Lenders of any amounts received in respect of the Obligations, (E) any Loan Party shall file a motion or other request with the Bankruptcy Court seeking any financing under Section 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code secured by any of the Collateral that does not provide for termination of the Commitments and indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations not yet due) or (F) other than with respect to the Carve-Out, a final non-appealable order in the Cases shall be entered charging any of the Collateral under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code against the Lenders; or

(f) Except as permitted by the DIP Budget, any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or as otherwise permitted hereunder, any Debtor shall make any Prepetition Payment; or

(g) Any Loan Party or other Subsidiary shall take any action in support of any filing by any Person of a plan of reorganization that is not an Acceptable Plan of Reorganization (other than the Cases of PDSI or PDVIII) or any other Person shall do so and such application is not contested in good faith by the Loan Parties and the relief requested is granted in an order that is not stayed pending appeal, in each case unless the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Required Lenders) consents to such action; or

(h) The Bankruptcy Court shall grant any motion which seeks to, (1) disallow in whole or in part any of the Obligations arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (2) disallow in whole or in part any of the Indebtedness owed by the Loan Parties under the Existing Credit Agreement Documents, (3) challenge the validity and enforceability of the Liens or security interests granted under any of the Loan Documents or in the DIP Order in favor of the Administrative Agent, or (4) challenge the validity and enforceability of the Liens or security interests granted under the Existing Credit Agreement Documents or in any Order in favor of the Existing Credit Agreement Agent or Existing Credit Agreement Lenders; or

(i) Termination or expiration of any exclusivity period for any Loan Party to file or solicit acceptances for a plan of reorganization; or

(j) Noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with the terms of the DIP Order.

 

81


8.10 Remedies Upon Event of Default .

(a) Subject to any notice and other limitations provided for in the DIP Order, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may (and the Administrative Agent will, if directed by the Required Lenders) (i) declare the Commitments to be terminated (ii) declare the Term Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any other liabilities of the Loan Party accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, other than as required by the DIP Order, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding and (iii) freeze monies held by or on behalf of the Agents or any Lender in any accounts (including the Loan Account) and/or immediately set-off any and all amounts in any such accounts against the Obligations. In addition, but subject to any notice and other limitations provided for in the DIP Order, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, exercise all other rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders under the DIP Order to effect the repayment of the Obligations. Each Loan Party shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and Lenders for the payment of any deficiency with interest at the highest rate provided for herein and all costs and expenses of collection or enforcement, including attorneys’ fees and expenses.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Required Lenders by notice to the Administrative Agent may, on behalf of all Lenders, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Agreement except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest, if any, on, the Loans (other than a payment Default or Event of Default that resulted from an acceleration that has been rescinded).

(c) Except as provided for in the DIP Order (and subject to the terms thereof), no Loan Party shall seek to enjoin, hinder, delay or object to the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s exercise of rights and remedies in accordance with the DIP Order in any jurisdiction, and, at any proceeding with respect to the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s exercise of rights and remedies, no Loan Party shall raise any substantive objections, other than to challenge the occurrence of the relevant Event of Default.

(d) For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to exercise the rights and remedies hereunder, each Loan Party hereby grants to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable at any time an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and for so long as the same is continuing) without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Loan Party, to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the trademarks, service-marks, trade names, business names, trade styles, designs, logos and other source of business identifiers and other intellectual property and general intangibles now owned or hereafter acquired by such Loan Party, wherever the same maybe located, including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.

 

82


(e) In addition, to the extent provided above and in the DIP Order, the automatic stay provided in section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code shall, as provided in the DIP Order, be deemed automatically vacated to enable the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to exercise their respective rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder without further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

SECTION 9. The Agent s .

9.01 Appointment . The Lenders in their capacities as Lenders hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent to act as specified herein and in the other Loan Documents. Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of such Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize, each Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein or therein and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the each Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent may perform any of its respective duties hereunder by or through its officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates.

9.02 Nature of Duties .

(a) Each Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents. Neither Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, agents, employees or affiliates shall be liable for any action taken or omitted by it or them hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith, unless caused by its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non–appealable decision). The duties of each Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; each Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender or the holder of any Note, and nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon each Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

(b) It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in such capacities is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

(c) Each Agent, in its respective capacity, shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Agent:

 

83


(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that each Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that each Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Bankruptcy Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a defaulting Lender in violation of any Bankruptcy Law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or as the Collateral Agent or any of their respective Affiliates in any capacity.

(d) The Agents shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agents shall believe in good faith shall be necessary) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. The Agents shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent in writing by a Loan Party or a Lender. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders upon receipt of any such notice. The Collateral Agent shall hold all security for itself and for and on behalf of the other Lender Creditors, in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall provide copies of all Security Documents requested by any Lender and follow the instructions of the Required Lenders with respect to perfecting and maintaining the security granted to the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or Security Documents, provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Bankruptcy Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Bankruptcy Law.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Agents shall not be required to take, or to omit to take, any action hereunder or under the Loan Documents unless, upon demand, the Agents receive an indemnification satisfactory to such Agent from the Lenders (or, to the extent applicable and acceptable to the Agents, any other Lender Creditor) against all liabilities, costs and expenses that, by reason of such action or omission, may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

84


(f) Each of the Agents may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agents. Each of the Agents and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective affiliates, partners, agents, officers, directors, employees, trustees, administrators, managers and advisors. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 9 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of the Agents and any such sub-agent. Neither of the Agents shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-Agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that such Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

9.03 Lack of Reliance on the Agent s . Independently and without reliance upon either Agent, each Lender and the holder of each Note, to the extent it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (a) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loans and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith and (b) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. Neither Agent shall be responsible to any Lender or the holder of any Note for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, perfection, collectability, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

9.04 Certain Rights of the Agent s . If either Agent requests instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, such Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Lenders; and neither Agent shall incur liability to any Lender by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Lender nor the holder of any Note shall have any right of action whatsoever against either Agent as a result of such Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.

9.05 Reliance . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, statement, certificate, telex, teletype or telecopier message, cablegram, radiogram, order or other document or telephone message signed, sent or made by any Person that such Agent believed to be the proper Person, and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and any other Loan Document and its duties hereunder and thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by the Agents.

 

85


9.06 Indemnification . To the extent the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any of their respective Affiliates) is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable (and their respective Affiliates and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, agents, employees and controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Affiliate) in proportion to their respective Percentages, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, costs, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any of their respective Affiliates) in performing its duties hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s (or such Affiliate’s) gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision); provided , further , that nothing in this Section 9.06 shall serve to relieve any Loan Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9.07 The Agents in their Individual Capacity . The Agents and their respective Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, investment banking, trust or other business with, or provide debt financing, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (or any Person engaged in a similar business with any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof) as if they were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

9.08 Holders . The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be, shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register. Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, assignee or endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

9.09 Resignation by the Agent s .

(a) Each Agent may resign from the performance of all its respective functions and duties hereunder and/or under the other Loan Documents at any time by giving written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) below or as otherwise provided below.

 

86


(b) Upon any such notice of resignation by either Agent, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder or thereunder who shall be a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed ( provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if an Event of Default then exists).

(c) If a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall not have been so appointed within 15 days of the date of the applicable notice of resignation, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may then (but is not obligated to) appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, who shall serve in such capacity hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, as provided above.

(d) The Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be effective on the earlier of (i) the date a replacement Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, is appointed and (ii) the date 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable (regardless of whether a replacement has been appointed pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) above). If no successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, has been appointed pursuant to clause (b) or (c) by the date on which the Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation becomes effective, the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, as provided above.

(e) Upon a resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 9.09, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall remain indemnified to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this Section 9 (and the analogous provisions of the other Loan Documents) shall continue in effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for all of its actions and inactions while serving as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

9.10 Collateral Matters .

(a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Security Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time prior to an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

87


(b) The Lenders hereby authorize the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Collateral Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon the occurrence of the Maturity Date and the repayment in full of the Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or otherwise disposed of upon the sale or other disposition thereof in compliance with Section 7.18, (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such percentage of Lenders otherwise required under the provisions of this Agreement) or (iv) as otherwise may be expressly provided in the relevant Security Documents. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 9.10(b).

(c) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Lenders or to any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Loan Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent in this Section 9.10 or in any of the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral and that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non–appealable decision).

9.11 Delivery of Information . The Agents shall not be required to deliver to any Lender originals or copies of any documents, instruments, notices, communications or other information received by the Agents from any Loan Party, any Subsidiary, the Required Lenders, any Lender or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document except (i) as specifically provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) as specifically requested from time to time in writing by any Lender with respect to a specific document, instrument, notice or other written communication received by and in the possession of the Administrative Agent at the time of receipt of such request and then only in accordance with such specific request.

9.12 Withholding . To the extent required by any applicable law, each Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any withholding tax applicable to such payment. If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any other reason, or an Agent has paid over to the IRS applicable withholding tax relating to a payment to a Lender but no deduction has been made from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify such Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with any and all expenses incurred, unless such amounts have been indemnified by the Borrower, any Guarantor or the relevant Lender.

 

88


9.13 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agents (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and Agents and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agents under Section 3.01(a) or Section 12.01) allowed in such judicial proceeding;

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agents any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agents under Section 3.01(a) or Section 12.01.

9.14 Co-Collateral Agent; Separate Collateral Agent . At any time or from time to time, in order to comply with any applicable requirement of law, either Agent may appoint another bank or trust company or one or more other persons, either to act as co-agent or agents on behalf of such Agent and the other Lender Creditors with such power and authority as may be necessary for the effectual operation of the provisions hereof and which may be specified in the instrument of appointment (which may, in the discretion of each Agent, include provisions for indemnification and similar protections of such co-agent or separate agent substantially the same as those contained herein). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, every such agent, sub-collateral agent and every co-agent shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act and be such, subject to the condition that no power given hereby, or which is provided herein or in any other Loan Document to any such co- agent, sub-collateral agent or agent shall be exercised hereunder or thereunder by such co-agent or agent except jointly with, or with the consent in writing of, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable.

SECTION 10. Guaranty .

10.01 Guaranty; Limitation of Liability .

(a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each other Loan Party now or hereafter existing under or in

 

89


respect of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such Obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents.

(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Lender Creditor under this Guaranty or any other guaranty, such Subsidiary Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other Subsidiary Guarantor and each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Lender Creditors under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

10.02 Guaranty Absolute . Each Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender Creditor with respect thereto. The Guaranteed Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or whether the Borrower or any other Loan Party is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

90


(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any failure of any Lender Creditor to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party now or hereafter known to such Lender Creditor (each Subsidiary Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Lender Creditors to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Agreement or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Subsidiary Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(h) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Lender Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party or any other guarantor or surety.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Lender Creditor or any other Person.

10.03 Waivers and Acknowledgments .

(a) To the extent allowed under applicable law, but subject to the DIP Order, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Lender Creditor protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Loan Party or any other Person or any Collateral.

(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Lender Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Subsidiary Guarantor or other rights of such Subsidiary Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Loan Parties, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

 

91


(d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may, without notice to or demand upon such Subsidiary Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose on any Collateral by nonjudicial sale, and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any defense to the recovery by Administrative Agent and the other Lender Creditors against such Subsidiary Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable law.

(e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Lender Creditor to disclose to such Subsidiary Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Lender Creditor.

(f) Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 10.02 and this Section 10.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

10.04 Subrogation . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guaranteed Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Lender Creditor against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty and (b) the Maturity Date, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Lender Creditors, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) any Subsidiary Guarantor shall make payment to any Lender Party of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) the Maturity Date and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated, the Lender Creditors will, at such Subsidiary Guarantor’s request and expense,

 

92


execute and deliver to such Subsidiary Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Subsidiary Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.

10.05 Subordination . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby subordinates any and all debts, liabilities and other obligations owed to such Subsidiary Guarantor by any other Loan Party to the Guaranteed Obligations.

10.06 Continuing Guaranty; Assignments . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty including, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to Section 4.05(a), (b) be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lender Creditors and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c)  of the immediately preceding sentence, any Lender Creditor may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other Person as permitted hereunder, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender Creditor herein. No Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lender Creditors as provided herein.

SECTION 11. Collateral .

11.01 Grant of Security Interest . To secure payment and performance of all Obligations, each Loan Party hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for itself and the benefit of the other Lender Creditors, a continuing security interest in, a lien upon, and a right of set-off against, and hereby assigns to the Collateral Agent, for itself and the benefit of the other Lender Creditors, as security for the Obligations, all tangible and intangible property of such Loan Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or existing and wherever located, including, without limitation, all inventory, accounts receivable, general intangibles, contracts, chattel paper, owned real estate, real property leaseholds, fixtures, machinery, equipment, vessels, deposit accounts, including the Loan Account, commercial tort claims, securities accounts, goods, instruments, investment property, letter-of-credit rights, payment intangibles, documents, all Books and Records, vehicles, intellectual property, securities, partnership or membership interests in limited liability companies and capital stock, including, without limitation, the products, proceeds and supporting obligations thereof, and subject to entry by the Bankruptcy Court of the DIP Order, the proceeds of any causes of action under Sections 502(d), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to the DIP Order, the Obligations are, pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Superpriority Claims against the Debtors, with priority over any and all other claims against the Debtors, other than as set forth in Section 2.12.

 

93


SECTION 12. Miscellaneous .

12.01 Payment of Expenses, etc . Subject to any relevant procedures set forth in the DIP Order, the Borrower hereby agrees to: (a) whether or not the transactions herein contemplated are consummated, pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the fees and expenses of the Consultants and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the retention of the Consultants pursuant to Section 7.15) of the Agents (including, the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Covington & Burling, LLP and of any special or local counsel to the Agents) and the Lenders (including, (x) a single primary counsel for the Lenders, (y) a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each jurisdiction to such affected parties similarly situated and (z) a single financial advisor for the Lenders) in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein and any amendment, waiver or consent relating hereto or thereto, and each of the Lenders and the Agents in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the documents and instruments referred to herein and therein or protection of their rights hereunder or thereunder; (b) pay and hold the Agents and each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all present and future stamp, documentary, transfer, sales and use, value added, excise and other similar taxes with respect to the foregoing matters, the performance of any obligation under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any payment thereunder, and save the Agents and each of the Lenders harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the extent attributable to such Agent or such Lender) to pay such taxes; and (c) indemnify the Agents and each Lender, and their respective Affiliates and their partners, members, directors, officers, agents, employees and controlling persons (if any) (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and hold each of them harmless against any and all liabilities, obligations (including removal or remedial actions), losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including, (w) a single primary counsel for the Agents, (x) a single primary counsel for the Lenders, (y) a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each jurisdiction to such affected parties similarly situated and (z) a single financial advisor) incurred by, imposed on or assessed against any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to, or by reason of, (i) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto and whether or not such investigation, litigation or other proceeding is brought by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any third party) related to the entering into and/or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the proceeds of any Loans hereunder or the consummation of the Transaction or any other transactions contemplated herein or in any other Loan Document or the exercise of any of their rights or remedies provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, or (ii) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials in the air, surface water or groundwater or on the surface or subsurface of any Rig or Real Property at any time owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the generation, storage, transportation, handling, disposal or Release of Hazardous Materials by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at any location, whether or not owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the noncompliance with Environmental Law (including applicable permits thereunder) applicable to any Rig or Real Property at any time owned, leased, operated or occupied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Claim asserted against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Rig or Real Property at any time owned, leased, operated or occupied by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, in each case, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and other consultants incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation, claim or other

 

94


proceeding; provided that no such Indemnified Party will be indemnified for costs, expenses or liabilities to the extent determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay or hold harmless any Indemnified Party set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities which is permissible under applicable law.

Without limiting the Borrower’s reimbursement, indemnification and contribution obligations set forth in this Section 12.01, in no event will such Indemnified Party have any liability for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages in connection with or as a result of such Indemnified Party’s activities related to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. In no event will the Borrower have any liability to the Indemnified Parties for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages in connection with or as a result of the Borrower’s activities relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other than reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations set forth in this Section 12.01 relating to indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages for which an Indemnified Party is liable or as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

12.02 Right of Setoff . Subject to the DIP Order, in addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and each Lender is hereby authorized at any time or from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to any Loan Party or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Lender (including, without limitation, by branches and agencies of the Administrative Agent or such Lender wherever located) to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against and on account of the Obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or such Lender under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all interests in Obligations purchased by such Lender pursuant to Section 12.06(b), and all other claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder and although said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.

12.03 Notices .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows: if to the Borrower, at the address specified opposite its signature below or in the other relevant Loan Documents; if to any Lender, at its address specified to the Administrative Agent from time to time and if to the Administrative Agent, at the Notice Office; or, as to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at such other

 

95


address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto and, as to each Lender, at such other address as shall be designated by such Lender in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in Section 12.03(b), shall be effective as provided in such Section.

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under Section 2 by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c) Change of Address, etc . Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(d) Platform .

(i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).

 

96


(ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants the adequacy of the Platform and each of the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform. “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

12.04 Benefit of Agreement; Assignments; Participations .

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided , however , that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights, obligations or interest hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Lenders, and provided , further , that, although any Lender may transfer, assign or grant participations in its rights hereunder (including any rights to yield protection, taxes and other deductions that such assigning Lender is entitled to pursuant to this Agreement), such Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes hereunder (and may not transfer or assign all or any portion of its Loans hereunder except as provided in Sections 2.11 and 12.04(b)) and the transferee, assignee or participant, as the case may be, shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder and provided , further , that no Lender shall transfer or grant any participation under which the participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or Fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement or to Section 12.07(a) shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or Fees payable hereunder) or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory prepayment in the Loans shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (iii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under all of the Security Documents (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating. In the case of any such participation, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (the participant’s rights against such

 

97


Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender in favor of the participant relating thereto), except as provided in this Section 12.04(a). The Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.08, 2.09 and 4.07 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 4.07(g) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 4.07(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such participant (1) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.10 and 2.11 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (2) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.08 or 4.07 with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law, rule, regulation, treaty, order, guideline, or directive (or in the interpretation or administration thereof) that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.11 with respect to any participant.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender (or any Lender together with one or more other Lenders) may (i) assign all or a portion of its outstanding Obligations hereunder to (1) any Affiliate of such Lender or (2) to one or more other Lenders or any Affiliate of any such other Lender ( provided that any fund that invests in loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor of another fund which is a Lender (or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor) shall be treated as an Affiliate of such other Lender for the purposes of this sub-clause (x)(i)(B)) or in the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in loans, any other fund that invests in loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor of any Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor, or (ii) with the consent of the Borrower (which consent (A) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall not be required if any Default is then in existence and (B) shall be deemed to have been given to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within seven Business Days after having received notice thereof), assign all, or if less than all, a portion equal to an amount which shall not be less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 thereof for the assigning Lender or assigning Lenders, of such outstanding Obligations hereunder to one or more Eligible Transferees (treating any fund that invests in bank loans and any other fund that invests in bank loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor of such fund or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor as a single Eligible Transferee), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, provided that (I) at such time, Annex  I shall be deemed modified to reflect the outstanding Loans of such new Lender and of the existing Lenders, (II) upon the surrender of the relevant Notes by the assigning Lender, new Notes will be issued, at the Borrower’s expense, to such new Lender and to the assigning Lender upon the request of such new Lender or assigning Lender, such new Notes to be in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.04 (with appropriate modifications) to the extent needed to reflect the revised outstanding Loans, (III) the consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required in connection with any such assignment pursuant to clause (ii) above (which consent shall not, in any case, be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (IV) the Administrative Agent shall receive at the time of each such assignment, from the assigning or assignee Lender, the payment of a non-refundable assignment fee of $3,500, which fee may be waived by the

 

98


Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, and (V) no such transfer or assignment will be effective until recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register pursuant to Section 12.15. To the extent of any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.04(b), the assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to its assigned outstanding Loans. To the extent that an assignment of all or any portion of a Lender’s Commitments and related outstanding Obligations pursuant to this Section 12.04(b) (other than an assignment pursuant to Section 2.11) would, at the time of such assignment, result in increased costs under Sections 2.08 or 4.07 in excess of those being charged by the respective assigning Lender immediately prior to such assignment, then the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs to the extent of such excess (although the Borrower, in accordance with and pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes after the date of the respective assignment).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower may acquire by assignment, participation or otherwise any right to or interest in any of the Commitments or Loans and (and any such attempted acquisition shall be null and void). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, other than as set forth in clause (e) below, no Affiliate of the Borrower may acquire by assignment, participation or otherwise any right to or interest in any of the Commitments or Loans and (and any such attempted acquisition shall be null and void).

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Loans and Notes hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender in support of borrowings made by such Lender from such Federal Reserve Bank or central bank and, with prior notification to the Administrative Agent (but without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower), any Lender which is a fund may pledge all or any portion of its Loans and Notes to its trustee or to a collateral agent providing credit or credit support to such Lender in support of its obligations to such trustee, such collateral agent or a holder of such obligations, as the case may be. No pledge pursuant to this clause (c) shall release the transferor Lender from any of its obligations hereunder.

(e) Each Lender, upon succeeding to an interest in Loans or Commitments, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption Agreement that it is an Eligible Transferee.

12.05 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document and no course of dealing between the Borrower or any other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights, powers and remedies herein or in any other Loan Document expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies which the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

99


12.06 Payments Pro Rata .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent agrees that promptly after its receipt of each payment from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of any Obligations or Class of Loans hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Lenders entitled thereto (other than any Lender that has consented in writing to waive its pro rata share of any such payment) pro rata based upon their respective shares, if any, of the Obligations or Class of Loans with respect to which such payment was received.

(b) Each of the Lenders agrees that, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if it should receive any amount hereunder (whether by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of setoff or banker’s Lien, by counterclaim or cross action, by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents, or otherwise), which is applicable to the payment of the principal of, or interest on, the Loans or Fees, of a sum which with respect to the related sum or sums received by other Lenders is in a greater proportion than the total of such Obligation then owed and due to such Lender bears to the total of such Obligation then owed and due to all of the Lenders immediately prior to such receipt, then such Lender receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash without recourse or warranty from the other Lenders an interest in the Obligations of the respective Loan Party to such Lenders in such amount as shall result in a proportional participation by all the Lenders in such amount; provided that (i) if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Lenders, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest and (ii) any payment received in consideration for an assignment of participation permitted pursuant to Section 12.04 shall not be subject to this 12.06(b).

12.07 Calculations; Computations .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 1.02(b), the financial statements to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be made and prepared in accordance with GAAP in the United States consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as set forth in the notes thereto or as otherwise disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Lenders to the extent, in each case, permitted by the terms of this Agreement).

(b) All computations of interest and Fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days (except for computations of interest with respect to Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by reference to clause (a) of the definition thereof, which shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days) for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or Fees are payable.

 

100


12.08 GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN CERTAIN OF THE COLLATERAL RIG MORTGAGES AND OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS AS DETERMINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND, IF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT DOES NOT HAVE JURISDICTION (OR ABSTAINS FROM JURISDICTION), THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN EACH CASE WHICH ARE LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, EACH PARTY HEREUNDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER ANY PARTY HEREUNDER, AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM, IN ANY LEGAL ACTION PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BROUGHT IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS, THAT SUCH COURTS LACK PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER ANY PARTY HEREUNDER. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 12.03, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH DELIVERY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS AND FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS WAS IN ANY WAY INVALID OR INEFFECTIVE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY PARTY HEREUNDER IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE

 

101


AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(c) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

(d) The Borrower acknowledges that the majority of its officers are based in the Houston office located at the address specified opposite its signature below.

12.09 Counterparts .

(a) Counterparts; Integration . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.10 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective on the date on which it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

12.11 Headings Descriptive . The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

12.12 Amendment or Waiver; etc .

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any terms hereof or thereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated unless such change, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by the respective Loan Parties party hereto or thereto and the Required Lenders, provided that:

 

102


(i) additional parties may be added to (and annexes may be modified to reflect such additions), and Subsidiaries of the Borrower may be released from, the Subsidiary Guaranty and the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof without the consent of the other Loan Parties party thereto or the Required Lenders;

(ii) no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall, without the consent of each Lender (with Obligations being directly and negatively affected in the case of the following clauses (1) and (5), to the extent (in the case of the following clause (5)) that any such Lender would be required to make a Loan in excess of its pro rata portion provided for in this Agreement or would receive a payment or prepayment of Loans or a commitment reduction that (in any case) is less than its pro rata portion provided for in this Agreement, in each case, as a result of any such amendment, modification or waiver referred to in the following clause (5)):

(1) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note held by such Lender, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce the amount, or extend the time of payment, of any Fees thereon (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or reduce the principal amount of any such Loan thereof (it being understood that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement or to Section 12.07(a) shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or the amount of Fees for the purposes of this clause (i)), or increase the Commitment of any Lender,

(2) amend or modify the Superiority Claim status of the Lender Creditors under the DIP Order or under any Loan or all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) under the Security Documents,

(3) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 12.12 (except for technical amendments with respect to additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement which afford the protections to such additional extensions of credit of the type provided to the Commitments on the Effective Date) or any other Section which expressly requires the consent of all Lenders or all Lenders directly and negatively affected thereby,

(4) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders,

(5) amend, modify or waive (x) Section 2.05 or (y) any other provision in this Agreement to the extent providing for payments or prepayments of Loans to be applied pro rata among the Lenders entitled to such payments or prepayments of Loans (it being understood that the waiver of any mandatory prepayment of Loans by the Required Lenders shall not constitute an amendment, modification or waiver for purposes of this clause (5)), or

 

103


(6) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement,

(iii) no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class; and

(iv) no such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall (1) increase the Commitments of any Lender without the consent of such Lender or (2) without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 8.03 or any other provision as same relates to the rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities, immunities or obligations of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.

(b) If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of any of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by clauses (1) through (7), inclusive, of Section 12.12(a), the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained, then the Borrower shall have the right to replace each such non-consenting Lender or Lenders with one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11 so long as at the time of such replacement, each such Replacement Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination, provided that in any event the Borrower shall not have the right to replace a Lender or repay its Loans solely as a result of the exercise of such Lender’s rights (and the withholding of any required consent by such Lender) pursuant to Section 12.12(a)(iii).

12.13 Survival . All indemnities set forth herein including, without limitation, in Sections 2.08, 2.09, 4.07, 9.06 and 12.01 shall survive the execution, delivery and termination of this Agreement and the Notes and the making and repayment of the Obligations.

12.14 Domicile of Loans . Each Lender may transfer and carry its Loans at, to or for the account of any office, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that a transfer of Loans pursuant to this Section 12.14 would, at the time of such transfer, result in increased costs under Section 2.08, 2.07 or 4.07 in excess of those being charged by the respective Lender immediately prior to such transfer, then the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such increased costs to the extent of such excess (although the Borrower shall be obligated to pay any other increased costs of the type described above resulting from changes after the date of the respective transfer).

12.15 Register . The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as its non-fiduciary agent, solely for purposes of this Section 12.15, to maintain a register (the “ Register ”) on which it will record the Commitments of each of the Lenders, the Loans

 

104


made by each of the Lenders, the principal amount (and stated interest) of such Loans, and each repayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans of each Lender. Failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loans. With respect to any Lender, the transfer of the Commitments of such Lender and the rights to the principal of, and interest on, any Loan made pursuant to such Commitments shall not be effective until such transfer is recorded on the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent with respect to ownership of such Commitments and Loans and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor with respect to such Commitments and Loans shall remain owing to the transferor. The registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of any Commitments and Loans shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent on the Register only upon the acceptance by the Administrative Agent of a properly executed and delivered Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to Section 12.04(b). Coincident with the delivery of such an Assignment and Assumption Agreement to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and registration of assignment or transfer of all or part of a Loan, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the assigning or transferor Lender shall surrender the Note (if any) evidencing such Loan, and thereupon one or more new Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the assigning or transferor Lender and/or the new Lender at the request of any such Lender.

12.16 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (iii) any rating agency, or (iv) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the

 

105


Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

12.17 A cknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institution . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder that may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority

12.18 Currency Conversion Shortfall .

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Document in Dollars into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures, the Administrative Agent could purchase Dollars with such other currency in New York City on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(b) The Obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of any sum due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than Dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in such currency, the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures, purchase Dollars with such other currency. If the amount of Dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due, in Dollars, the Borrower agrees, to the

 

106


fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such Obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of Dollars so purchased is greater than the sum originally due, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

12.19 Releases . Without further written consent or authorization from any Lender Creditor, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may (a) execute any documents or instruments necessary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by this Agreement, (b) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such Asset Sale permitted by this Agreement or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 12.12) have otherwise consented or (c) release any Subsidiary Guarantor that is the subject of such Asset Sale permitted by this Agreement from its obligations under the Loan Documents or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 12.12) have otherwise consented.

12.20 Conflicts . (i) This Agreement is subject to the DIP Order (including the Priority Waterfall) in all respects and (ii) in the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on the one hand, and the terms and provisions of the DIP Order on the other hand, the DIP Order shall govern.

*         *         *

 

107


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PACIFIC DRILLING S.A.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
Address :

Pacific Drilling S.A.

8-10 Avenue de la Gare ,

L-1610 Luxembourg
R.C.S. Luxembourg: B159658
Attention: John Boots
Email: j.boots@pacificdrilling.com
Facsimile: 352 278 58 140

Telephone: 352 278 58 139

with a copy to:

Pacific Drilling Services, Inc.

11700 Katy Freeway, Suite 175

Houston, Texas 77079
Attention: Treasurer
Email: j.boots@pacificdrilling.com
Facsimile: (713) 583-5777
Telephone: (713) 334-6662
PACIFIC DRILLING (GIBRALTAR) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Director

 

WITNESS:
By:  

/s/ Kathleen Gehlhausen

Name:   Kathleen Gehlhausen
Address :   11700 Katy Fwy, Suite 175
  Houston, Texas 77079

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


PACIFIC DRILLSHIP (GIBRALTAR) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Director

 

WITNESS:

By:

 

/s/ Kathleen Gehlhausen

Name:

 

Kathleen Gehlhausen

Address:

  11700 Katy Fwy, Suite 175
  Houston, Texas 77079

 

PACIFIC DRILLING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
PACIFIC DRILLING FINANCE S.À.R.L.
By:  

/s/ Johannes Boots

  Name: Johannes Boots
  Title: Manager

 

PACIFIC DRILLSHIP S.À.R.L.
By:  

/s/ Johannes Boots

  Name: Johannes Boots
  Title: Manager
PACIFIC DRILLING LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


PACIFIC SHARAV S.À.R.L.
By:  

/s/ Dick Verhaagen

  Name: Dick Verhaagen
  Title: Manager
PACIFIC DRILLING VII LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President
PACIFIC DRILLING V LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President
PACIFIC DRILLING VIII LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President
PACIFIC SCIROCCO LTD.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


PACIFIC BORA LTD.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President
PACIFIC MISTRAL LTD.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President
PACIFIC SANTA ANA (GIBRALTAR) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Director

 

WITNESS:

By:

 

/s/ Kathleen Gehlhausen

Name:

 

Kathleen Gehlhausen

Address:

  11700 Katy Fwy, Suite 175
  Houston, Texas 77079

 

PACIFIC DRILLING OPERATIONS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


PACIFIC DRILLING OPERATIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
PACIFIC SANTA ANA S.À.R.L.
By:  

/s/ Johannes Boots

  Name: Johannes Boots
  Title: Manager
PACIFIC DRILLING, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Manager
PACIFIC DRILLING SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
PACIFIC DRILLSHIP NIGERIA LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Reese

  Name: Paul Reese
  Title: President

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


PACIFIC SHARAV KORLÁTOLT
    FELELőSSÉGű TÁRSASÁG
By:  

/s/ Dick Verhaagen

  Name: Dick Verhaagen
  Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Meghan H. McCauley

  Name: Meghan H. McCauley
  Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


Kings Forest S.à r.l.,

as Lender

By:   /s/ James Dougherty
  Name: James Dougherty
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ Jullen Goffin
  Name: Jullen Goffin
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


Queens Gate S.à r.l.,

as Lender

By:   /s/ James Dougherty
  Name: James Dougherty
  Title: Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ Jullen Goffin
  Name: Jullen Goffin
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


AVENUE ENERGY OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue Energy Opportunities Partners II, LLC, its General Partner
By: GL Energy Opportunities Partners II, LLC, its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member
AVENUE ENERGY OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue Energy Opportunities Partners, LLC, its General Partner
By: GL Energy Opportunities Partners, LLC, its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member
AVENUE PPF OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue PPF Opportunities Fund GenPar, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


AVENUE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND II, L.P., as Lender

By: Avenue SO Capital Partners, LLC,

its General Partner

By: GL SO Partners II, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member
AVENUE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue Strategic Opportunities Fund GenPar, LLC, its General Partner
By: GL Strategic Opportunities Partners, LLC, its Sole Member
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Managing Member
AVENUE-ASRS EUROPE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue-ASRS Europe Opportunities Fund GenPar, LLC, its General Partner
By: GL ASRS Europe Partners, LLC, its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


AVENUE EUROPE OPPORTUNITIES MASTER FUND, L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue Europe Opportunities Fund GenPar, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member
AVENUE EUROPE SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND III (EURO), L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue Europe Capital Partners III, LLC, its General Partner
By: GL Europe Partners III, LLC, its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member
AVENUE EUROPE SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND III (U.S.), L.P., as Lender
By: Avenue Europe Capital Partners III, LLC, its General Partner
By: GL Europe Partners III, LLC, its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Sonia Gardner
  Name: Sonia Gardner
  Title: Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


1992 MSF INTERNATIONAL LTD., as Lender
By: Highbridge Capital Management, LLC, as Trading Manager
By:   /s/ Jonathan Segal
  Name: Jonathan Segal
  Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


1992 TACTICAL CREDIT MASTER FUND, L.P., as Lender
By: Highbridge Capital Management, LLC, as Trading Manager
By:   /s/ Jonathan Segal
  Name: Jonathan Segal
  Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


ABRAMS CAPITAL PARTNERS I, L.P.

 

as Lender

By:   Abrams Capital Management, L.P.,
  its investment manager
By:   Abrams Capital Management, LLC,
  its general partner
By:   /s/ David Abrams
  Name: David Abrams
  Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


ABRAMS CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

as Lender

By:   Abrams Capital Management, L.P.,
  its investment manager
By:   Abrams Capital Management, LLC,
  its general partner
By:   /s/ David Abrams
  Name: David Abrams
  Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


GREAT HOLLOW INTERNATIONAL, L.P.

 

as Lender

By:   Abrams Capital Management, L.P.,
  its investment manager
By:   Abrams Capital Management, LLC,
  its general partner
By:   /s/ David Abrams
  Name: David Abrams
  Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


WHITECREST PARTNERS, L.P.

 

as Lender

By:   Abrams Capital Management, L.P.,
  its investment manager
By:   Abrams Capital Management, LLC,
  its general partner
By:   /s/ David Abrams
  Name: David Abrams
  Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


WHITEBOX ASYMMETRIC PARTNERS, LP,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]


WHITEBOX CAJA BLANCA FUND, LP, as Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


WHITEBOX CREDIT PARTNERS, LP, as Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


WHITEBOX GT FUND, LP, as Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


WHITEBOX MULTI-STRATEGY PARTNERS, LP, as Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


PANDORA SELECT PARTNERS, LP, as Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


WHITEBOX RELATIVE VALUE PARTNERS, LP, as Lender
By:   /s/ Mark Strefling
  Name: Mark Strefling
  Title: Partner & CEO

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


Fidelity Summer Street Trust: Fidelity Global High Income Fund
By:   /s/ Colm Hogan
  Name: Colm Hogan
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund
By:   /s/ Colm Hogan
  Name: Colm Hogan
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor High Income Advantage Fund
By:   /s/ Colm Hogan
  Name: Colm Hogan
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]

 


CREDIT SUISSE LOAN FUNDING LLC, as Lender
By:   /s/ Robert Healey
  Name: Robert Healey
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to DIP Term Loan Agreement]